Skip to main content

Full text of "URI Course Catalog 1992-1993, Vol. 88, No. 4"

See other formats 




1992-93 

BULLETIN OF 

THE UNIVERSITY 
OF RHODE ISLAND 


GRADUATE 
SCHOOL 


we 


WH 1992-93 


BULLETIN OF 


_| THE UNIVERSITY 


| OF RHODE ISLAND 


| GRADUATE 





| SCHOOL 


GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE 
UNIVERSITY OF RHODEISLAND 
QUINN HALL, KINGSTON, RI 02881-0809 
GRADUATE ADMISSIONS: 401-792-2872 
GRADUATE OFFICE: 401-792-2262 


N 


Contents 


4 The University 
14 Degree Requirements 
17 Admission and Registration 
20 Fees and Financial Aid 
24 Graduate Programs 
108 Personnel 
117 Index 
119 Application Forms 


Volume 88, Number 4 
October 1992 


Bulletin of the University of Rhode Island 
(USPS 077-740). Published four times a year 
in April, August, September, and October by 
the University of Rhode Island, Kingston, 

RI 02881. Second-class postage paid at 
Wakefield, RI 02880. 


9/92/22M Produced by the URI Publications 
Office, Division of University Relations. 


CALENDAR 


Fall Semester 1992 


August 24-September 11 
Registration period, College of Continuing 
Education (CCE). 


August 31-September 4 

Registration period, Kingston Campus. 
Deadline for international students to 
arrive on campus. 


September 7, Monday 
Holiday, Labor Day. 


September 9, Wednesday 
Classes begin, Kingston Campus. 


September 14, Monday 
Classes begin, CCE. 


September 22, Tuesday 

Final date to add Kingston courses, and for 
P-F option or audit requests. Fees will not be 
adjusted downward for courses dropped after 
this date. 


September 25, Friday 
Final date to add CCE courses, and for P-F 
option and audit requests. 


October 1, Thursday 
Final date for nominations for January 
graduation. 


October 12, Monday 
Holiday, Columbus Day. Classes will not 
meet. 


October 23, Friday 

Midsemester, Kingston Campus. Final date 
to drop Kingston courses and to change 
from P-F option to grade. 


October 26, Monday 
Early registration begins for 1993 spring 
semester, Kingston Campus only. 


October 30, Friday 

Midsemester, CCE. Final date to drop CCE 
courses and to change from P-F option to 
grade. 


November 3, Tuesday 
Holiday, Election Day. 


November 11, Wednesday 
Holiday, Veterans Day. Classes will not 
meet. 


November 25, Wednesday 
Thanksgiving recess begins, 10 p.m. 


November 30, Monday 
Classes resume, 8 a.m. 


December 15, Tuesday 

Programs of study due for students admit- 
‘ted for fall 1992. Classes end, Kingston 
Campus. 


December 16, 20 
Reading days, Kingston Campus. 


December 17, Thursday 

Final date for January candidates to submit 
completed master’s and doctoral theses in a 
form acceptable for examination purposes 
along with the request for oral defense of 
thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME WILL BE 
GRANTED. Theses must be submitted at 
least 20 calendar days prior to the date re- 
quested for oral defense. Selection of date 
should allow sufficient time for necessary 
revisions and retyping before submission in 
final form. See deadline below and note at 
the end of this calendar regarding schedul- 
ing examinations during the winter inter- 
session. 


December 17-19, 21-23 
Final examinations, Kingston Campus. 


December 19, Saturday 
CCE classes and examinations end. 


December 28, Monday 
Final grades due in the Office of the 
Registrar by 4 p.m. 





Spring Semester 1993 


January 11-15 
Registration period, Kingston Campus. 


January 11-22 
Registration period, CCE. 


January 19, Tuesday 

Classes begin, Kingston Campus, 8 a.m. 
Final date for January degree candidates to 
submit master’s and doctoral theses which 
have been successfully defended, in final 
form. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME WILL BE 
GRANTED. 


January 18, Monday 
Holiday, Martin Luther King’s Birthday. 
Classes will not meet. 


January 25, Tuesday 
Classes begin, CCE. 


February 1, Monday 

Monday classes met. Final date to add 
Kingston courses, and for P-F option or 
audit requests. Fees will not be adjusted 
downward for courses dropped after this date. 


January 29, Friday 

Final date for nominations for May gradua- 
tion and for submission of annual review of 
doctoral candidates. Final date for comple- 
tion of admissions applications for indivi- 
duals seeking financial aid for 1993. 





February 5, Friday 
Final date to add CCE courses, and for P-F 
option or audit requests. 


Final date for nominations from depart- 
ments for all URI graduate fellowships and 
scholarships. 


February 15, Monday 
Classes will not meet. 


February 16, Tuesday 
Monday classes meet. 


March 9, Tuesday 

Midsemester, Kingston Campus. Final date 
to drop Kingston courses and change from 
P-F option to grade. 


March 12, Friday 

Midsemester, CCE. Final day to drop CCE 
courses and change from P-F option to 
grade. 


March 15, Monday 
Spring recess begins, 8 a.m. 


March 22, Monday 
Classes resume, 8 a.m. 


April 1, Thursday 

Final date for nominations from depart- 
ments for. tuition scholarships for the 
1993-94 academic year. Nominations must 
be accompanied by a statement of financial 
need. 


April 5, Monday 
Early registration for 1993 fall semester, 
Kingston Campus only. 


April 15, Thursday 
Application deadline for fall 1993 
admissions. 


April 16, Friday 

Final date for May degree candidates to sub- 
mit completed master’s and doctoral theses 
in a form acceptable for examination pur- 
poses, along with the request for oral de- 
fense of thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME 
WILL BE GRANTED. Thesis must be sub- 
mitted at least 20 calendar days prior to the 
date requested for the oral defense. Selec- 
tion of date should allow sufficient time for 
necessary revisions and retyping before sub- 
mission in final form. See deadline below. 


May 4, Tuesday 

Classes end, Kingston Campus. Programs of 
study due for students admitted in January 
1993. 


May 5-6 
Reading days, Kingston Campus. 


May 7, 10-14 
Final examinations, Kingston Campus. 


May 14, Friday 

Final date for all May degree candidates to 
submit master’s and doctoral theses, which 
have been successfully defended, in final 
form. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME WILL BE 
GRANTED. 


May 15, Saturday 
CCE classes and examinations end. 


May 17, Monday 
Final grades due in the Office of the 
Registrar by 4 p.m. 


May 22, Saturday 
Graduate Commencement. 





Summer Session 1993 


NOTE: All courses taken by graduate stu-’ 
dents during summer sessions are subject to 
the same regulations regarding inclusion in 
programs of study and calculation of over- 
all academic average, etc., as courses taken 
during the regular academic year. Students 
wishing to take directed studies or special 
problems courses during summer sessions 
must obtain individual approval for these 
courses from the Summer Session Office 
unless the specific offering is listed in the 
Summer Session Bulletin for that year. Stu- 
dents wishing to enroll for thesis or disser- 
tation research during summer sessions 
must first determine that their major pro- 
fessors and/or members of their thesis or 
dissertation committees will be available 
and are willing to provide the necessary 
supervision. See also the important note at 
the end of this calendar regarding schedul- 
ing of examinations, including defenses of 
theses, during summer session. See the 
Summer Session Bulletin available at the 
Summer Session Office. 


_ June 4, Friday 


Final date for nominations for August 
graduation. 


July 16, Friday 

Final date for all August degree candidates 
to submit completed master’s and doctoral 
theses in a form acceptable for examination 
purposes, along with the request for oral 
defense of the thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Theses must be 


submitted at least 20 calendar days prior to _ 


the date requested for the oral defense. 
Selection of date should allow sufficient 
time for necessary revisions and retyping 
before submission in final form. See 
deadline below. 


CALENDAR 3 


August 13, Friday 

Final date for all August degree candidates 
to submit master’s and doctoral theses, 
which have been successfully defended, in 
final form. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME 
WILL BE GRANTED. 


August 31, Tuesday 
Deadline for international students to 
arrive on campus. 


IMPORTANT NOTE: Requests for schedul- 
ing examinations must be submitted to the 
Graduate School Office at least 20 calendar 
days prior to the date(s) requested. Theses 
and dissertations must be distributed to 
members of the examining committee at 
least 15 days prior to the date of the de- 
fense. Oral and written examinations, 
including qualifying and comprehensive 
examinations and defenses of theses, will 
be scheduled only at the convenience of 
the faculty members involved and depend- 
ing on the availability of the candidate’s 
program committee and additional quali- 
fied examiners. Such examinations will not 
be scheduled during periods when the Uni- 
versity is in recess. Students wishing to take 
any examinations should first check as to 
the availability and convenience of the fac- 
ulty members. Each faculty member must 
initial the request for scheduling the exami- 
nation to indicate willingness to serve. The 
faculty should be consulted well in advance 
for examinations being scheduled during 
the winter intersession and summer ses- 
sion. If they are not registered for course 
work or research during the summer ses- 
sions, students should register for one 
credit of research to defend theses and for 
continuous registration to take the other 
examinations. Please note that persons on 
continuous registration do not have the 
privileges of consulting regularly with pro- 
fessors on research or thesis preparation, 
nor of using the University’s laboratory, 
computer, or other educational facilities 
(except for the libraries). 


» | 


THE UNIVERSITY 


he University of Rhode Island 

is a medium-sized state univer- 

sity located in the southern 

part of Rhode Island in the 
village of Kingston. It was founded as a 
land-grant college in 1892. As the insti- 
tution expanded, a wide range of edu- 
cational and scholarly programs were 
developed. In part because of its unique 
location near the ocean and six miles 
from Narragansett Bay, the University 
has developed strong marine programs 
and has been designated one of the 
national Sea Grant colleges. 

The University enrolls about 13,000 
students on its Kingston Campus, and 
another 2,900 in credit courses through- 
out the state. There are about 13,000 
undergraduate students, about 3,500 
graduate students, and a full-time teach- 
ing faculty of about 720. Approximately 
1,100 graduate students are in full-time 
residence. 


The University has nine colleges and 
three schools: the Colleges of Arts and 
Sciences: Business Administration, 
Continuing Education, Engineering, 
Human Science and Services, Nursing, 
Pharmacy, Resource Development, 
University College, the Graduate School, 
the Graduate School of Library and 
Information Studies, and the Graduate 
School of Oceanography. 


Mission Statement. The University of 
Rhode Island is rooted firmly in the tra- 
dition of America’s unique land-grant 
institutions—universities that exist to 
expand and transmit knowledge, and 
to foster its application in the daily life 
of the nation. 

As the state’s flagship institution of 
higher learning, the University has 
three major responsibilities: to provide 
traditional as well as innovative oppor- 
tunities for education at the under- 


graduate and graduate levels; to pursue 
research and other scholarly and cre- 
ative activities; and to serve the unique 
needs of the people of Rhode Island by 
making knowledge and information 
readily available to individual citizens, 
to community groups, to school and 
educational agencies, and to business, 
industry, labor, and government. 

At the heart of this University, like 
its counterparts across the nation, there 
is a strong core of traditional academic 
disciplines, such as history, physics, 
and economics. These are not only 
principal subjects of teaching and re- 
search, but also provide the foundation 
for all specialized, professional, and ap- 
plied areas of study. 

One component of the University’s 
approach to higher learning is the close 
student-teacher relationship and the 
consequent concern for the individual 





person. A low student-to-faculty ratio 
enhances the success of this vital com- 
ponent of the University’s mission. 
Because of its commitment to pro- 
vide access for academically qualified 
and motivated students of all ages, the 
University maintains a variety of both 
traditional and nontraditional learning 
environments. Students who are either 
part time, disabled, members of a mi- 
nority group, working while pursuing 
an education, or somewhat older than 
traditional students, are served through 
a wide range of facilities in Kingston, as 
well as extensive academic and student 
services at the University’s College of 
Continuing Education in Providence. 


Campuses. The University has a 
spacious rural campus 30 miles south of 
Providence in the northeastern metro- 
politan corridor between New York and 
Boston. The center of the campus is a 
quadrangle of handsome old granite 
buildings surrounded by newer aca- 
demic buildings, student residence 
halls, and fraternity and sorority 
houses. On the plain below Kingston 
Hill are gymnasiums, athletic fields, 
tennis courts, and agricultural fields. 

In addition to the Kingston Campus, 
the University has three other cam- 
puses. Six miles to the east, the 165-acre 
Narragansett Bay Campus, overlooking 
the west passage of the Bay, is the site 
of the Graduate School of Oceanog- 
raphy with academic and research 
buildings, and docks for research ves- 
sels. The Rhode Island Nuclear Science 
Center and several federal laboratories 
devoted to marine sciences are also lo- 
cated there. The College of Continuing 
Education, with main offices at 199 
Promenade Street in Providence, offers 
courses throughout the state. The W. 
Alton Jones Campus is in the western 
section of the state, 20 miles from 
Kingston. Its 2,300 acres of woods, 
fields, streams, and ponds is the site of 
environmental education, research, and 
conference facilities. 


Graduate Study 


Graduate study at the University was 
inaugurated in 1907 with the Master of 
Science degrees in chemistry and in 
engineering. The Master of Arts degree 
was first awarded in 1951, and in 1960 
the University awarded its first Doctor 
of Philosophy degree. Graduate work 


for professional degrees was initiated in 
1962 when the degree of Master of Pub- 
lic Administration was first awarded. 
Today, the master’s degree is offered in 
over 60 areas of study and the doctorate 
in 32 areas. To date, over 14,000 
master’s degrees and 1,500 doctoral 
degrees have been conferred. 

The dean of the Graduate School has 
primary responsibility for administering 
policies and procedures relating to 
advanced study at the University of 
Rhode Island. Graduate School policy is 
made by graduate faculty members, 
acting through their delegate body, and 
the Graduate Council, which includes 
student members. Only the dean or the 
Graduate Council may grant exceptions 
to the regulations for graduate study, 
which are explained in detail in the 
Graduate Student Manual. 

The University graduate programs of 
study are listed below. Work in a com- 
bination of special areas is often pos- 
sible. Graduate-level course work appli- 
cable to a number of these programs is 
offered in several locations throughout 
the state by the College of Continuing 
Education. In most cases, however, a 
portion of the course work must be 
taken on the Kingston Campus. 


Research 


Within Rhode Island’s system of 
higher education, the University has 
the major responsibility for graduate 
study which is closely associated with a 
strong program of research. Specialized 
research, education, and public service 
projects are conducted in all depart- 
ments and programs offering graduate 
degrees. Sponsored research throughout 
the University is supported by a total of 
approximately $35 million per year. 
Support comes from foundations, com- 
mercial firms, and federal and state gov- 
ernment. The University ranks among 
the top five percent of the country’s 
colleges and universities in the amount 
of research funding received. 

The vice provost for research and 
services signs, on behalf of the Univer- 
sity, applications for research grants, 
maintains files of funding agencies, 
keeps a current facilities inventory, and 
is a liaison for the president, the busi- 
ness manager, the academic deans, the 
Research Committee, and the faculty in 
matters pertaining to general research 
policy. 


THE UNIVERSITY 


Research Resources 


University Libraries. The library collec- 
tion of about 980,000 bound volumes 
and 1,250,000 microforms is housed in 
the University Library in Kingston, at 
the College of Continuing Education in 
Providence, and at the Claiborne Pell 
Marine Science Library on the Narra- 
gansett Bay Campus. The latter was 
designated the National Sea Grant 
Depository in 1971. 

The University Library, which holds 
the bulk of the collection, has open 
stacks with direct access to books, peri- 
odicals, documents, maps, microforms, 
and audiovisual materials. The Special 
Collections Department collects and 
maintains rare books, manuscripts, the 
University archives, and a variety of spe- 
cial interest materials. Service hours at 
the other libraries vary, but the Univer- 
sity Library provides full reference, bib- 
liographic, and circulation services dur- 
ing most of the 90 hours per week it is 
open. Terminals linked to the Academic 
Computer Center are available in the li- 
brary during the hours both facilities are 
open. A computer-based bibliographic 
system makes most books available to 
users one week after their receipt. Ar- 
rangements can be made to borrow out- 
of-print material from other libraries 
through the Interlibrary Loan Office in 
the University Library. 


Academic Computer Center. The Aca- 
demic Computer Center (ACC) provides 
computational resources needed by the 
University community for instruction 
and research. Located in Tyler Hall on 
the Kingston Campus, the ACC main- 
tains central computing facilities, sup- 
ports microcomputing activities, pro- 
vides facilities management and data 
communication assistance to depart- 
mental systems, and offers a wide vari- 
ety of support services in these areas. 
The computer network and related ser- 
vices have been expanding steadily 
since the center opened in 1959, and 
now a majority of the students, faculty 
members, and staff use the facilities. 
The center has an IBM ES/9000- 
210VF mainframe computer running 
the VM/CMS operating system to pro- 
vide computing support in both interac- 
tive and batch-processing modes. A full 
complement of programming languages 
and packages is available. Extensive 
computer graphics facilities are also of- 


5 


6 THE UNIVERSITY 


Graduate Degree Programs 


Master of Arts 


Audiology 

Comparative Literature 
Economics* 

Education 

e Education Research 

e Elementary Education 
e Reading Education 

* Science Education 

e Secondary Education 

e Adult Education 
English 

French 

History 

Marine Affairs 
Philosophy 

Political Science 

e International Relations 
Spanish 
Speech-Language Pathology 


Master of Science 


Accounting 

Audiology 

Biochemistry and Biophysics 

Botany 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 

Clinical Laboratory Science 

Computer Science 

Electrical Engineering 

Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology 

Food Science and Nutrition 

Geology 

Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies 

¢ Human Development and Family 
Studies 

e Marriage and Family Therapy 

¢ College Student Personnel 

Labor and Industrial Relations 

Manufacturing Engineering 

Mathematics 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics 

Medicinal Chemistry 

Microbiology 

Natural Resources 

Nursing 

Ocean Engineering 

Oceanography 

Pharmaceutics 

Pharmacognosy 

Pharmacology and Toxicology 

Pharmacy Administration 

Physical Education 

Physical Therapy 

Physics 

Plant Pathology-Entomology 

Plant Science 


Psychology (school) 

Resource Economics 
Speech-Language Pathology 
Statistics 

Textiles, Clothing, and Related Art 
Zoology 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Applied Mathematical Sciences 

e Applied Mathematics 

© Computer Science 

° Operations Research 

e Statistics 

e Applied Probability 

Biological Sciences 

° Biochemistry and Biophysics 

© Botany 

e Fisheries, Aquaculture, and 
Pathology 

¢ Food Science and Nutrition 

¢ Microbiology 

e Natural Resources 

e Plant Pathology 

e Plant Science 

e Zoology 

Business Administration 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 

Economics—Marine Resources 

Electrical Engineering 

¢ Biomedical Engineering 

English : 

Mathematics 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics 

Nursing 

Ocean Engineering 

Oceanography 

Pharmaceutical Sciences 

© Medicinal Chemistry 

e Pharmaceutics 

e Pharmacognosy 

e Pharmacology and Toxicology 

Physics 

Psychology 


Professional Degrees 


Master of Business Administration 


(M.B.A.) 
Master of Community Planning 


aster of Library and Information 
Studi 1.S. 
Master of Marine Affairs (M.M.A.) 
Master of Music (M.M.) 
Master of Public Administration 
(M.P.A.) 
Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) 


*Admissions suspended. 





fered using both video display facilities 
and a CalComp 58436 color electro- 
static plotter for visualization. Self- 
service printers are available at remote 
locations. Several hundred personal 
computers, workstations, and terminals 
are located in public work areas and pri- 
vate offices. These devices are con- 
nected to a MICOM data switch or the 
University Ethernet network, which 
provides access to the ACC systems and 
remote independent computers. Also 
available are extensive dial-up facilities 
as well as external network access to the 
National Science Foundation Network 
and BITNET, the international network 
for educational centers. URI is also a 
Smart Node member of the Cornell Na- 
tional Supercomputer Facility with 
both research and educational access to 
supercomputer facilities. 

The ACC provides facilities manage- 
ment services for campus microcom- 
puter laboratories featuring IBM PS/2s, 
Apple Macintoshes, and UNIX worksta- 
tions. Numerous application software 
packages are available. The microcom- 
puter laboratories are available for fac- 
ulty research, teaching, and student 
course work. Eight computer class- 
rooms are available. 


Writing Center. The Writing Center 
provides assistance to anyone in the 
University community who needs help 
with any phase of writing a paper. The 
Writing Center is staffed by the Depart- 
ment of English College Writing Pro- 
gram faculty, Department of English 
graduate students, and undergraduate 
peer tutors. Tutoring is provided by 
appointment on an individual basis. 

The center helps students become 
better writers and provides an environ- 
ment in which writers can write with 
paper and pencil, or on one of the 
center’s Macintosh computers. Students 
may use an array of software, including 
word processing software, to produce 
their work with support from center 
staff. The computers and software in 
the Writing Center are compatible with — 
those in other labs campus-wide. 

The Writing Center is open approxi- 
mately 40 hours per week, including 
daytime and evening hours. Appoint- 
ments for tutoring may be made by 
calling 401-792-4690, or by visiting the 
center in Room 313, Independence 
Hall. 


Other Research Facilities. The Depart- 
ment of Computer Science operates 
both research activities and instruction 
within the department. At present, this 
facility includes a classroom equipped 
with 36 Macintosh computers, another 
classroom with 12 SUN workstations, 
and a VAX minicomputer. Additional 
SUN workstations and Macintoshes are 
located in faculty and graduate student 
offices. All of the equipment is intercon- 
nected by a local area network. The Nar- 
ragansett Bay Campus has a Prime 750 
and a Microvax II for timesharing use, 
an educational computer laboratory 
with nine Macintosh computers, two 
DOS machines, two SUN workstations, 
and a high-speed data link to the Aca- 
demic Computer Center. The College of 
Engineering has a VAX 4000/200 VMS 
minicomputer; a DECsystem 5000/200 
RISC Ultrix server; 20 VAXstation 3100 
graphics workstations; 75 IBM-compat- 
ible PCs (286i and 486i); and terminals 
in all engineering buildings. These and 
all other departmental computers are 
linked together by an internal college 
Ethernet network. Ethernet connects to 
the campus network which includes the 
Academic Computer Center and the in- 
ternational INTERNET. The Department 
of Electrical Engineering has a SUN 
4/490 SPARC server, 24 SUN and DEC 
Unix workstations, and a variety of PCs 
and Macintoshes. The Department of 
Civil Engineering has a VMS cluster of 
four VAXstation 3100 graphics worksta- 
tions and a Novell network of eight IBM 
PCs. The Department of Chemistry has a 
VAX 4000/200 VMS minicomputer, one 
HP and three DEC Unix workstations, 
20 IBM-compatible PCs, and six 
Macintoshes. 

Four other computer facilities are 
available in the College of Business Ad- 
ministration. The Dennis W. Callaghan 
Microcomputer Lab, housed in the Col- 
lege of Business Administration, has 35 
networked IBM-compatible 2861 PCs 
and 12 Textronics 4307 terminals with 
access to the Novell file server and the 
campus-wide computer system net- 
work. The Champlin Room facility of- 
fers higher processing power with an 
IBM PS/2 model 70/386. This extensive 
computer capability is duplicated at the 
College of Continuing Education in 
Providence on a somewhat smaller 
scale so that both day and evening stu- 
dents can avail themselves of the latest 
in computer technology. 


Other equipment includes major lab- 
oratories for digital pattern recognition 
and digital image processing, computer 
automation (“robotics”), optical proper- 
ties of materials and microelectronics, 
and materials research, a mechanical 
properties testing facility, including an 
Instron 1125, several MTS SERVO- 
HYDRAULIC testing machines, and a 
NETZSCH thermal analyzer, a field 
station for radiopropagation research, 
reverberant and anechoic rooms for air- 
borne acoustics work. 

Equipment available for marine 
research includes chambers for leak- 
testing equipment prior to deep-sea use, 
marine geotechnical laboratory facili- 
ties for sediment testing, a wave and 
towing tank, underwater acoustics test 
facilities, a marine experimental 
aquarium, a marine ecosystem labora- 
tory, and an oceanographic remote 
sensing laboratory which processes sea 
surface data. The University also oper- 
ates the Ocean Mapping Development 
Center for mapping the sea floor. 

The University’s research vessel, 
Endeavor, operated by the Graduate 
School of Oceanography, is a 177-foot 
ship capable of working in all parts of 
the world’s oceans. It can carry a scien- 
tific party of 16. Also part of the fleet 
are a 59-foot, high-speed ocean research 
vessel, the Laurie Lee, and a 65-foot 
ocean engineering vessel, the RV Edson 
Schock, with equipment for imaging 
and sampling the sea bed. The Univer- 
sity fisheries school operates a 52-foot 
long training vessel, the Captain Bert. A 
number of smaller vessels are also avail- 
able. The Graduate School of Oceanog- 
raphy also has a fully equipped research 
diving facility. 

A research reactor and associated 
facilities are available to University 
students at the Rhode Island Nuclear 
Science Center, located on the Narra- 
gansett Bay Campus. Constructed and 
operated by the state of Rhode Island, 
this critical reactor is extensively used 
for research by many departments of 
the University. The reactor, designed 
for SMW, is now operating at 2MW. 
Hot laboratories, counting equipment, 
neutron spectrometers (including a 
unique polarized-beam, small-angle 
instrument), and multichannel ana- 
lyzers are also available. 


THE UNIVERSITY 7 


The College of Nursing has practice 
laboratories equipped with a heart- 
sound simulator used by students in 
primary health care. The media center 
at White Hall contains various types of 
learning modules and microcomputers 
for research and instruction. 

Housed in the Morrill Science Build- 
ing, the URI Central Electron Micro- 
scope Facility has a JEOL 1200 EX scan- 
ning-transmission electron microscope 
(STEM). This is a high-resolution micro- 
scope with transmission, scanning, 
scanning transmission, and diffraction 
capabilities. Ultramicrotomes, carbon 
evaporators, darkroom facilities, and 
other equipment for specimen prepara- 
tion are also available. The facility is 
available for use by graduate students 
and other University personnel, and for 
research projects and instruction. The 
facility is staffed by a director and a 
technical specialist who maintains the 
facility and assists and trains users. 
Advice in project design is also pro- 
vided, and assistance with biological 
preparation is available by special 
arrangement. The facility welcomes 
projects of all sorts, in both the biologi- 
cal and physical sciences. 

The Physical Therapy Program in the 
Keaney-Tootell complex has established 
a Clinical research unit which includes a 
computerized BIODEX muscle perfor- 
mance testing dynamometry system, a 
METRECOM postural analysis system, 
and an ARIEL biomechanical analysis 
system for human motor performance 
assessment. Functional electrical stimu- 
lation for the spinal-cord injured and 
other neurologically impaired patients 
is made possible through a cooperative 
arrangement with the nonprofit organi- 
zation, Shake-A-Leg, Inc. Clinical evalu- 
ation, treatment, and collaborative 
studies are possible in exercise science 
through cooperation with researchers 
in the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion, Health, and Recreation. 

The Speech and Hearing Center has 
one-way vision and listening facilities 
and diagnostic equipment for speech 
and language testing. Sound-treated 
testing rooms meeting ANSI standards 
and audiometric equipment provide for 
audiologic evaluation and research. 


8 THE UNIVERSITY 


Research Units 


In addition to the research in various 
departments, the following special 
research agencies have been established. 


Agricultural Experiment Station. This 
station within the College of Resource 
Development is the designated Rhode 
Island/USDA partnership organization 
for research in the agricultural sciences. 
Basic and applied investigations in 
natural and human resources are car- 
ried out by 54 senior scientists assigned 
to college departments. Their research 
promotes conservation and manage- 
ment of resources, improvement of the 
quality of environment, enhancement 
of home life, and support of resource- 
using business and industry. A strong 
orientation toward estuarine and 
marine issues and an interdisciplinary 
approach to resource research are 
station characteristics. The progress of 
research and complete results of indi- 
vidual projects are published in station 
bulletins, which are available to Rhode 
Island residents upon request. 


Biotechnology Center. This center was 
established to coordinate and foster in- 
terdisciplinary research in the agricul- 
tural, medical, marine, and food sci- 
ences and their supporting basic science 
disciplines. It provides a structure to en- 
courage interaction between the aca- 
demic, governmental, and industrial . 
sectors of the state economy. The cen- 
ter identifies new research opportuni- 
ties in biotechnology and organizes 
seminars and workshops on topics in 
biotechnology. All members of the 
University community whose research 
touches upon biotechnology may par- 
ticipate in the center’s activities. While 
the center is not an academic unit of 
the University, it identifies topics in 
biotechnology for study in the various 
departments of the University at the 
graduate and undergraduate level. It is 
administered in the College of Resource 
Development by a steering committee 
with a chairman selected from the 
college. 


Center for Atmospheric Chemistry 
Studies (CACS). The CACS is a focal 
point for the development of a broad- 
scale research effort in atmospheric 
sciences at the University, provides a 
resource in atmospheric chemistry and 
air pollution research for the state of 
Rhode Island, and provides direction 
and leadership for several multi- 


institutional, multinational research 
programs examining global-scale prob- 
lems in atmospheric chemistry. 


Child Development Center. The cen- 
ter does qualitative and quantitative 
research with preschool children in a 
specially designed, campus-based day- 
care facility. Graduate students and fac- 
ulty are involved with the children and 
their parents during the calendar year. 
All aspects of child development are 
available for investigation, with a par- 
ticular opportunity to observe socializa- 
tion skills and processes. 


Core Facility. The Core Facility is a 
center of expertise in the design and 
fielding of new deep-ocean sampling 
technology. It provides a wide range 

of services to an international user 
community in the area of equipment 
development, as well as supporting the 
traditional geological sampling require- 
ments of the marine community. It 
maintains a collection of historical geo- 
logical samples, accessible to qualified 
investigators. 


Institute of Human Science and Ser- 
vices. The institute sponsors research 
and support activities in the human sci- 
ences and services, particularly in the ar- 
eas of evaluation, measurement, survey 
research, curriculum development, 
training, and human services policy and 
management. Institute activities focus 
on areas including education, human 
development, the family, gerontology, 
exercise science, consumer affairs, coun- 
seling, and public policy. The institute is 
an integral part of the College of Human 
Science and Services and draws its pro- 
fessional staff from all departments of 


- the college. The institute maintains a 


close liaison with human service agen- 
cies such as the Rhode Island Depart- 
ment of Education, Rhode Island Social 
and Rehabilitative Services, and the 
Rhode Island Institute of Mental Health, 
Rehabilitation, and Hospitals. 


Marriage and Family Therapy Clinic. 
This is an integral part of the graduate 
training program in marriage and family 
therapy in the Department of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies. Established in 1982, it is located 
at the Transition Center on Lower 
College Road. The Marriage and Family 
Therapy Clinic provides counseling 
services to families and clinical super- 
vision to graduate students. It creates 
research opportunities for both graduate 


students and faculty members in family 
interaction and family systems. Various 
data-gathering devices are used to give 
feedback to families served and to gradu- 
ate student therapists, and to produce a 
database for ongoing research. The clinic 
promotes the use of its facilities by local 
families and accepts referrals from the 
Rhode Island Family Court, school sys- 
tems, clergy, and health personnel. 


Chester H. Kirk Applied Engineering 
Laboratory. The filtration research labo- 
ratory at the University of Rhode Island 
is one of a few laboratories nationwide 
studying filtration processes from a fun- 
damental point of view. At the heart of 
this center is a generous donation of 
equipment made by the Fram Corpora- 
tion, a division of the Allied Corpora- 
tion. This includes a two-channel, com- 
puter-controlled laser anemometer 
system, a SUN workstation, and two 
Apollo computers, a low-turbulence 
level wind tunnel, a water channel, 
extensive instrumentation for the gen- 
eration and analysis of aerosols, and a 
variety of other instrumentation and 
equipment. The laboratory is housed in 
the Kirk Building, has associated faculty 
from the Departments of Mechanical 
and Chemical Engineering, and has ac- 
cess to other expertise within the Col- 
lege of Engineering and the University, 
as needed. The laboratory excels in its 
focus on developing a basic scientific 
understanding of filtration and separa- 
tion processes, and in its intention to 
maintain close ties with the industrial 
applications for its work. Planned re- 
search projects include detailed studies 
of the physics of particle capture by 
fibers, investigations of two- and three- 
dimensional flows about cylinder arrays, 
and the development of a rational 
theory of flow and particle extraction in 
porous media. 


Design for Manufacture Research 
Center. The center is based in the 
Department of Industrial and Manufac- 
turing Engineering. It involves four 
faculty members and graduate research 
assistants, at both the master’s and 
doctoral levels. Center research is con- 
cerned with the relationships between 
product design decisions and manufac- 
turing efficiency. Topics considered 
include product structure analysis, com- 
parison of material and process selec- 
tions, and product design for manufac- 
turing automation. The center’s goal is 
to produce database analysis tools 


which can be used by product develop- 
ment teams. Funding is provided by the 
National Science Foundation and vari- 
ous industries in the United States. 


Environmental Data Center (EDC). 
The EDC is a spatial data analysis labo- 
ratory in the Department of Natural Re- 
sources Science. The EDC specializes in 
using Geographic Information System 
data processing tools to solve environ- 
mental problems. The lab is the custo- 
dian of the Rhode Island Geographic 
Information System database, which 
consists of accurate and up-to-date car- 
tographic data on Rhode Island’s soils, 
wetlands, land use, geology, hydrogra- 
phy, and numerous other categories of 
information. These data are available to 
the URI academic community for 
teaching and research applications. Stu- 
dents and research staff of the labora- 
tory are currently engaged in research 
projects with the Rhode Island Depart- 
ment of Environmental Management, 
the Environmental Protection Agency, 
the National Park Service, the Soil Con- 
servation Service, and the National 
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra- 
tion. Lab computing is done on Data 
General AViiON workstations, micro- 
computers, and the University’s IBM 
mainframe. The EDC maintains a Glo- 
bal Positioning System base station and 
has hardware and software for process- 
ing remotely sensed data. 


Food Science and Nutrition Research 
Center (FSNC). The FSNC has been 
designed to house all the graduate edu- 
cation and research programs in food 
science and nutritional science. The 
center is administered by the College of 
Resource Development and located in 
West Kingston. In addition to its own 
microcomputer facilities, the center has 
16 fully equipped research laboratories 
including those dedicated to carotenoid 
chemistry, vitamin A, nutrient interac- 
tion, food bioprocessing, physical prop- 
erties of food, industrial microbiology, 
food chemistry, and food safety. There 
is a research winery with its own walk- 
in cold room and incubators. The Ani- 
mal Laboratory conforms to all federal 
codes for animal research with separate 
rooms available for toxicological, radio- 
active, and growth studies. The FSNC 
also has both food processing and sea- 
food processing pilot plants. The center 
has the facilities and equipment to pro- 
vide instruction, research, and service 


in the fields of food science and nutri- 
tional science. 


Historic Costume and Textiles 
Collection. A historic costume and tex- 
tile collection of over 16,000 items is 
housed in the Department of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design. 
The collection, of national significance, 
features 18th and 19th century cos- 
tumes, the Weaver Rose Collection, 
early American quilts, shawls, and 
Many international costumes. A full- 
time curator and faculty are available to 
assist scholars and museum profession- 
als with problems of classification, 
identification, conservation, and stor- 
age of textile items. 


Human Performance Laboratory. The 
Human Performance Laboratory in the 
Department of Physical Education, 
Health, and Recreation offers measure- 
ment and exercise counseling services 
to local, state, and regional agencies, 
industrial corporations, established 
exercise programs, athletic teams, and 
individuals with medical referrals. It is 
concerned with the total person and 
with the individual’s response to the 
demands of physical evaluation and 
participation. The laboratory has facili- 
ties for exercise stress evaluation, medi- 
cal examinations, chemical analyses of 
expired and blood gases, lectures, and 
demonstrations. 


Institute for International Business. 
The mission of URI’s Institute for Inter- 
national Business is to strengthen, 
enlarge, and sustain research, teaching, 
and training in the field of interna- 
tional business. 


Intergovernmental Policy Analysis 
Program (IPAP). Created by the Uni- 
versity of Rhode Island in February 
1978 as a means to improve the respon- 
siveness of the University to the needs 
of state government, IPAP is currently 
organized as an office under the pro- 
vost. As a research unit at the Univer- 
sity, IPAP works to provide an innova- 
tive program that can meet many of 
State government’s critical and short- 
term needs as well as long-term require- 
ments. Since its inception, IPAP has 
received grants from state government 
agencies to assist in research design, 
resource development, and policy 
analysis, and has coordinated the state’s 
Executive and Legislative State Science, 
Engineering, and Technology Programs 
with funding from the National Science 


THE UNIVERSITY 9 


Foundation. In addition, other grant 
projects have been funded by regional 
and federal governments, and by pri- 
vate research organizations. 


International Center for Marine 
Resource Development (ICMRD). 
Founded in 1969, ICMRD serves devel- 
oping countries in the field of interna- 
tional marine sciences. Responding to 
the needs of these developing countries, 
the center has implemented research 
and training programs utilizing an inte- 
grated approach to technical assistance 
considering the social, cultural, eco- 
nomic, and technical aspects of fishery 
development and coastal resource man- 
agement. ICMRD serves as the catalyst 
for University-wide international devel- 
opment programs as well as a center for 
the transfer of appropriate technology. 
The center draws on the expertise of 
faculty and staff to develop comprehen- 
sive solutions to the needs of develop- 
ing countries and to requests made by 
its principal funding source, the Agency 
for International Development. 


Labor Research Center. The Labor 
Research Center is a tripartite, indepen- 
dent, multidisciplinary unit devoted to 
the study and teaching of subjects 
broadly defined as labor and industrial 
relations. The center is concerned with 
research and service as well as the 
administration of the graduate program 
leading to the M.S. degree in labor and 
industrial relations. More than 50 full- 
time University faculty members from 
three colleges and 13 departments are 
associated with the center in either a 
teaching or research capacity. Labor, 
human resource management, and 
neutral external advisory committees 
work with the center’s director and fac- 
ulty in helping to define research and 
program needs and interests. 


Laboratories for Scientific Criminal 
Investigation. These laboratories in the 
Department of Pharmacology and Toxi- 
cology provide instruction, research, 
and service in the field of scientific 
criminal investigation. The laboratory 
staff works closely with the Rhode Is- 
land Attorney General’s Office and also 
provides technical consultation for vari- 
ous law enforcement agencies, and spe- 
cial instruction and research in 
criminalistics, in which faculty mem- 
bers of various departments participate. 
The program sponsors a special course 
for police and law enforcement 
agencies. 


10 


THE UNIVERSITY 


Laboratory for the Study of Informa- 
tion Science (LSIS). The University has 
identified the field of information sci- 
ence as one with growth potential. In 
response, it has provided for a group of 
information scientists to work indepen- 
dently within the University commu- 
nity. This initiative has led to the estab- 
lishment of the LSIS in Rodman Hail. 
In the past decade, LSIS has acquired a 
national reputation in the field of infor- 
mation management. LSIS integrates 
various sophisticated technologies to 
meet the requirements of contracting 
organizations with diverse information 
needs. LSIS is one of the leading centers 
for the dissemination of information 
regarding the arctic environment. LSIS 
has designed, created, and maintained 
databases of biological and physical 
data collected in the arctic, as well as 
program management information. 
LSIS has also developed retrieval pro- 
grams and graphical and tabular analy- 
ses to make this vast source of informa- 
tion useful in aiding management 
decisions concerning the development 
of resources in that region. 


Laboratories for Textile Performance 
Testing. These laboratories in the 
Department of Textiles, Fashion Mer- 
chandising, and Design are concerned 
with textile performance evaluation, 
fiber identification, and quality control. 
The laboratory staff works closely with 
state and University purchasing agents, 
and with the Rhode Island Attorney 
General's Office, and also provides 
technical assistance to industry. Equip- 
ment is available for performing a wide 
range of tests recommended by the 
American Society for Testing Materials, 
American Society for Quality Control, 
American Association of Textile Chem- 


- ists and Colorists, as well as mandatory 


tests required by federal agencies. 


LANDSAT Remote Sensing Lab. The 
lab at the University of Rhode Island is 
a cooperative effort between the Gradu- 
ate School of Oceanography and the 
Department of Marine Affairs and was 
established to utilize satellite remote 
sensing for terrestrial, coastal, and 
near-shore applications. Considerable 
emphasis is placed on the application 
of remote sensing techniques to the 
solution of problems faced in both the 
public and private sectors. Academic 
training and research concerning the 
classification of LANDSAT remote sens- 
ing data are important functions of the 


lab where individuals with differing 
research interests are provided opportu- 
nities to work together utilizing state- 
of-the-art technology. The lab is staffed 
by professionals with in-depth back- 
grounds in satellite remote sensing. 


Office of Marine Programs. The pur- 
pose of this office is to develop and 
package marine information which can 
be used by the marine community of 
the state, region, and nation, and 
equally to conduct fund raising, educa- 
tion, and communications activities at 
the Graduate School of Oceanography. 
Member units are the Marine Advisory 
Service, the Coastal Resources Center, 
and the National Sea Grant Depository. 


Rhode Island Sea Grant Advisory 
Service. The service is a federal and state 
partnership in marine outreach. Marine 
specialists provide education and infor- 
mation and technology transfer pro- 
grams for persons in Rhode Island and 
New England who use the resources of 
the marine environment. Projects in- 
clude working with commercial fisher- 
men, seafood processors, matina and 
boat yard operators, local and state 
governments, and individuals and busi- 
nesses interested in the management, 
use, development, or understanding of 
marine resources. Programs promote 
better use of marine resources by en- 
couraging cooperation among marine- 
oriented agencies and groups. 


Coastal Resources Center (CRC). 
Established in 1971, the CRC carries out 
research projects, surveys, and studies 
aimed at solving marine and coastal 
management problems. It is directing a 
five-year program to develop coastal re- 
source management programs in Ecua- 
dor, Sti Lanka, and Thailand, and is 
part of a multidisciplinary team at URI 
studying the environmental character- 
istics, human uses, and governance of 


_ four estuaries in the United States. The 


center also provides policy and techni- 
cal guidance to state and local agencies 
on coastal resources management. 


National Sea Grant Depository. 
Housed in the Claiborne Pell Marine 
Science Library, the depository was 
established in 1971 to ensure that 
materials published under Sea Grant 
auspices would be available at a single 
location. Its subject matter touches 
such widely diverse areas as aquacul- 
ture, law, medicine, geology, chemistry, 


biology, engineering, mathematical 
modeling, food technology, informa- 
tion retrieval, recreation, coastal zone 
management, and market research. The 
National Sea Grant Depository pub- 
lishes a quarterly abstracts publication, 
makes available loan copies of Sea 
Grant documents, and conducts online 
literature searches. 


Pacific-Basin Capital Markets 
(PACAP) Research Center. The PACAP 
Research Center is dedicated to: creat- 
ing, maintaining, and distributing capi- 
tal markets databases for eleven nations 
in the Pacific-Basin region; promoting 
academic research and teaching pro- 
grams for a better understanding of the 
region’s capital markets; and providing 
an international forum for global com- 
munities of business, government, and 
academia to exchange research ideas 
and findings and disseminate relevant 
information that affects the region. 
Databases are being created for 
Australia, the Republic of China 
(Taiwan), Indonesia, Korea, New 
Zealand, the Phillippines, Singapore, 
and Thailand. PACAP databases for 
Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, 
Taiwan, and Thailand are now available 
for annual subscription by universities, 
brokerage houses, and research insti- 
tutes throughout the world. Databases 
for Indonesia, the Phillippines, and 
Singapore have a target completion 
date of September 1993. The center also 
organizes PACAP Finance Conferences. 
Through the many programs launched 
by the PACAP Research Center, URI is 
maintaining close relationships with 
stock and futures exchanges in the 
Pacific-Basin region and in the United 
States, multinational brokerage houses, 
and leading universities in Asia. URI is 
now the primary source of Asian capital 
markets databases and is a driving force 
for academic research on Pacific-Basin 
capital markets. 


Research Center in Business and 
Economics. The center provides 
research support for the College of 
Business Administration faculty and 
conducts research projects for external 
organizations. Survey research, com- 
pany image measurement, concept 
testing, consumer satisfaction studies, 
market share analysis, and economic 
impact estimation are among the vari- 
ety of services that have been offered to 
external organizations. 


Rhode Island Sea Grant College 
Program. Established in 1968 in the 
Graduate School of Oceanography, it 
acts as a focal point in a partnership 
between government, industry, and 
the University to increase scientific 
understanding of the oceans and 
coastal waters, improve management 
of marine resources, and promote 
development of marine products. The 
program consists of research, educa- 
tion, and advisory services. 


Rhode Island Water Resources Center. 
This is the state center for research and 
training in all phases of water resources. 
Similar centers in each of the 50 states 
and Guam, Puerto Rico, the Virgin 
Islands, and the District of Columbia 
were established by law in 1964 and 
work cooperatively with the federal 
government in an effort “to assist in 
assuring the nation at all times of a 
supply of water sufficient in quantity 
and quality to meet the requirements 
of its expanding population.” Principal 
investigators of projects need not be 
employed at the University. 


Robotics Research Center. The center 
involves undergraduates, master’s and 
doctoral degree candidates, staff, visit- 
ing engineers, and faculty in the 
Departments of Electrical, Mechanical, 
and Industrial and Manufacturing Engi- 
neering. Their research deals with the 
application of advanced sensor-based 
systems, including robots, to flexible 
manufacturing workstations that deal 
with parts and components of a scale 
that can be normally handled by 
humans. Research in robotics began 

at the University in 1971 and was ex- 
panded in 1975 when the National Sci- 
ence Foundation (NSF) provided a sig- 
nificant level of long-term funding. In 
1980, the Industrial Participation Pro- 
gram was initiated; it consists of com- 
panies involved both in the production 
of robots and in their employment in 
the production process. The NSF pro- 
vided further funding in April 1982 by 
establishing the only NSF University/ 
Industry Cooperative Research Center 
in Robotics. The center is housed in 
the applied engineering laboratory 
building. 

Thin Film Laboratory. The thin film 
laboratory at the University of Rhode 
Island is supported by a number of 
government agencies and private cor- 
porations, including the Rhode Island 


Center for Thin Film and Interface Re- 
search. Its primary focus is to develop 
new thin film materials with unique 
properties and to design thin film coat- 
ings for specific applications. These ap- 
plications include novel microelec- | 
tronic devices; thin film sensors to 
measure pressure, strain temperature, 
radiation, and moisture; corrosion- and 
oxidation-resistant coatings; phosphors 
and electrodes for flat panel displays; 
and thin film dielectrics for waveguides 
and capacitors. The laboratory facilities 
include state-of-the-art equipment for 
the disposition and characterization of 
thin film materials and devices. This 
equipment includes a Perkin-Elmer 
Surface Analyzer complete with SIMS, 
ESCA, Auger capability and an ISI-SEM 
with chemical analysis. Complete 
microlithography facilities also exist 
within the Thin Film Laboratory, which 
can design and generate photomasks 
capable of extremely fine geometries. 


Urban Field Center. Located in the city 
of Providence, the Urban Field Center is 
a part of the graduate curriculum in 
community planning and area develop- 
ment in the College of Resource Devel- 
opment. A major goal of the center is 
the development of applied research 
and technical assistance skills for city 
educational systems, community 
groups, and the state agencies of Rhode 
Island. The center has developed an 
agenda for community service in col- 
laboration with an advisory committee, 
the state agencies, and community 


groups. 


Accreditation 


The University of Rhode Island is 
accredited by the New England Associa- 
tion of Schools and Colleges, Inc. In 
addition, certain courses and programs 
of study have been approved by 
national accrediting agencies. 

The New England Association of 
Schools and Colleges, Inc., is a nongov- 
ernmental, nationally recognized orga- 
nization whose affiliated institutions 
include elementary schools through 
collegiate institutions offering post- 
graduate instruction. 

Accreditation of an institution by 
the New England Association indicates 
that it meets or exceeds criteria for the 
assessment of institutional quality peri- 
odically applied through a peer group 
review process. An accredited school or 


THE UNIVERSITY 11 


college is one which has available the 
necessary resources to achieve its stated 
purposes through appropriate educa- 
tional programs, is substantially doing 
so, and gives reasonable evidence that 
it will continue to do so in the foresee- 
able future. Institutional integrity is 
also addressed through accreditation. 

Accreditation by the New England 
Association is not partial but applies to 
the University as a whole. As such, it is 
Not a guarantee of the quality of every 
course or program offered, or of the 
competence of individual graduates. 
Rather, it provides reasonable assur- 
ance about the quality of opportuni- 
ties available to students who attend 
the University. 

Inquiries regarding the status of an 
institution’s accreditation by the New 
England Association should be directed 
to the administrative staff of the school 
or college. Individuals may also contact 
the Association at The Sanborn House, 
15 High Street, Winchester, MA 01890. 
Phone: 617-729-6762. 

The national accrediting agencies 
which have approved the quality of 
certain course offerings and programs 
of study include the American Assem- 
bly of Collegiate Schools of Business, 
the American Association of Marriage 
and Family Therapy, the American 
Chemical Society, the American Coun- 
cil on Pharmaceutical Education, the 
American Institute of Certified Planners 
and Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Planning, the American Library 
Association, the American Psychologi- 
cal Association, the American Speech- 
Language-Hearing Association, the 
Engineering Accreditation Commission 
of the Accreditation Board for Engineer- 
ing and Technology, and the National 
League for Nursing. The Doctor of Phi- 
losophy programs in clinical and school 
psychology are accredited by the Ameri- 
can Psychological Association. In addi- 
tion, the University has been autho- 
rized under federal law to enroll 
nonimmigrant alien students. 

The University is also an approved 
member institution of the American 
Association of University Women, the 
American Council on Education, the 
Council of Graduate Schools, the North 
American Association of Summer 
Sessions, the National Association of 
State and Land-Grant Colleges, the 
Northeastern Association of Graduate 
Schools, and the National University 
Extension Association. 


12 


THE UNIVERSITY 


Graduate Life 


The main campus of the University 
of Rhode Island is located in the quiet, 
historic village of Kingston. Cultural 
variety and compact size are combined 
in the state of Rhode Island, and other 
cultural centers are easily accessible. 
Boston is 80 miles to the north and 
New York City 160 miles southwest. 
Bus service to these cities, as well as to 
Providence, Newport, and Cape Cod, is 
available from the campus. There is also 


a local bus service. The Kingston station - 


of Amtrak is two miles away. 


Services. The recreational and cultural 
facilities of the campus are open to 
graduate students and include use of 
the Memorial Union building. Facilities 
there include meeting and conference 
rooms, lounges, browsing room, study 
rooms, darkroom, radio station, cam- 
pus newspapers, games room, offices 
for student organizations, student tech- 
nical services, cafeteria, snack bar, res- 
taurant, pub, private dining rooms, 
ballroom, and party room. Services 
include a bookstore, credit union, travel 
agency, unisex hair salon, flower shop, 
pizza shop, and a center where copying 
facilities and typewriters are available. 
Student cooperatives under the direc- 
tion of the Student Senate include a 
record shop, photography lab, housing 
directory, book exchange, and a stu- 
dent hostel. There are substantial facili- 
ties for commuting students. A variety 
of small, privately owned shops and 
restaurants are within walking distance 
of campus. 

Every effort is made to provide 
graduate students with opportunities 
for consultation and advice on matters 
of concern to them in their academic, 
extracurricular, and personal lives. 
Descriptions of available services and 
facilities, including those associated 
with religious life, may be found in the 
Undergraduate Bulletin. Of particular 
interest to graduate students are the fol- 
lowing: Counseling and Career Services, 
Roosevelt Hall; Health Services, Potter 
Building; International Student Ser- 
vices, International Student Center; Re- 
ligious Counselors, Taft Hall, Catholic 
Center, and Hillel House; Student Fi- 
nancial Aid Office, Roosevelt Hall. 


Health Services. University health 
services include special clinics in gyne- 
cology, family planning, internal medi- 
cine, surgery, orthopedics, nutrition, 


psychiatry, and dermatology, as well as 
generalist and nursing care, laboratory, 
X-ray, and pharmacy. Allergy injections 
are given, provided the vaccines are 
supplied. 

Outpatient services during the 
academic year are available seven days 
a week, 24 hours a day, except for cer- 
tain holidays and periods when the 
University is closed. Physicians are 
available either for direct services or on 
call. Nurses are on duty at all times dur- 
ing the academic year. Specialists are 
available at specified times by 
appointment only. 

Hospital care is available in the 
local community. All medical expenses 
incurred outside the University’s Health 
Services are the responsibility of the 
student. Therefore, you are encouraged 
to have adequate insurance coverage 
(see the Health Services brochure, To 
Your Health). Students who choose their 
own private physician must assume 
responsibility for expenses incurred. 

The Health Promotion and Educa- 
tion Department of Health Services is 
also located in the Potter Building and 
is concerned with teaching students to 
take care of themselves, to adopt 
healthy lifestyles, and to become in- 
formed consumers of health care 
services. 


Affirmative Action and Nondiscrimi- 
nation. The University of Rhode Island 
prohibits discrimination on the basis of 
race, sex, religion, age, color, national 
origin, handicap, or sexual orientation, 
and discrimination against disabled and 
Vietnam era veterans, in the recruit- 
ment, admission, or treatment of stu- 
dents; the recruitment, hiring, or treat- 
ment of faculty and staff, and the 
operation of its activities and programs. 
This is in compliance with state and 
federal laws, including Titles VI and VII 
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as 
amended, Title 1X of the 1972 Educa- 
tion Amendments to the Higher Educa- 
tion Act, Executive Order 11246, as 
amended, Sections 503/504 of the 
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Section 
402 of the Vietnam Era Readjustment 
Assistance Act of 1974. 

The dean of the Graduate School, 
the director of Career Services, the 
director of counseling, and the director 
of the (undergraduate) Special Program 
for Talent Development cooperate to 
provide information and guidance for 
economically and socially disadvan- 


taged individuals seeking opportunities 
for graduate study at the University. 
Inquiries may be directed to any of 
these offices. 

Most buildings on campus are archi- 
tecturally available to the disabled, and 
provision is made to ensure that no stu- 
dent is prevented from pursuing a 
course of study because of restricted 
access to buildings. Special counseling 
for physically, psychologically, or voca- 
tionally handicapped individuals is 
available from the Counseling Center. 

Inquiries concerning compliance 
with antidiscrimination laws should be 
addressed to the affirmative action offi- 
cer, 80 Lower College Road, phone: 401- 
792-2442; or to the director, Office for 
Civil Rights, Department of Education, 
Region I. 


Students with Disabilities. Approxi- 
mately 250 students have identified 
themselves as disabled. A full range of 
services is offered by the University 
through the Office of Student Life. Indi- 
viduals who need disability assistance, 
sign language interpretation, or use of 
an FM personal sound system for Uni- 
versity programs or activities should 
call 401-792-2285 (TDD/voice) 72 
hours in advance. For more informa- 
tion about individualized services and 
accommodations, please contact the 
assistant director of student life for 
disability services, 332 Memorial Union. 
Phone: 401-792-2101. 


Graduate Student Association (GSA). 
This organization is interested in both 
the academic and social aspects of 
graduate life. Officers and representa- 
tives of the association are elected 
annually from the entire graduate stu- 
dent body, and the association is repre- 
sented on the Graduate Council. The 
GSA offices are located in the Memorial 
Union. Phone: 401-792-2339. 

There are also organizations for 
spouses of graduate students and for 
students from foreign countries. 


Housing. The Graduate Village and sev- 
eral other buildings provide 140 units 
of unfurnished apartments for graduate 
students. There is a waiting list for these 
units; interested students should write 
to the University Housing Office for 
applications and for additional infor- 
mation. The majority of off-campus 
housing, located in nearby resort areas, 
is available only on a seasonal basis, 
from September to June. Since most of 


these rentals are five miles or more 
from campus, people without cars 
should also investigate the availability 
of public transportation. A local bus ser- 
vice connects the shopping and service 
areas in Wakefield with the University. 
Some of the outlying resort areas, 
including Narragansett Pier, Galilee, 
and Scarborough, are also included in 
the bus routes. 

Housing information may be ob- 
tained from the University Housing 
Office and from advertisements in the 
Narragansett Times, a weekly local news- 
paper. In addition to providing infor- 
mation and applications for University 
housing, the Housing Office has avail- 
able maps, bus schedules, rental book- 
lets, and a graduate roommate file. A 
list of off-campus rooms, apartments, 
and houses available to graduate stu- 
dents is maintained in the commuter 
lounge at the Memorial Union. 

Housing arrangements should be 
made as early as possible. The Housing 
Office is located in the Roger Williams 
Complex. Phone: 401-792-2215. 


Dining Services. Dining services are 
available for graduate students at any of 
the University dining halls. Students 
who reside in University dorms are 
required to choose from one of the fol- 
lowing options: any 10 meals Monday 
through Friday; any 15 meals Monday 
through Sunday; any 20 meals Monday 
through Sunday. Off-campus commut- 
ers and members of the campus commu- 
nity other than dorm residents may 
choose to purchase any five meals Mon- 
day through Sunday. Further informa- 
tion can be obtained by contacting the 
Dining Services central office, Lippitt 
Hall. 


Academic and Social Codes. Each 
student is a member of the University 
community with all the rights, privi- 
leges, and responsibilities that go with 
such membership. The rights and privi- 
leges include full use of the educational 
opportunities and facilities offered on 
the campus. The responsibilities 
include those of making proper use of 
these facilities in order to progress edu- 
cationally, respecting the rights of oth- 
ers, and knowing and obeying the rules 
and regulations developed by the Uni- 
versity community for the good of the 
total membership. 

The University expects that all 
course papers, theses, and dissertations 
will be prepared, and all examinations 


taken, in conformance with accepted 
standards of academic integrity. This 
includes the proper citation and attzi- 
bution of all material which is not the 
original product of the writer. It is the 
graduate student’s responsibility to 
determine the appropriate style used in 
his or her discipline for presentation of 
material derived from other sources and 
to adhere to it scrupulously in all writ- 
ten presentations. 


University Ombud. The ombud inves- 
tigates complaints from students, fac- 
ulty, and administrative personnel that 
they have been unfairly dealt with in 
the normal channels of administrative 
process. An opportunity is thus pro- 
vided for a personal appeal to an impar- 
tial official with broad perspective who 
has ready access at all levels to those 
involved in a grievance. The ombud is 
always available to receive complaints, 
inquire into the matters involved, and 
mediate or otherwise resolve the prob- 
lem. However, the ombud does not 
become involved with the normal 
operations of established procedures 

as outlined in the Graduate Student 
Manual, except where they are not 
functioning as intended. 


Confidentiality 
of Student Records 


Procedures for the release and disclo- 
sure of student records maintained by 
the University are in large measure gov- 
erned by state and federal laws. Where 
the law is silent, the University is 
guided by the principle that the privacy 
of an individual is of great weight and 
that as much information in a student’s 
files as possible should be disclosed to 
the student upon request. A current or 
former student has the right to inspect 
or review official records, files, and data 
directly related to him or her. This right 
does not extend to applicants, those 
denied admission to the University, or 
those who were offered admission but 
did not enroll. 

Some records not available to stu- 
dents are: letters of recommendation 
obtained or prepared before January 1, 
1975; letters of recommendation which 
the student has waived his or her right 
to inspect; employment records of stu- 
dents as University employees; clinical, 
medical, counseling, or psychiatric 
records; parents’ financial aid records; 


THE UNIVERSITY 13 


and campus law enforcement records. 

A student may challenge the factual 
and objective elements of the content 
of student records, but not the qualita- 
tive and subjective elements of grading. 
If the student objects to certain items 
included in his or her personal records, 
a grievance procedure has been estab- 
lished. Ultimately, a Hearing Board on 
Student Confidential Records could 
render a decision. 

Third parties do not have access to 
personally identifiable records or infor- 
mation pertaining to students without 
the written consent of students who 
specify the records to be released. Fed- 
eral law requires that parents be consid- 
ered third parties. 

Detailed guidelines for the release 
and disclosure of information from stu- 
dent records are available from the 
Office of Student Life in the Memorial 
Union. They comply with the legal 
requirements of the Family Educational 
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. 


Notice of Change 


Rules, regulations, dates, tuition, 
fees, the availability and titles of pro- 
grams and areas of specialization, their 
administrative location, and courses set 
forth in this bulletin are subject to 
change without notice. Where a change 
in program requirements is made while 
a graduate student is currently enrolled, 
the student may elect to complete the 
program under the requirements in 
effect at the time of matriculation, or to 
shift entirely to the new requirements, 
but may not choose parts of each set. 
Asa result of the ongoing reviews of all 
graduate programs, certain offerings 
and specializations may be deleted or 
restructured between editions of the 
Graduate School Bulletin. 


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 


ach advanced degree awarded 

by the University requires as a 

minimum the successful com- 

pletion of a specified number 
of approved credits of graduate study 
at the University and the passing of 
prescribed examinations. Credit hours 
for a master’s or doctoral degree may 
include formal course work, indepen- 
dent study, research, preparation of a 
thesis or dissertation, and such other 
scholarly activities as are approved by 
the candidate’s program committee and 
the dean of the Graduate School. 

It is the student’s responsibility to know 
the calendar, regulations, and pertinent 
procedures of the Graduate School and to 
meet its standards and requirements. 
These are set forth in this bulletin, the 
Graduate Student Manual, the Statement 
on Thesis Preparation, and other publica- 
tions, all of which are available to 
graduate students at the Graduate 
School Office. 

These documents govern both 
master’s and doctoral degree programs. 
The manual gives detailed information 
on responsibilities of major professors 
and program committees, examination 
procedures, preparation of theses and 
dissertations, academic standards, 
and the Graduate Student Academic 
Appeals System. 

The requirements immediately fol- 
lowing are general requirements for all 
graduate students. Specific requirements 
for individual programs are itemized in 
the section on Graduate Programs. 


Program of Study 


The purpose of the program of study 
is to ensure that students, at an early 
Stage in their graduate study, organize 
coherent, individualized plans for their 
course work and research activities. It is 
expected that the successful completion 
of students’ programs of study along 
with collateral readings, research, etc., 
will enable them to demonstrate that 
they have achieved the high level of 
competence required of graduate stu- 
dents in their respective fields. 

All degree candidates are required to 
prepare a program of study with the 
guidance of their major professors (for 


master’s degree programs) or of their 
program committees (for doctoral pro- 
grams) in accordance with the guide- 
lines in the Graduate Student Manual. 
After the program has been approved by 
the major professor for master’s degree 
candidates or by the program committee 
for doctoral candidates, the program of 
study is submitted for approval to the 
dean of the Graduate School. 


Course Numbering System 


All regular graduate courses are num- 
bered at the 500 and 600 levels. All 
900-level courses are special graduate 
courses for which no graduate program 
credit is given. Courses numbered at 
the 400 level are for advanced under- 
graduates, but may, with approval and 
to a limited extent, be accepted toward 
meeting degree requirements at the 
master’s level. For doctoral candidates 
who have completed the master’s 
degree in the same field or one closely 
related, all program work must be at the 
500 or 600 level. 


Scholastic Standing 


Graduate work is evaluated by letter 
grades. All grades earned will remain on 
the student’s record and, unless the 
courses were approved for no program 
credit prior to registration, all unaccept- 
able grades will be included in calculat- 
ing the student’s scholastic average. 

A grade of C+ (2.33) or lower in 
courses numbered below the 500 level 
is considered a failing grade. In such 
cases of failure the course must either 
be repeated, if it is a required course, 
or else replaced by another course 
approved by the candidate’s program 
committee and the dean of the Gradu- 
ate School. When students receive more 
than one grade of C+ (2.33) or lower in 
courses below the 500 level, their 
graduate status is subject to review by 
the dean of the Graduate School. 

Grades of C-, D, and F are failing 
grades in 500- and 600-level courses 
and require immediate review of the 
Student’s status. Courses failed at this 
level must be repeated, if they are 





required courses, or else replaced by 
other courses approved by the candi- 
date’s program committee and the 
Dean of the Graduate School. 

The grades S (satisfactory) and U 
(unsatisfactory) will be used for courses 
of study involving research undertaken 
for the thesis or dissertation and for cer- 
tain courses and seminars so desig- 
nated. The letter I (incomplete) is used 
for excused unfinished work. Incom- 
plete grades assigned to graduate stu- 
dents may be removed within one 
calendar year. If the grade of I (incom- 
plete) is not removed within one calen- 
dar year, it will remain on the transcript 
but may not be used for program credit. 
Grades of S, U, and I are not included 
in the academic average. 

To qualify for continuation of degree 
candidate status and for graduation, a 
cumulative average of B (3.00 on a 4.00 
scale) in all work is required, except for 
courses meeting entrance deficiencies 
or approved for no program credit prior 
to registration in the course. At any 
time when the academic record indi- 
cates unsatisfactory performance, the 
student’s status is subject to review. 

A student who fails to maintain a satis- 
factory quality point average or to make 
acceptable progress towards the degree 
may be dismissed as a graduate student. 


Master’s Degree Requirements 


There are no major or minor area 
requirements for the master’s degree. 
However, no degree can be awarded for 
the accumulation of credits without a 
planned and approved program of 
study. Courses for the degree are 
expected to be concentrated in the 
candidate’s field of interest and related 
areas to produce a well-developed and 
coherent program. 

Req or the master’s degree 
must be completed within a period of 
four calendar years, or within a maxi- 
mum of seven calendar years with spe- 
cial permission of the department and 
he dean of the Graduate School if th 
tudy is done on a part-time basis, 















y 
full- or part-time study or a combination 
of the two. Candidates must take at least 


80 percent of the credits required for the 
degree at the University of Rhode Island. 

Some departments offer both a the- 
sis and a nonthesis option while others 
offer only one plan. Please refer to the 
chapter on Graduate Programs for spe- 
cific information on each program. The 
general requirements for these options 
are as follows. 


Thesis Option. The minimum require- 
ments for a master’s degree are: 1) the 
successful completion of 30 credits, 
including 6 thesis research credits; 

2) at the discretion of the department, 
the passing of written comprehensive 
examinations toward the end of the 
course work; 3) the submission of an 
acceptable thesis and the passing of an 
oral examination in defense of the 
thesis. Four copies of the thesis pre- 
pared in accordance with Graduate 
School requirements must be submitted 
to the Graduate School Office. A state- 
ment on preparation of theses is avail- 
able from that office. 


Nonthesis Option. Depending on 
departmental requirements, some 
master’s degrees may be earned without 
a thesis. The minimum requirements 





for a nonthesis master’s degree program 
are: 1) the successful completion of a 
minimum of 30 credits; 2) registration 
in advanced seminars, practicums, 


- internships, or other experiences useful 


to the student’s future professional 
career; 3) registration in one course 
which requires a substantial paper in- 
volving significant independent study; 
4) the passing of a written comprehen- 
sive examination toward the end of the 
course work. Some departments may 
also require a final oral examination. 


Research Competency. Although not 
normally required for the master’s 
degree, a student’s major professor or 
thesis committee may require profi- 
ciency in a foreign language, statistics, 
or computer science where appropriate 
for the subject chosen. 





Professional Degree 
Requirements 


Students should refer to the specific 
program requirements for professional 
degrees and consult with the appropri- 
ate dean or director. 





DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 15 


Doctor of Philosophy Degree 
Requirements 


The Doctor of Philosophy degree 
must be completed within seven years 
of the date when the student first 
enrolls as a candidate. : 

The requirements for the doctoral 
degree are: 1) the completion of a mini- 
mum of 72 credits of graduate study 
beyond the baccalaureate degree, of 
which a minimum of 42 credits must be 


_taken at the University of Rhode Island; 


2) fulfillment of the residence require- 
ment of maintaining full-time residence 
for at least two consecutive semesters 
while acquiring the last 42 credits for 
the degree, but prior to taking the doc- 
toral comprehensive examinations. Resi- 
dence is interpreted as full-time atten- 
dance (nine credits or more) on campus 
or in the College of Continuing Educa- 
tion during a regularly scheduled semes- 
ter. Full-time registration for both terms 
of a summer session counts as one se- 
mester of residence. With the exception 
of graduate assistants, instructors, re- 
search assistants, or the equivalent, no 
candidate for the doctorate may count 





16 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 


‘ie 


i 


ee 


part-time study toward satisfying this 
residence requirement unless a specific 
request for an exception, outlining the 
reasons and alternate method of satisfy- 
ing the requirement, is approved by the 
candidate’s doctoral committee and 
submitted together with the candidate’s 
program of studies for the approval of 
the dean of the Graduate School; 3) the 
passing of a qualifying examination; 

4) if required by the department, profi- 
ciency in one or more foreign lan- 
guages and/or in an approved research 
tool; 5) the passing of a comprehensive 
examination; 6) the completion of a 
satisfactory dissertation; 7) the passing 
of a final oral examination in defense 
of the dissertation. The department in 
which the student studies for the doc- 
toral degree may or may not require a 
master’s degree preliminary to, or as 
part of, the regular course of study. 


Qualifying Examination. This exami- 
nation is intended to assess a student’s 
potential to perform satisfactorily at the 
doctoral level. A student without a 
master’s degree who is accepted as a 
doctoral candidate is expected to take a 
q ing examination, usually after 
24-30 credits have been completed. A 
student who holds a master’s degree in 
the same or a closely related field is 
normally not required to take the 
examination. If an examination is 
required, it will be stipulated at the 
time of admission. 





e 


Research Competency. Each depart- 
ment, in cooperation with the Gradu- 
ate School, is authorized to formulate 
and to amend its own requirements 
and methods of testing for competency 
in research tools such as computer sci- 
ence, foreign language(s), or statistics. 
The department may, in turn, delegate 
this responsibility to the program com- 
mittee for each individual doctoral 
candidate. 


Comprehensive Examination. Each 
doctoral candidate shall take compre- 
hensive examinations at or near but 
not later than 12 months after comple- 
tion of the formal courses stipulated in 
the program of study. The examination 
is designed to assess the student's intel- 
lectual capacity and adequacy of train- 
ing for scholarly research. 

The comprehensive examination 
consists of two parts: written and oral. 
The student, with the approval of his or 
her program committee, applies to the 
Graduate School to take the examina- 
tion. The oral examination committee 
includes the student’s committee and 
two additional members of the gradu- 
ate faculty appointed by the dean of 
the Graduate School. One of the addi- 
tional members represents a field of - 
study allied to that of the student’s 
major. The candidate’s major professor 
arranges for and chairs the examina- 
tion. Unanimous approval by the 
examining committee is required for 


the passing of the comprehensive 
examination. 

A candidate whose performance fails 
to receive unanimous approval of either 
examining committee may, with the 
committee’s recommendation and the 
approval of the dean of the Graduate 
School, be permitted one reexamina- 
tion in the part or parts failed, to be 
taken no sooner than 10 weeks and no 
later than one year after the initial 
examinations. 


Final Oral Examination. This exami- 
nation is a defense of the dissertation 
and is open to all members of the fac- 
ulty and, generaily, to all students. The 
examination, usually two hours long, is 
conducted by an examining committee 
comprised of the candidate’s program 
committee and two additional graduate 
faculty members appointed by the dean 
of the Graduate School. One of the ap- 
pointed members will be designated by 
the dean to chair the examination. 

Unanimous approval of the examin- 
ing committee is required for passing. If 
the candidate does not perform satisfac- 
torily, the committee may recommend 
to the dean of the Graduate School that 
the candidate may take one reexamina- 
tion under stated conditions. 


Theses and Dissertations 


For the oral defense, a sufficient 
number of completed copies of the the- 
sis or dissertation, acceptable in form 
and substance to each member of the 
examining committee and the dean of 
the Graduate School, is required. At 
least 20 calendar days prior to the pro- 
posed defense, the copies must be sub- 
mitted to the Graduate School for 
scheduling of the examination. 

Following a successful defense and 
after all changes and corrections have 
been made, four copies prepared in 
accordance with Graduate School and 
Library requirements must be submit- 
ted to the Graduate School Office. 
Doctoral candidates must submit an 
additional abstract, not exceeding 350 
words. 

Students are advised to consult the 
Statement on Thesis Preparation and 
Instructions for Thesis Defense available in 
the Graduate School Office and the 
most recent edition of Kate L. Turabian’s 
A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, The- 
ses, and Dissertations published by the 
University of Chicago Press. 


ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 


Admission 
ersons holding the baccalaure- 
ate degree and wishing to take 
graduate-level courses at the 
University may do so through 
admission to the Graduate School as 
degree candidates, or through post- 
baccalaureate work in nonmatriculating 
Status (see page 18). Admission to the 
Graduate School is based on academic 
qualifications and potential without re- 
gard to age, race, religion, sex, national 
origin, handicap, or sexual orientation, 
and discrimination against disabled and 
Vietnam era veterans. 

A set of application materials is in- 
cluded in this bulletin. Additional appli- 
cation forms may be obtained from the 
Graduate Admissions Office, University 
of Rhode Island, Quinn Halli, Kingston, 
RI 02881-0809. Zip code should be in- 
cluded in the applicant’s return address. 





Inquiries concerning particular degree 
programs or courses of instruction 
should be addressed to the appropriate 
department chairperson as listed in 
the Graduate Programs section of this 
bulletin. 

Applications and credentials should 
be submitted to the Graduate Admis- 
sions Office. Final decision rests with 
the dean of the Graduate School who, 
after soliciting and considering the 
recommendation of the department 
concerned, notifies the applicant of his 
decision. 

Where admission to a doctoral pro- 
gram is possible for those holding the 
bachelor’s degree and meeting other 
requirements, the Graduate School 
reserves the right to offer admission 
only to the master’s program while 
postponing a decision on admission to 
the doctoral program until at least a 


substantial portion of the master’s work 
has been completed. 

All applications must be accompa- 
nied by a $30 nonrefundable applica- 
tion fee. Simultaneous application to 
more than one department requires 
duplicate applications and credentials 
and separate application fees. 

General deadlines for receipt of 
applications and all supporting docu- 
ments are April 15 for September or 
summer session admission, and 
November 15 for January admission. 
Applications must be completed by 
February 1 for consideration for finan- 
cial aid for the following year. As indi- 
cated in the Graduate Programs sec- 
tion of this bulletin, certain programs 
admit students only for September or 
have earlier deadlines. There is no 
assurance that applications completed 
after specified deadlines will be pro- 
cessed in time for enrollment in the 





16 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 


Tie 


i 


ee 


part-time study toward satisfying this 
residence requirement unless a specific 
request for an exception, outlining the 
reasons and alternate method of satisfy- 
ing the requirement, is approved by the 
candidate’s doctoral committee and 
submitted together with the candidate’s 
program of studies for the approval of 
the dean of the Graduate School; 3) the 
passing of a qualifying examination; 

4) if required by the department, profi- 
ciency in one or more foreign lan- 
guages and/or in an approved research 
tool; 5) the passing of a comprehensive 
examination; 6) the completion of a 
satisfactory dissertation; 7) the passing 
of a final oral examination in defense 
of the dissertation. The department in 
which the student studies for the doc- 
toral degree may or may not require a 
master’s degree preliminary to, or as 
part of, the regular course of study. 


Qualifying Examination. This exami- 
nation is intended to assess a student’s 
potential to perform satisfactorily at the 
doctoral level. A student without a 
master’s degree who is accepted as a 
doctoral candidate is expected to take a 
q ing examination, usually after 
24-30 credits have been completed. A 
student who holds a master’s degree in 
the same or a closely related field is 
normally not required to take the 
examination. If an examination is 
required, it will be stipulated at the 
time of admission. 





e 


Research Competency. Each depart- 
ment, in cooperation with the Gradu- 
ate School, is authorized to formulate 
and to amend its own requirements 
and methods of testing for competency 
in research tools such as computer sci- 
ence, foreign language(s), or statistics. 
The department may, in turn, delegate 
this responsibility to the program com- 
mittee for each individual doctoral 
candidate. 


Comprehensive Examination. Each 
doctoral candidate shall take compre- 
hensive examinations at or near but 
not later than 12 months after comple- 
tion of the formal courses stipulated in 
the program of study. The examination 
is designed to assess the student's intel- 
lectual capacity and adequacy of train- 
ing for scholarly research. 

The comprehensive examination 
consists of two parts: written and oral. 
The student, with the approval of his or 
her program committee, applies to the 
Graduate School to take the examina- 
tion. The oral examination committee 
includes the student’s committee and 
two additional members of the gradu- 
ate faculty appointed by the dean of 
the Graduate School. One of the addi- 
tional members represents a field of - 
study allied to that of the student’s 
major. The candidate’s major professor 
arranges for and chairs the examina- 
tion. Unanimous approval by the 
examining committee is required for 


the passing of the comprehensive 
examination. 

A candidate whose performance fails 
to receive unanimous approval of either 
examining committee may, with the 
committee’s recommendation and the 
approval of the dean of the Graduate 
School, be permitted one reexamina- 
tion in the part or parts failed, to be 
taken no sooner than 10 weeks and no 
later than one year after the initial 
examinations. 


Final Oral Examination. This exami- 
nation is a defense of the dissertation 
and is open to all members of the fac- 
ulty and, generally, to all students. The 
examination, usually two hours long, is 
conducted by an examining committee 
comprised of the candidate’s program 
committee and two additional graduate 
faculty members appointed by the dean 
of the Graduate School. One of the ap- 
pointed members will be designated by 
the dean to chair the examination. 

Unanimous approval of the examin- 
ing committee is required for passing. If 
the candidate does not perform satisfac- 
torily, the committee may recommend 
to the dean of the Graduate School that 
the candidate may take one reexamina- 
tion under stated conditions. 


Theses and Dissertations 


For the oral defense, a sufficient 
number of completed copies of the the- 
sis or dissertation, acceptable in form 
and substance to each member of the 
examining committee and the dean of 
the Graduate School, is required. At 
least 20 calendar days prior to the pro- 
posed defense, the copies must be sub- 
mitted to the Graduate School for 
scheduling of the examination. 

Following a successful defense and 
after all changes and corrections have 
been made, four copies prepared in 
accordance with Graduate School and 
Library requirements must be submit- 
ted to the Graduate School Office. 
Doctoral candidates must submit an 
additional abstract, not exceeding 350 
words. 

Students are advised to consult the 
Statement on Thesis Preparation and 
Instructions for Thesis Defense available in 
the Graduate School Office and the 
most recent edition of Kate L. Turabian’s 
A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, The- 
ses, and Dissertations published by the 
University of Chicago Press. 


Schedule of Courses. The Schedule of 
Courses is published in March for the 
fall semester and in October for the 
spring semester. It is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. The University 
reserves the right to cancel courses 
offered in the Schedule of Courses. 


Payment of Fees. Arrangements must 
be made with the Bursar for complete 
and timely payment of tuition and/or 
fees. If, during the semester, it becomes 
apparent that a student has not met his 
or her financial responsibilities to the 
University, registration for that semes- 
ter is subject to immediate cancellation. 


Drop and Add. Students are permitted 
to drop courses and to add courses with 
subsequent reassessment of fees (see 
page 21) during the first two weeks of 
classes. The final day to drop courses 
without a grade is midsemester. How- 
ever, fees are not reassessed for courses 
dropped after the second week of 
classes. 


Change of Address. It is the responsi- 
bility of the student to complete a 
change of address form in the Office of 
the Registrar whenever a change is 
made in the local, campus, or mailing 
address. 


Summer Session. Although some 
graduate-level courses are offered 
during the summer session, the Univer- 
sity does not guarantee that any par- 
ticular course will be offered. The avail- 
ability of individual faculty members to 
supervise research or to participate in 
comprehensive examinations and 
examinations in defense of theses or 
dissertations during the summer session 
varies from year to year. During the 
summer session, special arrangements 
must be made with both the Graduate 
School and the department for schedul- 
ing comprehensive examinations and 
thesis or dissertation defenses. Graduate 
students must make prior individual 
arrangements for taking directed 
Studies or special problems courses. 


Time Limit and Continuous Registra- 
tion. Graduate students are expected to 
complete their course work and re- 
search within the four-year time limit 
prescribed for the master’s degree and 
the seven-year time limit for the doctor- 
ate. Graduate students must remain 
continuously enrolled, except for sum- 
mer sessions which are optional, until 


they have completed ali requirements 
and have received their degree. Stu- 
dents who wish to maintain graduate 
status, but are not registered for course 
work or research and are not on a leave 
of absence approved by the department 
and the dean of the Graduate School 
must pay the continuous registration 
fee each semester until the degree has 
been awarded. The time limit for a de- 
gree program may be extended by ap- 
plying to the dean of the Graduate 
School for legitimate reasons such as 
military service or serious illness. This 
request requires the endorsement of the 
student’s major professor or depart- 
ment chairperson. 

Students who are on a leave of ab- 
sence or signed up for continuous regis- 
tration do not have the privileges of 
consulting regularly with faculty on re- 
search or thesis preparation nor of us- 
ing laboratory, computer, or other edu- 
cational facilities at the University. 

A student who does not register for a 
semester, or obtain approval for a leave 
of absence, will be considered as having 
voluntarily withdrawn from the Uni- 
versity. Students who are later permit- 
ted to re-enroll must pay the CRG fee 
for each semester they did not maintain 
graduate status. 


Full-Time and Part-Time Students. 
The normal full-time registration is 12 
credit hours of study during a regular 
semester. Minimum full-time registra- 
tion is nine credit hours during a regu- 
lar semester and six credit hours during 
a summer session. Maximum registra- 
tion of 15 credit hours during a regular 
semester may not be exceeded without 
prior written permission of the dean of 
the Graduate School, based on extraor- 
dinary circumstances. Credits in excess 
of 15 will be billed at the per-credit rate. 
Full-time registration is required of all 
international students and of all stu- 
dents holding fellowships, assistant- 
ships, full scholarships, and trainee- 
ships administered by the University. 
Students who do not meet the mini- 
mum full-time registration requirement 
are considered part-time students. 


Credits Earned Off Campus. Students 
who wish to register for credits to be 
counted toward a degree, and who will 
be earning these credits through off- 
campus activities such as research or 
independent study at a national labora- 
tory, are required to obtain prior ap- 


ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 19 


proval of the dean of the Graduate 
School and to have these activities 
listed as part of their programs of study. 


Intellectual Opportunity Plan 
(Pass-Fail Option). To allow graduate 
students to venture into new areas of 
knowledge without fear that their scho- 
lastic average will suffer, the Graduate 
Council has approved the Intellectual 
Opportunity Plan. (Please note that 
courses below the 400 level are auto- 
matically excluded from the scholastic 
average.) To be eligible for this option, 
the student’s major professor or advisor 
must certify that the course or courses 
are outside the student’s major field of 
study, are not entrance deficiencies, 
and are not specific requirements of, 
but are relevant to, the student’s pro- 
gram. A maximum of four credits may 
be taken by the master’s degree candi- 
date and a maximum of eight credits, 
including any taken as a master’s candi- 
date, by the doctoral candidate. 


Audit. Courses may be audited with the 
approval of individual course instruc- 
tors and by presenting an auditor’s card 
obtained from the Office of the Regis- 
trar. An auditor receives no course 
grade; consequently an audited course 
does not count as part of the student’s 
course load for registration purposes, 
does not appear on the transcript, and 
cannot count as work taken toward 
completion of residence requirements. 
A student must be enrolled in at least 
one Other course to be permitted to 
audit a course. 


Required Identification. In order to 
obtain a University ID card and to be 
certified for employment, students 
must have in their possession a photo 
identification card, such as a driver’s 
license, and a certified copy of their 
birth certificate. A valid passport will 
serve both of these purposes. 


FEES AND FINANCIAL AID 





Charges and fees set forth in this bulle- 
tin are subject to change without notice. 


uition and fees for graduate 

students vary according to 

whether or not the student 

is a legal resident of the state 
of Rhode Island and according to full- 
time or part-time enrollment. All 
charges are payable by the semester 
and are due and payable upon receipt 
of the bill or by the due date indicated 
on the bill. 

The dean of the Graduate School 
classifies each student admitted to the 
University as a resident or nonresident 
student on the basis of all relevant 
information available to him and in 
compliance with the stated policy of 
the Board of Governors for Higher Edu- 
cation. A certificate of residence is in- 
cluded in this bulletin along with the 
application for admission. It must be 
filed by residents of Rhode Island and 
New England Regional Students; failure 
to file the affidavit will result in auto- 
matic classification as an out-of-state 
student. Forms for reclassification as a 
Rhode Island resident student are avail- 
able in the Graduate School Office. A 
student may appeal the decision to the 
Board of Residence Review. 


New England Regional Student Pro- 
gram. Under the provisions of the New 
England Regional Student Program for 
graduate students administered by the 
New England Board of Higher Educa- 
tion, the University charges a regional 
student rate (150 percent of Rhode 
Island resident tuition) to residents of 
other New England states who are 
matriculated graduate students in 
certain programs. The specific program 
must be one which is not available at 
the student’s home-state institutions of 
higher education, and must have been 
declared open to regional students by 
the University of Rhode Island. Stu- 
dents must apply through the Graduate 
School and must file a certificate of resi- 
dence signed by: the clerk of the city or 
town where they claim legal residence. 
This form is included with the applica- 
tion at the back of this bulletin. Deter- 
mination of regional status is made by 
the Graduate School which will inform 
the applicant of the final decision. If a 


student transfers to another program, 
the regional student status is automati- 
cally terminated. Where appropriate, 
the student may apply for regional stu- 
dent status in the new program. 

Normally, these programs are listed 
in the New England Regional Student 
Program graduate-level booklet. In cases 
where an apparently similar program of 
study is available at both institutions 
involved, residents of another New 
England state must obtain certification 
from the dean of the Graduate School 
of each of their home-state institutions 
to document that the program of study 
is not available within that state sys- 
tem. This certification will normally 
take the form of a statement by the 
chairperson of the relevant department 
endorsed by the graduate dean. Inquir- 
ies and requests for further information 
may be directed to the dean of the 
Graduate School at the University of 
Rhode Island or to the New England 
Board of Higher Education, 45 Temple 
Street, Boston, MA 02111. 


Rhode Island Interinstitutional 
Exchange. Full-time students matricu- 
lated at one of the public institutions of 
higher education in Rhode Island may 
enroll for a maximum of seven credits 
of their full-time schedule per semester 
for study at one of the other public 
institutions at no additional expense. 
Each institution will determine and 
maintain the integrity of the degree to 
be awarded. Students will be subject to 
the course selection process applicable 
at the receiving institution. Summer 
session and continuing education 
registrants are not covered under this 
program. Students interested in this 
arrangement should contact the Office 
of the Registrar. 


Tuition Waiver for Senior Citizens. 
Any Rhode Island resident senior citi- 
zen who submits evidence of being 60 
years of age, or over, will be allowed to 
take courses at any public institution of 
higher education in the state with the 
tuition waived. Admission into particu- 
lar courses will be granted on a space- 
available basis and at the discretion of 
the receiving institution. All other costs 
of attendance are paid by the student. 


Tuition Waiver for Unemployed. Any 
individual who submits evidence of 
currently receiving unemployment 
benefits from the state of Rhode Island 
will be allowed to pursue course work at 
any public institution of higher educa- 
tion in Rhode Island with tuition and 
the registration fee waived. Individual 
students will be responsible for all other 
costs of attendance. Admission into 
particular courses will be granted on a 
space-available basis and at the discre- 
tion of the particular institution. This 
waiver also applies to any Rhode Island 
resident who submits evidence of resi- 
dency and of currently receiving unem- 
ployment benefits in another state. 


Schedule of Fees. This schedule of fees 
is effective for the 1992-93 academic 
year. The University reserves the right 
to revise its schedule of tuition and fees 
without notice. 


Full-Time, One Academic Year 


Students registered for 9-15 credits, 
graduate research assistants, and gradu- 
ate assistants are considered full-time 
and are charged the following fees: 


Tuition 
Rhode Island residents $3,014 
Regional students 4,522 
Out-of-state residents 6,952 
Registration fee 40 
Graduate student assessment 20 
Memorial Union fee 126 
Recreation fee 70 
Health Services fee 312 
Student Health Insurance Plan 369 


Credits in excess of 15 will be billed 
at the per-credit rate listed for part-time 
registration. Enrollment at Kingston 
and CCE locations is combined when 
determining these fees. Dropping over- 
load credit after the end of the add 
period does not reduce term bills. 


Kingston and CCE Enrollment 


All students who are full-time _ 
because of combined enrollment at 
both the College of Continuing Educa- 
tion and the Kingston Campus (nine 
credits and over) are assessed the fol- 
lowing fees at the standard full-time 
rate when enrolled in at least five cred- 
its on the Kingston Campus: Memorial 


Union fee, Student Activity tax, Student 
Health Insurance Plan, Health Services 
fee. Students enrolled for less than five 
credits at the Kingston Campus are 
charged the fees at the part-time rate. 
Dropping courses at either location af- 
ter the end of the add period does not 
reduce term bills. 


Health Service Fees 


All full-time graduate students, all 
international students and their 
spouses, and all graduate assistants and 
graduate research assistants are required 
to participate in the University Health 
Services plan and accompanying Stu- 
dent Health Insurance Plan. With the 
exception of international students and 
their spouses, the Student Health Insur- 
ance Plan may be waived if evidence of 
comparable coverage in another plan is 
provided and if the student completes, 
signs, and returns a waiver card to Uni- 
versity Health Services prior to the end 
of the add period (first two weeks of 
school). Unless the insurance is waived, 
the student will be billed. Waiver forms 
may be obtained directly from Health 
Services. Part-time students and spouses 
of students are eligible to participate in 
the health and insurance plans on an 
optional basis. 


Part-Time, One Semester 


Students registered for eight credits 
or less are charged the following fees. 
Students maintaining continuous en- 
rollment and registered for no credit 
(CRG 999) are required to pay a fee of 
$180 per semester. 


Tuition, per credit hour 


Rhode Island residents $170 
Regional students 255 
Out-of-state residents 385 
Registration fee 20 
Graduate student assessment 1 
Memorial Union fee (per credit) 7 


Reassessment of Fees. Students are 
allowed to drop and add credits during 
the first two weeks of each semester 
(add period). Fees are reassessed and 
adjusted according to the credit enroll- 
ment and student status resulting from 
drop and add transactions processed by 
the Office of the Registrar during the 
add period. Following the add period, 
term bills are only reassessed for stu- 
dents who add credits. The dropping of 
credits after the add period does not re- 
duce term bills. 


Application Fee. Thirty dollars must 
accompany each application for 
admission. See page 17 for application 
procedures. 


Additional Fees. Students may be asked 
to make key deposits and to cover lab- 
oratory and other incidental expenses 
for specific courses. Students taking per- 
formance courses in music are charged 
an additional applied music fee each 
semester of $95 for MUS 050, $190 for 
MUS 231, 241, 242, 251, 261, 451, 461, 
551, and 561 to cover the private lessons 
associated with these courses. 

Master’s degree candidates must pay 
a thesis-binding fee of $18, and doc- 
toral candidates must pay dissertation- 
binding and microfilming fees of $78. 
These fees are due before candidates 
submit their dissertations for approval 
by the Graduate School. 


Late Fees. A late registration fee of $20 

during the first week of classes, and $55 
thereafter, is charged unless excused by 
the Office of the Registrar. 


Remission of Fees. Tuition and the reg- 
istration fee are paid from University or 
grant funds for holders of tuition schol- 
arships, graduate assistantships, and 
graduate research assistantships (12 
credits maximum per semester), and 
most fellowships. The students are 
required to pay all other fees including 
the Health Services and Student Health 
Insurance fees, Memorial Union fee, 
and the graduate student assessment. 
Tuition for students appointed to par- 
tial assistantships will be prorated for 
the period of the appointment. The stu- 
dent will be responsible for the remain- 
der of the full-time tuition and fees. 
The same policy applies to assistant- 
ships terminated during the academic 
year. 


Refunds. Refunds of payments made 

or credits against amounts due to the 
University shall be made to students 
who Officially withdraw or take a leave 
of absence from the University accord- 
ing to the following scale: first two 
weeks, 80 percent; third week, 60 per- 
cent; fourth week, 40 percent; fifth 
week, 20 percent; after five weeks, no 
refund. The attendance period in which 
withdrawal occurs is counted from the 
first day of registration and includes 
weekends and holidays. Coverage un- 
der the Student Health Insurance Plan 
terminates when the student withdraws 
for any reason other than graduation 


FEES AND FINANCIAL AID 


or incapacitating disability. Students 
whose coverage has terminated for 
reason of withdrawal may request a 
prorata refund of their premium from 
the insurance company. (For more 
information, contact URI Health Services.) 


Indebtedness to the University. Fail- 
ure to make full payment of all required 
fees or to resolve other debts to the 
University (for example, unreturned 
athletic equipment, overdue short-term 
or emergency loans, lost library books, 
debts to the Office of Residential Life 
for damages, obligations required by 
the University Judicial System) may re- 
sult in denial of registration for the fol- 
lowing semester and/or disenroliment. 
Appropriate University departments 
will provide the student with notice of 
the debt, reason for it, and a review, if 
requested. A student must fulfill all fi- 
nancial obligations to the University 
before receiving transcripts or a 
diploma. 


Transcripts. Each student who gradu- 
ates from the University is entitled to 
one official transcript without charge. 
Students may obtain a copy of their 
transcripts by submitting a written re- 
quest to the Office of the Registrar. A $3 
fee is charged for each individual tran- 
script request. 

Transcripts will not be issued to stu- 
dents who have any unpaid financial 
obligation to the University. 


Financial Aid 

There are several forms of financial 
assistance available to graduate students. 
To be eligible for any form of assistance, 
the student must first be admitted as a 
degree candidate. Detailed information 
(stipends, allowances, tenure, etc.) on 
fellowships, scholarships, and assistant- 
ships is available from the Graduate 
School Office. Fellowships and scholar- 
ships are awarded by the dean of the 
Graduate School to students selected 
from nominations submitted by depart- 
ment chairpersons. Students are advised 
to request nomination for these awards 
by the chairperson of the department in 
which they plan to study or in which 
they are currently enrolled at the 
University. 

Graduate students on URI fellow- 
ships, scholarships, and assistantships 
are expected to be full-time students in 
good academic standing and are not eli- 


21 


22 


FEES AND FINANCIAL AID 


gible for additional employment unless 
written permission is received from the 
dean of the Graduate School. 


FELLOWSHIPS. Fellowships are 
awarded to graduate students in recog- 
nition of their achievement and prom- 
ise as scholars. They are intended to en- 
able students to pursue graduate studies 
and research without rendering any ser- 
vice to the University. Graduate fellows 
are required to be full-time students 
and may not engage in additional re- 
munerative work without the specific 
advance approval of the dean of the 
Graduate School. 

Special Fellowships are supported by 
various industrial firms, private founda- 
tions, and individuals, and are usually 
restricted to students in particular areas 
of study and research. The stipends and 
supplemental allowances of these fel- 
lowships are not uniform. 

URI Fellows receive a stipend of at 
least $7,550 for the academic year and 
have tuition and the registration fee 


’ paid from University funds. URI Fellows 


are responsible for the remaining fees. 
Those wishing to be considered for fel- 
lowships must have their application 
file completed no later than February 1. 


GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS AND 
GRADUATE RESEARCH ASSISTANT- 
SHIPS. Assistantships are awarded to 
full-time graduate students to provide 
them with teaching and research train- 
ing. Assistants may be required to pro- 
vide service for up to 20 hours per 
week. Appointments are initiated by de- 
partment chairpersons. To be eligible 
for such an appointment, students 
must first be admitted as degree candi- 
dates. Applications for assistantships 
should be completed by February 1. 
Appointments are announced in early 
April. 

Graduate Assistants assist, under 
supervision, with instructional and/or 
research activities of a department. Not 
more than ten hours per week will be in 
classroom contact. Graduate assistant 
stipends for the 1992-93 academic year 
range from $7,550 to $8,350, depend- 
ing upon qualifications. In addition, 
tuition and the registration fee (12 cred- 
its maximum) are paid from University 
funds for each semester of the academic 
year of the appointment. The student is 
responsible for the remaining fees. 
Additional remuneration is given for 
appointments during the summer, 
although this cannot be guaranteed. 


Stipends and tuition remissions for stu- 
dents appointed to partial assistant- 
ships will be prorated for the period of 
the appointment. The student will be 
responsible for the remainder of the 
full-time tuition and fees. The same 
policy applies to assistantships termi- 
nated during the academic year. 

Graduate Research Assistants are 
assigned to individual research projects 
sponsored either by the University or 
by an outside agency. On supported 
research contracts and grants, the 
graduate research assistants are ex- 
pected to devote 20 hours per week to 
research activities. For this they nor- 
mally receive a stipend ranging from 
$7,550 to $8,350 for nine months. In 
addition, tuition (12 credits maximum) 
and registration fee are paid in each 
semester of the academic year of the 
appointment. The student is respon- 
sible for the remaining fees. Additional 
remuneration is given for appoint- 
ments during the summer months. 
Stipends and tuition remissions for 
students appointed to partial assistant- 
ships will be prorated for the period of 
the appointment. The student will be 
responsible for the remainder of the 
full-time tuition and fees. The same 
policy applies to assistantships termi- 
nated during the academic year. 

Tuition Scholarships, which cover 
tuition and registration fee, are awarded 
by the dean of the Graduate School 
from University funds. These scholar- 
ships are awarded to qualified students 
demonstrating financial need. Applica- 
tion forms are available in the Graduate 
School Office. 


Other Sources of Aid 


There are many additional sources of 
financial aid available to students who 
qualify: scholarships from private orga- 
nizations, clubs, labor unions, fraterni- 
ties, sororities, and businesses; Voca- 
tional Rehabilitation financial support 
and Veterans Administration benefits, 
including survivor benefits. Students 
should apply directly to the source if 
they believe they qualify. Graduate stu- 
dents have access to a national comput- 
erized database of fellowships and other 
financial assistance opportunities avail- 
able to students pursuing advanced de- 
grees, completing dissertation research, 
or seeking postdoctoral positions. 

In addition, limited amounts of aid 
from federal and state sources are avail- 


able through the Student Financial Aid 
Office. This office distributes money 
from various sources to help students 
with financial need. Need is defined as 
the difference between what it costs to 
attend URI and what the student and 
family can contribute from their finan- 
cial resources, including all other 
sources of assistance. The student is 
expected to earn a portion of these 
resources. Only citizens, nationals, or 
permanent residents who have been 
accepted and are matriculated as URI 
graduate students are eligible. Special 
students and students attending only 
during the summer sessions are ineli- 
gible. The national Financial Aid Form 
(FAF) should be submitted to the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service in Princeton 
after January 1, but prior to March 1. 
For further information or copies of the 
forms, contact the Student Financial 
Aid Office in Roosevelt Hall. Phone: 
401-792-2314. 


FEDERAL AID. Carl Perkins Loan. 
Graduate students may borrow up to 
$18,000, including any undergraduate 
loans. These loans have a simple inter- 
est rate of five percent annually. Inter- 
est does not accrue until six months af- 
ter graduation or withdrawal. Minimum 
payments of $30 per month are re- 
quired, and the repayment period may 
extend up to 10 years. 

College Work-Study Program. This fed- 
erally supported program provides part- 
time employment during the school 
term and full-time employment during 
the vacation periods. The jobs may be 
either with University departments or 
with off-campus, nonprofit, nonsectar- 
ian, nonpolitical agencies. Other insti- 
tutionally funded employment is also 
available. A list of these jobs is available 
in the Student Financial Aid Office. 

Stafford Loan Program. To participate 
in the Stafford Loan Program, a student 
must have financial need as determined 
by the Student Financial Aid Office 
based on the Financial Aid Form. Inter- 
est on loans, until six months after 
graduation, withdrawal, or drop in en- 
rollment status to less than half time, 
will be paid by the federal government 
in most cases. For new borrowers who 
receive loans, the interest rate is eight 
percent for the first four years of repay- 
ment and 10 percent thereafter. 

Eligible graduate students may bor- 
row up to $7,500 a year. The maximum 
total Stafford Loan debt for graduate or 
professional study is $54,750, including 


any loans made at the undergraduate 
level. 

Supplemental Loans for Students (SLS). 
Graduate students may apply for loans of 
up to $4,000 per year. A variable interest 
rate is calculated annually based on a 
federal formula. The new rate is set every 
year, but cannot exceed 12 percent. Addi- 
tional information may be obtained from 
local lending institutions. 


UNIVERSITY AID. Regular Student Em- 
ployment. Positions funded by the Univer- 
sity are available to several hundred stu- 
dents, and are listed in the Student 
Financial Aid Office. 

University Loans. Emergency loans 
ranging from $10-$100 are available to 
full-time students. These loans are short- 
term in nature (14-90 days) and can be 
made only when there are means of re- 
payment. Application forms are available 
at the Student Financial Aid Office. 


VETERANS’ BENEFITS. Information 
may be obtained from the veterans’ liai- 
son officer in the Office of the Registrar. 
All students receiving veterans’ benefits 
are required to report to the veterans’ li- 
aison officer when withdrawing from or 
dropping any course, or when withdraw- 
ing from the University. Failure to do so 
will result in the termination of veterans’ 
benefits. 


Special Awards 


URI Foundation. Income from a number 
of endowment funds is distributed annu- 
ally. Each of the funds is used for a pur- 
pose specified by the donor. Further in- 
formation may be obtained from the URI 
Foundation in Davis Hall. Selected 
awards are listed below. 


Stanley Berger Memorial Fund. This 
scholarship is awarded by the Depart- 
ment of Psychology to a graduate student 
in clinical psychology. 


Bertran M. Brown Endowment Fund. 
These funds are used for graduate student 
support in the Department of Chemistry. 


Catharine and Walter Eckman 
Memorial Scholarship. This scholarship 
is awarded to a graduate student in the 
humanities, including English, compara- 
tive literature, languages, history, phi- 
losophy, music, and political science. Re- 
cipients will be selected by the Graduate 
School Committee on Scholarships and 
Fellowships. 


Joshua MacMillan Graduate Fellowship 
in Fisheries Oceanography. Annual fel- 


_lowship awarded on the basis of financial 


need to a master’s or doctoral student 
with marked interest in fisheries science. 


Arthur D. Jeffrey Memorial Scholar- 
ship. This scholarship is awarded to a 
graduate student in community planning 
on the basis of financial need. 


Graduate Library School Scholarship. 
This scholarship is awarded to a student 
in the Graduate Library School. The 
recipient will be selected by the Director 
of the Graduate Library and Information 
Studies Program. 


The L. Douglas Nolan Award. This 
award was established by L. Douglas 
Nolan for significant graduate student 
achievement in science. The recipient of 
this award is selected annually by the 
dean of the Graduate School based on 
nominations submitted by academic de- 
partment chairpersons. The criteria for 
selection are given in the call for nomi- 
nations. This award recognizes superior 
academic performance and research ac- 
complishments during the course of 
graduate study. It includes a financial 
award of $500. 


Graduate School of Oceanography 
(GSO) Alumni Endowment. These 
awards are made to deserving GSO 
students selected by the GSO Alumni 
Committee. 


William R. Potter Chemistry Fund. 
These funds are awarded to doctoral 

students in pharmacy on the basis of 
academic achievement in chemistry. 
The recipient is selected by a College 
of Pharmacy committee. 


Dr. and Mrs. James P. Reid Endowment 
Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded 
to a graduate student with high academic 
standing enrolled in the master’s degree 
program in physical education. The re- 
cipient will be selected by the Reid Schol- 
arship Committee. 


Richard D. Wood Memorial Award for 
Excellence in Botany. This award is 
made to senior students entering gradu- 
ate studies in botany on the basis of 
scholarship, character, academic 
integrity, and intellectual enthusiasm. 


The Germaine and Francis Webb 
Graduate Fellowship in Oceanography. 
This award is made to graduate students 
in oceanography on the basis of financial 
need and merit. Preference is given to 


FEES AND FINANCIAL AID 23 


students with marked interest in environ- 
mental issues. The recipient is selected by 
the dean of the Graduate School of 
Oceanography. 


Policy on Satisfactory 
Academic Progress 


The Education Amendments of 1980, 
P.L. 96-374, October 3, 1980, state that 
“a student is eligible to receive funds from 
federal student financial aid programs at 
an institution of higher education if the 
student is maintaining satisfactory 
progress in the course of study he or she is 
pursuing according to the standards and 
practices of that institution.” 

To maintain satisfactory progress as a 
graduate student at the University of 
Rhode Island for federal financial aid pur- 
poses, the student must be enrolled in a 
degree-granting program on at least a 
half-time basis (i.e., five credits) for each 
semester during which aid is received. The 
courses must be graduate level and appli- 
cable to the student’s approved program 
of study. Master’s degree candidates have 
eight semesters to complete degree re- 
quirements on a full- or part-time basis. 
Students who are not in residence during 
the academic year terms and who have re- 
ceived special permission from the dean 
of the Graduate School have 14 summer 
sessions in which to complete require- 
ments. Two summer sessions totaling at 
least five credits will be considered one 
part-time semester; two summer sessions 
totaling nine credits will be considered 
one full-time semester. Doctoral degree 
candidates have 14 semesters in which to 
complete their degrees, regardless of 
whether they matriculate with an earned 
master’s degree. 

Master’s and doctoral students who 
have completed all course requirements 
including thesis research shall be consid- 
ered to be making satisfactory progress at 
least at the half-time rate if they are regis- 
tered for at least one thesis credit or con- 
tinuous registration. All students must be 
enrolled for consecutive semesters until 
graduation unless an official leave of ab- 
sence or interruption of study has been 
approved. If students exercise neither the 
leave of absence nor interruption of study 
option and fail to register, they are con- 
sidered to have voluntarily withdrawn. 

For further information, see the 
Graduate Student Manual or consult the 
Student Financial Aid Office. Phone: 
401-792-2314. 


24 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


his section must be read in 


conjunction with the preceding 


sections on “Admission and 

Registration” and “Degree 
Requirements.” The specific admission 
and program requirements listed in this 
section are included within the general 
requirements set forth in the preceding 
sections, and do not reduce those general 
requirements. For example, in nonthesis 
master’s degree programs, all students 
must take at least one course that requires 
a substantial paper involving significant 
independent study. All Ph.D. candidates 
who do not hold an earned master’s de- 
gree in a closely related field are required 
to take the Ph.D. qualifying examination 
even if it is not listed in the individual 
program requirements. 

The admission requirement of stan- 
dardized test scores (GRE, GMAT, MAT) 
is specific to the particular program. For 
programs that require a standardized test, 
applications will not be reviewed until the 


scores have been received. In all other 
cases, scores may be submitted if appli- 
cants believe the test results will enhance 
their application. However, the test results 
should be submitted as early as possible. If 
an application is complete before the test 
Tesults are received, the admission deci- 
sion may be made without the scores. 
Please note that the specific program 
requirements given on the following 
pages are minimum requirements. For 
example, additional course credits may be 
required for individual candidates whose 
academic background is considered to be 
insufficient. All graduate-level courses are 
also described in this chapter. Under- 
graduate courses numbered at the 400 
level, permitted for graduate credit in 
some cases, are described in the Under- 
graduate Bulletin and are listed here for 
reference only. Courses at the 500 level 
must comprise the majority of course 
work between the bachelor’s and the 
master’s degrees. Those at the 600 level 





are advanced graduate courses. The 900- 
level courses are special types of graduate 
courses for which no degree credit is 
given. They include courses offered to 
remedy deficiencies as well as workshops, 
institutes, and courses offered one time 
only by visiting faculty. 

Courses with two numbers, e.g., ASP 
501, 502, indicate a year’s sequence and 
the first course is either a prerequisite for 
the second or at least the two cannot be 
taken in reverse order without special 
permission. Parentheses after a course 
number enclose either the old course 
number or, in cases of multiple listings, 
the departments and numbers under 
which the course is also offered. 

The roman numeral indicates the 
semester the course will normally be 
offered; some courses, however, are 
offered only in alternate years and a few 
less frequently. The Schedule of Courses 
issued by the Office of the Registrar dur- 
ing the October and March registration 





period must therefore be consulted to 
determine which courses will be offered 
in the following semester. The arabic 
numeral indicates the credits; distribution 
of class hours each week is in parentheses. 
The instructor’s name follows the course 
description. 

The availability of programs of study and 
areas of specialization listed in this section, 
as well as their administrative location, 
requirements, and titles, are subject to change 
without notice. 

Students who are interested in the 
career opportunities related to particular 
programs of study are encouraged to 
discuss their interests with the appropriate 
department chairperson or director of 
graduate studies as listed in this bulletin, 
with the deans of the Graduate School, or 
with the staff of the Office of Career Ser- 
vices. Students who are uncertain about 
their career choice are invited to inquire 
about the services offered by the Counsel- 
ing Center. 

Successful completion of any course of 
study at the University, however, does not 
guarantee that the student will find either 
a specific kind or level of employment. 


Course Codes 


ACC 
ADE 


Accounting 

Adult and Extension Education 
African and Afro-American Studies 
Animal and Veterinary Science 
Anthropology 

Applied Mathematical Science 
Aquacultural Science and 
Pathology 

Art 

Art History 

Astronomy 

Biochemistry and Biophysics 
Botany 

Business Administration 
Business Law 

Chemical Engineering 


BCP 
BOT 
BUS 
BSL 


CHE 
CHM Chemistry 


CVE Civil and Environmental 
Engineering 

CMD Communicative Disorders 
CPL Community Planning 

CLS Comparative Literature Studies 
CSC Computer Science 

CNS Consumer Studies 

DHY Dental Hygiene 

ECN Economics 

EDC Education 

ELE Electrical Engineering 

ENG English 

EST Experimental Statistics 

FIN Finance 

FST Fisheries Science and Technology 


Accounting 


MSS. 
401-792-2073 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Spencer J. Martin, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Illinois; C.P.A. 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Henry 
R. Schwarzbach, D.B.A., 1976, University 
of Colorado; C.P.A. 

Professor Joseph P. Matoney, Jr., Ph.D., 
1973, Pennsylvania State University; 
C.P.A. 

Professor Richard Vangermeersch, Ph.D., 
1970, University of Florida; C.P.A., 
C.M.A. 

Associate Professor Charles Hickox, J.D., 
1979, Washington University. 

Assistant Professor Judy K. Beckman, Ph.D.., 
1991, Texas Tech University 

Assistant Professor Edmund J. Boyle, Ph.D., 
1990, Pennsylvania State University, 
C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Alejandro Hazera, D.B.A., 
1989, University of Kentucky, C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Marshall A. Geiger, 
Ph.D., 1988, Pennsylvania State 
University, C.P.A. 


ACCOUNTING 25 


Assistant Professor Mark Higgins, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Tennessee, C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Jeffrey Power, Ph.D., 
1991, Purdue University 


Master of Science 


The program leading to the Master of 
Science in accounting is designed to meet 
the educational requirements for entry into 
the accounting profession and for advanced 
study for students with an undergraduate 
degree in accounting. 

The master’s program is appropriate for 
students with a variety of educational back- 
grounds and professional interests. Appli- 
cants with a bachelor’s degree in accounting 
from an accredited institution can complete 
the program of study in one year. Appli- 
cants with no prior education in business 
will need to spend two years in full-time 
study, or longer if studying part time. The 
course of study is divided into two parts. 
Part one is a foundation in business and 
accounting that is required for all students 
without a bachelor’s degree in business. The 
student’s undergraduate record is evaluated, 
and foundation courses are waived when a 
student has undergraduate equivalents. The 
second phase of the program allows the 
students to build on their accounting foun- 








Food Science and Nutrition 
French 

Geology 

German 

Greek 

History 

Home Economics Education 
Human Development, Counseling, 
and Family Studies 

Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Insurance 

Italian 

Journalism 

Labor and Industrial Relations 
Landscape Architecture 

Latin 

Library Science 

Linguistics 

Management 

Management Information Systems 
Management Science 

Marine Affairs 

Marketing 

Mathematics 

Mechanical Engineering 

and Applied Mechanics 
Medical Technology 
Medicinal Chemistry 
Microbiology 

Music 

Natural Resources Science 


NES New England Studies 

NUR Nursing 

OCE Ocean Engineering 

OCG Oceanography 

OMT Operations Management 

PCG Pharmacognosy 

PCL Pharmacology and Toxicology 

PHC Pharmaceutics 

PHP Pharmacy Practice 

PHL Philosophy 

PED Physical Education 

PHT Physical Therapy 

PHY Physics 

PLS Plant Sciences 

PSC Political Science 

PSY Psychology 

QBA Quantitative Business Analysis 

RCR_ Recreation 

RDE Resource Development Education 

REN Resource Economics 

RTH Respiratory Therapy 

RUS Russian 

SOC Sociology 

SPA Spanish 

TMD Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design 

THE Theatre 

URB Urban Affairs 

WMS Women’s Studies 

WRT Writing 

ZOO Zoology 





26 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


dation and develop a high level of theoreti- 
cal knowledge and a sound understanding 
of accounting principles and techniques. 
During the second part of the program the 
student selects an area in which to special- 
ize. The following areas are available: finan- 
cial reporting and auditing; taxation; man- 
agement accounting and controllership. 

Admission requirements: undergraduate 
quality point average of approximately B or 
above and a score at the 50th percentile or 
above on the GMAT Examination are 
expected. The GMAT score and the under- 
graduate quality point average are not the 
sole criteria for admission. However, those 
with undergraduate quality point averages 
of less than B or with lower than 50th 
percentile scores on the GMAT have a 
reduced probability of admission. Appli- 
cants for whom English is not the native 
language will be expected to demonstrate 
proficiency in written and oral communica- 
tions (TOEFL score of 575 or above), or they 
may be required to correct deficiencies by 
taking selected courses for no program 
credit. 

Program requirements: from 30 to 60 
credits, depending on undergraduate pro- 
gram, including ACC 618 and 681. A writ- 
ten comprehensive examination is required 
in the nonthesis option. 

All 500- and 600-level courses offered by 


‘the departments in the College of Business 


Administration are open to matriculated 
graduate students only. 


ACC Courses 
Accounting 


413 Contemporary Accounting Issues 
(Hi, 3) 

415 Accounting Computer Systems 
(and I, 3) 

431 Advanced Accounting (1, 3) 

443 Federal Tax Accounting (I, 3) 

461 Auditing (7, 3) 


535 Advanced Problems in Accounting 
(i, 3) General and specialized accounting 
problems that constitute the subject matter 
of CPA examinations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 431. Staff 


544 Taxation of Corporations and Share- 
holders (I, 3) Examination of the tax laws 
affecting corporations and shareholders. 
Includes law governing corporate forma- 
tion, liquidating and nonliquidating distri- 
butions, reorganizations, taxes on corpora- 
tion accumulations, and planning of 
transactions for tax compliance and mini- 
mization. (Lec. 3) Pre: 443 or permission of 
instructor Matoney 


562 Advanced Auditing (I, 3) Statements 
on auditing standards, auditing electronic 
systems, auditor’s reports, statistical sam- 
pling in auditing, regulations of SEC, and 
cases in auditing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 461. Staff 


610 Financial Accounting (I and II, 4) Cov- 
ers basic accounting principles, accounting 
systems design, and financial statement 
analysis. Includes principles of responsibil- 
ity accounting and budgeting. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
mathematics or statistics, ECN 590, MGS 520 
and 530. Staff 


611 Managerial Accounting (I or II, 3) 
Determination of accounting information 
for the purposes of decision making, con- 
trol, and evaluation with emphasis on deci- 
sion models using accounting information. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 610, MGS 520 and 530. Staff 


618 Current Accounting Theory (J, 3) 
Critical examination of accounting theory 
and practice to develop research techniques 
with emphasis on financial accounting. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 311 and 312. Staff 


619 Current Accounting Theory (I, 3) 
Critical examination of accounting theory 
and practice with respect to cost and mana- 
gerial accounting. (Lec. 3) Pre: 321. Staff 


631 International Accounting (I, 3) 
Covers interpretation of international 
financial statements, focusing on foreign 
currency exchange, comparative accounting 
principles and disclosures, and audit 
reports. Uses actual financial statements in 
case analyses. (Lec. 3) Pre: 610 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


641 Federal Taxation Seminar (I, 3) 
Examination and discussion of the laws and 
rationale affecting the federal taxation of 
individuals as well as an introduction to 
research in taxation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 311 and 
graduate standing in accounting. Staff 


643 Federal Taxes and Business Decisions 
(I, 3) The course focuses on tax law and its 
effect on business decisions. Cases are 
employed and primary emphasis is on 
income tax planning, although estate and 
gift taxes are explored. Pre: 610. Staff 


644 Partnership, Estate, and Gift Taxation 
(i, 3) Examination of the tax laws affecting 
partnerships, estates, and gifts. Includes 
income and wealth taxation with an 
emphasis on tax avoidance through effec- 
tive planning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 641. Matoney 


645 Advanced Topics in Federal Taxation 
(if, 3) Examination of tax laws governing 
sales and exchanges, accounting methods, 
accounting changes, deferred compensa- 
tion, tax shelters, and recent developments 
in the tax laws. (Lec. 3) Pre: 443 or 641. 
Matoney 


646 Seminar in Tax Research, Policy, and 
Planning (7, 3) Examination of the method- 
ology of tax research, the principles and 
procedures involved in tax planning, and 
the procedures involved in dealing with the 
IRS. (Sem. 3) Pre: 641 or equivalent. Matoney 


661 Seminar in Auditing (J, 3) Readings 
and discussions on auditing standards, pro- 
cedures, programs, working papers, internal 
control, and current auditing topics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 311 and graduate standing in accounting. 
Staff 


681 Accounting Policy (I, 3) Development 
of accounting policy with respect to mana- 
gerial planning and control. Emphasis on 
analytical evaluation of cases with major 
research project. (Lec. 3) Pre: 618, graduate 
standing, and completion of all foundation 
courses. Staff 


691, 692 Directed Study in Accounting 
Iand II, 1-3 each) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member and arranged 
to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


693 Internship in Accounting (I and II, 3) 
Participation in management and/or 
problem solving under the supervision and 
guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalu- 
ation by the College of Business Administra- 
tion. Pre: proposal acceptance by the College of 
Business Administration, no previous internship 
credit, graduate standing. S/U credit. Staff 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (I and I, 3) 
Provides a rigorous analysis of current re- 
search questions and research techniques 
used to address those questions in the aca- 
demic discipline. Recent developments and 
current issues addressed. Pre: enrollment in 
Phase I of the Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration. Staft 


Animal Pathology 


See Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology 
on page S52. 


Animal and Veterinary Science 


See Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology 
on page 52. 


Applied Mathematical Sciences 


Ph.D. (Interdepartmental) 
401-792-5592 


This interdepartmental program is spon- 
sored by the Departments of Computer 
Science and Statistics, Industrial and Manu- 
facturing Engineering, Management Sci- 
ence, and Mathematics. It is administered 
by a coordinating committee selected from 
the graduate faculty. 


Coordinating Committee: Gerasimos Ladas 
(chairperson), Gérard M. Baudet, David L. 
Freeman, Leonard M. Kahn, W. Dennis 
Lawing, Seetharama Narasimhan 


Graduate Faculty 


Professor Edward J. Carney, Ph.D., 1967, 
Iowa State University 

Professor Rodney D. Driver, Ph.D., 1960, 
University of Minnesota 


Professor Edward A. Grove, Ph.D., 1969, 
Brown University 

Professor R. Choudary Hanumara, Ph.D., 
1968, Florida State University 

Professor James F, Heltshe, Ph.D., 1973, 
Kansas State University 

Professor Jeffrey E. Jarrett, Ph.D., 1967, New 
York University 

Professor Russell C. Koza, Ph.D., 1968, 

~ Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Gerasimos Ladas, Ph.D., 1968, 
New York University 

Professor James T. Lewis, Ph.D., 1969, 
Brown University 

Professor Pan-Tai Liu, Ph.D., 1968, State 
University of New York, Stony Brook 

Professor Dennis W. McLeavey, D.B.A., 1972, 
Indiana University; C.P.1.M. (Fellow) 

Professor Richard Mojena, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Cincinnati 

Professor Seetharama Narasimhan, Ph.D., 
1973, Ohio State University 

Professor Charles D. Nash, Ph.D., 1959, 
Ohio State University 

Professor S. Ghon Rhee, Ph.D., 1978, Ohio 
State University 

Professor Oved Shisha, Ph.D., 1958, Hebrew 
University 

Professor Robert C. Sine, Ph.D., 1962, 
University of Hlinois 

Professor E. Ramnath Suryanarayan, Ph.D., 
1961, University of Michigan 

Professor Donald W. Tufts, Sc.D., 1960, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Ghasi Ram Verma, Ph.D., 1957, 
Rajasthan University 

Associate Professor Gerard M. Baudet, Ph.D., 
1978, Carnegie Mellon University 

Associate Professor Frank M. Carrano, Ph.D., 
1969, Syracuse University 

Associate Professor Norman J. Finizio, Ph.D., 
1972, Courant Institute of Mathematical 
Sciences, New York University 

Associate Professor James G. Kowalski, 
Ph.D., 1975, University of Notre Dame 

Associate Professor Edmund A. Lamagna, 
Ph.D., 1975, Brown University 

Associate Professor William D. Lawing, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1965, Iowa State University 

Associate Professor Lewis J. Pakula, Ph.D., 
1972, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 

Associate Professor Bala Ravikumar, Ph.D., 
1987, University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor David M. Shao, Ph.D., 
1970, State University of New York, 
Buffalo 

Assistant Professor Joan Peckham, Ph.D., 
1990, University of Connecticut 

Assistant Professor Victor Wolte, Ph.D., 
1991, University of Pennsylvania 

Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda, Ph.D., 
1957, University of Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus Emilio O. Roxin, Ph.D., 
1959, University of Buenos Aires 


Specializations 

Applied mathematics, computer science, 
operations research, statistics, and applied 
probability. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE with 
advanced test in undergraduate field, 
bachelor’s degree in computer science, 
engineering, mathematics, management 
science, physical sciences, statistics, or 
equivalent. With permission, GMAT may 
be substituted for GRE by applicants with 
business background. Applicants with 
entrance deficiencies may be accepted 
subject to taking certain undergraduate 
courses in addition to the graduate program 
requirements. Although a person with a 
bachelor’s degree may be admitted, this 
program is designed principally for people 
who have a master’s degree. 

Program requirements: dissertation, 54 
credits beyond the bachelor’s degree includ- 
ing MTH 435, 436, two courses selected 
from MTH 462, 513, 515, 535, 545, 561, 
and 641, and three core courses in each of 
two of the following areas: applied math- 
ematics, basic analysis, numerical analysis, 
computer science, operations research, 
statistics, and applied probability. (A maxi- 
mum of 30 credits may be granted for a 
master’s degree in a closely related area.) 
Comprehensive examination in core areas 
and reading proficiency in one foreign 
language. The Ph.D. qualifying examination 


is required of students admitted without the _ 


master’s degree. All Ph.D. candidates must 
register full time for two consecutive semes- 
ters prior to the Ph.D. comprehensive 
examination. 


AMS Courses 
Applied Mathematical Sciences 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Audiology 
M.A., MLS. 
See Speech-Language Pathology on page 99. 





Biochemistry and Biophysics 


M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2201 


Graduate Faculty 

Chairperson: Professor George C. Tremblay, 
Ph.D., 1965, St. Louis University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Karl A. 
Hartman, Jr., Ph.D., 1962, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology 


ACCOUNTING/BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS 27 


Associate Professor John R. Babson, Ph.D., 
1980, Oregon State University 

Associate Professor Terence M. Bradley, 
Ph.D., 1984, University of Idaho 

Associate Professor Dennis E. Rhoads, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Cincinnati 

Assistant Professor Joel M. Chandlee, Ph.D., 
1984, North Carolina State University 

Assistant Professor Joanna H. Norris, Ph.D., 
-1982, Michigan State University 


Specializations 

Neurochemistry of alcoholism, olfactory 
signal transduction; structure and function 
of receptors, protein phosphorylation, 
spectroscopic studies of the structures of 
nucleic acids and proteins, metabolism of 
nitrogenous constituents in mammalian 
tissues, regulation of metabolism, biochemi- 
cal, molecular, and genetic analysis of plant 
mutants, biochemistry of salmonid part- 
smolt transformation, synthesis of hepatic 
proteins. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and a 
bachelor’s degree in some field of science or 
engineering including two semesters each in 
organic chemistry with laboratory, biologi- 
cal sciences, and calculus, and one semester 
in physics. Students may be accepted with 
deficiencies which must be made up with- 
out program credit. 

Program requirements for all M.S. candi- 
dates: BCP 435, 521, 541, 581, 582, one 
credit of 695 or 696, and three credits in an 
additional 500-level course exclusive of 
special topics or research. All full-time 
students are expected to be continuously 
registered for BCP 695, 696 (Seminar), but 
no more than one credit can be used for 
program credit. Thesis option: a minimum 
of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis credits) 
including the above requirements and a 
thesis. Nonthesis option: a minimum of 36 
credits including the above requirements, 
BCP 651 or 652, and the written master’s 
examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree candidates; M.S. degree not 
required to enroll in Ph.D. program. Quali- 
fying examination required of all Ph.D. 
candidates. 

Program requirements: BCP 435, 521, 541, 
581, 582, a total of three credits in BCP 695, 
696, at least six credits of additional BCP 
course work at the 500 level, exclusive of 
special topics or research, comprehensive 
examination, and dissertation. All full-time 
students are expected to be continuously 
registered for BCP 695, 696 (Seminar), but 
no more than three credits can be used for 
program credit. 


28 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


BCP Courses 
Biochemistry and Biophysics 


401 (or MIC 401) Quantitative Cell 
Culture (J, 3) 

403 (or MIC 403) Introduction to Electron 
Microscopy (I, 2) 

405 (or MIC 405) Electron Microscopy 
Laboratory (I, 2) 

412 Biochemistry Laboratory (I, 3) 

421 (or MIC 421) Cell Biology and Cancer 
(f, 3) 

435 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 
(f, 3) 

491, 492 Research in Biochemistry and 
Biophysics (I and I, 1-6 each) 


503 Electron Microscopy 
See Microbiology 503. 


505 Laboratory in Electron Microscopy 
See Microbiology 505. 


521 Physical Biochemistry (I, 3) The use 
of diffusion, sedimentation, viscosity, elec- 
trophoresis, isoelectric focusing, chromatog- 
raphy, and spectroscopy, (including linear 
and circular dichroism) to determine the 
size, shape, structure, interactions, and 
molecular weight of biological macromol- 
ecules. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435 or equivalent. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered spring 1994. Hartman 


523, 524 Special Topics in Biochemistry 
and Biophysics (I and I, 1-3 each) Advanced 
work arranged to suit the individual needs of 
the student. Lecture and/or laboratory 
according to the nature of the problem. Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. S/U credit for 524. Staff 


541 Laboratory Techniques in Biochemis- 
try (I, 3) Potentiometric titration and buffers, 
spectroscopy (UV, visible, and IR), protein 
assays, radioisotopes, gel electrophoresis, 
chromatography (thin-layer, ion-exchange, 
and high-performance), and ultracentrifuga- 
tion. Pre: general chemistry, organic chemistry, 
and credit or concurrent enrollment in at least 
one semester of biochemistry. Hartman 


542 Proteins: Purification and Character- 
ization (I, 3) Use of techniques for protein 
purification and activity studies. Laborato- 
ries involve enzymology, chromatography, 
investigation of soluble and membrane- 
bound receptors, gel electrophoresis and sil- 
ver staining, thin-layer electrophoresis and 
autoradiography. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 311 or 
581 and permission of instructor. Rnoads 


551 (or MTC 551) Topics in Biochemistry 
for the Clinical Scientist (J, If, or SS, 3) 
Description of the major components of 
biochemistry as it relates to the medical 
sciences. Major concepts include molecular 
genetics, regulatory biochemistry, and 
medically related applied biochemistry. 
Offered every third year. Staff 


572 Plant Biochemistry 
See Plant Sciences 572. 


581 General Biochemistry I (I, 3) First 
semester of a two-semester course on the 
principles of biochemistry. Topics include: 
bioenergetics, protein structure, enzymol- 
ogy, glycolysis, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, 
and oxidative phosphorylation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 228 and 229. Rhoads and Tremblay 


582 General Biochemistry II (I, 3) Second 
semester of a two-semester course on the 
principles of biochemistry. Topics include: 
photosynthesis, membranes, hormones, 
metabolism, the biosynthesis of DNA, RNA, 
and proteins. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 228 and 229. 
Rhoads, Tremblay, and Chandlee 


583 Metabolism (I, 3) Intensive study of 
metabolic pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, 
and nitrogenous compounds; their interre- 
lationships. Effects of hormonal and nutri- 
tional status on activity of these pathways. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 581, 582, and/or permission of 
chairperson. In alternate years. Tremblay 


584 Membrane Biochemistry (I, 3) Review 
of model systems for biochemical, physical, 
and chemical studies of cell membranes. 
Discussion of current research directed at a 
molecular understanding of membrane 
structure and function. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 582 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93. Rhoads 


585 Recent Advances in Receptor 
Research (I, 1) Discussion of current 
research literature about receptors for 
hormones, pheromones, neurotransmitters, 
and other biological signals. Consequences 
of receptor activation will also be discussed. 
(Lec. 1) Pre: 311 and permission of instructor. 
May be repeated. Rhoads 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


622 Advanced Electron Microscopy 
See Microbiology 622. 


624 Advanced Electron Microscopy 
Laboratory 
See Microbiology 624. 


642 Biochemical Toxicology 
See Pharmacology and Toxicology 642. 


651, 652 Research in Biochemistry and 
Biophysics (I and II, 3 each) Students are 
required to outline a research problem, con- 
duct necessary literature survey and experi- 
mental work, and present the observations 
and conclusions in a substantial written 
report. (Lab. 6) Pre: graduate standing. Staff 


695, 696 Seminar in Biochemistry and 
Biophysics (I and I, 1 each) Presentation of 
selected topics from current literature or 
progress in thesis research, as assigned by 
the instructor. S/U credit. Rhoads 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 





Botany 


M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2161 


Graduate Faculty 

Acting Chairperson: Professor Roger D. Goos, 
Ph.D., 1958, University of lowa 

Director of Graduate Studies: Assistant 
Professor Joanna F. Norris, Ph.D., 1982, 
Michigan State University 

Professor Paul E. Hargraves, Ph.D., 1968, 
College of William and Mary 

Professor Marilyn Harlin, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Washington 

Professor Keith T. Killingbeck, Ph.D., 1976, 
University of North Dakota 

Professor Richard E. Koske, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of British Columbia 

Professor Theodore J. Smayda, Dr. Philos., 
1967, University of Oslo 

Professor Elijah Swift V, Ph.D., 1967, The | 
Johns Hopkins University 

Associate Professor John P. Mottinger, 
Ph.D., 1968, Indiana University 

Assistant Professor Alison W. Roberts, Ph.D., 
1990, Texas Tech University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Glen D. 
Thursby, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Susan C. Lum, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Eric M. Roberts, 
Ph.D., 1991, University of Texas, Austin 

Professor Emeritus Luke S. Albert, Ph.D., 
1958, Rutgers—The State University 

Professor Emeritus Carl H. Beckman, Ph.D., 
1953, University of Wisconsin 


Specializations 

Aquatic botany (marine and freshwater), 
cell biology, genetics and cytogenetics, 
mycology, phycology, plant development, 
plant ecology, plant molecular biology, 
plant physiology. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE including 
advanced test and undergraduate major in 
the sciences. Candidates lacking under- 
graduate courses in organic chemistry, 
physics, mathematics through introductory 
calculus, and fundamental courses in bio- 
logical sciences may be required to make up 
deficiencies without graduate credit. 

Applications should be completed by 
April 15. 

Program requirements: thesis and BOT 
581, 582. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree, which is normally required. 
Qualifying examination required for those 
accepted without the master’s degree. 


Applications should be completed by 
April 15. 

Program requirements: dissertation; BOT 
581, 582. Comprehensive examination will 
require competency in major areas of botany. 


BOT Courses 
Botany 


418 Marine Botany (I, 3) 

419 Freshwater Botany (I, 3) 

432 Mycology: Introduction to the Fungi 
(I, 4) 

437 (or ZOO 437) Fundamentals of 
Molecular Biology (1, 3) 

445 Plant Physiology (I, 3) 

453 (or MIC 453) Cell Biology (I, 4) 

454 Genetics Laboratory (I, 3) 

455 (or ZOO 455) Marine Ecology (I, 3) 

457 (or ZOO 457) Marine Ecology 
Laboratory (f, 1) 

465 Phycology: An Introduction to the 
Algae (II, 3) 

490 Modern Techniques in Botanical 
Sciences (I and II, 2) 


511 Special Readings in Developmental 
Plant Anatomy (f, 3) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and reading on ontogeny of 
plant structures and morphogenetic mecha- 
nisms. Pre: graduate standing and permission 
of instructor. Concurrent audit of 311 required. 
Offered on demand. Staff 


512 Morphology of Vascular Plants (1, 3) 
Comparative survey of development, form, 
and anatomy of extinct and extant vascular 
plants and modern interpretation of evi- 
dence concerning their interrelationships. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 311 or equivalent. In alter- 
nate years. Staff 


521 Recent Advances in Cell Biology 
See Microbiology 521. 


522 Plant Molecular Biology (f, 4) Analysis 
of gene expression in plants including top- 
ics such as choloroplast DNA, mitochon- 
drial DNA, transgenic plants, and symbiotic 
genes. Laboratory includes cloning, restric- 
tion mapping, and hybridization. Emphasis 
on research literature. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 
352, BCP 311, or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Norris 


524 Methods in Plant Ecology (i, 3) Meth- 
ods in analysis of vegetation and microenvi- 
ronments. Emphasis on quantitative tech- 
niques in analysis of vegetation, soil, and 
microclimate; techniques in physiological 
ecology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 111 and 262 

(or ZOO 262) or equivalent; EST 412 recom- 
mended. In alternate years. Next offered 
1993-94. Killingbeck 


534 Physiology of the Fungi (II, 3) Life pro- 
cesses of fungi with particular emphasis on 
chemical composition, organic and mineral 
nutrition, toxic and stimulating agencies, 
and metabolism. Also stresses phenomena 
‘of variation of growth and sporulation as 
affected by various environmental factors. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 432 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Koske 


BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS/BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 29 


542 Medical Mycology (I, 3) Fungi patho- 
genic for humans and animals. (Lec. 1, Lab. 
4) Pre: 432 or MIC 201 or 211 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Goos 


546 Seminar in Plant Stress Physiology 
(i, 1-2) Readings, discussion, and analysis 
of current literature with emphasis on bio- 
chemical and genetic aspects of responses. 
Students electing two credits will write 
review papers. (Lec. 1) Pre: one course in plant 
physiology and one course in biochemistry. In 
alternate years. Staff 


551 Seminar in Aquatic Botany (f, 1) 
Readings and discussion on current research 
involving algae and other aquatic plants. 
(Lec. 1) Pre: permission of instructor. May be 
repeated. Harlin 


554 Cytogenetics (I, 4) Comparisons of 
various types of crossing-over, chromosomal 
abberations and their effects, mutation, and 
other cytogenetic pheonomena in fungi and 
higher organisms. Laboratory studies of 
meiosis in maize, identification of chromo- 
somes, and induced rearrangements. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) Pre: 352, 453, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Mottinger 


562 Seminar in Plant Ecology (II, 2) Recent 
topics and investigations pertinent to plant 
ecology. Library research, oral presentation 
of reports, and group discussions. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: 262 (or ZOO 262) or equivalent or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated. Killingbeck 


579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 
See Zoology 579. 


581, 582 Botany Seminar (I and II, 1 each) 
Preparation and presentation of papers on 
subjects in selected areas relating to botany. 
Required of graduate students majoring in 
botany. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. Staff 


590 Botanical Techniques (I, 1) Current 
research techniques in the botanical sciences. 
Includes short-term participation in several 
ongoing research programs and an over- 
night, weekend field trip. (Lab. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. Staff 


591, 592 Botanical Problems (I and I, 

1-3 each) Special work arranged to meet the 
needs of individual students who are pre- 
pared for and desire advanced work in 
botany. (Lec. 1-3, Lab. 2-6) Offered only by 
arrangement with staff. Staff 


593 Special Topics (I and II, 1-3 each) 
Covers the following specialized areas of 
botany: a) recent advances in mycology, 
b) physiological ecology of marine macro- 
algae, c) nutrient ecology of plants, and 
d) ecology of fungi. Pre: permission of 
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 9 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


661 Phytoplankton Taxonomy 
See Oceanography 661. 


663 Phytoplankton Physiology 
See Oceanography 663. 


664 Phytoplankton Ecology 
See Oceanography 664. 


667 Advanced Phytoplankton Seminar 
See Oceanography 667. 


691, 692 Botanical Problems (f and II, 

1-6 each) Special work to meet the needs of 
individual students who are prepared to un- 
dertake special problems. (Lec. 3 or Lab. 6) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


693, 694 Research in Botany (I and II, 

3 each) Assigned research; subject matter to 
be arranged with a faculty member with the 
approval of the chairperson. (Lab. 6) Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(1 and If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Botany Topics for 
Teachers (I and II, 0-3 each) Especially 
designed for teachers of biology. Basic topics 
of botany from an advanced or pedagogical 
perspective. Pre: teacher certification. Staff 





Business Administration 
M.B.A., Ph.D. 

401-792-5000 

Graduate Faculty 


Dean, College of Business Administration: 
Sydney V. Stern, Ph.D., 1962, Georgia 
Institute of Technology 

Director of Graduate Programs: Professor 
Richard W. Scholl, Ph.D., 1979, 
University of California, Irvine 

Director of Ph.D. Program: Associate Professor 
Laura L. Beauvais, Ph.D., 1987, 
University of Tennessee 

Assistant Director, MBA Programs: Deborah F. 
Booker, M.B.A., 1991, University of 
Maryland 


Accounting 

Chairperson: Professor Spencer J. Martin, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Illinois; C.P.A. 

Professor Joseph P. Matoney, Jr., Ph.D., 
1973, Pennsylvania State University; 
C.P.A. (Rhode Islanc)) 

Professor Dennis W. McLeavey, D.B.A., 
1972, Indiana University; C.F.A. 

Professor Henry R. Schwarzbach, D.B.A., 
1976, University of Colorado; C.P.A. 

Professor Richard Vangermeersch, Ph.D., 
1970, University of Florida; C.P.A. 
(Rhode Island) 

Assistant Professor Judy K. Beckman, Ph.D., 
1991, Texas Tech University; C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Edmund J. Boyle, Ph.D., 
1990, Pennsylvania State University; 
C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Marshall A. Geiger, Ph.D., 
1988, Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A. 


30 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Assistant Professor Alejandro Hazera, D.B.A., 
1989, University of Kentucky; C.P.A. 

Assistant Professor Mark Higgins, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Tennessee, C.P.A. 


Business Law 

Professor Andrew Laviano, J.D., 1965, New 
York University School of Law 

Associate Professor John Dunn, J.D., 1977, 
Boston College Law School 

Associate Professor Charles Hickox, J.D., 
1979, Washington University 


Finance and Insurance 

Chairperson: Associate Professor Gordon H. 
Dash, Jr., D.B.A., 1978, University of 
Colorado 

Professor Dennis W. McLeavey, D.B.A., 
1972, Indiana University; C.F.A. 

Professor S. Ghon Rhee, Ph.D., 1978, Ohio 
State University 

Associate Professor Rosita P. Chang, Ph.D., 
1981, University of Pittsburgh 

Associate Professor Blair M. Lord, Ph.D., 
1975, University of California 

Associate Professor Henry R. Oppenheimer, 
Ph.D., 1979, Purdue University 

Assistant Professor Jun-Koo Kang, Ph.D., 
1991, Ohio State University 

Assistant Professor Yul Lee, Ph.D., 1987, 
University of Texas, Austin 

Assistant Professor Michael McNamara, 
Ph.D., 1988, University of Nebraska 

Assistant Professor Akio Yasuhara, Ph.D., 
1982, The Ohio State University 

Assistant Professor Gene C. Lai, Ph.D., 1987, 
University of Texas, Austin 


Management 

Chairperson: Professor Clay V. Sink, Ph.D., 
1968, Ohio State University: C.A.M. 

Professor Norman Coates, Ph.D., 1967, 
Cornell University 

Professor Robert A. Comerford, Ph.D., 1976, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor George deLodzia, Ph.D., 1969, 
Syracuse University 

Professor Craig E. Overton, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor Charles T. Schmidt, Jr., Ph.D., 
1968, Michigan State University 

Professor Richard W. Scholl, Ph.D., 1979, 
University of California, Irvine 

Associate Professor Laura L. Beauvais, Ph.D., 
1987, University of Tennessee 

Associate Professor Elizabeth A. Cooper, 
Ph.D., 1985, University of Akron 

Assistant Professor Diane M. Disney, Ph.D., 
1988, Brandeis University 

Assistant Professor Sanjiv Dugal, Ph.D., 
1991, University of Massachusetts 


Management Science 

Chairperson: Associate Professor Maling 
Ebrahimpour, Ph.D., 1986, University of 
Nebraska 

Professor Charles P. Armstrong, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Arizona 

Professor Frank S. Budnick, D.B.A., 1973, 
University of Maryland 


Professor Alan B. Humphrey, Ph.D., 1965, 
North Carolina State University 

Professor Jeffrey E. Jarrett, Ph.D., 1967, New 
York University 

Professor Chai Kim, Ph.D., 1973, University 
of Pittsburgh 

Professor Russell C. Koza, Ph.D., 1968, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Paul M. Mangiameli, Ph.D., 1979, 
Ohio State University 

Professor Richard Mojena, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Cincinnati 

Professor Seetharama Narasimhan, Ph.D., 
1973, Ohio State University 

Associate Professor Roy Ageloff, Ph.D., 1975, 
University of Massachusetts 

Associate Professor Shaw K. Chen, M.A., 
1979, National Taiwan University 

Associate Professor Stuart Westin, Ph.D., 
1983, University of Massachusetts 

Professor Emeritus Randolph F.C. Shen, 
Ph.D., 1964, University of Illinois 


Marketing 

Chairperson: Professor Albert J. Della Bitta, 
Ph.D., 1971, University of Massachusetts 

Professor Nikhilesh Dholakia, Ph.D., 1975, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Ruby Roy Dholakia, Ph.D., 1976, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Eugene M. Johnson, D.B.A., 1969, 
Washington University 

Professor M. Ven Venkatesan, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor Carol F. Surprenant, 
Ph.D., 1981, University of Wisconsin 

Assistant Professor Bari Harlam, Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Pennsylvania 

Assistant Professor Kapil Jain, Ph.D., 1989, 
Columbia University 

Assistant Professor Deborah Rosen, M.B.A., 
1982, University of Tennessee 

Professor Emeritus Richard R. Weeks, D.B.A., 
1966, Washington University 


Specializations 

For the M.B.A.: finance, general manage- 
ment, international management, manage- 
ment science, and marketing. 

For the Ph.D.: finance management, man- 
agement science, and marketing. 


Master of Business Administration 


The Master of Business Administration 
(MBA) program prepares students for leader- 
ship positions in business, government, and 
nonprofit organizations. The faculty seeks to 
develop a global perspective, while stressing 
the ethical and environmental responsibili- 
ties inherent in all management activities. 
The program is offered on the Kingston 
Campus for full-time and part-time students, 
and in the evening through the College of 
Continuing Education in Providence for part- 
time students. Candidates may begin the 
program in September or January of each 
year. 


In addition, an MBA for Executives may 
be completed in 22 months by participating 
in a program which meets on Fridays and 
Saturdays at the W. Alton Jones Campus. A 
group of 20-25 experienced managers (7-10 
years of management experience) follows a 
curriculum which emphasizes computer 
applications, human relations, organizational 
behavior, financial analysis, and other areas 
useful to the effective manager. Applications 
to the dean of the Graduate School should 
specify the MBA program and indicate on 
which campus study is to be undertaken. 

Admission requirements: Graduate Manage- 
ment Admissions Test (GMAT), a statement 
of purpose, a resume, three letters of recom- 
mendation, and transcripts of all previous 
undergraduate or postbaccalaureate work are 
required. Work experience is valued. Appli- 
cants for whom English is not the native 
language will be expected to score 575 or 
above on the TOEFL. The GMAT score and 
undergraduate quality point average are not 
the sole criteria for admission. However, 
those with undergraduate quality point 
averages of less than B or those with less 
than 50th percentile scores on the GMAT 
have a low probability of admission. Applica- 
tions from well-qualified individuals who 
can contribute to the cultural and ethnic 
diversity of the College of Business Adminis- 
tration and of the University are welcome. 

Program requirements: nonthesis program 
requires a minimum of 36 credits and a 
maximum of 54 credits. Of these, 11 credits 
are designated entry-level courses: ECN 590, 
QBA 500, 520, and 530. QBA 500, 520, and 
$30 may be waived upon successful comple- 
tion of proficiency examinations adminis- 
tered by the Department of Management 
Science. These courses may also be waived 
with permission of the chairperson and 
program director based on successful com- 
pletion of equivalent college-level courses at 
an AACSB-accredited institution. ECN 590 
may also be waived based on recent comple- 
tion of college-level courses in micro- and 
macroeconomics with grades of “B” or better. 
If QBA 520 or 530 is waived, the student 
must take an elective in place of the waived 
course. If ECN 590 is waived, the program is 
reduced by three credits. The 43-credit stan- 
dard program is composed of 31 credits of 
required courses: ACC 610; BSL 600; FIN 601, 
660; MGS 620; MGT 630, 681; MKT 601; MIS 
600; OMT 640; plus 12 credits of electives. Of 
the required courses, the following may be 
waived (with the recommendation of the 
appropriate chairperson and the MBA pro- 
gram director, and the approval of the dean 
of the Graduate School) based on significant 
prior college-level study in the appropriate 
field (usually multiple courses in the field 
from an AACSB-accredited program): ACC 
610; BSL 600; MGS 620; MGT 630; MKT 601; 
MIS 600; and OMT 640. Of the 12-18 
elective credits, no more than nine may be 
required in a single field of specialization. 


Students who do not wish to specialize may 
choose their electives with the prior approval 
of the MBA program director and the dean of 
the Graduate School. 

For the specializations listed here, the 
courses indicated are either required or rec- 
ommended, in addition to the required MBA 
courses. Other electives may be used to 
complement the required courses, but such 
choices are subject to approval by the MBA 
program director. 

Students are encouraged to participate in 
internships, which include both practical 
and academic components. Arrangements 
must be made through an academic advisor 
and must include registration in the 
appropriate course, e.g., MGT 693, 694 
Internship in Management. Placements 
may be arranged through various external 
organizations. 

Finance. (Coordinator: Professor Gene C. 
Lai) Students choose electives that emphasize 
corporate finance, investment management, 
international finance, speculative markets, or 
financial institutions. Requirements: FIN 641 
and two electives chosen from FIN courses 
and ECN 538. 

General Management. (Coordinator: Profes- 
sor Clay V. Sink) Students go beyond the 
core management courses and study such 
areas as organizational behavior, theory, and 
development; human relations; labor rela- 
tions; entrepreneurship; strategic manage- 
ment; and business law. Requirements: Three 
electives selected from MGT or BSL courses, 
LRS 541, 542 or 543 (not both), and LRS 545. 

International Management. (Coordinator: 
Professor Norman Coates) Students study of 
the problems and processes of managing 
organizations in an interdependent, global 
environment. Requirements: Three electives 
selected from MGT 655, 656, and 657; MKT 
651; FIN 652; LRS/PSC 521; and ECN 538. 
Students are encouraged to take supplemen- 
tal interdisciplinary courses in the historical, 
cultural, social, political, economic, or lin- 
guistic differences in management. Those 
with appropriate levels of second-language 
proficiency are encouraged to take a business 
language course. 

Management Science. (Coordinator: Profes- 
sor Russell C. Koza) Students study the appli- 
cations of mathematics, statistics, and com- 
puter systems to the management of 
organizations along with the function of 
production and operations management. 
Requirements: Three MGS, MIS, or OMT 
electives, which may be augmented with 
courses in computer science, engineering, 
and mathematics with approval of the pro- 
gram coordinator. 

Marketing. (Coordinator: Professor Albert 
Della Bitta) Students study essential elements 
of marketing beyond the fundamentals 
covered in the core marketing course. Elec- 
tives are chosen from course offerings. 


All 500- and 600-level courses offered by 
departments in the College of Business Ad- 
ministration are open to matriculated gradu- 
ate students only. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


The Doctor of Philosophy program is 
small and highly selective. Admission is 
competitive and based on academic merit, 
research capabilities, and the match of re- 
search interests between the applicant 
and faculty in the indicated area of 
specialization. 

Admission requirements: GMAT or GRE, 
and a master’s degree. All application materi- 
als (applications, transcripts, letters, state- 
ment of purpose, test scores, and writing 
samples) must be submitted directly to the 
Graduate School. Applicants with diverse 
academic backgrounds are encouraged to 
apply. 

Applicants are admitted for September 
only. Due to limited resources, new admis- 
sions to the doctoral program must be lim- 
ited to a small number each year. Since 
applicants are evaluated for each of the four 
specialization areas independently, all appli- 
cants must specify a single area of specializa- 
tion on the application form. Completed 
applications are due in the Graduate Admis- 
sions Office by March 1; applications com- 
pleted after that date are reviewed on a 
space-available basis until the programs are 
full and are not guaranteed a full review. 

Applicants for whom English is not the 
native language will be expected to score 575 
or above on the TOEFL. The GMAT and GRE 
scores and master’s quality point average are 
not the sole criteria for admission. However, 
those with master’s quality point averages of 
less than 3.20 on a 4.00 point-scale or those 
who score lower than the 60th percentile on 
the GMAT or GRE have a low probability of 
admission. The average master’s quality 
point average for current doctoral candidates 
is 3.60, and their GMAT scores average in the 
top 20th percentile. 

Program requirements: During the qualify- 
ing phase of the program, entering doctoral 
students must take four written qualifying 
examinations. These written examinations 
are scheduled in accounting, financial eco- 
nomics, behavioral science, and decision 
science. Students may be waived from one or 
more of these examinations on the basis of 
course work taken in the last five years. 

The advanced study phase includes a 
minimum of 32 credit hours of advanced 
course work in the area of specialization, 
supporting and connected areas, and in 
research methodology and techniques. 
Course work during this phase may include 
seminars, directed studies, research projects, 
and field work deemed appropriate for the 
student’s area of specialization. All Ph.D. 
candidates must include BUS 601 and 602 in 
their programs of study. Each student is 
required to write at least three major papers 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 31 


of publishable quality. This phase culminates 
in a written comprehensive examination 
covering the student’s area of specialization, 
as well as research methods and statistics. 

After passing the comprehensive exami- 
nation, doctoral candidates enter the disser- 
tation research phase and engage in signifi- 
cant research under the supervision of their 
major professor and the doctoral committee. 
Doctoral dissertation research is expected to 
make a major contribution to the state of 
knowledge in the candidate’s field. The 
dissertation defense is a final oral examina- 
tion administered according to procedures 
established by the Graduate School. 

The Department of Management Science 
is also a sponsor of the Ph.D. program in 
Applied Mathematical Sciences (see page 26). 


General Information 


In addition to the University’s Academic 
Computer Center, business students have 
access to four other computer facilities: the 
Dennis W. Callaghan Microcomputer Lab, 
the Computer-Integrated Manufacturing Lab, 
the college’s general computer facility, and a 
smaller computer laboratory at the College of 
Continuing Education (see page 7). These 
facilities are available to both daytime and 
evening students six days a week. 


Accounting Courses 
See listing under Accounting, page 25. 


BUS Courses 
Ph.D. in Business Administration 


601 Practicum in Business (f, 1) Course 
involves training and experience in teaching 
undergraduate business courses under the su- 
pervision of a full-time faculty member. Par- 
ticipation in the instructional development 
program is an essential component of the 
class. Pre: enrollment in Ph.D. program in busi- 
ness administration and permission of Ph.D. pro- 
gram director. Staff 


602 Doctoral Colloquium in Business 
Administration (I, 1) Course involves pre- 
senting the results of at least one piece of 
original research to faculty and other Ph.D. 
candidates. When not presenting, students 
are expected to play an active role in critiqu- 
ing the presented research. (Sem.) Pre: permis- 
sion of Ph.D. program director. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(land I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. 

Pre: enrollment in Phase Il of the Ph.D. program 
in business administration. S/U credit. 


BSL Courses 
Business Law 


442 Property Interests (I, 3) 
450 Consumer Law and Legislation (I, 3) 
460 Law and the Entrepreneur (II or SS, 3) 


32 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


501 Law and Accounting (J, 3) Introduc- 
tion to CPA law exam, question and answer 
techniques, coverage of most accounting- 
related legal subjects currently included on 
the CPA exam. (Lec. 3) Pre: 600 or permission 
of chairperson. Staff 


600 Legal Environment of Business 

(I and If, 3) Coverage includes both substan- 
tive and procedural rules of law in the civil 
and administrative law field with emphasis 
on business, regulation, societal, and ethical 
issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. Laviano 


691 Directed Study in Business Law 
(land If, 1-3) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to 
suit the individual requirements of the stu- 
dent. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Staff 


FIN Courses 
Finance 


*401 Advanced Financial Management 

(or I, 3) 
420 Speculative Markets (I or II, 3) 

*425 Portfolio Theory and Management 
(or Il, 3) 

*433 Bank Financial Management 
(or Hf, 3) 

*452 Multinational Finance (I or II, 3) 


601 Financial Management (I and II, 4) 
Functions and responsibilities of financial 
managers. Examination of financial issues, 
both internal to the firm and arising from 
interaction with the financial system. Fi- 
nancial statement analysis, structure, valua- 
tion, markets, capital budgeting, working 
capital. (Lec. 4) Pre: ACC 610, ECN 590, QBA 
520 and 530. Staff 


60. Advanced Financial Management 
(lor If, 3) Case studies and selected readings 
emphasizing the application of financial 
theory and analytical techniques to finan- 
cial management. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or equiva- 
lent. Staff 


622 Security and Investment Analysis 
([or If, 3) Analysis of the problems of invest- 
ing funds and managing investments. Use 
of the latest investment theories and their 
implementation via quantitative techniques 
will be explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or equiva- 
lent. Staff 


625 Advanced Portfolio Theory and Secu- 
rity Analysis (I or II, 3) An examination of 
advanced theories and practices in portfolio 
building and maintenance. Issues related to 
security price behavior are also examined. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 540 or 601 or equivalent. Staff 


633 Depository Institutions and Financial 
Management (I or I, 3) Study of the finan- 
cial decisions facing the management of 
depository institutions. Current financial 
practices and problems explored. Models for 
bank managers will be considered. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff 


641 Advanced Financial Theory (1 or II, 3) 
Analysis of the theoretical framework for 
corporate decision making related to finan- 


cial planning, capital budgeting decisions, 
dividend policy, and capital structure deci- 
sions. Emphasis on current research devel- 
opments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff 


652 Advanced International Financial 
Management (J or II, 3) Analysis of issues 
relevant to the international financial man- 
ager. The financial operations of multina- 
tional enterprises are examined through 
both the theoretical and case approach. 
Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff 


660 Managerial Economics (I and II, 3) The 
applications of economic theory and meth- 
odology to business problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
601, MIS 600, 620, and OMT 640. Staff 


671 Seminar in Finance (I or II, 3) Indepen- 
dent research. Individual topics based on 
readings and research interests of the stu- 
dents. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601. Staff 


691, 692 Directed Study in Finance 

(1 and If, 1-3 each) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to 
suit the individual requirements of the stu- 
dent. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Staff 


693 Internship in Finance (I and II, 3) 
Participation in management and/or prob- 
lem solving under the supervision and guid- 
ance of a sponsoring agency with evaluation 
by the College of Business Administration. 
Pre: proposal acceptance by College of Business 
Administration, no previous internship credit, 
and graduate standing. S/U credit. Staff 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (I and II, 3) 
Provides a rigorous analysis of current re- 
search questions and research techniques 
used to address those questions in the aca- 
demic discipline. Recent developments and 
current issues addressed. Pre: enrollment in 
Phase II of the Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration. Staff 


INS Courses 
Insurance 


414 Advanced Commercial Property and 
Liability Insurance (I, 3) 

433 Social Insurance (1, 3) 

471 Topics in Insurance (II, 3) 


691, 692 Directed Study in Insurance (I and 
Hf, 1-3 each) Advanced work under the super- 
vision of a staff member arranged to suit the 
individual requirements of the student. 

(Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


MGT Courses 
Management 


402 Leadership and Motivation (J or II, 3) 

407 Organization and Management 
Theory I (I and II, 3) 

408 Organization Development and 
Change (I or II, 3) 

422 Labor Law and Legislation (II, 3) 

431 Advanced Management Seminar 
(Lor Il, 3) 

480 Small Business Management (I, 3) 

482 Entrepreneurship (I, 3) 


530 Management Theory and Practice 

(i, 2) Management applied to business; 
objectives, policies, organizational staffing, 
and control; production; personnel; behav- 
ioral science applications; the role of quanti- 
tative methods. (Lec. 2) Staff 


626 Organizational Behavior (I, 3) Incor- 
porates the insights gleaned from the disci- 
plines of psychology, sociology, anthropol- 
ogy, and the social sciences of politics, 
economics, and history in the study of the 
behavior of organizations and of their prin- 
cipal actors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630 or equivalent. 
Staff 


627 Advanced Organizational Theory 

and Behavior (I, 3) Previous knowledge of 
classical and traditional management 
thought used to provide concepts, analytical 
approaches, and skills for understanding how 
behavioral sciences influence complex orga- 
nizational systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 626. Staff 


630 Organizational Theory and Behavior 
(I and I, 4) Management applied to business 
objectives, policies, organizational staffing 
and control. Interpersonal dynamics in 
organizational settings. Role of human 
resource management. Emphasis on indi- 
vidual and structural factors affecting deci- 
sion making. (Lec. 4) Pre: graduate standing. 
Staff 


635 Consulting and Management Practice 
(Tor II, 3) Review of the theory and practice 
of effective consulting and development of 
consultation skills. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Coates 


638 Seminar in Management (I or II, 3) 
Class discussion of typical cases, original 
research work in the field of management 
with discussion of data collected and ana- 
lyzed by individual students. (Lec. 3) Pre: per- 
mission of chairperson. Staff 


639 Advanced Topics in Management (I or 
I, 3) Integrated approach to problems in 
major areas of business management with 
emphasis on administrative and executive 
viewpoint. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairper- 
son. Staff 


640 Compensation Administration 

(I or I, 3) Compensation and performance 
appraisal systems. Theory and techniques 
used to determine job worth. Special issues 
in compensation management, such as re- 
lating pay to performance through appraisal 
techniques and pay compression. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 630. Staff 


641 Human Resource Development 

(or Hf, 3) Techniques used in procurement 
and development of human resource. Plan- 
ning through recruitment, selection, and 
placement to training and development. 
Integration of HRD process with organiza- 
tional strategic plans. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630. Staff 


* These courses may not be taken for graduate 
credit by students in the College of Business 
Administration. 


655 International Business Management 
(, 3) Examines the problems and character- 
istics of international management by 
focusing on the role of the multinational 
corporation in a cross-cultural setting. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 630 or equivalent. Staff 


656 Japanese Business Systems (I or II, 3) 

A comparative study of Japanese business 
management systems by means of readings, 
case studies, and lectures. Focus on manage- 
ment practices in Japanese firms and prob- 
lems of coping with environmental factors 
in Japan and the United States. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
630 or permission of the instructor. Coates 


657 International Comparative Manage- 
ment and Culture (I or I, 3) An interdisci- 
plinary course which examines the effects of 
culture on managerial behavior and deci- 
sion making. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630. Coates 


670 Business Environmental Analysis 

(if, 3) Advanced analysis of increasingly 
complex interrelationships between the 
business organization and its environment. 
Emphasis on conceptual foundations of 
business and the impact of contemporary 
sociopolitical issues on management deci- 
sion making. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630 or permission of 
chairperson. Staff 


681 Administrative Policy and Decision 
Making (I and II, 3) Case studies of manage- 
ment problems and evaluation of alterna- 
tive solutions by integrating functional ar- 
eas of business. Discussion of ethical, social, 
and regulatory environments in domestic 
and multinational firms. Includes the MBA 
written comprehensive examination. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: all MBA 500-level first-tier courses 
or equivalent and a minimum of 21 MBA 
credits which must include MGT 630, MKT 
601, FIN 601, ACC 610, or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


691, 692 Directed Study in Management 
(and Il, 1-3 each) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to 
suit the individual requirements of the stu- 
dent. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Staff 


693, 694 Internship in Management 

(I and II, 3 each) Participation in manage- 
ment and/or problem solving under the 
supervision and guidance of a sponsoring 
agency with evaluation by the College of 
Business Administration. Pre: proposal accep- 
tance by the College of Business Administra- 
tion, no previous internship credit, and graduate 
standing. S/U credit. Staff 


695 Managerial Skills Development (1, H, 
and SS, 3) Assessment, feedback, and devel- 
opment of managerial skills; leadership, 
group decision making and problem solv- 
ing, negotiation, making presentations, giv- 
ing feedback, listening. Pre: 630. Staff 


696 Strategic Decision Making (1, I, SS, 3) 
Development of the skills and competencies 
in strategic thinking; use of critical analysis 
in the diagnosis of organizational and man- 


agement problems. Serves as foundation for 
policy course and case method. Pre: graduate 
standing. deLodzia 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (I and II, 3) 
Provides a rigorous analysis of current re- 
search questions and research techniques 
used to address those questions in the aca- 
demic discipline. Recent developments and 
current issues addressed. Pre: enrollment in 
Phase II of the Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration. Staff 


MIS Courses 
Management Information Systems 


483 Business Applications Programming 
(f, 3) 

484 Management Systems Analysis and 
Design (I, 3) 

485 Management of Databases (1, 3) 

486 Advanced Programming and Infor- 
mation Structures (I, 3) 

488 Business Software Development 
Project (i, 3) 


600 Information System Concepts (I and 
I, 2) Concepts, procedures, and managerial 
issues dealing with information and deci- 
sion-support systems. Topics include hard- 
ware and software; business systems; systems 
analysis, design, and implementation. (Lec. 2 
for one-half semester, second half) Pre: 500, 
520, 530 or equivalent. Staff 


605 Business Microcomputer Applications 
(, 3) Microcomputer technology and appli- 
cations in business. Hardware, software, se- 
lection of microcomputer systems, and use 
of commercial software packages. Student 
projects and microcomputer laboratory ses- 
sions required. (Lec. 3) Pre: 600. Staff 


664 Health Information Systems (I or II, 3) 
Concepts associated with the design, imple- 
mentation, management, and evaluation of 
administrative and clinical health informa- 
tion systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: QBA 500 or equiva- 
lent or permission of instructor. Armstrong, 
Koza, and Humprey 


MGS Courses 
Management Science 


445 Managerial Application of 
Simulation (I, 3) 

450 Forecasting: Computer Applications 
(lor IT, 3) 

465 Advanced Topics in Management 
Science: Deterministic Models (1, 3) 

466 Advanced Topics in Management 
Science: Probabilistic Models (1, 3) 

470 Managerial Decision Support Systems 
(Hi, 3) 

475 Bayesian Statistics in Business 
(lor H, 3) 


601, 602 Advanced Management Statistics 
(land II, 3 each) Theory and application of 
regression and correlation analysis, analysis 
of variance and experimental design, and 
other multivariate data analyses. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
QBA 530 or waiver examination. Staff 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 33 


620 Quantitative Methods for Manage- 
ment (I and I, 2-3) Survey of principal 
operations research/management science 
models. Linear programming, network, and 
other mathematical programming models; 
simulation, decision analysis, and other 
probabilistic models. (Lec. 2 for one-half 
semester, first half) Pre: QBA 500, 520, 530 or 
waiver examinations. Staff 


630 Management Statistics with SAS and 
Personal Computer Software (I, 3) Second 
course in statistical analysis for MBA stu- 
dents. Introduces SAS computer languages 
and personal software. Regression, business 
experimental designs, time series, business 
index numbers, decision theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
QBA 500, 520, and 530 or waiver examina- 
tions. Staff 


671 Methods of Business Research (I and 
If, 3) An understanding of research method- 
ology and the culmination of such method- 
ology into a term project. (Lec. 3) Pre: QBA 
530 or equivalent and permission of chairper- 
son. Staff 


674 Business Research Methods: Applied 
Multivariate Methods (I and I, 3) Introduc- 
tion to multivariate analysis in business 
with emphasis on applications. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: QBA 520, 530, MIS 601, or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


675 Applied Time Series Methods and 
Business Forecasting (I and II, 3) Study of 
time-series methods. Construction and use 
of Autoregressive Integrated Moving Aver- 
ages (ARIMA) forecasting models. Applica- 
tions to strategic decision actions. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: QBA 520, 530, MIS 601, or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


676 Applied Econometric Methods in 
Business (I and If, 3) Design and construc- 
tion of large-scale multiequation models to 
explain and predict behavior in manage- 
ment, production, finance, and marketing. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 590, MGS 601, or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


683 Business Decision Theory (I or I, 3) 

A statistical analysis of managerial decision 
making under uncertainty. Bayesian statisti- 
cal inference and subjective probability are 
stressed. Comparisons between Bayesian 
method and classical statistics are discussed, 
and applications to business problems are 
emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: QBA 520, 530, or 
equivalent. Staff 


684 Advanced Mathematical Programming 
Methods in Management (ff, 3) Introduction 
to integer, nonlinear, and dynamic program- 
ming. Emphasis on application of modern 
mathematical optimization techniques in 
single-stage and multiple-stage management 
decision problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: QBA 500, 520, 
530, or waiver examinations and MGS 620. Staff 


691, 692 Directed Study in Management 
Science (I and II, 1-3 each) Advanced work 
under the supervision of a staff member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements 
of the student. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Staff 


34 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


693, 694 Internship in Management Sci- 
ence (I and II, 3 each) Participation in man- 
agement and/or problem solving under the 
supervision and guidance of a sponsoring 
agency with evaluation by the College of 
Business Administration. Pre: proposal accep- 
tance by College of Business Administration, no 
previous internship credit, and graduate stand- 
ing. S/U credit. Staff 


695 Seminar in Management Science 
(Tor If, 3) Preparation and presentation of 
papers on selected topics in management 
science. Pre: 620. Staff 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (I and I, 3) 
Provides a rigorous analysis of current re- 
search questions and research techniques 
used to address those questions in the aca- 
demic discipline. Recent developments and 
current issues addressed. Pre: enrollment in 
Phase I of the Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration. Staff 


MKT Courses 
Marketing 


*405 Marketing Communications (J, 3) 

*406 Product Management (1, 3) 

*407 Channels of Distribution (IJ, 3) 

*408 Pricing Decisions (II, 3) 

*409 Marketing Policy and Problems (I, 3) 

*415 Marketing Research (I, 3) 

416 Marketing Research Applications 
(i, 3) 

*434 Advertising Strategy and 
Management (I, 3) 

442 Sales Management (II, 3) 

445 Direct Marketing (I and II, 3) 

446 Industrial Marketing (I, 3) 

*451 International Marketing (I, 3) 

*491, 492 Directed Study 
. Zand If, 1-3 each) 


501 Marketing Theory and Practice (1 and 
II, 2) Analytical approach to contemporary 
theory and practice of marketing manage- 
ment. (Lec. 2) Not open to MBA students. Staff 


601 Managerial Marketing (J, 4) Analysis 
of marketing problems and determination 
of marketing policies in product develop- 
ment, promotion, pricing, channel selec- 
tion; legal aspects. (Lec. 4) Pre: ECN 590, 
QBA 520 and 530, or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


611 Buyer Behavior (1 or II, 3) Analysis of 
major factors influencing the behavior and 
demand of consumers. Emphasis on using 
these factors to identify and segment target 
markets and to assess the effects of these 
factors on markets. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


615 Marketing Research (J or II, 3) Market- 
ing information needs and appropriate 
means of providing the requisite informa- 
tion are analyzed. Several major marketing 
decision areas and their research implica- 
tions are examined in depth. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
601, QBA 520 and 530, ECN 590, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


631 Advertising Management (I or II, 3) 

A course oriented toward managers respon- 
sible for planning, appraising, and adminis- 
tering advertising and promotion activities. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


651 International Marketing Management 
(land If, 3) Marketing policy making for the 
multinational firm; organizing for interna- 
tional marketing; its opportunities, pricing, 
channels, promotion, and research. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 601 or permission of instructor. Staff 


661 Product Management (I or II, 3) 
Development of product policies and strate- 
gies. Emphasis on organizing the marketing 
function to deal with various product-related 
activities including new product develop- 
ment, life cycle strategies, and product 
deletion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601 or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


691, 692 Directed Study in Marketing 
(land If, 1-3 each) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to suit 
the individual requirements of the student. 
(Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


693, 694 Internship in Marketing (I and II, 
3 each) Participation in management and/or 
problem solving under the supervision and 
guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalu- 
ation by the College of Business Administra- 
tion. Pre: proposal acceptance by College of 
Business Administration, no previous internship 
credit, and graduate standing. S/U credit. Staff 


695, 696 Seminar in Marketing (1 and IT, 3 
each) Preparation and presentation of papers 
on selected topics in marketing. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 601 or permission of instructor. Staff 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (I and II, 3) 
Provides a rigorous analysis of current re- 
search questions and research techniques 
used to address those questions in the aca- 
demic discipline. Recent developments and 
current issues addressed. Pre: enrollment in 
Phase If of the Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration. Staff 


OMT Courses 
Operations Management 


458 Integrated Production Logistics 
Systems (I, 3) 

460 Management of Quality Control: 
Computer Applications (7, 3) 


640 Production and Operations Manage- 
ment (I and If, 2) The management of 
manufacturing and service operations. Top- 
ics include: flow processes, inventories, 
scheduling, capacity, and operations strat- 
egy. (Lec. 2 for one-half semester, second half) 
Pre: QBA 530. Staff 


650 Management of Computer-Integrated 
Manufacturing Systems (I, 3) This read- 
ings-based seminar explores various aspects 
of CIM through a managerial framework. It 
will integrate the design, planning, and ex- 
ecution areas of manufacturing using a 
CIM-based strategy. (Sem. 3) Pre: 640. 
Mangiameli 


681 Operations Management in Service 
Organizations (I or II, 3) Problems facing 
operations managers of service organiza- 
tions are examined. Topics include: flows 
through services systems, forecasting service 
demand, capacity planning for service orga- 
nizations, and scheduling service peer 
tions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 640. Staff 








500 Computing for Management 
(1 and If, 2) Computer concepts and pro- 
gramming in a high-level language such as 
BASIC, FORTRAN, or PASCAL. Emphasis on 
computing as an administrative and analy- 
tical tool for applications in management. 
Includes use of software packages. (Lec. 2 for 
one-half semester, first half) Graduate credit { 
for non-MBA students only if MIS 600 is : 
completed. St 


520 Mathematical Methods for Manage- 
ment (J and II, 3) Fundamental mathemati- 
cal methods applied to the understanding 
and solution of managerial problems. Top- 
ics include the solution of systems of linear 
equations, differential calculus, and related 
areas. (Lec. 3) Graduate credit for matriculated 
M.B.A. and M.S. in accounting students only. 
Staff 


530 Statistical Methods for Management 
(land II, 3) Introductory methods of statistics 
applied to the understanding and solution of 
business problems. Topics include concepts 
of business-decision parameters, classical and 
subjective probability, probability distribu- 
tion, inference, sample-size problems, regres- 
sion, and index numbers. (Lec. 3) Graduate 
credit for matriculated M.B.A. and M.S. in ac- 
counting students only. Staff 






\ 






Chemical Engineering 


M:S., Ph.D. 
401-792-2655 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Stanley M. Barnett, 
Ph.D., 1963, University of Pennsylvania 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Arijit 
Bose, Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Rochester 

Professor Richard Brown, Ph.D., 1977, 
University of Cambridge 

Professor Joseph Estrin, Ph.D., 1960, 
Columbia University 

Professor Harold N. Knickle, Ph.D., 1969, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Thomas J. Rockett, Ph.D., 1963, 
Ohio State University 

Professor Vincent C. Rose, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Missouri 


* These courses may not be taken for graduate 
credit by students in the College of Business 
Administration. 


Associate Professor Donald J. Gray, Ph.D., 
1980, University of Rhode Island 

Associate Professor Otto Gregory, Ph.D., 
1983, Brown University 

Assistant Professor Mercedes Rivero-Hudec, 
Ph.D., 1986, University of Pennsylvania 

Adjunct Associate Professor Kenneth 
Burbank, Ph.D., 1979, Brown University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Everett Crisman, 
Ph.D., 1983, Brown University 


Specializations 

Biochemical engineering: reactors, purifica- 
tion methods, degradation, and chemical 
production. 

Environmental engineering: separation 
methods, heavy metal removal, hazardous 
waste minimization, and desalination. 

Food engineering: membrane processes. 

Materials engineering: corrosion and 
erosion, electronic materials processing, 
ceramic processing polymer films, conduct- 
ing polymers and phase equilibria. 

Transport phenomena: crystal growth, 
nucleation from solution, interfacial and 
colloidal phenomena, filtration, flow 
through porous media, multiphase fluid 
mechanics, and diffusion through polymers. 

Energy engineering: analysis of energy 
systems, multiphase flow and coal 
liquefaction. 

Unit operations: crystallization, mixing, 
chromatography, electrodialysis, ultrafiltra- 
tion and microfiltration. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor's degree 
in chemical engineering; candidates from 
other engineering fields or from mathemat- 
ics, biology, chemistry, or physics may be 
accepted into the program with possible 
addition of prerequisite courses. 

Program requirements: thesis option—CHE 
501, 502. Nonthesis option for part-time 
students, with permission of the department; 
master’s examination and comprehensive 
report with oral examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: M.S. degree in 
engineering (may be waived for University 
of Rhode Island graduate students who pass 
qualifying examination with superior per- 
formance). 

Program requirements: candidate's pro- 
gram will be determined in consultation 
with his or her committee and will be based 
on his or her background and career goals. 
A comprehensive examination is required to 
complete the program. There is no general 
language requirement, but a student’s com- 
mittee may require a foreign language or 
research tool which may be necessary for 
the candidate’s program. In addition to an 
acceptable dissertation, a candidate must 
submit a manuscript, based on his or her 
research, suitable for publication in a tech- 
nical journal. CHE 501, 502 is also required. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 35 


CHE Courses 
Chemical Engineering 


403, 404 (or OCE 403, 404) Introduction 
to Ocean Engineering Processes I, IT 
(I and I, 3 each) 

425 Process Dynamics and Control (if, 3) 

437 Materials Engineering (I and II, 3) 

438 Failure Analysis and Prevention (II, 3) 

439 Nondestructive Evaluation of 
Materials (II, 3) 

447 (or FSN 447) Food Engineering (I, 4) 

464 Industrial Reaction Kinetics (I, 3) 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1 each) 
Seminar discussions including the presenta- 
tion of papers based on research or detailed 
literature surveys. (Lec. 1) Required of all resi- 
dent graduate students with a maximum of 1 
credit per year allowed. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 2 credits. 5/U credit. Rose 


513 Advanced Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics (I, 3) Applications of the 
first, second, and third laws of thermody- 
namics and their relation to chemical engi- 
neering processes. Emphasis on properties 
of fluids, chemical and physical equilibria, 
and refrigeration. (Lec. 3) Pre: 313, 314 or 
equivalent, graduate standing, or permission of 
chairperson. In alternate years. Estrin 


530 Polymer Chemistry (I, 3) Polymer 
structure, molecular forces, glass and crystal- 
line transitions, solution properties, poly- 
merization kinetics, molecular weight distri- 
bution, fractionation, viscoelastic properties, 
and transport processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 
228 and CHE 332 or permission of instructor. 
Bamett 


531 Polymer Engineering (I or I, 3) Poly- 
mer processing and mechanical properties 
of plastics, fibers, and elastomers. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 348 or MCE 448 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Barnett 


532 Ceramic Engineering (I, 3) Properties 
of ceramic materials as related to starting 
materials and forming, densification, and 
finishing processes. Emphasis on resulting 
phases and microstructure. Application of 
physical and chemical principles to tailor 
properties to engineering needs. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 437 or equivalent. Rockett and Gregory 


533 Engineering Metallurgy (II, 3) Struc- 
tures and properties of metals and alloys 
required to meet typical engineering prob- 
lems; proper selection of tool materials; 
properties of stainless steels; materials of 
special importance in nuclear fields, etc. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 333 or permission of 
instructor. Brown 


534 (or OCE 534) Corrosion and Corrosion 
Control (Zi, 3) Chemical nature of metals, 
electrochemical nature of corrosion. Types of 
corrosion, influence of environment, meth- 
ods of corrosion control. Behavior of engi- 
neering materials in corrosion with emphasis 
on industrial and ocean environments. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Brown 


535 (or OCE 535) Advanced Course in 
Corrosion (I, 3) High-temperature corro- 
sion, oxidation by gaseous environments, 
industrial problems with high-temperature 
corrosion. Materials selection and tech- 
niques to combat high-temperature corro- 
sion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 534 (or OCE 534) or permis- 
sion of instructor. Brown and Gregory 


537 (or OCE 537) Advanced Materials 
Engineering (II, 3) Engineering properties, 
molecular design, and applications of materi- 
als. Synthesis, fabrication, and processing of 
materials. Effects of environment on materi- 
als, materials products, devices, and systems. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 437 and PHY 341. Gregory 


539 Electron and Light Microscopy of 
Solids (I, 3) Theory and physical principles 
governing the design and use of light and 
electron optical systems in identification, 
analysis, and structural characterization of 
metals, ceramics, polymers, glasses, and com- 
posites. Emphasis on polarized light and 
scanning electron microscopy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
437 or equivalent. In alternate years. Gregory 


540 Phase Equilibria (I, 3) Interpretation, 
construction, and thermodynamics of one, 
two, three to n-component phase diagrams 
with examples of their use in chemical, 
ceramic, metallurgical, and mineral engi- 
neering. Pre: CHM 431 or equivalent. Rockett 


541 Transport Phenomena I (/, 3) Analysis 
of transport processes in fluids with empha- 
sis on diffusion of matter. (Lec. 3) Pre: 347, 
348 or equivalent, graduate standing, or per- 
mission of chairperson. Bose 


§42 Advances in Interfacial Phenomena 
(Z, 3) Topics will include capillarity, surface 
tension; surface thermodynamics, electrical 
aspects of surface chemistry; contact angles 
and wettability; emulsions and foams; 
adsorption from solutions; hydrodynamic 
stability of interfaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 431, 
432, or equivalent or permission of instructor. 
Bose 


548 (or FSN 548) Separations for 
Biotechnology (I, 3) A study of methods of 
concentration used in the biotechnology 
industries for production and isolation of 
products. Pre: 348 or 447. Barnett 


549 (or FSN 549) Food and Biochemical 
Engineering (I, 3) Processing of biochem- 
icals with emphasis on protein production, 
unit operations of protein recovery, immo- 
bilized enzyme reactors, and hydrocolloid 
theology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 447 or FSN 431 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Bamett and Rand 


560 Chemical and Physical Processes of 
Integrated Circuit Fabrication (I, 3) Chemi- 
cal and physical processes used in the fabri- 
cation of integrated circuits and devices. 
Emphasis on crystal growth, oxidation, CVD, 
plasma processes, photochemical processes, 
solid-state diffusion, lithography, and their 
relation to device performance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 431, CHE 349, or equivalent. Gregory 


36 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


572 X-ray Diffraction and Fluorescence 

(I, 3) Fundamentals, properties, and applica- 
tions of X-rays for identification and chemi- 
cal analysis of materials, determination of 
lattice parameters, phase transformations, 
textures, residual stresses, grain and particle 
sizes, film and plate thicknesses. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: PHY 341. In alternate years. Staff 


573 Mechanical Metallurgy (I or I, 3) 
Behavior and response of metals to mechan- 
ical plastic forming. Property control by 
analysis and design of industrial metal 
processing. Principles of annealing, forging, 
rolling, extruding, rod, wire, and tube draw- 
ing. Recent advances and developments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Brown 
and Gregory 


574 Biochemical Engineering I (I, 3) Intro- 
duction to biotechnology. Includes proper- 
ties of biological materials, dynamics, con- 
trol, and operation of biological systems 
and processing of biological materials. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Barnett 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 

1-6 each) Advanced work under the super- 
vision of a staff member arranged to suit 
the individual requirements of the student. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problem) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


614 Advanced Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics (I, 3) Continuation of 
$13. (Lec. 3) Pre: 513. Estrin 


641 Transport Phenomena II (I, 3) Steady, 
unsteady, and multidimensional heat con- 
duction; convection. Mass transport at low 
and high fluxes; diffusion and chemitheory; 
approximate methods for heat and mass 
transfer problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 541 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Bose 


643 Fluid Dynamics (I, 3) Advanced 
problem course dealing with isothermal and 
nonisothermal flow of compressible and 
incompressible fluids. (Lec. 3) In alternate 
years. Knickle 


644 Process Heat Transfer (I, 3) Advanced 
study of heat transfer by conduction in the 
steady and unsteady state, radiation, and 
convection. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. 
Knickle 


647 Mass Transfer I (I, 3) Advanced course 
dealing with the application of mass 
transfer theory in the distillation of binary, 
multicomponent, and complex mixtures. 
(Lec. 3) In alternate years. Gray 


648 Mass Transfer Il (i, 3) Advanced study 
of vapor-liquid equilibria and mass-transfer 
theory applied to gas-liquid systems; humidi- 
fication and gas absorption, simple and 
multicomponent systems, with and without 
chemical reaction. (Lec. 3) Gray 


650 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 
See Mechanical Engineering 650. 


664 Applied Reaction Kinetics (I, 3) 
Application of principles of chemical reac- 
tion kinetics to industrial processes. (Lec. 3) 
In alternate years. Staff 


691, 692 Special Problems (I and I, 

1-6 each) Advanced work under the super- 
vision of a staff member arranged to suit the 
individual requirements of the student. 

(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problem) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(1 and H) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. 5/U credit. 


Chemistry 


MS., Ph.D. 
401-792-2318 


Graduate Faculty 

Acting Chairperson: Professor Wilfred H. 
Nelson, Ph.D., 1962, University of 
Minnesota 

Professor Elie Abushanab, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Christopher W. Brown, Ph.D., 
1967, University of Minnesota 

Professor Phyllis R. Brown, Ph.D., 1968, 
Brown University 

Professor Clair J. Cheer, Ph.D., 1964, Wayne 
State University 

Professor Joel A. Dain, Ph.D., 1957, Cornell 
University 

Professor James L. Fasching, Ph.D., 1970, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Harold W. Fisher, Ph.D., 1959, 
University of Colorado 

Professor David L. Freeman, Ph.D., 1972, 
Harvard University 

Professor Louis J. Kirschenbaum, Ph.D., 
1968, Brandeis University 

Professor Raymond P. Panzica, Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Utah 

Professor William M. Rosen, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of California, Riverside 

Professor Yuzuru Shimizu, Ph.D., 1962, 
Hokkaido University 

Professor Daniel D. Traficante, Ph.D., 1962, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Bruno M. Vittimberga, Ph.D., 
1957, University of Illinois 

Professor Sze Cheng Yang, Ph.D., 1973, 
Columbia University 


Associate Professor William B. Euler, Ph.D., 


1979, Florida State University 

Associate Professor R. Ken Forcé, Ph.D., 
1974, University of Nebraska 

Associate Professor Karen |. Peterson, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Colorado, Boulder 

Assistant Professor Cynthia G. Zoski, Ph.D., 
1985, Trent University 

Adjunct Professor Paul J. Berner, Ph.D., 
1964, Stevens Institute of Technology 


Adjunct Professor George J. Kavarnos, Ph.D., 
1968, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Petr Jandik, 
Ph.D., 1982, Technical University, 
Munich, Germany 

Professor Emeritus Paul I. Abell, Ph.D., 1951, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus Leon Goodman, Ph.D., 
1950, University of California, Los 
Angeles 

Professor Emeritus Douglas M. Rosie, Ph.D., 
1955, Cornell University 


Specializations 

Analytical chemistry: electrochemistry, 
vibrational spectroscopy, neutron activation 
analysis, high-performance liquid chroma- 
tography, laser spectroscopy. 

Inorganic chemistry: light scattering, two- 
dimensional conductors, solution kinetics, 
organometallics, macrocyclic complexes, 
metal oxidation states. 

Organic chemistry: carbohydrates, hetero- 
cycles, synthesis, electron transfer, reaction 
dynamics, geochemistry, structural analysis. 

Physical chemistry: catalysis, molecular 
spectroscopy, theoretical chemistry, surface 
chemistry, conducting polymers, statistical 
mechanics. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE, including 
advanced test, only for graduates on non- 
U.S. universities. Preference is given to 
candidates with undergraduate majors in 
chemistry or chemical engineering with 
mathematics through calculus. 

Program requirements: placement exami- 
nation to determine specific program 
requirements, successful completion of 
master’s qualifying examinations; for thesis 
option (30 credits)—12 credits of graduate 
core courses in at least three of the four 
areas of chemistry, CHM 641 or 642, and 
thesis; for nonthesis option (36 credits): 18 
credits of graduate core courses, CHM 641 
or 642, CHM 551, 552, and a written com- 
prehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree, 

Program requirements: successful comple- 
tion of qualifying examination; 18 credits of 
graduate core courses, CHM 641-643 (3 
credits). Comprehensive examination and 
dissertation. 


CHM Courses 
Chemistry 


401 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry 
(f 3) 

402 Physical Inorganic Laboratory (I, 2) 

412 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 
(HI, 2) 

414 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 
Laboratory (H, 2) 


425 Qualitative Organic Analysis (J, 2) 
427 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (I, 3) 
431, 432 Physical Chemistry I, II 

(I and II, 3 each) 


501 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I 

(lor If, 3) Systematic analysis of bonding 
schemes and structural aspects of molecular 
systems encountered in inorganic chemis- 
try. Special emphasis on electron density 
distributions, physical methods of analysis, 
and practical applications of quantum 
mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401. Kirschenbaum 


502 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (i, 3) 
Modern inorganic chemistry approached 
from experimental, theoretical, and descrip- 
tive points of view. Includes electronic struc- 
ture and bonding in coordination chemistry, 
topology, thermodynamics of complex for- 
mation, mechanisms, lanthanides, and actin- 
ides. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or equivalent. Nelson 


504 Physical Methods of Inorganic Chem- 
istry (I, 3) Theory and application of nu- 
merous experimental techniques used for 
the elucidation of molecular and electronic 
structure of inorganic molecules. Primary 
emphasis is on nuclear magnetic resonance, 
optical, infrared, Raman, and electron para- 
magnetic resonance spectroscopies. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 401 or permission of instructor. Euler 


511 Advanced Analytical Chemistry I 

(, 3) Fundamentals of electrochemistry, in- 
cluding a review of electricity and how it 
passes through conductors, electrochemical 
cells, electrode reactions, ionic solutions, 
polarization, transport mechanisms, 
voltammetry. Statistical treatment of experi- 
mental data. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412 or permission of 
instructor. Zoski 


512 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II 
(if, 3) Continuation of 412 with emphasis 
on principles and recent developments in 
application of physiochemical phenomena 
to solution of chemical problems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 412, PHY 340, and MTH 243. P. Brown 


518 Radiochemistry (H, 3) Theory and prin- 
ciples of nuclear science as applied to the 
various fields of chemistry. Radioactivity, 
radiation detection and measurement, prepa- 
ration and separation of radionuclides, em- 
phasis on solution of chemical and environ- 
mental research problems with the tech- 
niques of nuclear chemistry. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432, 
PHY 214 or permission of instructor. Fasching 


519 Theoretical Concepts in NMR (f, 3) 
The physical concepts of NMR phenomena 
are presented, beginning with signals gener- 
ated in the probe, carried through the spec- 
trometer console, into the computer, and 
finally represented as a spectrum. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 292, PHY 112, and MTH 141, or equiva- 
lents, or permission of instructor. Traficante 


520 Interpretation of One-Dimensional 
NMR Spectra (if, 3) Uses of chemical shifts 
and coupling constants are presented for 
interpreting one-dimensional (1D) proton 
and carbon spectra. Includes relaxation time 
measurements, decoupling, and simple 2D 


interpretation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 292, PHY 112, 
and MTH 141 or equivalents, or CHM S19 or 
permission of instructor. Traficante 


521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I (J, 3) 
Emphasis on fundamental organic structure 


- theory and reaction mechanisms. (Lec, 3) 


Pre: 226 and 228 or equivalent. Vittimberga 


522 Advanced Organic Chemistry II (I, 3) 
Modern synthetic reactions and their appli- 
cation to such areas as natural products. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 521 or permission of instructor. 
Cheer 


524 Interpretation of Two-Dimensional 
NMR Spectra (I, 3) Covers the theoretical 
and practical aspects of two-dimensional 
(2D) NMR. Includes pulse sequences, instru- 
ment set-up, and chemical applications. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 519 and 520 or permission of 
instructor. Traficante 


531 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (1, 3) 
Principles and applications of classical 
physical chemistry. Includes the three laws 
of thermodynamics, thermochemistry, 
phase equilibria, kinetic rate laws, and 
mechanisms of gas phase reactions. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 432 or permission of instructor. Freeman 


532 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (Hf, 3) 
Introduction to modern chemistry with 
emphasis on quantum chemistry and statisti- 
cal thermodynamics. Includes development 
of quantum theory, applications of quantum 
theory, development and application of 
statistical distribution functions. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 432 or permission of instructor. Freeman 


551, 552 Nonthesis Master’s Research 

(I and If, 3 each) Research on original prob- 
lem for fulfillment of research requirement 
of nonthesis master’s degree. Literature sur- 
vey, laboratory work, and detailed report re- 
quired. (Lab. 9) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


566 Foundations for Advanced Chemical 
Research (I and II, 2-6) Directed studies in 
the foundations and procedures necessary 
for conducting advanced chemical research. 
Topics will include library, laboratory, and 
computer skills. Pre: 12 credits of chemistry at 
the graduate level. May be repeated for a maxi- 
mum of 6 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. A mini- 
mum of 6 credits is required of students 
who have chosen the thesis option for the 
master’s degree. S/U credit. 


602 The Transition Metals (1, 3) Ligand 
field theory and its applications. Basic quan- 
tum mechanical calculations involving ther- 
modynamical, spectral, and magnetic prop- 
erties of transition metal compounds. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 502. Nelson 


608 Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms 

([ or I, 3) Kinetics and mechanisms of 
reactions in aqueous solution: techniques, 
results, and theoretical interpretation. In- 
strumentation for studying rapid reactions 
in solution, relaxation methods, electron 


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/CHEMISTRY 37 


transfer rates, hydrolytic and solvolytic reac- 
tions, metal ion complexation, reactions of 
biochemical significance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1994. 
Kirschenbaum 


616 Applied Analytical Techniques (I, 3) 
Application of analytical instrumentation 
and techniques to practical problems. Limita- 
tions and specific difficulties of analyzing 
complex matrices in practical research. Prob- 
lem-oriented presentation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 511 
and 512 or permission of instructor. P.R. Brown 


617 Advanced Instrumentation (I, 3) 
Basic design and theory of instrument 
design. Discussion of advantages and limita- 
tions of specific instruments. Current 
research in instrument design and critical 
evaluation of designs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 511 and 
ELE 220 or 537 or its equivalent. Forcé 


618 Theory of Separations (I, 3) In-depth 
presentation of theory of separation pro- 
cesses. Emphasis on methods development, 
advanced topics, and current advances using 
gas and liquid chromatography. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
511 or permission of instructor. P.R. Brown 


621 Advanced Topics in Physical Organic 
Chemistry (7, 3) Mechanistic aspects of 
organic chemistry: molecular orbital theory, 
thermal and photochemical cycloadditions 
and rearrangements. Consideration of 
carbenes, nitrenes, and free radicals. Evalua- 
tion of steric, steroelectronic, and secondary 
orbital effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and 522 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


623 Advanced Topics in Synthetic Organic 
Chemistry (f, 3) Advanced topics in the syn- 
thetic aspects of organic chemistry. Synthetic 
reactions and techniques, strategies, and 
design. Conformational and stereochemical 
analyses, asymmetric synthesis, and natural 
product syntheses. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and 522 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


636 Advanced Topics in Physical Chem- 
istry (I, 3) Advanced topics in quantum 
chemistry and statistical thermodynamics. 
Time-dependent and independent perturba- 
tion theory, interaction of light with matter, 
electronic structure of atoms and molecules, 
Hartree-Fock theory, classical and quantum 
statistical mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: $31, 532, 
or permission of instructor. Freeman 


642, 643, 644 Graduate Seminar 

(Land II, 1 each) Results of detailed literature 
surveys are presented orally and in writing. 
Required for candidates for advanced 
degrees in chemistry. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. Staff 


691 Special Topics (I and II, 1-3) Covers the 
following special research interests: a) carbo- 
hydrate chemistry, b) chemical kinetics, 

c) clinical chemistry, d) computer techniques 
in analytical chemistry, e) forensic chemistry, 
f) free-radical rearrangements, g) recent 
advances in analytical chemistry, h) light 
scattering, i) molecular orbital theory, 

j) pericyclic reactions, k) surface chemistry, 

1) X-ray analysis of organic molecules. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: permission of instructor. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 6 credits. Staff - 


38 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(land Il) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


930 (or EDC 930) Workshop in Chemistry 
Topics for Teachers (I and I, 0-3) Especially 
designed for teachers of physical sciences. 
Basic topics of chemistry from an advanced 
or pedagogical perspective. Pre: teacher certi- 
fication. Forcé, Peterson, Yang, Euler, and 
Long 


Civil and Environmental 
Engineering 

MSS., Ph.D. 

401-792-2692 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Daniel Urish, Ph.D., 
1978, University of Rhode Island, P.E. 
Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Raymond M. Wright, Ph.D., 
1981, Pennsylvania State University; P.E. 
Professor William D. Kovacs, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of California, Berkeley; P.E. 
Professor Everett E. McEwen, D. Eng., 1964, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 
Professor Calvin P. Poon, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Illinois; P.E. 
Professor Armand J. Silva, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Connecticut; P.E. 
Associate Professor Dimitrios Karamanilidis, 
D. Eng., 1979, Technical University of 
Berlin 
Associate Professor Kang W. Lee, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Texas, Austin; P.E. 
Associate Professor Alan S. Marcus, Ph.D., 
1969, University of Massachusetts 
Associate Professor Leon T. Thiem, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Missouri; P.E. 
Associate Professor George Tsiatas, Ph.D., 
1984, Case Western Reserve University 
Associate Professor George E. Veyera, Ph.D., 
1985, Colorado State University 
Assistant Research Professor Igor Runge, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode Island 
Adjunct Professor Thomas E. Wright, M.S.E., 
1975, West Virginia University; P-E. 
Adjunct Associate Professor Michael C. 
Apostal, Ph.D., 1974, State University of 
New York, Buffalo 
Adjunct Associate Professor Robert B. Shaw, 
M:S., 1966, Purdue University; P.E. 
Adjunct Assistant Professor Diane L. Badorek, 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Missouri; P.E. 


Specializations 

Environmental engineering: water supply 
and treatment facilities, municipal and 
industrial waste treatment, flocculation and 
coagulation of wastes, pollution of marine 
sediments, solid waste management, model- 
ing of environmental systems, groundwater 
pollution, groundwater exploration, coastal 


groundwater, nonpoint source pollution, 
stormwater management, river and estuary 
hydrology. 

Geotechnical engineering: properties of 
marine sediments, anchor systems, sediment 
sampling, dredge material disposal, deep-sea 
sedimentary processes, sediment transport, 
constitutive modeling of geological materi- 
als, application of nonlinear finite element 
procedures to mechanics problems, dynamic 
soil properties and response of soils, in-situ 
testing, foundation engineering, geotextiles, 
earthquake engineering. 

Structural engineering: matrix and finite 
element analysis, computer and numerical 
methods, marine structures, structural stabil- 
ity, thin-walled structures, coastal structures, 
deterministic and stochastic structural dy- 
namics, structural reliability, vibration con- 
trol, earthquakes, soil-structure interaction. 

Transportation engineering: properties of 
pavement materials, pavement theory and 
design, pavement management system, 
highway location, and geometric design. For 
master’s level only: traffic operation and 
control, transportation cost, transportation 
supply and demand analysis, and transporta- 
tion system analysis. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s degree 
in civil or environmental engineering. Can- 
didates in other engineering fields or in 
mathematics, biology, chemistry, or physics 
may be accepted with the possible addition 
of prerequisite courses. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. Thirty credits plus CVE 601, 602; 

a minimum of two courses taken outside 
the department. Nonthesis option requires 
comprehensive report and comprehensive 
examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: master’s degree in 
civil or environmental engineering or in a 
related field. 

Program requirements: 24 credits including 
the two-course minor outside the candidate’s 
area of specialization, where required, com- 
prehensive examination, and dissertation. 
Although there is no formal departmental 
language requirement, the candidate’s com- 
mittee may require proficiency with a 
research tool or in a foreign language. The 
candidate’s committee may also require a 
two-course minor outside the candidate's 
area of specialization. 


CVE Courses 
Civil and Environmental Engineering 


442 Traffic Engineering (J, 3) 

446 Transportation Engineering (II, 3) 

453 Computer Analysis of Structures (I, 3) 

470 Water and Wastewater Transport 
Systems (I, 3) 

471 Water and Wastewater Treatment 
Systems (I or If, 3) 


472 Industrial Air Pollution (f or I, 3) 

474 Water Quality Sampling and Analysis 
(, 3) 

475 Water in the Environment (I, 3) 

478 Hazardous Waste Disposal and Solid 
Waste Management (I or I, 3) 

483 (or OCE 483) Foundation Engineering 


(Hf, 3) 

485 (or GEL 485) Engineering Geophysics 
(i, 3) 

491, 492 Special Problems 
(land II, 1-6 each) 

495 Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Systems (1, 3) 


523 Coastal Structures 
See Ocean Engineering 523. 


545 Pavement Design (I, 3) Pavement types; 
pavement system components; stresses in the 
pavement structure. Design factors and crite- 
ria, pavement stabilization, structural design 
of flexible and rigid pavements for highways 
and airports, pavement maintenance and 
overlay design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 347 or equivalent. 
Offered fall of odd-numbered years. Next offered 
fall 1993. Lee and Kovacs 


546 Urban and Rural Transportation 
See Community Planning 546. 


547 Geometric Design of Highways (I, 3) 
Evaluation of alternative designs. Criteria 
and practices of geometric design; at grade 
intersections, interchanges, channelization, 
weaving parking facilities, and road appurte- 
nances; safety considerations, lane balanc- 
ing, ramps, and terminals. (Lec. 3) Pre: 347 
or equivalent. Offered fall of even-numbered 
years. Next offered fall 1992. Lee 


548 Pavement Materials and Mix Design 
(if, 3) Surficial soils. Material characteriza- 
tion and testing; elastic, viscoelastic, and 
plastic behavior. Fracture, fatigue, and rut- 
ting; design of bituminous mixtures. Other 
pavement materials and additives. Pave- 
ment recycling. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 347 or 
equivalent. Offered spring of even-numbered 
years. Next offered spring 1994. Lee 


551 Finite Element Analysis in Civil 
Engineering I (f or H, 3) Direct stiffness 
method. Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin meth- 
ods. Isoparametric elements. Frames, trusses, 
plane stress and strain. Bending of thin 
plates. (Lec. 3) Pre: 453 or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


556 Variational Methods in Structural 
Engineering (I, 3) Introduction; principle of 
minimum potential energy; principle of 
minimum complementary energy; general- 
ized variational formulations; principles 
with relaxed continuity requirements; 
application to structures, and soils. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 453 or permission of instructor. Offered 
every fourth year. Next offered fall 1992. 
Karamanlidis 


560 Structural Design (I or If, 3) Behavior 
and design of structural systems, selected 
topics in steel, reinforced concrete, and pre- 
stressed concrete. (Lec. 3) Pre: 460 and 465. 
Offered every third year. Next offered spring 
1993. McEwen, Marcus, and Tsiatas - 


565 Structural Dynamics (I or If, 3) Simpli- 
fied models and their equations of motion; 
analytical solution methods; Fourier analy- 
sis; Duhamel integral; nonlinearities; com- 
puter-oriented solution algorithms and 
their implementation. Applications. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 453. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1993. Staff 


568 (or MCE 568) Theory of Plates 

(or If, 3) Development of basic plate equa- 
tions. Classical solution examples of rectan- 
gular and circular plates. Additional topics 
selected from: orthotropic plates, large 
deflections, finite element, and numerical 
solutions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220 and MTH 244. 
Karamanlidis and Nash 


570 Sanitary Chemistry (7, 3) Application 
of analytical chemistry to analysis of natural 
waters; physical chemistry and organic 
chemistry of aqueous media; chemical prin- 
ciples applicable to operations of sanitary 
engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Thiem 


571 Sanitary Chemistry Laboratory (I, 3) 
Applications of chemical laboratory proce- 
dures to control of water and wastewater 
treatment processes. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 570. 
Thiem 


572 Biosystems in Sanitary Engineering 
(lor If, 3) Microorganisms which constitute 
the biological systems in water pollution, 
water purification, and wastewater treat- 
ment. Application of principles of microbi- 
ology and biochemistry to analysis and 
design in fields of sanitary engineering and 
water resources. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Poon 


573 Theory of Water Purification and 
Treatment (J, 3) Principles of modern water 
purification and engineering practices. 
Aeration, deodorization, sterilization, co- 
agulation, filtration, water softening, iron 
removal, disinfection, and corrosion con- 
trol. (Lec. 3) Thiem 


575 Open-Channel Hydraulics (I or II, 3) 
Analysis of uniform, critical, varied flow, 
and unsteady flow in open channels. Prin- 
ciples will be applied to open-channel 
design. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 354. Wright 


581 (or OCE 581) Experimental Geome- 
chanics (I or If, 3) Advanced methods and 
techniques of geotechnical testing. Behavior 
of granular and cohesive soils with determi- 
nation of engineering properties. Interpreta- 
tion, evaluation, and engineering applica- 
tions of test data. Emphasis on shearing 
strength, consolidation, bearing capacity, 
earth pressures, seepage, and slope stability. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent. Kovacs, 
Silva, and Veyera 


582 Seabed Geotechnics 
See Ocean Engineering 582. 


583 (or OCE 583) Advanced Foundation 
Engineering (I or II, 3) Applications of soil 
mechanics principles to analysis and design 
of pile foundations, drilled piers, flexible 
retaining structures, braced excavations, 


CHEMISTRY/CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 39 


cofferdams, miscellaneous advanced founda- 
tion problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent. 
Offered in fall of even-numbered years. Next 
offered fall 1992. Kovacs, Silva, and Veyera 


585 Soil Dynamics (I or I, 3) Vibration char- 
acteristics, wave propagation in soils, founda- 
tion vibration theory, foundation design for 
vibrating loads, vibration isolation, blast 
vibrations, dynamic soil properties, liquefac- 
tion potential, vibratory and dynamic com- 
paction, computer implementation. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 483 or equivalent. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. Next offered spring 1993. Kovacs and 
Veyera 


587 Groundwater Flow and Seepage Pres- 
sures (II, 3) Hydrodynamics of fluid flow 
through porous media. Analytical methods 
for steady and unsteady seepage in aquifers; 
theoretical analysis with practical modifica- 
tion of seepage problems involving founda- 
tions, drainage structures, earth dams, and 
dewatering. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 381 and per- 
mission of instructor. Offered in spring of odd- 
numbered years. Urish and Kovacs 


588 Groundwater Hydrology (I, 3) Quan- 
titative methods of groundwater hydrology 
including determination of aquifer proper- 
ties and yield. Modeling of groundwater 
systems for management quantity of water, 
movement of contaminants, and well 
design. Field and laboratory measurements. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: MCE 354 and CVE 381 or 
equivalent. Offered in spring of even-numbered 
years. Urish 


591 Special Problems (I, 1-6) Advanced 
work under supervision of a staff member 
arranged to suit individual requirements of 
the student. Pre: permission of chairperson. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problems) 
Staff 


592 Special Problems (II, 1-6) Advanced 
work under supervision of a staff member 
arranged to suit individual requirements of 
the student. Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Staff 


596 Numerical Methods in Structural 
Engineering (I or II, 3) Methods of succes- 
sive approximations and numerical proce- 
dures in the solution of stress, vibration, 
and stability problems in structural mem- 
bers. Nonuniform members, elastic sup- 
ports, plates, torsion. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. Offered fall of even-numbered 
years. Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


601, 602 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1 each) 
Discussions and presentation of papers based 
on research or detailed literature surveys. 
(Lec. 1) Required of all resident graduate 
students with a maximum of 1 credit per year 
allowed. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 
credits. Staff 


626 Marine Structural Design 
See Ocean Engineering 626. 


641 Pavement Evaluation and Rehabilita- 
tion (I, 3) Pavement performance concepts. 
Criteria for pavement evaluation. Measure- 
ment of pavement distress and structural 
capacity. Analysis and interpretation of 
pavement evaluation data. Correlation of 
data with performance ratings. Formulation 
and evaluation of maintenance and 
rehabilitation alternatives. (Lec. 3) Pre: 545 
or equivalent. Offered spring of odd-numbered 
years. Next offered spring 1993. Lee 


655 Finite Element Analysis in Civil Engi- 
neering II (f, 3) Isoparametric models for 
three-dimensional continua, hierarchical 
elements. Reduced integration concepts, 
penalty method, discrete Kirchhoff method. 
Eulerian, total, and updated Lagrangian 
formulations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 or permission 
of instructor. Offered fall of even-numbered 
years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


657 Structural Stability (1, 3) Introduction; 
principal forms of equilibrium paths and 
their stability; conservative elastic systems; 
buckling of prismatic members; imperfec- 
tions; plastic deformations; postbuckling of 
frames and reticulated structures; numerical 
methods; catastrophe theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
556 or permission of instructor. Karamaniidis, 
McEwen, and Tsiatas 


665 Advanced Topics in Structural 
Dynamics (I or I, 3) Equations of motion of 
systems and continuous bodies; analytical 
and numerical solution methods; large 
deflections and plasticity; time-stepping 
algorithms; active control of tall buildings; 
earthquake resistant structures; applications. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 565. Offered every third year. Next 
offered spring 1993. Karamanlidis, McEwen, 
and Tsiatas 


667 Probabilistic Methods in Structural 
Engineering (I or II, 3) Probabilistic applica- 
tions in structural analysis and design. Sta- 
tistical models for forces and material 
strengths. Component and system struc- 
tural reliability. Random vibration applica- 
tions in structural engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
introductory course on probability and 565 or 
OCE 522, or permission of instructor. Tsiatas 


668 Theory of Shells 
See Mechanical Engineering 668. 


672 Water Pollution Control and Treat- 
ment of Wastewater (I or II, 3) Wastewater 
characteristics, effects, and purification in 
natural water, government control strategies 
and impacts, cost of control, theory and 
mathematical concepts of secondary and 
tertiary treatment process, their limitations, 
and late developments. (Lec. 3) Pre: one year 
of chemistry and biology, MTH 243 and CVE 
572 or their equivalents and permission of 
instructor. Poon 


674 Sanitary Engineering Laboratory 

(1 or If, 3) Advanced phases of sewage treat- 
ment and purification including sludge 
digestion, sludge gas analysis, biochemical 
oxygen demand, conditioning of sludge, 
activated sludge, sewage-trickling filters, and 
chemical precipitation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. Thiem 


40 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


677 Stream and Estuarine Analysis 

(or If, 3) Fundamentals and mathematical 
concepts of physical and biological factors 
applied to the evaluation of the pollution 
capacity of streams and estuaries. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: MTH 244, Wright 


681 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering I 
(Lor If, 3) Advanced study of geotechnical 
principles and theory. Physical and chemical 
properties of soils; particulate mechanics; 
effective stress principle; permeability; 
steady-state and transient seepage; consolida- 
tion; stress distribution; miscellaneous topics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. Kovancs, Silva, and Veyera 


682 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering II 
(Lor If, 3) Advanced study of geotechnical en- 
gineering principles and theory. Stress-strain 
behavior; constitutive relationships; failure 
theories; applications of theories of elasticity, 
viscoelasticity, and plasticity; shear strength 
of sands; shear strength of clays; slope stabil- 
ity analysis; miscellaneous topics. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 381 or equivalent and permission of instruc- 
tor. Kovacs, Silva, and Veyera 


687 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineer- 
ing (J, 3) Seismology and seismicity; surface 
faulting and ground motion characteristics; 
response spectra; dynamic soil properties; 
dynamic response of soil layers, embank- 
ments, and slopes; influence of local soil 
conditions on site response; evaluation of 
design earthquakes; response analysis. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 483. Kovacs, Tsiatas, or Veyera 


688 Marine Geomechanics 
See Ocean Engineering 688. 


689 Selected Topics in Geomechanics 
See Ocean Engineering 689. 


691, 692 Special Problems (I and IL, 

1-6 each) Advanced work under the super- 
vision of a staff member arranged to suit 
the individual requirements of the student. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problems) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 





Clinical Laboratory Science 


M.S. 
401-792-2205 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor David C. Laux, Ph.D., 
1971, University of Arizona 

Director of Graduate Studies: Gregory E. 
Paquette, Ph.D., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island 

Professor Norman A. Campbell, Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Albert H. Taubman, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Pittsburgh 


Professor George C. Tremblay, Ph.D., 1965, 
St. Louis University 

Associate Professor John Boulmetis, Ph.D., 
1982, Ohio State University 

Associate Professor Jay BE. Sperry, Ph.D., 
1974, University of Kansas 

Adjunct Professor Michael Sheff, Ph.D., 
1957, Sheffield University 

Adjunct Professor Kurt Stottmeier, Ph.D., 
1962, University of Berlin 

Adjunct Professor Burrows T. Younkin, 
Ph.D., 1981, Columbia Pacific University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Jacob A. Canick, 
Ph.D., University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Steven Opal, 
M.D., 1976, Albany Medical College 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Edward 
Balkovic, Ph.D., 1984, Baylor College of 
Medicine 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Barbara E. 
Barker, Ph.D., 1965, University of Rhode 
Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Julia E. Blazek, 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Edward Drozda, 
M.B.A., 1989, Bryant College 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Judith S. Heelan, 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Margaret 
Kenney, M.S., 1983, Southeastern 
Massachusetts University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Marjorie G. 
Kimball, M.S., 1981, Northeastern 
University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Leonard LaFazia, 
MSS., 1984, Salve Regina College 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Anthony J. 
Lewandowski, M.S., 1985, Southeastern 
Massachusetts University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Kenneth Mayer, 
M.D., 1977, Northeastern University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Frank Meglio, 
MSS., 1980, Northeastern University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Charles Seymour, 
Ph.D., 1975, Cornell University 

Professor Emeritus Pei Wen Chang, Ph.D., 
1965, Yale University 


Specializations 

Major specializations in clinical chemis- 
try, clinical microbiology, hematology, 
immunohematology; minor specializations 
in adult education and management. 


Master of Science 

Admissions requirements: GRE recom- 
mended; bachelor’s degree in medical tech- 
nology, microbiology, chemistry, or a 
related area; certification by a nationally 
recognized certifying agency, as a generalist 
or a specialist in clinical laboratory science, 
or a minimum of one year’s postbacca- 
laureate clinical laboratory experience. One 
course in statistics is required. Applicants 
with deficiencies in background courses 
may be required to complete appropriate 
course work without graduate credit. 


Program requirements: 33 credits includ- 
ing BCP $51, EDC 505 or 582, MTC 510, 
§12, 513, and nine credits in the area of 
specialization (ASP 534, MTC 502 and 543 
for clinical chemistry; ASP 534, MTC 501, 
$41 for clinical microbiology; MTC 520, 
$21, 530 for hematology and immunohe- 
matology). The remainder of courses are 
selected from education, management, and 
at least one from a technical area other than 
the declared area. Comprehensive written 
examination. Major research paper. The 
following courses are recommended for a 
minor specialization in health-care manage- 
ment: PHP 651, 652, 680. These courses are 
recommended for a minor specialization in 
adult education: EDC 505, 529, 582, 584. 


MITC Courses 
Medical Technology 


401 Clinical Microbiology (1, 8) 

402 Clinical Chemistry (I, 8) 

403 Immunohematology (I, 4) 

404 Hematology (II, 6) 

405 Pathophysiology (I, 2) 

406 Clinical Immunology (I, 2) 

407 Clinical Microscopy (J, 2) 

483 (or MIC 483) Introductory Diagnostic 
Microbiology (1, 3) 


501 (or MIC 501) Advanced Clinical 
Microbiology I (I or If, 3) Current method- 
ology employed in the processing of clinical 
microbiology specimens, isolation and iden- 
tification of pathogenic microorganisms, 
and determination of antimicrobial suscep- 
tibility. ec. 3) Pre: 401 or MIC 432 or equiva- 
lent. Blazek and Stottmeier 


502 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I (I or 
If, 3) The pathophysiologic mechanisms as 
they correlate to clinical chemistry data. 
Topics include mechanisms of pathology 
and analytical techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 402 
or equivalent. Canick, Sheff, and Younkin 


510 Clinical Laboratory Management 
(or Hf, 3) Supervisory management prin- 
ciples applicable to the clinical laboratory. 
Includes the processes of supervision, deci- 
sion making, job performance and evalua- 
tion, communications, organizational 
behavior, and labor relations in the modern 
laboratory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 400-level medical 
technology internship or equivalent. Drozda 
and Williams 


512 Special Problems in Clinical Labora- 
tory Science (I or II, 3) Assigned research 
on an advanced level. Students required to 
outline problem, conduct the necessary 
research or experimental work, and present 
observations and conclusions in a written 
and oral report. Pre: 400-level medical tech- 
nology internship or equivalent. Staff 


513 (or MIC 513) Advanced Clinical 
Immunology (for I, 3) Theory, application, 
and techniques used in clinical immunol- 
ogy: immunochemistry, serology, immuno- 
hematology, immunopathology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
406 or MIC 533 or equivalent. LaFazia and 
Meglio 


520 Advanced Hematology I (I or II, 3) 
Special problems, advanced techniques, and 
methodology in hematology; laboratory 
approach emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 404 or 
equivalent. Barker 


521 Advanced Hematology II (1 or Hf, 3) 
Hematologic disorders: mechanisms, patho- 
genesis, diagnosis, and treatment; clinical 
approach emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 404 or 
equivalent. Barker 


530 Advanced Immunohematology 

(lor If, 3) Blood grouping and blood bank- 
ing with emphasis on recent advances. 
Techniques used for identification of im- 
mune disorders, component preparation, 
tests to determine compatibility. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
403 or equivalent. Kenney and Lewandowski 


541 (or MIC 541) Advanced Clinical 
Microbiology II (I or Hf, 3) Current research 
and clinical methodology in clinical mycol- 
ogy, parasitology, mycobacteriology, epide- 
miology, and infectious disease serology. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or MIC 432, or equivalent. 
Blazek and Stottmeier 


543 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I 

(, If, or SS, 3) A comprehensive study of 
pathophysiologic mechanisms as they relate 
to clinical chemistry. Topics include immu- 
nochemistry, automation, enzymology, 
pharmacology, and endocrinology. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 402 or equivalent. Canick, Sheff, and 
Younkin 


551 Topics in Biochemistry for the 
Clinical Scientist 
See Biochemistry and Biophysics 551. 


590 Special Problems in Clinical Chem- 
istry (1, H, or SS, 1-6) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in clinical 
chemistry. Pre: graduate standing and permis- 
sion of chairperson. Staff 


591 Special Problems in Clinical Microbi- 
ology (1, H, or SS, 1-6) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in clinical 
microbiology. Pre: graduate standing and 
permission of chairperson. Staff 


592 Special Problems in Hematology (1, I, 
or SS, 1-6) Intensive tutorial work, research, 
and readings in hematology. Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of chairperson. Staff 


593 Special Problems in Immunohema- 
tology (1, If, or SS, 1-6) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in immunohe- 
matology. Pre: graduate standing and permis- 
sion of chairperson. Staff 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING/COMMUNITY PLANNING AND AREA DEVELOPMENT 41 





Community Planning 
and Area Development 


M.C.P. 
401-792-2248 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Marcia Marker Feld, 
Ph.D., 1973, Harvard University 

Associate Professor Farhad Atash, Ph.D., 
1986, Rutgers—The State University 

Associate Professor Howard H. Foster, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1970, Cornell University 

Associate Professor Marjorie E. Jensen, M.S., 
1978, University of Rhode Island 

Assistant Professor Marshall M.A. Feldman, 
Ph.D., 1981, University of California 

Adjunct Professor Carol J. Thomas, M.S., 
1948, University of Connecticut 

Adjunct Associate Professor Glenn R. 
Kumekawa, M.A., 1956, Brown 
University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Patt Manheim, 
Ph.D., 1984, Cornell University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Daniel J. Schatz, 
J.D., 1978, University of Maine 

Adjunct Assistant Professor David S. Winsor, 
M.C.P., 1980, University of Rhode Island 

Associate Professor Emeritus John J. Kupa, 
Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota 


Specializations 

The curriculum educates and trains plan- 
ners for professional positions in community 
planning and development agencies in either 
the public or the private sector. A core of 
study in substantive theory and methods 
relating to urban or urbanizing communities 
is required. In addition, three specializations 
are offered: community revitalization plan- 
ning, public policy and planning, and envi- 
ronmental planning and design. 

The community revitalization planning 
specialization builds an urban economic 
development planning orientation with 
emphasis on urban revitalization, urban 
renewal, housing, economic development, 
and planning. The public policy and plan- 
ning specialization differs from the commu- 
nity revitalization specialization in terms of 
its focus on social planning and social wel- 
fare in the urban metropolitan context. The 
major emphasis is on planning as a public 
policy process with emphasis on social ser- 
vices, special populations, and community 
development. The environmental planning 
and design specialization emphasizes the 
relationship between the built, or human, 
environment and the natural environment. 
Concerns for the environmental impacts of 
development are addressed, combining 
physical planning with natural resource 
conservation planning. ~ 

There is also the opportunity for stu- 
dents to choose electives in areas of special 
interest in community planning or related 
departments. 


Master of Community Planning 


Admission requirements: GRE, undergradu- 
ate background in the social sciences, archi- 
tecture, landscape architecture, natural 
resources, engineering, or geography pre- 
ferred. Competency in social statistics is 
required and may be demonstrated by hav- 
ing completed an acceptable course at the 
undergraduate level. Undergraduate courses 
in computer science and microeconomics are 
recommended. The degree is accredited by 
the Planning Accreditation Board and is 
offered through the New England Regional 
Program. 

Program requirements: CPL $10, 512, 522, 
523, 526, 630; CPL 501, 511, 525 will also 
be required unless proficiency has been 
demonstrated by previous course work; 12 
credits in the selected specialization; six 
credits of thesis, or research project, and a 
comprehensive examination; summer in- 
ternship or equivalent experience. The 
$4-credit program includes 30 credits of 
core courses with the remaining credits in 
the elected specialization, free electives, and 
thesis or project research. Students normally 
take 12-15 credits per semester to complete 
studies in two years. 


CPL Courses 
Community Planning 


410 Fundamentals of Urban Planning 
(land If, 3) 

434 Introduction to Environmental Law 
(Hf, 3) 


501 Introduction to Community Plan- 
ning Practice (I, 3) The development of 
community planning in the U.S., history of 
governmental planning and evaluation of 
the planning profession, and the elements 
of planning practice. (Lec. 3) Foster 


510 Community Planning and Political 
and Social Change (I, 3) Introduction to 
systems and central theories of determi- 
nants for social and planned change in 
urban and urbanizing communities. Focus 
on methodologies for political and social 
assessments. (Sem. 3) Pre: 523 or permission 
of instructor. Feld 


$11 Planning and Natural Environmental 
Systems (I, 3) Introduction to theories, 
methodologies, and substantive concerns of 
environmental resource analysis with atten- 
tion given to coastal environmental issues. 
Focus on land, soils, watersheds, water qual- 
ity, vegetation, air quality, wildlife, noise 
pollution. (Lec. 3) Staff 


512 Spatial and Fiscal Relationships of 
Communities (I, 3) The structure and func- 
tions of human settlements. Classical and 
contemporary urban theory. How urbaniza- 
tion and planning influence each other. 
Emphasizes urbanization as a historical pro- 
cess tied to other social processes. (Sem. 3) 
Feldman 


516 Seminar on the Urban Waterfront 
See Marine Affairs 516. 


42 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


522 Planning Law (I, 3) General review and 
discussion of legal principles and thought 
concemed with property rights, political 
power, and the legal aspects pertinent to the 
planning and development of public and pri- 
vate activities. (Lec. 3) Pre: second-year gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. Schatz 


523 Planning Theory (I, 3) Critical survey 
of planning theories and contemporary 
planning concepts. Values, assumptions, and 
processes of various planning paradigms as 
related to decisions in community planning. 
Specific emphasis on values and ethics in 
planning theory. (Sem. 3) Feld 


525 Introduction to Planning Methods 

(, 3) Introduction to basic methods in com- 
prehensive and functional area planning. 
Emphasis on development of manual skills 
in basic demographic, economic, and land- 
use projections; project planning manage- 
ment and evaluative techniques. (Sem. 3) Pre: 
EST 308 or permission of instructor. Winsor 


526 Planning and Policy Analysis (I, 3) 
Quantitative social research methods for 
planning and master’s thesis and applied 
research papers. Research design, proposals, 
surveys, sampling, data analysis and deci- 
sion models for planning. Emphasis on 
computer methods. (Sem. 3) Pre: 525. 
Feldman 


§30 Urban Design and Public Policy (I or 
I, 3) Significant concepts of historical and 
contemporary urban form ranging from 
entire cities to architectural details. Empha- 
sis on urban design methods, process, and 
elements. Alternatives for implementation 
of urban design projects. (Lec. 3) In alternate 
years. Atash 


536 International Comparisons in Urban 
and Regional Planning (I, 3) Urban and 
regional development issues and policies in 
advanced and developing countries. Empha- 
sis on population growth, urbanization, and 
spatial development. (Sem. 3) In alternate 
years. Atash 


537 (or REN 532) Land Resources Eco- 
nomics (I, 3) The study of economic rela- 
tionships of man and scarce natural and 
man-made resources. Supply and demand, 
rent theory, resources conservation, and the 
impact of public policy and law. (Lec. 3) 
Wichelns 


538 Site Planning (I, 3) Site analysis and 
planning, including street design, principles 
of house grouping, and residential subdivi- 
sion layout. Site planning standards for 
office development and shopping centers. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) In alternate years. Atash 


539 Environmental Law (H, 3) Analysis of 
specific environmental issues and policies 
including facility siting, land use and con- 
stitutional issues, comprehensive planning, 
public trust doctrine, concurrence and state 
impact assessments. Independent research 
and presentation required. (Lec. 3) Schatz 


541 Urban and Rural Housing Policy 

(Hf, 3) Assessment of urban and rural 
housing needs; relationship of housing to 
national economic policy; housing finance; 
production and cost characteristics; tax 
policy, filtering and neighborhood change; 
and housing policy assessments. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: 410 or S01 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Feldman 


545 Land Development Seminar (I, 3) 

A study of land management techniques 
including zoning, subdivision regulation, 
and land suitability and analysis; their use, 
and environmental implications in land 
and water development. (Sem. 3) Pre: 511 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


546 (or CVE 546) Urban and Rural Trans- 
portation (7, 3) Issues confronting planning 
for urban and rural transportation systems; 
the variety of policies that governments 
pursue in addressing issues and problems; 
technical and political constraints, transpor- 
tation studies, and demand analysis tech- 
niques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 410 or SO1 or permission 
of instructor. In alternate years. Shaw and Lee 


549 Seminar in Ecological Planning (I, 3) 
Advanced seminar in ecological planning. 
Topics include hazardous waste, power 
plant siting, major transportation facilities, 
solid waste, aquifer protection, among oth- 
ers. Particular emphasis on wetlands and 
marine and coastal settings. (Sem. 3) Pre: $11 
or permission of instructor. Staff 


589 Master’s Project Research (I and/or II, 
1-6) A substantial, self-directed planning 
project, by one or several students, under 
guidance of a major professor. Number of 
credits to be determined each semester. S/U 
credit. Staff 


591, 592 Special Problems in Planning 
(or If, 1-6 each) Individual investigation of 
special problems in planning. Staff 


593, 594, 595, 596, 597, 598 Special Prob- 
lems in Planning (I or IT, 1-6 each) Group 
investigation of special problems in plan- 
ning. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I or II, 1-6) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


624 Planning Policy and Management in 
Urban Areas (I, 3) City planning as applied 
to urban policy in cities and metropolitan 
areas. Includes social, economic, and physi- 
cal planning in the context of community 
development programs and management 
processes. (Sem. 3) Pre: 501, 511, 525, or per- 
mission of instructor. Foster 


625 Central City Revitalization and 
Implementation (f, 3) Advanced concentra- 
tion course in central city planning. Focus 
on the problems of central cities and the 
causes of these problems. Emphasis on gov- 
ernment policies to deal with the problems 
of the inner city. (Sem. 3) Pre: 624 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Feldman 


630 Comprehensive Planning Studio (I, 6) 
Applied team problem solving. Planning 
experience working with specific client and/ 
or community emphasizing sequential pro- 
cess and group product. Project to include 
problem definition, conceptual design analy- 
sis, and oral/graphic presentations. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 501, 511, 523, 525, or permission of 
instructor. Winsor 


631 Advanced Planning Studio (7, 6) Team 
projects in planning and design; research 
and program development; field studies and 
problem analysis in local and state contexts. 
Development and evaluation of alternative 
solutions. (Studio/Sem.) Pre: 630 or permission 
of instructor. Atash . 


691, 692 Special Problems in Planning 
(1 or Il, 1-6 each) Advanced work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to 
suit the individual requirements of the 
student. Staff 


693, 694 Special Problems (I or If, 1-6 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the require- 
ments of a group of students. Staff 


Comparative Literature Studies 


M.A. 
401-792-5911 


Graduate Faculty 


Coordinator: Professor Wilfred P. Dvorak, 
Ph.D., 1972, Indiana University 


Department of English 

Professor Lois Cuddy, Ph.D., 1975, Brown 
University 

Professor John R. Leo, Ph.D., 1972, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Daniel D. Pearlman, Ph.D., 1968, 
Columbia University 

Associate Professor Ralph M. Tutt, Ph.D., 
1966, Duke University 


Department of Languages 

(French-Linguistics) Professor Kenneth H. 
Rogers, Ph.D., 1970, Columbia University 

(Portuguese) Professor Gregory R. McNab, 
Jr., Ph.D., 1973, New York University 

(Italian) Professor Paschal Viglionese, Ph.D., 
1969, Rutgers—The State University 

(Russian) Professor Sona Aronian, Ph.D., 
1971, Yale University 

(Spanish) Professor Robert Manteiga, Ph.D., 
1977, University of Virginia - 

(French) Associate Professor Ira A. Kuhn, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Kansas 

(Spanish) Associate Professor Thomas D. 
Morin, Ph.D., 1975, Columbia University 

(Spanish) Associate Professor Mario 
Trubiano, Ph.D., 1979, University of 
Massachusetts 


Specializations 

English language literatures (American, 
British, irish, Scots), Classical, French (in- 
cluding Quebecois and Black French litera- 
ture), German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, 
and Hispanic literatures. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: B.A. degree; 
formal training or demonstrable compe- 
tence in literature; high level of proficiency 
in one foreign language. 

Program requirements: first literature, 
nine credits; second literature, six credits 
(one of the literatures may be English); CLS 
510; electives pertinent to a student’s pro- 
gram of study to be approved by the major 
professor and advisory committee; reading 
knowledge of a second foreign language; 
comprehensive examination; thesis 
option—thesis and 24 credits; nonthesis 
option—30 credits, including six credits of 
independent study resulting in the produc- 
tion of extended essays. 


CLS Courses 
Comparative Literature Studies 


450 Studies in Comparative Literature 
( or Hf, 3) 


510 Introduction to Comparative Litera- 
ture (I or Il, 3) Theoretical and practical con- 
cerns of comparative literature: its nature 
and scope, methods, bibliography, and spe- 
cial problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of chairperson. Viglionese 


520 Literary Theory and Criticism 

(or I, 3) Metacriticism: literary criticism as 
theory and practice and the relationship 
between literary and critical discourse. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated once with change 
of topic. Staff 


530 Approaches in Comparative Literature 
(Tor II, 3) Study of theme/myth, movement/ 
era, genre/forms in two or more literatures, 
or interrelations with other disciplines. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated once with a change 
of topic. Staff 


597 Special Problems (I and I], 1-6) Group 
and/or individual investigation of special 
problems in comparative literature studies. 
Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II, 1-6) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor and the Comparative Literature 
Studies Advisory Committee. Staff 


See other listings under English and Modern 
and Classical Languages and Literatures. 


COMMUNITY PLANNING AND AREA DEVELOPMENT/COMPUTER SCIENCE 43 


Computer Science 


MSS. 
401-792-2701 


Graduate Faculty 


. Chairperson: Associate Professor Edmund A. 


Lamagna, Ph.D., 1975, Brown University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Gerard 
M. Baudet, Ph.D., 1978, Carnegie Mellon 
University 

Professor Edward J. Carney, Ph.D., 1967, 
Iowa State University 

Associate Professor Frank M, Carrano, Ph.D., 
1969, Syracuse University 

Associate Professor James G. Kowalski, 
Ph.D., 1975, University of Notre Dame 

Associate Professor Bala Ravikumar, Ph.D., 
1987, University of Minnesota 

Assistant Professor Joan Peckham, Ph.D., 
1990, University of Connecticut 

Assistant Professor Victor Wolfe, Ph.D., 
1991, University of Pennsylvania 

Adjunct Associate Professor Charles R. 
Amold, Ph.D., 1976, Harvard University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Charles M. 
Strauss, Ph.D., 1967, Brown University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Robert V. Rubin, 
Ph.D., 1988, Brown University 


Specializations 

Analysis of algorithms, artificial intelli- 
gence, computer architecture, programming 
languages, theory of computation, data- 
bases, operating systems, distributed com- 
puting, expert systems, graphical user inter- 
faces, software engineering, symbolic and 
algebraic computation, VLSI systems, 
numerical analysis, statistical computation, 
simulation, computer-aided education. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s degree, 
including undergraduate training in com- 
puter science at least through the syntax 
and semantics of a variety of programming 
language types, machine and assembly 
language concepts, fundamentals of data 
structures and algorithms. Mathematics 
through linear algebra, calculus of several 
variables, and discrete mathematics. GRE, 
including advanced test in computer sci- 
ence. Applicants may submit, if they so 
desire, additional advanced GRE scores for 
consideration. 

Program requirements for thesis option: 1) a 
minimum of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis) 
and a thesis; 2) at least 15 credits must be 
earned at the 500 level or above; 3) at least 
18 credits must be from computer science 
courses; 4) completion of at least six credits 
in one of the following areas and three 
credits in each of the other two: architecture 
and systems—CSC 511, 512, 517; math- 
ematical foundations—CSC 541, 542, 544; 
programming languages—CSC 501, 502. 


Program requirements for nonthesis option: 
1) a minimum of 30 credits, including at 
least one course with a substantial paper 
involving significant independent research; 
2) at least 21 credits must be earned at the 
500 level or above; 3) at least 24 credits 
must be from computer courses; 4) comple- 
tion of at least six credits in each of two of 
the following areas and three credits in the 
third: architecture and systems—CSC 511, 
$12, 517; mathematical foundations—CSC 
541, 542, 544; programming languages— 
CSC 501, 502; S) passing a written compre- 
hensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Please see the listings under Applied 
Mathematical Sciences on page 26. 


CSC Courses 
Computer Science 


402 Compiler Design (J, 3) 

406 Computer Graphics (i, 3) 

411 Computer Organization (1, 3) 

412 Operating Systems (H, 3) 

420 Software Engineering (I, 3) 

436 Database Management Systems 
(I, 3) 

440 Design and Analysis of Algorithms I 
@, 3) 

445 Formal Languages and Automata 
Theory (I, 3) 


447 (or MTH 447) Discrete Mathematical - 


Structures (J, 3) 

450 Fundamentals of Numerical Compu- 
tation (I, 3) 

481 Artificial Intelligence (I, 3) 

491 Directed Study in Computer Science 
(land If, 1-3) 

492 Special Topics in Computer Science 
(I or Hf, 3) 


501 Programming Language Semantics 

(, 3) Design, analysis, implementation, and 
comparative study of major programming 
language families. Topics include procedural 
and block-structured languages, interpretive 
languages, concurrency, functional lan- 
guages, object-oriented programming, logic 
programming, dataflow languages and ma- 
chines. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 and 311. Staff 


502 Theory of Compilers (i, 3) An 
advanced course in compiler construction 
covering advanced parsing techniques, com- 
piler-writing tools, type checking and type 
inference, code optimization, and compil- 
ing nonstandard language features. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 402. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
1993. Staff 


511 Advanced Computer Organization 

, 3) Evaluation of high-performance com- 
puter systems with respect to architectures, 
operating systems, and algorithms. High- 
speed conventional machines; array proces- 
sors; multiprocessors; data flow machines; 
RISC architectures; VLSI-based machines. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 411. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered fail 1993. Staff 


44 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


512 Topics in Operating Systems (I, 3) In- 
depth studies of topics chosen from the fol- 
lowing list: concurrent programming, com- 
puter systems performance, and distributed 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


517 Design and Analysis of VLSI Systems 
(Z, 3) Illustration and analysis of VLSI algo- 
rithms and architecture. Emphasis on de- 
sign of very large-scale integrated circuits, 
related methodologies, and theoretical 
foundations. VLSI technologies, fabrication, 
automated design tools for various prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411 and 340 or 447. In al- 
ternate years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


525 (or IME 525) Simulation (I, 3) Discrete 
simulation models. Comparison of discrete 
change simulation languages. Methodology 
including generation of random variates, 
design of simulation experiments for opti- 
mization and validation of models and re- 
sults. Selected applications. Pre: 212 and 6 
credits of statistics. Staff 


541 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Ii 
(I, 3) Advanced topics in the design and 
analysis of algorithms including combinato- 
rial optimization and graph algorithms; 
computational geometry; primality and fac- 
toring, public-key cryptography; minimal 
comparison sorting; size and delay in 
switching circuits. (Lec. 3) Pre: 440. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


542 Mathematical Analysis of Algorithms 
(I, 3) Mathematical techniques for the 
analysis of algorithms. Sums and products; 
finite difference calculus; properties of bino- 
mial coefficients; Stirling, harmonic, and 
Fibonacci numbers; recurrence relations; 
generating functions; asymptotic approxi- 
mation. Case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 440. In al- 
temmate years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


544 Theory of Computation (I, 3) 
Automata and formal languages; undecid- 
ability; time and space complexity classes 
and relations between them; hierarchy and 
gap theorems; Savitch’s theorem; alternat- 
ing Turing machines; the complexity class 
NC. (Lec. 3) Pre: 340 or 447. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


547 Combinatorics and Graph Theory 
See Mathematics 547. 


548 Topics in Combinatorics 
See Mathematics 548. 


550 Advanced Numerical Computation 
(if, 3) Design of efficient numerical algo- 
rithms under various models of computa- 
tion. Topics include polynomial and integer 
computations, computational linear algebra 


with applications to combinatorial optimi- 


zation, lower bounds. (Lec. 3) Pre: 450. In al- 
ternate years. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


581 (or ELE 581) Special Topics in Artifi- 
cial Intelligence (I, 3) Topics of specialized 
or current interest, which may change. Top- 
ics may include expert systems, natural lan- 
guage processing, neural network models, 


machine learning. AI applications in remote 
sensing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 481 or permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated with permission. In 
alternate years. Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


583 Computer Vision 
See Electrical Engineering 583. 


591 Directed Study in Computer Science 
(1 and If, 1-3) Advanced work in computer 
science conducted as supervised individual 
projects. Pre: permission of chairperson. S/U 
credit. Staff 


592 Special Topics in Computer Science 
(or Hf, 3) Advanced topics of current inter- 
est in computer science. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Economics 


M.A. 
401-792-2212 


Admissions to the M.A. program in 
economics have been suspended, and no 
applications are being accepted. The fre- 
quency with which the following 500-level 
courses are offered depends on the needs of 
students in other programs. For further 
information, please contact the department 
directly. 


ECN Courses 
Economics 


402 Urban Economics (I or II, 3) 

403 Corporate Crime and Government 
Regulation (I or II, 3) 

404 Political Economy of Class, Race, and 
Gender (I or II, 3) 

444 Applied Research in Economics (I, 3) 

464 Comparative Economic Systems 
Tor If, 3) 


512 History of Economic Analysis (I, 3) 
Advanced work on formative developments 
in economic thought from classical political 
economy to modern welfare economics. 
Emphasis on relationships between doc- 
trines and their institutional setting. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Ramstad 


515, 516 Economic Research (I and I, 1-3 
each) independent research. S/U credit. Staff 


526 Economics of Labor Markets 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 526. 


527 Macroeconomic Theory (I, 3) Static 
and dynamic models of aggregate economic 
behavior developed and analyzed. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 327 and 375 or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. Mead 


528 Microeconomic Theory (1, 3) Analytic 
tools of optimization. Neoclassical price arid 
distribution theory. Linear programming 
and production theory. General equilibrium 


and welfare economics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 328 and 
375 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Suzawa 


532 Industrial Organization and Public 
Policy (If, 3) Theoretical and empirical 
analysis of structure of industrial markets; 
behavior and performance of business firms 
in the American economy; government- 
business relationship and its effect on for- 
mulation of public economic policy. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 337 or permission of instructor. Ramsay 


§34 Information Sources and Uses in 
Labor Relations and Labor Economics 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 534. 


§38 International Economics (J or II, 3) 
Theory and evidence on international trade 
and finance. Includes determinants and 
welfare effects of foreign trade, international 
investment, migration, exchange rates, and 
the balance of payments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 327 
and 328 or permission of instructor. Burkett 


543 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy (I, 3) 
Analysis of private wants and public needs. 
Serves as introduction to a searching exami- 
nation of such federal and federal-state fis- 
cal problems as budgetary theory and proce- 
dures, tax theory, and reform. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
342 or permission of instructor. Starkey 


544 International Financial Economics 
df, 3) History, theory, and politics of the in- 
ternational financial system. Topics include 
the foreign exchange market, international 
banking, macroeconomic stabilization 
under fixed and floating exchange rates, 
exchange rate reform, and the global debt 
crisis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 327. McIntyre 


552 Monetary Theory and Policy (I, 3) 
Analysis of structure and functioning of 
monetary and banking systems; discussion 
of contemporary monetary theories; evalua- 
tion of monetary policies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 334 or 
permission of instructor. Barnett 


566 Economic Planning and Public Policy 
in Developing Nations (I, 3) Resource and 
financial planning in public and private sec- 
tors of developing nations with emphasis on 
planning tools, allocation of domestic and 
foreign resources, and on national economic 
policies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 327 and 363 or 464, or 
equivalent, or permission of instructor. Sharif 


575 Introduction to Mathematical Eco- 
nomics (I, 3) Application of basic quantita- 
tive methods to economic analysis. Dynamic 
and static economic models will be studied 
with emphasis on obtaining solutions. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 327, 328, and MTH 141 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Miller 


576 Econometrics (I, 4) Application of sta- 
tistics and mathematics to economic analy- 
sis. Implication of assumption required by 
statistical methods for testing economic 
hypotheses. Current econometric methods 
examined and discussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 575 or 
equivalent, EST 308 or equivalent, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Lardato 


590 Principles of Economics (I and IT, 3) 
Survey of micro- and macroeconomic 
theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in ACC, 
LRS, or MBA program. Lardaro 


595 Problems of Modernization in 
Developing Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research ({ and Il) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


628 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 
(1, 3) Neoclassical value and distribution 
theory. Theories of imperfect competition, 
general equilibrium theory, and dynamic 
analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 527 and 528 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


630 (or REN 630) Resource Analysis (I, 3) 
Development and application of welfare 
theory to natural resource use. Welfare con- 
cepts such as consumer surplus, producer 
surplus, and marginal cost pricing in policy 
decisions for agriculture and natural 
resources. Pre: 628 or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 1992-93. Staff 


676 (or REN 676) Advanced Econometrics 
(if, 4) A course covering the tools necessary 
for professional research in resource eco- 
nomics. Reviews the general linear model, 
but emphasis is on simultaneous equation 
models, Assumes a knowledge of introduc- 
tory econometrics, statistical theory, and 
matrix algebra. (Lec. 4) Pre: 576 or its equiva- 
lent. Staff 


Economics—Marine Resources 
(Interdepartmental) 
Ph.D. in Economics—Marine Resources 


Please see listing under Resource Economics 
on page 97. 


Education 


M.A. 
401-792-2564 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Theodore 
Kellogg, Ph.D., 1971, Florida State 
University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Robert 
W. MacMillan, Ph.D., 1966, University 
of Texas, Austin 


Adult Education 

Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, 
Teachers College, Columbia University 

Associate Professor John Boulmetis, Ph.D., 
1982, Ohio State University 


Educational Research 
Professor John V. Long, Jr., Ph.D., 1971, 
Syracuse University 


Professor Richard F. Purnell, Ph.D., 1966, 
University of Texas 


Elementary Education 

Associate Professor Richard E. Sullivan, 
Ph.D., 1971, University of Texas, Austin 

Associate Professor Susan L. Trostle, Ed.D., 
1984, Pennsylvania State University 

Assistant Professor Betty Young, Ph.D., 1989, 
University of California, Los Angeles 


Reading Education 

Associate Professor Susan L. Trostle, Ed.D., 
1984, Pennsylvania State University 

Professor Emeritus Marguerite Bumpus, 
Ed.D., 1969, University of Massachusetts 

Assistant Professor James F. Barton, Ph.D., 
1990, Stanford University 


Science Education 

Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, 
Teachers College, Columbia University 

Associate Professor Theodore M. Kellogg, 
Ph.D., 1971, Florida State University 


Secondary Education 

Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, 
Teachers College, Columbia University 

Professor John V. Long, Jr., Ph.D., 1971, 
Syracuse University 

Professor Francis X. Russo, Ph.D., 1964, 
Boston University 

Professor George H. Willis, Ph.D., 1971, The 
Johns Hopkins University 

Associate Professor Barbara Brittingham, 
Ph.D., 1973, lowa State University 

Associate Professor David M. Byrd, 1980, 
Syracuse University 

Associate Professor William L. McKinney, 
Ph.D., 1973, University of Chicago 

Associate Professor Richard G. Nelson, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Wisconsin 


Enrollment of foreign students is lim- 
ited; minimum TOEFL score of 600 is 
required. 

The Master of Arts degree is offered in 
the following areas of study. Applicants 
should specify the area of specialization on 
the application form. 


Adult Education 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE, a 
baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution, and an interview with program 
faculty. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. Thirty-three credits, including 12 
credits of core courses (EDC 505, 529, 583 
and 584), 15 credits of electives structured 
into either a predefined subspecialization 
area of a unique subspecialization area de- 
signed in conjunction with the student’s 
advisor. Predefined subspecializations 
include administration, adult literacy, Educa- 
tion, Training, and Management (ETMS), 
gerontology, training and development, and 
vocational-technical and extension educa- 
tion. The Education, Training, and Manage- 
ment (ETMS) subspecialization is designed 


COMPUTER SCIENCE/EDUCATION 45 


for U.S. Naval officers who wish to obtain the 
ETMS “P” code designation. Thesis or non- 
thesis seminar. Nonthesis option requires 
written comprehensive examination. 


Educational Research 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE, 
instructional experience, strong background 
in mathematics or statistics. 

Program requirements: thesis; 33 credits, 
including EDC 503, 529, 574, PSY 434, 520, 
one computer science and two experimental 
statistics electives. 


Elementary Education 

Admission requirements: MAT or GRE and 
teaching certificate, one year teaching expe- 
tience or equivalent desirable. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. EDC 529, 21-24 credits including 
three credits of foundations, three credits of 
methods, three credits of free electives, six 
credits of thesis or nonthesis seminar, and 
three to six credits taken outside of the 
Department of Education. Nonthesis 
option requires written comprehensive 
examination. 


Reading Education 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE and 
teaching certificate, one year teaching expe- 
rience or equivalent desirable. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. EDC 503; 529; 24 credit hours of 
courses approved for the preparation of 
reading specialists including a thesis or six 
credit hours of clinic or practicum experi- 
ence, and one or more electives. Nonthesis 
option requires written comprehensive 
examination. 


Science Education 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE and 
teaching certificate, undergraduate major in 
science, interview with faculty. 

Program requirements: 30 credits, includ- 
ing EDC 529; 12-18 credits of education 
electives including six credits of thesis or 
nonthesis seminar and a minimum of 12 
credits in science. Nonthesis option requires 
a written comprehensive examination. 


Secondary Education 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE and 
teaching certificate, one year’s teaching 
experience desirable, undergraduate major 
in academic area of secondary education, 
interview with faculty. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. Thirty credits, including EDC 529; 
three credits of foundations; 6-12 credits of 
education, including six credits for thesis or 
nonthesis seminar and a minimum of 12 
credits in the academic area. Nonthesis 
option requires the written comprehensive 
examination. 

For Teacher Certification, see page 102. 


46 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


EDC Courses 
Education 


401 Development and Utilization of 
Instructional Materials (I and I, 3) 

402 The Education of Special Needs 
Students (I and I, 3) 

403 History of Education (1, 3) 

407 Philosophy of Education (I and I, 3) 

410 Seminar and Supervised Field 
Practicum in Education of the Aging 
(and I, 3) 

424 Teaching of Reading (I and I, 3) 

425 The Use of Trade Books in the 
Reading Program (I, 3) 

435 (or WRT 435) The Teaching of 
Composition (I and I, 3) 

448 Reading in the Content Areas (J, 3) 

478, 479 Problems in Education 
(1 and I, 0-3 each) 


500 Foundations of Adult Education 

(land Hf, 3) Examination of fundamental 
structure, functions, problems, and history of 
adult education in America. Focus on socio- 
economic factors and philosophical commit- 
ments that have shaped various programs. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate or senior standing and per- 
mission of instructor. Russo and Boulmetis 


502 The Modern Curriculum Movement 
, 3) Development of recent thinking of 
American curriculumists. The nature of cur- 
riculum development analyzed through the 
traditionalist, social scientific, and recon- 
ceptualist schools of thought. (Lec. 3) Willis 
503 Education in Contemporary Society 
(ii, 3) Leading educators’ responses to issues 
and challenges confronting American edu- 
cation. Emphasis on identification and 
analysis of contemporary theories and prac- 
tices reflecting the relationship between 
characteristics of society and educational 
values. (Lec. 3) Russo and Willis 


504 Adult Basic Education (I and II, 3) 
Teaching of adults whose educational level 
is below high school completion. Physical, 
social, and psychological characteristics of 
disadvantaged adults and various tech- 
niques and materials useful in motivating 
and teaching them. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Staff : 


505 Leadership Development in Adult 
Programs (I or Hf, 3) Discussion of leadership 
concepts, styles, and implications. Discus- 
sion and practice in the use of several adult 
education methods and techniques for 
increasing the effectiveness of groups and 
organizations. Pre: permission of instructor. 
Staff 


508 Interdisciplinary Curriculum 
Development (I, I, or SS, 3) Curriculum 
development of interdisciplinary units for 
elementary and middle schools. Focus is on 
grade-level units which incorporate mul- 
tiple subject areas. Both individual and 
group projects required. (Lec. 3) Pre: teacher 
certification. Staff 


509 Critique of Public Policy in Human 
Services and Education (I and I, 3) Use of 
ideological assumptions in formulating and 
developing interpretive, normative, and 
critical perspectives on recent public policy 
proposals in various areas of human services 
and education. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Willis and Russo 


514 Current Trends in Elementary Educa- 
tion (I, 3) For teachers and administrators, 
the most effective use of instructional mate- 
tials, media of communication, and person- 
nel in elementary school. (Lec. 3) Pre: 529 or 
permission of chairperson. In alternate years. 
Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


515 Discipline and Youth in Schools 

(1 or Hf, 3) Seminar for teachers interested in 
classroom principles and techniques from 
research on discipline in public secondary 
schools. Will include dramatic role-playing 
by participants when feasible. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
teacher certification or permission of instructor. 
Purnell 


516 Teaching English as a Second Lan- 
guage to Adults (Z, 3) Methods and materi- 
als for educators who teach English as a 
second language to adults. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. Staff 


517 Teaching Social Studies in the 
Elementary School (J, I], or SS, 3) Intensive 
research in various cross-subject topics 
within the social studies. Systematic analy- 
ses of learning theories and methods as they 
relate to the teaching of social studies in the 
elementary grades. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate or 
postgraduate standing. MacMillan 


518 Teaching Science in the Elementary 
School (I or H, 3) Emphasis on the develop- 
ment, preparation, use, and evaluation of 
materials appropriate for the elementary 
classroom from biology, zoology, chemistry, 
physics, geology, astronomy, electricity, 
meteorology, and oceanography. Pre: 

12 credits in science. Staff 


520 Teaching of Arithmetic (I, 3) For the 
experienced teacher, examination of the 
principles underlying teaching of arithmetic 
in the elementary school, comprehensive 
survey of materials and methods available 
for the classroom teacher of arithmetic. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate standing. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1992-93. Staff 


521 Teaching Basic Reading to Adults (J or 
H, 3) Techniques for teaching basic reading 
skills to illiterate adults; diagnosis, methods, 
and materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


522 Microcomputer Applications in the 
Classroom (I and I, 3) Introduction to the 
use of microcomputers in elementary and 
secondary classrooms. History, current use, 
techniques for evaluating hardware and 
software, implementation issues, future 
developments. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate 
Standing. Staff 


528 Teaching Language Arts (I, 3) For the 
elementary school classroom teacher. Prepa- 
ration, presentation, use, and evaluation of 
methods and materials for teaching the 
communications skills (emphasis on listen- 
ing, speaking, and writing). (Lec. 3) Pre: 
senior or graduate standing. In alternate years. 
Next offered 1992-93. Staff 


529 Foundations of Educational Research 
(land II, 3) Analysis of the current major 
research approaches to educational problems 
with emphasis on interpreting published 
research involving the language of statistics. 
Functional skills in basic descriptive statistics 
needed prior to enrolling. (Lec. 3) Purnell 


530 Qualitative Research and Evaluation 
(or Hf, 3) Qualitative methods, including 
ethnography, for obtaining and using data 
in describing, interpreting, and reaching 
warranted judgments, particularly about 
educational and social problems. Emphasis 
on developing individual projects and writ- 
ing formal reports. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Willis 


531 School-Home Relations (I or I, 3) Sem- 
inar for school personnel, developmental- 
ists, and family and community specialists 
interested in principles and techniques from 
research on school-home relations. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor or teacher certifica- 
tion. Purnell 


534 Mathematics in the Secondary School 
(if, 3) Implementation of a modern math- 
ematics program in the secondary school 
through a study of modern mathematics 
concepts, experimental programs, and 
instructional planning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 15 credits 
in mathematics. Croasdale 


535 Classroom Observation and Evalua- 
tion (I or If, 3) Practicum in informal, natu- 
ralistic methods of observing and evaluating 
classrooms. Designed to increase teachers’ 
and administrators’ understanding of their 
own and others’ classrooms in fostering 
individual and staff professional develop- 
ment. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: teaching experience, 
eligibility for teacher certification, or permission 
of instructor. Willis 


538 Teaching the Gifted and Talented 

{ or If, 3) Social, psychological, legal, and 
educational issues related to identification, 
selection, and instruction of gifted and tal- 
ented students. (Lec. 3) Pre: one undergradu- 
ate general psychology course, graduate stand- 
ing, or permission of instructor. Sullivan 


539 Evaluation and Monitoring of Occu- 
pational Training Programs (I or I, 3) 
Evaluation and monitoring theory and prac- 
tice for occupational training programs. 
Focus on development of systems for job 
training such as CETA, Vocational Educa- 
tion, and private sector programs. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 529 or permission of instructor. Boulmetis 


540 Learning Disabilities: Assessment and 
Intervention 
See Psychology 540. 


561 Analysis of Reading Disabilities (J, 3) 
Causes of reading difficulties and the admin- 
istration of diagnostic reading tests. Empha- 
sis on construction and use of informal tests 
and standardized measures. Practice in ana- 
lyzing data from case histories and in making 
individual case studies. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
424 and permission of instructor. Staff 


562 Techniques in Remedial Reading 

(if, 3) Practices effective in teaching reme- 
dial reading in both the regular classroom 
and remedial clinics. Analysis of published 
materials. Methods of building new materi- 
als, discussion and demonstration of their 
practical application. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 561 
and permission of instructor. Staff 


563 Teaching Reading to Multicultural 
Populations (f, 3) Identification of the 
strengths of learners whose cultural and 
socioeconomic backgrounds vary, and the 
implications for teaching reading. Special 
emphasis on the selection and development 
of appropriate materials and teaching strate- 
gies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 424 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


565 Analysis and Evaluation of Current 
Research in Reading (I, 3) In-depth review 
of reading research on selected topics. 
Analysis of findings in historical perspec- 
tive. Implications for reading teachers and 
reading programs. (Sem. 3) Pre: 424 or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered in 1993-94. Staff 


566, 567 Practicum in Reading (I and II, 
3 each) Supervised case studies, practicum, 
and seminar reports on an individual read- 
ing project at either the elementary or 
secondary level. (120 hours plus seminar) 
(Lec. and/or Lab. 3) Pre: 562 and permission 
of instructor. Staff 


569 Middle School Curriculum (SS, 3) Cur- 
rent middle school curriculum organization 
and materials with emphasis on the flexibil- 
ity and integration of various content areas. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. Staff 


570 Elementary School Curriculum (I, 3) 
Modern curriculum in the elementary 
school with emphasis on the needs of chil- 
dren. Covers language arts, social studies, 
science, arithmetic, and special subjects. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 503, 529 or equivalent. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


571 The Secondary School Curriculum 

(ff, 3) Intensive study of basic principles and 
procedures utilized in developing curricu- 
lum materials. Emphasis given to content of 
all curriculum areas in junior and senior 
high schools. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 and 529. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1992-93. Staff 


572 Cooperative Supervision (I and II, 3) 
Analysis of function, principles, and tech- 
niques of democratic cooperative supervi- 
sion of teachers and other school officials. 
Application of these principles to supervi- 
sory problems of principals, heads of depart- 
ments, special supervisors, and critic teach- 
ers. (Lec. 3) Staff 


574 Current Trends in Secondary Educa- 
tion (I and II, 3) Effective use of instruc- 
tional materials, media of communication, 
and organization of personnel and current 
research. Pre: 529, 571 or permission of chair- 
person. Staff 


575, 576 Supervised Field Study and Semi- 
nar in Elementary or Secondary Educa- 
tion (1 and IT, 3 each) For nonthesis candi- 
dates. Lectures, seminars, and field work. 
Candidates plan and carry out a field study 
project approved by the instructor. The 
completed project report must be success- 
fully defended during the semester. Pre: 
admission to a master’s program in education 
and permission of instructor. Staff 


577 Organization and Administration in 
Elementary School (J, 3) Functions and 
duties of elementary school principals. 
(Lec. 3) In alternate years. Next offered 
1993-94. Staff 


579 Labor Relations and Collective 
Bargaining in Education 
See Labor Studies 579. 


581 Administering Adult Programs 

(I or If, 3) Administration, persorminel man- 
agement, resource management, recruit- 
ment, staff development, and supervision 
within programs dealing with adults as 
learners. (Lec. 3) Pre: SOS or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


582 Instructional Systems Development 
for Adult Programs (I, 3) Designing and 
implementing instructional systems. Discus- 
sion of the basic tenets underlying theories 
of instructional technology, curriculum 
development, and curriculum change as 
they apply to adult learners in a variety of 
settings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 580 or 581 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


583 Planning, Design, and Development 
of Adult Learning Systems (7, 3) Overview 
of the program planning process including 
goal setting, needs analysis, program plan- 
ning, and implementing change strategies. 
Discussion of effective functioning in the 
role of change agent within an organiza- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


584 The Adult and the Learning Process 
(and If, 3) Examination of the adult as a 
learner with emphasis on the factors that 
affect adult learning and learning processes 
related to instruction. (Lec. 3) Pre: S81 or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


585 Seminar on Leadership for Youth and 
Adult Programs (II, 3) Students will partici- 
pate in a nonstructured group to observe 
the emergence of leadership and the effects 
of individual behavior on the self and oth- 
ers. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in education 
and permission of instructor. Staff 


586, 587 Problems in Education (I and II, 
0-3 each) Advanced work for graduate stu- 
dents in education. Courses conducted as 
seminars or as supervised individual 
projects. (Lec. or Lab.) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. May be repeated for credit with different 
topic. Staff 


EDUCATION/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 47 


588, 589 Supervised Field Practicum and 
Seminar in Youth and Adult Education 

(I and I, 3 each) Leadership principles and 
practices applied in selected clinic systems. 
(200 practicum hours are required in addi- 
tion to the seminar) (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 582, 
583, or 584 and 529, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


594 Organization and Supervision of 
Reading Programs (I, 3) Various roles of 
the reading specialist in relation to the 
other line-staff personnel. Problems con- 
cerning the orientation of new teachers, 
reading research and development, in- 
service programs, and community support. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 562. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Staff 


596 Organization Development in 
Education 

See Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies 562. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


920 Workshop for Teachers (I and I, 1-3) 
Current issues in education. Specific topics 
offered for inservice teachers and adminis- 
trators. May be repeated with different 
topic. (Lec. or Lab.) Pre: teacher certification. 
Staff 


ADE Courses 
Adult and Extension Education 


488 Methods and Materials for Adult 
Extension Education (I and IT, 3) 

491, 492 Special Problems in Adult 
Education (I and II, 1-3 each) 


RDE Courses 
Resource Development Education 


444 (or EDC 444) Teaching Agribusiness 
and Natural Resources (I, 3) 


Electrical Engineering 
MSS., Ph.D. 
401-792-2505 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor William Ohley, Ph.D., 
1976, State University of New York, Stony 
Brook 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Peter F. Swaszek, Ph.D., 1982, 
Princeton University 

Professor James C. Daly, Ph.D., 1967, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Leland B. Jackson, Sc.D., 1970, 
Stevens Institute of Technology 

Professor Steven M. Kay, Ph.D., 1980, 
Georgia Institute of Technology 

Professor Ramdas Kumaresan, Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Rhode Island 


48 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Professor Gabriel Lengyel, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Toronto 

Professor Allen G. Lindgren, Ph.D., 1962, 
University of Connecticut 

Professor Shmuel Mardix, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Jerusalem 

Professor Shashanka S. Mitra, Ph.D., 1957, 
University of Michigan 

Professor Angaraih G. Sadasiv, Ph.D., 1963, 
Purdue University 

Professor John E. Spence, Ph.D., 1962, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Harish R.B. Sunak, Ph.D., 1974, 
University of Southampton 

Professor Donald W. Tufts, Sc.D., 1960, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Associate Professor G. Faye Boudreaux- 
Bartels, Ph.D., 1983, Rice University 

Associate Professor Godi Fischer, Ph.D., Swiss 
Federal Institute of Technology in the 
Institute of Telecommunications 

Associate Professor Ying Sun, Ph.D., 1985, 
Worcester Polytechnic Institute 

Associate Professor Richard J. Vaccaro, Ph.D., 
1983, Princeton University 

Assistant Professor Jien-Chung Lo, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Southwestern 
Louisiana 

Assistant Professor Qing Yang, Ph.D., 1988, 
University of Southwestern Louisiana 

Adjunct Associate Professor Roy K. Aaron, 
M.D., 1969, State University of New York 

Adjunct Associate Professor Pranab K. 
Banerjee, Ph.D., 1971, University of 
Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor David O. 
Williams, M.D., 1969, Hahnemann 
Medical College 

Professor Emeritus Charles Polk, Ph.D., 1956, 
University of Pennsylvania 


Specializations 
Acoustics and underwater acoustics: infor- 
mation processing in acoustic channels, 


speech processing, modeling of electro- 


acoustical devices. 

Biomedical engineering: physiologic sys- 
tems modeling and control; medical instru- 
mentation employing digital computer 
techniques, pattern recognition and image 
processing in medicine (texture analysis, 
image classification, and segmentation); 
biological effects of electric and magnetic 
fields at the cellular level. 

Computer engineering and VLSI: micropro- 
gramming systems, multiprocessing, high- 
speed signal processing; processor realiza- 
tion using VLSI; MOS layout and microchip 
design; data structures and computer archi- 
tectures, fault-tolerant computing. 

Communication theory: statistical and 
computer communications; vector quanti- 
zation; noise modeling and detection; data 
compression and coding; local area net- 
works, reliable and secure communication. 


Digital signal processing: detection and 
parameter estimation; prediction and filter- 
ing; spectrum analysis; array processing; 
digital filter synthesis; adaptive filtering, 
algorithm design. 

Electrical and optical properties of materials: 
optical properties of nonmetallic solids, 
laser-matter interaction, photocathodes; 
crystallographic techniques for submicron 
X-ray lithography; radiation damage in 
nonmetallic solids. 

Electromagnetic fields and optical communi- 
cation: numerical and approximate methods 
for calculation of electromagnetic fields in 
inhomogeneous and anisotropic structures 
(related to biological effects of electromag- 
netic fields); evaluation of mode characteris- 
tics in optical and infrared waveguides. 

Systems theory: control and estimation 
theory; multivariable systems; nonlinear 
systems, robotics and intelligent control, 
modeling of deterministic and stochastic 
systems; model order reduction; optimal 
smoothing, filtering, and prediction; com- 
puterized imaging systems and image analysis. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and B.S. in 
electrical engineering, engineering science, 
physics, mathematics, or computer science. 
Preparation in related fields such as aero- 
nautical, civil, chemical, and mechanical 
engineering or in the life scierices may be 
acceptable. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option. Individual programs are designed in 
accordance with the students’ backgrounds 
and interests, but the thesis option requires 
permission of the chairperson. Thesis or 
nonthesis option: minimum of 30 credits in 
science and engineering with a minimum of 
18 credits in graduate-level electrical engi- 
neering courses. Attendance at the depart- 
mental seminar (ELE 601, 602) is required of 
all students in graduate residence. Programs 
of study require departmental and Graduate 
School approval. In the nonthesis option a 
written master’s examination and one course 
involving significant independent research 
and a substantial paper are required. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE and M.S. 
degree or equivalent in electrical engineer- 
ing, engineering science, physics, math- 
ematics, or computer science. 

Program requirements: Qualifying exami- 
nation may be required. A minimum of 42 
credits beyond the M.S. degree, 18-24 of 
which are course credits. The other 18-24 
are dissertation credits. A comprehensive 
examination taken after all formal course 
work is completed. Attendance at the de- 
partmental seminar (ELE 601, 602) is re- 
quired of all students in graduate residence. 
Dissertation research makes use of major 
modern laboratories in the listed areas of 
specialization. 


ELE Courses 
Electrical Engineering 


401 Lasers, Optical Systems, and 
Communications (I, 4) 
405 Digital Computer Design (I, 3) 
408 Computer Organization Laboratory 
(Hi, 4) 
427 Electromechanical Systems 
Laboratory (I, 4) 
432 Electrical Engineering Materials (II, 4) 
436 Communication Systems (I, 4) 
437 Computer Communications (II, 3) 
443 Electronics II (1, 5) 
444 Advanced Electronic Design (I, 4) 
447 VLSI Design and Simulation (I, 4) 
457 Feedback Control Systems (I, 3) 
458 Digital Control Laboratory (I, 4) 
482 Biomedical Engineering 
Seminar I, II (f and I, 1 each) 
491, 492, 493 Special Problems 
(I and If, 1 each) 
495 Electrical Engineering Practice I 
(,, Uf, or SS, 3) 


501 Linear Transform Analysis (I, 3) 
Fourier and Laplace transform analysis of 
continuous-time systems, causality and 
spectral factorization, evaluation of inverse 
transforms, z-transform analysis of discrete- 
time systems, Hilbert transforms, discrete 
Fourier transforms, generalized transforms. 
(Lec. 3) Staff 


§02 Nonlinear Control Systems (I, 3) 
Analysis of nonlinear systems: phase-plane 
analysis, Lyapunov theory, advanced stabil- 
ity theory, describing functions, design of 
nonlinear control systems: feedback linear- 
ization, sliding control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


503 (or MCE 503) Linear Control Systems 
(I or Hf, 3) State-variable description of con- 
tinuous-time and discrete-time systems, 
matrices and linear spaces, controllability 
and observability, pole-placement methods, 
observer theory and state reconstruction, 
modern control systems design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
313 or MCE 366 or equivalent. Staff 


504 (or MCE 504) Optimal Control 
Theory (i, 3) Quadratic performance indi- 
ces and optimal linear control, frequency 
response properties of optimal feedback 
regulators, state estimation, separation 
theorem, optimal control of nonlinear sys- 
tems, Pontryagin’s minimum principle. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 503. Staff 


506 Digital Signal Processing (I, 3) Digital 
representations of signals and noise; sam- 
pling and aliasing; design of digital-process- 
ing systems for signal parameter estimation 
and signal detection; digital filter structures; 
discrete Fourier transform and FFT algo- 
rithm, periodogram. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501 and 
509. Staff 


509 Systems with Random Inputs 

(lor Hf, 3) Discrete and continuous linear 
systems with random inputs. Introduction 
to random processes in the context of linear 
systems. Applications to detection, smooth- 
ing, and prediction. (Lec. 3) Pre: knowledge of 
differential equations, linear systems, and 
transform methods. Staff 


510 Communication Theory (I, 3) Com- 
munication theory for discrete and continu- 
ous channels. Optimum-receiver principles 
and signal design. Channel models, modu- 
lation techniques, data compression, speech 
and image coding, architecture and topol- 
ogy of communication networks. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 509. Staff 


511 Engineering Electromagnetics (I, 3) 
Review of electrostatics and magnetostatics. 
Maxwell’s equations, wave propagation in 
dielectric and conducting media. Boundary 
phenomena. Radiation from simple struc- 
tures. Relations between circuit and field 
theory. (Lec. 3) Staff 


515 Quantum Electronics (J or I, 3) Laser 
engineering and applications, interaction of 
radiation with atoms, optical resonators, 
electro-optic modulation, harmonic genera- 
tion, parametric oscillation and frequency 
conversion, noise in laser amplifiers and 
oscillators. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 341 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


525 Fiber Optic Communication Systems 
(if, 3) Survey of important topics in optical 
communication devices and systems. The 
physical principles and operation of lasers, 
LEDs, fibers, and detectors are covered. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 323, 331, 401 or equivalent. Lengyel 


526 Fiber Optic Sensors (I, 3) Theory and 
performance of different types of intensity-, 
phase-, and polarization-modulated fiber 
optic sensors (FOS) and their application 
areas. Properties of various active and pas- 
sive devices used in building FOS. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 401 or equivalent. Sunak 


527 Current Topics in Lightwave Tech- 
nology (I, 3) Current topics of importance 
in lightwave technology including coherent 
fiber optical communication systems, opti- 
cal amplifiers, active and passive single- 
mode devices, infrared optical fibers. Mate- 
tial will be taken from recent literature. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 525 or equivalent. Sunak 


531 Solid State Engineering I (I or I, 3) 
Review of quantum mechanics, crystal 
properties, energy-band theory, introduc- 
tion to scattering, generation-recombina- 
tion processes, Boltzmann’s transport equa- 
tion, semiconductor junctions, devices. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Staff 


532 Solid State Engineering Ii (J or I, 3) 
Properties of insulators, semiconductors, 
conductors, and superconductors from 
quantum mechanical principles. Semicon- 
ductor physics and band theory of solids as 
applied to current semiconductor and opto- 
electronic devices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 531 or equiva- 
lent. Staff 


536 Semiconductor Electronics (I or HH, 3) 
Theory and technology of semiconductor 
devices. Junction, field effect, optoelectronic 
and microwave devices. Integrated circuits. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Sadasiv 


537 VLSI System Design (I or If, 3) Very 
large-scale integration. Silicon technology; 
NMOS, CMOS, and bipolar devices; circuits, 
and digital subsystems; computer-aided 
design and analysis of VLSI circuits; VLSI 
and digital system architecture. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or senior standing with 
permission of instructor. Sadasiv 


538 Principles of Remote Sensing (1 or I, 3) 
Theory and techniques of remote sensing 
including spaceborne photometry and 
radiometry. Applications selected from the 
following topics: planetary atmospheres, 
geology and earth resources, environmental 
problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 323, PHY 406, or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


539 Analog VLSI (f or II, 3) Theory and 
techniques of analog MNOS and CNOS inte- 
grated circuits. Device modeling, circuit 
simulation, and chip design are studied using 
amplifiers, A/Ds, and switched-capacitor 
circuits as examples. (Lec. 3) Pre: 537. Daly 


542 Fault-Tolerant Computing (I or II, 3) 
Fault and error modeling, reliability model- 
ing and evaluation, fault-tolerant computer 
systems, digital and mixed analog/digital 
VLSI testing, concurrent error detection, 
and design for VLSI yield enhancement. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 405 or equivalent or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


544 Computer Arithmetic for VLSI (7, 3) 
Review of number systems and computer 
arithmetic: hardware implementation of 
fixed- and floating-point adders, multipliers 
and dividers; VLSI implementation of resi- 
due arithmetic finite fields; error analysis 
and time/gate complexity of arithmetic 
operations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 405. Kumaresan 


545 Design of Digital Circuits (I, 3) Design 
techniques for digital computers and con- 
trollers. Combinatorial and sequential cir- 
cuits, minimization techniques, fast arith- 
metic circuits, memory and control circuits, 
floating-point hardware, Turing machines, 
coders and decoders, microprogramming, 
sequence generators. (Lec. 3) Pre: 405 or 
equivalent. Staff 


546 Computer-Based Instrumentation 

(I, 3) Design of memory systems, input-out- 
put techniques, direct memory access con- 
trollers, instrument buses, video displays, 
multiprocessors-coprocessors, real-time 
operations, device handler integration into 
high-level language and mass storage. 

(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 205, 314, and concurrent 
enrollment in 405. Ohley and Sun 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 49 


548 Computer Architecture (I or II, 3) 
Classification and taxonomy of different 
computer architectures. Pipelining and RISC 
machines, vector and array processors, multi- 
processors, dataflow computers. Cache 
memory and virtual memory systems, and 
multiprocessor algorithms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 405. 
Staff 


549 Computer System Modeling (I, 3) 
Basic techniques used in computer system 
modeling, queueing theory, stochastic pro- 
cesses, Petri net, product form networks, 
approximation techniques, solution algo- 
rithms and complexity, computer simula- 
tion, performance studies of modern com- 
puter systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 548 and 509 or 
concurrent enrollment in MTH 451. Staff 


§71 (or OCE 571) Underwater Acoustics I 
(, 3) Wave equation, energy, pressure and 
particle velocity. Acoustic properties of the 
sea. Elementary sources, refraction, reflec- 
tion, ray theory, normal modes and scatter- 
ing, with emphasis on sound propagation in 
the ocean. (Lec. 3) Stepanishen 


575 (or MTH 575) Approximation Theory 
and Applications to Signal Processing 

(i, 3) Interpolation; uniform approxima- 
tion; least squares approximation; Hilbert 
space; the projection theorem; computation 
of best approximations; applications to the 
design of filters and beamformers, position 
location and tracking, signal parameter esti- 
mation. (Lec. 3) Pre: advanced calculus, ele- 
ments of the theory of functions of a complex 
variable, and elements of linear algebra. Staff 


581 Special Topics in Artificial 
Intelligence 
See Computer Science 581. 


582 Robotics ( or Il, 3) Description, design, 
and control of industrial and research ro- 
bots. Tactual and visual sensing systems. 
Computer control of manipulators. Object 
descriptions for manipulation. Obstacle 
avoidance. Applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: knowl- 
edge of matrix algebra and Laplace transforms 
or permission of instructor. Staff 


§83 (or CSC 583) Computer Vision (I, 3) 
Algorithms used to extract information 
from two-dimensional images. Picture func- 
tions. Template matching. Region analysis. 
Contour following. Line and shape descrip- 
tions. Perspective transformations. Three- 
dimensional reconstruction. Image sensors. 
Interfacing. Applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 
362 or equivalent. Staff 


584 (or EST 584) Pattern Recognition 

(ff, 3) Random variables, vectors, transfor- 
mations, hypothesis testing, and errors. 
Classifier design: linear, nonparametric, ap- 
proximation procedures. Feature selection 
and extraction: dimensionality reduction, 
linear and nonlinear mappings, clustering, 
and unsupervised classification. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
509, CSC 410 or introductory probability and 
statistics, and knowledge of computer program- 
ming. Staff 


50 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


588 Biomedical Engineering (I, 3) Model- 
ing of biosystems. Electrical properties of 
biological materials. Electrocardiography, 
vectorcardiography. Models of nerve propa- 
gation. (Lec. 3) Pre: ZOO 345 or equivalent, 
knowledge of differential equations, senior or 
graduate standing. Staff 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and I, 

1-3 each) Advanced work under supervision 
of a staff member arranged to suit indivi- 
dual requirements of student. Pre: graduate 
standing. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 
credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


601, 602 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1 each) 


‘Seminar discussions including the presenta- 


tion of papers based on research or detailed 
literature surveys. (Lec. 1) Required of all resi- 
dent graduate students with a maximum of 1 
credit per year allowed. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 2 credits. S/U credit. Staff 


606 Digital Filter Synthesis (7, 3) Review of 
z-transforms and discrete-time systems, 
properties of digital-filter networks, design 
of finite and infinite-impulse-response fil- 
ters, accuracy considerations for coefficients 
and data, hardware implementation, system 
examples. Pre: 506 or equivalent. Jackson 


625 Guided Waves in Optical and IR 
Fibers (I, 3) Guided electromagnetic wave 
aspects of optical and IR fibers, novel 
approximation methods for solution of vec- 
torial and scalar wave equations in optical 
fibers, theory of transparency and nonlinear 
optical interactions in solids as applied to 
design of optical fibers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 511 and 
525, Mitra 


630 Advanced Topics in Solid State 

(or Hf, 3) Seminar for advanced students. 
Selected topics of current research interest. 
Material will be drawn primarily from 
recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 531, 532, or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


651 Feedback Control Systems (1, 3) Analy- 
sis of synthesis of complex control systems. 
Extension of feedback control theory to 
handle random disturbances, sampled data, 
and nonlinearities. System optimization. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 457 or equivalent. Staff 


660 Advanced Topics in System Theory 
(lor H, 3) Seminar for advanced students. 
Selected topics of current research interest. 
Material will be drawn primarily from 
recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Staff 


661 Estimation Theory (1 or II, 3) Extrac- 
tion of information from discrete and con- 
tinuous data, best linear estimation, recur- 
sive estimation, optimal linear filtering, 
smoothing and prediction, nonlinear state 
and parameter estimation, design and evalu- 
ation of practical estimators. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 
and 509. Staff 


665 Modulation and Detection (J or II, 3) 
Advanced treatment of modulation and 
detection theory. Minimum meansquare 
error, maximum likelihood, and maximum 
posterior probability estimators. Applications 
to communications systems and to radar and 
sonar systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 510. Kay or Tufts 


670 Advanced Topics in Signal Processing 
(or If, 3) Seminar for advanced students. 
Selected topics of current research interest. 
Material will be drawn primarily from recent 
literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 506 and 606. Staff 


672 (or OCE 672) Underwater Acoustics II 
(if, 3) Transducers, radiators and receivers, 
directivity (array structures), equivalent cir- 
cuits, efficiency; piezoelectricity, magnetos- 
triction, sonar principles, measurements 
and calibration. (Lec. 3) Stepanishen 


691, 692 Special Problems (I and II, 

1-3 each) Advanced work under supervision 
of a staff member arranged to suit indivi- 
dual requirements of a student. Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits. S/U credit. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

( and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


English 
M.A., Ph.D. 
401-792-5931 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor David C. Stineback, 
Ph.D., 1969, Yale University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor John R. 
Leo, Ph.D., 1972, Northwestern 
University 

Professor Walter L. Barker, Ph.D., 1966, 
University of Connecticut 

Professor Josie P. Campbell, Ph.D., 1972, 
Pennsylvania State University 

Professor Lois Cuddy, Ph.D., 1975, Brown 
University 

Professor Dorothy F. Donnelly, Ph.D., 1979, 
Brandeis University 

Professor Wilfred P. Dvorak, Ph.D., 1972, 
Indiana University 

Professor Mark I. Goldman, Ph.D., 1959, 
University of Minnesota 

Professor Don R. Kunz, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Washington 

Professor Allan H. MacLaine, Ph.D., 1951, 
Brown University 

Professor Francis X. Mathews, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Richard T. Neuse, Ph.D., 1959, 
Yale University 

Professor Daniel D. Pearlman, Ph.D., 1968, 
Columbia University 

Professor Robert A. Schwegler, Ph.D., 1977, 
University of Chicago 

Professor Jules P. Seigel, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Maryland 


Professor Karen F. Stein, Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Connecticut 

Professor Ralph M. Tutt, Ph.D., 1966, Duke 
University 

Professor Sidney H. White, Ph.D., 1962, 
University of Southern California 

Associate Professor Paul G. Arakelian, Ph.D., 
1975, Indiana University 

Associate Professor Sally F. Burke, Ph.D., 
1978, University of Connecticut 

Associate Professor Walter Cane, Ph.D., 
1966, Vanderbilt University 

Associate Professor Mathilda M. Hills, Ph.D., 
1970, Duke University 

Associate Professor Dorothy Jacobs, Ph.D., 
1968, University of Michigan 

Associate Professor Celest A. Martin, Ph.D., 
1979, University of Southern California 

Associate Professor Thomas H. McCabe 
Ph.D., 1968, University of Wisconsin 

Associate Professor RB Reaves, Jr., Ph.D., 
1971, University of Wisconsin 

Associate Professor Eric T. Schoonover, 
A.M., 1959, University of Michigan 

Associate Professor Linda Shamoon, M.A., 
1967, Tufts University 

Associate Professor M. Beverly Swan, Ph.D., 
1977, Boston University 

Associate Professor Roberta Tutt, M.A., 
1959, University of Michigan 

Assistant Professor Mary Capello, Ph.D., 
1988, State University of New York at 
Buffalo 

Assistant Professor Gitahi Gititi, Ph.D., 
1990, University of Minnesota 

Assistant Professor William L. Mensel, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1974, University of Washington 

Assistant Professor Susan Vaughn, M.A., 
1966, Miami University, Ohio 

Professor Emerita Nancy A. Potter, Ph.D., 
1954, Boston University; L.H.D., 1967, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emerita Edna L. Steeves, Ph.D., 
1948, Columbia University 

Associate Professor Emerita Marilyn J. © 
Malina, Ph.D., 1967, University of 
Virginia 


Specializations 

For the M.A. and for the Ph.D.: all histori- 
cal periods, genres, and major authors in 
British and American literature; Scots and 
Irish literature; critical theory; rhetoric and 
composition studies. 


Master of Arts 

Admission requirements: a minimum of 21 
credits in English with a B average in all 
English courses. Completed applications are 
due by April 1 and will be accepted for 
September admissions orily. 

Program requirements: 24 credits plus 
thesis (6 credits); OR 30 credits (including 
two 600-level seminars) plus a comprehen- 
sive examination based on a departmental 
reading list. The specialization in rhetoric 
and composition studies requires WRT 512, 
535, and ENG 680, 681. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: M.A. in English 
or equivalent. Completed applications are 
due by April 1 and will be accepted for 
September admissions only. i 

Program requirements: a research tool 
(e.g., a reading knowledge of a foreign 
language, specific forms of computer lit- 
eracy) may be required by a student’s doc- 
toral committee in consultation with the 
director of graduate studies. Twenty-four 
credits, including at least four 600-level 
seminars plus 18 credits of dissertation 
research. Three written comprehensive 
examinations: one in the area of specializa- 
tion; one on critical methodology; and the 
third in a geographical or historical area 
different from the specialization or disserta- 
tion area(s). Oral examination based on the 
dissertation proposal. The specialization in 
thetoric and composition studies requires 
WRT 512, 535, and either ENG 680 or 681. 


ENG Courses 

English 

445 Ethnic Images in American Literature 
(Hf, 3) 

446 Modern Drama (I and I], 3) 

447 Modern British and American Poetry 
(1 and IT, 3) 

448 Traditions of the American Novel 
(1 and I, 3) 

458 Traditions of the British Novel 
(land I, 3) 

468 Traditions of the Continental Novel 
(and I, 3) 

469 The Modern Novel (J and I, 3) 

472 Shakespeare's Plays (I and I, 3) 

474 (or AAF 474) Topics in Pan-African 
Literature (fH, 3) 

477 Traditions of British Drama 
(and I, 3) 

485 American Authors (I or I, 3) 

486 British Authors (I or I, 3) 


510 Bibliography and Literary Research 
(Tor If, 3) Use of descriptive and analytical 
bibliography, various modes of literary criti- 
cism, and other scholarly tools in the solu- 
tion of literary research problems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered spring 1994. Steeves 


530 History of the English Language (, 3) 
Historical study of development of English 
syntax, sounds, vocabulary, and usage. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered fall 1993. Arakelian 


531 History of Critical Theory (J, 3) Impor- 
tant critical theories from Aristotle to the 
twentieth century. Emphasis on orientation 
of theories to various aspects of the literary 
situation. Some study of modern attitudes 
toward earlier critics. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


532 Modern Literary Criticism (1, 3) Domi- 
nant modes and schools of criticism exempli- 
fied by T.S. Eliot, T.E. Hulme, I.A. Richards, 
Edmund Wilson, John Crowe Ransom, and 
other important critics. Pertinent related lit- 
erary works. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1993. 
Staff 


534 Structure of the English Language 

(or I, 3) Synchronic study of American 
morphology, phonology, and syntax, and 
the application of linguistic methodology to 
the teaching and analysis of literature and 
composition. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered spring 
1993. Arakelian 


535 Old English (1, 3) Introduction to the 
language and literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered spring 1994. Mensel 


536 Problems in Linguistics and Litera- 
ture (I or IT, 3) Recent developments in lin- 
guistics and their application to the study of 
literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1992. 
Staff 


540 Modern American Novel (7, 3) Impor- 
tant American novelists of the twentieth 
century with emphasis on major develop- 
ments in ideas and techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


545 Problems in American Realism and 
Naturalism (1, 3) Readings, discussions, and 
papers on stylistic, thematic, and philo- 
sophic issues relating to literary artists like 
Howells, James, Crane, Dreiser, Hemingway, 
and others. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered spring 
1993. Staff 


546 Problems in American Romanticism 

¢ 3) Major themes and works of such authors 
as Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, 
Melville, Whitman, and others. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


547 Early American Literature to 1800 
(if, 3) Thorough examination of colonial 
and federal literature, some discussion of 
beginnings of Romanticism. Special atten- 
tion to Taylor, Edwards, Franklin, Fremeau, 
and Charles Brockden Brown. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered spring 1994. Towers 


549 Modern American Poetry (I or IT, 3) 
In-depth study of several major American 
poets, such as Eliot, Pound, Frost, Stevens, 
Williams, and others; or of a school such as 
the Imagists, the Fugitives, and others. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


550 Middle English Literature (J or IT, 3) 
Selections from Middle English literature 
exclusive of Chaucer. Works by Malory, the 
Pearl Poet, Gower, the Wakefield Master, 
and others. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1992. 
MacLaine 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING/ENGLISH 51 


551 The Metaphysical Poets (I, 3) Intensive 
analysis and interpretation of poetry of 
Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, Crashaw, and 
Marvell. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. Next offered spring 1993. 
Staff 


554 Modern British Poetry (7, 3) In-depth 
study of several major British poets, such as 
Yeats, Lawrence, Auden, Thomas, MacNeice, 
and others; or of a school such as the War 
Poets (WW I), and others. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered fall 1992. Goldman 


555 Modern British Novel (J, 3) Important 
British novelists of the twentieth century 
with emphasis on major trends in ideas and 
techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1992. 
Mensel 


556 English Literature of the Sixteenth 
Century (I, 3) Early humanism. Tudor 
poetry and its continental antecedents. Satire 
and translation. Elizabethan voyage litera- 
ture. Writers chosen from More, Erasmus, 
Skelton, Wyatt, Surrey, Sidney, Spenser, 
Marlowe, Hakluyt, Lodge, Shakespeare, and 
others. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


557 English Literature of the Seventeenth 
Century (1, 3) Selected poets and prose writ- 
ers, studied for their contribution to the 
dominant themes and modes of expression 
of the Stuart and Cromwellian eras. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered fall 1992. Jacobs 


558 English Literature of the Eighteenth 
Century (I, 3) Intensive study of major and 
selected minor figures of the eighteenth 
century. Emphasis on verse and nonfiction 
prose, some attention to developments of 
the drama. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1992. 
Staff 


559 English Literature of the Romantic 
Period (7, 3) Selections from the major works 
and writers of the Romantic Movement. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


560 English Literature of the Victorian 
Period (I, 3) Selections from the major 
works and writers of the Victorian period. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1993. Dvorak 


561 Modern European Novel (/, 3) Major 
developments in the European novel during 
the twentieth century. Special attention to 
Proust, Mann, Kafka, Moravia, Silone, 
Lagerkvist, Malraux, and Camus. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


570 Anglo-Irish Writers (I, 3) The Celtic 
Renaissance as a literary movement, its 
importance and influence. AE, Lady Gregory, 
Joyce, O’Casey, O'Flaherty, Stephens, Synge, 
Yeats, and others. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. Next offered 


spring 1993. Staff 


52 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


571 Problems in Chaucer (i, 3) Intensive 
study of selected aspects of Chaucer's 
achievements as a poet. Emphasis on The 
Canterbury Tales. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. Next offered fall 
1993. Staff 


573 Problems in Shakespeare (I, 3) Prima- 
rily a discussion course, concentrating on 
plays and characters that offer most inter- 
esting problems for student analysis. Solu- 
tions by leading critics are examined. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Next 
offered fall 1992. Staff 


574 The Scots’ Poetic Tradition Through 
Robert Burns (i, 3) Intensive study of the 
poetry of Robert Burns, Ferguson, Ramsay, 
and others who sparked the Scottish revival. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


575 Modern Southern Literary Renais- 
sance (I, 3) Comprehensive study of a ma- 
jor literary movement. Representative works 
by Faulkner, Wolfe, Warren, Williams, Por- 
ter, Welty, O’Connor, and others. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered spring 1993. Tutt 


576 English Novel of the Eighteenth 
Century (I, 3) Selected novels of Defoe, 
Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and 
Austen, with consideration of major criti- 
cism and of disparate influences on the 
emergence of the novel. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered spring 1993. Reaves 


577 English Novel of the Nineteenth 
Century (I, 3) Important British novelists 
of the nineteenth century with emphasis on 
trends in ideas and techniques of Victorian 
novelists. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 1993. 
Staff 


578 Problems in Milton (1, 3) Emphasis on 
the major poetic works. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered spring 1993. Staff 


580 Selected Topics in Women and Litera- 
ture (I or HI, 3) Selected topics in literature by 
and about women. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Staff 


590 Selected Topics (I and II, 3) Selected 
topics in American and British literature and 
topics of special interest not covered by tra- 
ditional department offerings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
gtaduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered in spring 1994. Staff . 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


The 600-level (serninar) courses include: 
specialized topics, intensive readings, occasional 
lecture, and frequent presentation of ongoing 
research by students. A substantial research 
project and permission of the chairperson are 
required. 


640, 641 Seminar in American Literature 
Before 1900 (1 or II, 3 each) Staff 


643 Seminar in Modern Literature 
(American) (I or II, 3) Staff 


650, 651 Seminar in English Literature of 
the Middle Ages (I and II, 3 each) Staff 


652 Seminar in English Literature of the 
Sixteenth Century (I or Il, 3) Staff 


655 Seminar in English Literature of the 
Seventeenth Century (I or II, 3) Staff 


656, 657 Seminar in English Literature of 
the Eighteenth Century (I and II, 3 each) 
Staff 


658 Seminar in English Literature of the 
Nineteenth Century (J or Il, 3) Staff 


660, 661 Seminar in Modern Literature 
(English) (7 and I, 3 each) Staff 


670, 671 Seminar in Special Literary 
Problems (I and I, 3 each) Readings in liter- 
ature which present special problems not 
addressed by traditional department offer- 
ings. Seminar topics may be offered from 
time to time based on student request. 

(Lec. 3) Staff 


680, 681 Seminar in Special Rhetorical 
Problems (f and II, 3 each) Readings in 
rhetoric which present special problems not 
addressed by traditional department offer- 
ings. Seminar topics may be offered from 
time to time based on student request. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


691, 692 Independent Graduate Study 
(Land I, 3 each) Advanced study of an 
approved topic under the supervision of a 
staff member. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

I and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


WRT Courses 

Writing 

435 (or EDC 435) The Teaching of 
Composition (I and II, 3) 


512 Modern Rhetorical Theory (7, 3) An 
introduction to theories of rhetoric and their 
relation to literature and language. Includes 
D’Angelo, Kinneavy, Winterowd, Perelman, 
Booth, and Burke. Pertinent related literary 
works. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. Next offered fall 1993. Staff 


535 Theories and Strategies in the Teach- 
ing of Writing (7, 3) An introductory course 
in theories and pedagogy of rhetoric. Read- 
ings and lectures cover the current research 
in composition, including such areas as ESL 
and business or technical communications. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


999 Methods of Teaching College Writing 
(and I, 0) Materials and multiple methods 
of teaching writing on the college level. 
Required of teaching assistants who will 
teach in the College Writing Program unless 
waived by the director of English graduate 
studies, the supervisor of teaching assis- 
tants, and the director of the College Writ- 
ing Program. Staff 


Experimental Statistics 
See Statistics on page 101. 


Fisheries, Aquaculture, 
and Pathology 

M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2487 


Graduate Faculty 

Chairperson: Associate Professor Murn M. 
Nippo, Ph.D., 1976, University of Rhode 
Island 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Richard C. Rhodes, Ph.D., 
1980, Texas A&M University 

Professor Richard E. Wolke, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Connecticut 

Associate Professor Terence M. Bradley, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Idaho 

Associate Professor Joseph T. DeAlteris, 
Ph.D., 1986, College of William and Mary 

Associate Professor Richard I. Millar, M.S., 
1959, University of Rhode Island 

Associate Professor Conrad W. Recksiek, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Maine 

Assistant Professor Michael A. Rice, Ph.D., 
1987, University of California, Irvine 

Adjunct Associate Professor Joel Bodammer, 
Ph.D., 1974, University of Wisconsin 

Adjunct Associate Professor Grace Klein- 
MacPhee, Ph.D., 1979, University of 
Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Pei Wen Chang, Ph.D., 
1965, Yale University 


Specializations 

Fisheries and aquaculture (M.S. only): aquac- 
ulture of salmonids and shellfish; genetics, 
nutrition, and physiology of fishes; fisheries 
science, and technology. 

Animal virology: characterization of avian 
and marine viral infections; recovery of viruses 
from inland estuaries, streams, and ponds. 

Aquatic pathology: pathology of aquatic 
animals; effects of environmental pollution on 
marine organisms. 

Animal and veterinary science (M.S. only): 
tegional and national problems are studied in 
the areas of physiology, endocrinology, nutri- 
tion, behavior, and health. Both domestic 
livestock and laboratory animals are used in a 
research context. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE and an 
undergraduate major in biological sciences 
with a concentration in animal science, 
marine biology, microbiology, or zoology; 
one year of organic chemistry and physics. 
Courses in statistics, histology, and physiol- 
ogy are strongly recommended. 

Program requirements: animal virology— 
thesis and 24 credits of course work to 
include ASP 534, 536; BCP 581, 582; MIC 
432, 533, and enrollment in two semesters 
of graduate seminar. Thesis topic and addi- 
tional course work will be selected by the 
student in consultation with the major 
professor. 

Fisheries and aquaculture—thesis and 
24 credits of course work selected in consul- 
tation with the major professor and chair- 
person. 

Aquatic pathology—thesis and 24 credits 
of course work to include ASP 486, 534, 536, 
555, 556; EST 409; and enrollment in two 
semesters of graduate seminar. Suggested 
courses include ASP 483, 584, 586; MIC 432. 
Thesis topic and additional course work will 
be selected by the student in consultation 
with the major professor. 

Animal and veterinary science—thesis 
and 24 credits of course work to include 
enrollment in two semesters of graduate 
seminar. Thesis topic and course work will 
be selected by the student in consultation 
with the major professor. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Limited to animal virology and marine 
pathology specializations. 

Admission requirements: same as for mas- 
ter’s degree; Ph.D. qualifying examination. 

Program requirements: animal virology— 
courses listed under M.S. degree and ASP 
538, MIC 552, 641, suggested courses in- 
clude BCP 622, 624; aquatic pathology— 
courses listed under M.S. degree and BCP 
581, 582, MIC 533, suggested courses in- 
clude ASP 538, 584, 586, BCP 622, 624, MIC 
532. Comprehensive examination and 
dissertation. 


ASP Courses 
Aquacultural Science and Pathology 


400 Diseases of Cultured Fishes (J, 2) 
401 Abnormal Biology (I, 3) 

476 The Genetics of Fish (I, 3) 

483 Salmonid Aquaculture (I, 3) 

486 Applied Physiology of Fish (i, 3) 


§01, 502 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Prepara- 
tion and presentation of scientific papers on 
selected subjects in animal pathology and 
virology. Wolke 


§32 Experimental Design 
See Experimental Statistics 532. 


§34 (or MIC 534) Animal Virology (1, 3) 
Basic properties, classification, and evolu- 
tion of animal viruses. Individual agents are 
studied in detail. (Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 432, 533, 
or permission of chairperson. Chang 


536 (or MIC 536) Virology Laboratory 

(I, 2) Methods employed in diagnosis and 
for the investigation of the biological, 
physical, and chemical properties of animal 
viruses. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 534. Chang 


538 (or MIC 538) Epidemiology of Viral 
and Rickettsial Diseases (I, 2) Principles of 
epidemiology. Interrelationships of host, 
environment, and agent in viral and rickett- 
sial diseases. (Lec. 2) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 534. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Chang 


555, 556 Pathology Rotation (I and II, 

3 each) Applied anatomical and clinical 
pathology of aquatic animals including 
necropsy duty and/or clinical hematology, 
chemistry, microbiology, parasitology. 
Attendance at weekly histopathology 
seminar and research/case report required. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: one course in histology or ZOO 
323, MIC 432, or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Wolke 


581 Current Topics in Molluscan Aquac- 
ulture (I, 3) Review and critical analysis of 
recent literature within the field of mollus- 
can biology with emphasis on application 
to mariculture techniques. Student presen- 
tation of selected topics and field trips to 
state-of-the-art mariculture facilities. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or senior standing with 
permission of instructor. Rice 


§84 Advanced Aquaculture Systems (I, 3) 
Development of design criteria, operational 
analysis, and management of selected spe- 
cies in water reuse systems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Staff - 


586 Fish Nutrition (7, 3) Digestion and me- 
tabolism of carbohydrate, protein, and lip- 
ids by fish. Role of vitamins and minerals in 
metabolism and associative nutritional dis- 
eases resulting from deficiencies. Inadvert- 
ent toxic factors in fish feeds. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
412 and CHM 228 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


§91, 592 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3 each) 
Research projects in animal pathology, 
virology, and aquaculture. Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(and I!) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the ma- 
jor professor or program committee. 

S/U credit. 


ENGLISH/FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION 53 


AVS Courses 
Animal and Veterinary Science 


412 Animal Nutrition (f, 3) 

420 Animal Breeding and Genetics (i, 3) 
462 Laboratory Animal Techniques (II, 3) 
463 Animal Veterinary Technology (II, 3) 
472 Physiology of Reproduction (II, 3) 
491, 492 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3 each) 


591, 592 Research Problems (I and II, 3 
each) Research problems to meet individual 
needs of graduate and honors students in 
the field of animal breeding, nutrition, or 
physiology and food science. (Lab. 6, TBA) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


FST Courses 
Fisheries Science and Technology 


415 Fishery Science (f, 3) 
421 Theory of Fishing Gear Design (I, 3) 
433 Research Diving Methods (I, 3) 


510 Applied Problems in Marine Fisheries 
Ecology (I, 3) A study of the interaction 
between the marine environment and the 
fisheries, the effects of the environment on 
individual fish, the life histories of fish, fish 
behavior, and fish migration. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. DeAiteris 


516 Early Life History of Aquatic 
Resource Animals (IJ, 3) Biology and ecol- 
ogy of juvenile and planktonic commer- 
cially important species; dynamics of repro- 
duction, fecundity, growth, distribution, 
and behavior as modulated by the physical 
environment; identification, enumeration, 
and sampling. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 415 and 
EST 408. Recksiek 


§21 Evaluation of Fish Capture System 
(I, 3) Evaluation of fish capture system 
behavior and performance using empirical, 
theoretical, model scaling, and statistical 
analysis techniques. Field and laboratory 
measurement procedures. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 421 or permission of instructor. DeAlteris 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and I, 

1-3 each) Advanced work under the supervi- 
sion of a staff member arranged to suit indi- 
vidual needs of students in various fields of 
fisheries and marine technology. (Lec. and/or 
Lab. according to nature of problem) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of chairperson. Staff 





Food Science and Nutrition 
M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2466 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Richard W. Traxler, 
Ph.D., 1958, University of Texas 

Professor Marjorie J. Caldwell, Ph.D., 1972, 
Cornell University 

Professor Spiros M. Constantinides, Ph.D., 
1966, Michigan State University 

Professor Chong Min Lee, Ph.D., 1974, 
University of Rhode Island 


54 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Professor Arthur G. Rand, Jr., Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Kenneth L. Simpson, Ph.D., 1963, 
University of California 

Associate Professor Ruth E. Eshleman, Ed.D., 
1975, Columbia University Teachers 
College 

Associate Professor Leonard Gerber, Ph.D., 
1980, University of Illinois 

Associate Professor Geoffrey W. Greene, 
Ph.D., 1984, Pennsylvania State 
University 

Associate Professor Murn M. Nippo, Ph.D., 
1976, University of Rhode Island 

Assistant Professor Catherine English, M.S., 
1982, University of Vermont 

Assistant Professor Anthony S. Fischl, Ph.D., 
1986, Rutgers University 

Adjunct Professor Edward S. Josephson, 
Ph.D., 1940, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 

Adjunct Associate Professor Richard J. 
Coduri, M.S., 1971, University of Rhode 
Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Linda Sebelia, 
MSS., 1974, Ohio State University 

Professor Emeritus Clinton O. Chichester, 
Ph.D., 1980, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Clifford J. Cosgrove, M.S., 
1957, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Henry A. Dymsza, Ph.D., 
1954, Pennsylvania State University 


Specializations 

Food science: seafood utilization by preser- 
vation and product development, seafood 
quality assessment, fabricated surimi-based 
products; food quality control and safety; 
food engineering; environmental microbiol- 
ogy; biotechnology applications of biopro- 
cessing; biochemical and physical properties 
of foods; and international food technology. 

Nutritional science: nutritional status and 
food habits of population groups; vitamin A 
and provitamin A analysis and metabolism; 
nutrition policy; nutrition for athletes and in 
weight control—diet and exercise; aquacul- 
tural nutrition; nutrition and computers in 
foodservice management; and international 
nutrition. 


Dietetics Experience Certificate Program 


Admission requirements: cumulative 
undergraduate quality point average of 3.00 
or better; an earned bachelor's degree with 
completion of the American Dietetic Asso- 
ciation (ADA) Plan IV/V program require- 
ments; and the ADA Verification Statement 
or ADA Declaration of Intent Form from 
their Plan IV/V program director. Six credits 
of acceptable course work in the discipline 
beyond the bachelor’s degree are required 
for applicants whose bachelor’s degrees 
were completed prior to 1986; at least 12 
credits are required if the bachelor’s degree 
was completed prior to 1981. Completion of 
the graduate school application form and 


Preprofessional Practice Program Applica- 
tion (AP4) are required. Criteria used for 
admission include a balance of: a) academic 
achievement; b) relevant work experience; 
c) statement of purpose; and d) professional 
recommendations. Admission is for the fall 
term only. Fall 1992 enrollment is expected 
to be limited to eight students. Program 
information and application deadlines may 
be obtained by contacting the department. 
All application materials must be sent to the 
Graduate Admissions Office, Quinn Hall. 

Program requirements: The Dietetics 
Experience Certificate Program is an ADA- 
approved preprofessional practice program 
(AP4) and is administered under the depart- 
ment’s nondegrtee status. The program 
consists of 46 weeks of course work and 
planned experiences in health care facilities 
in Rhode Island. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor’s degree with adequate preparation in 
biochemistry, statistics, and in the area of 
proposed study. Students from other aca- 
demic backgrounds are encouraged to 
apply, but some basic courses may have to 
be taken for no program credit. 

Program requirements: thesis; FSN 503; 
two credits of FSN 511; a minimum of three 
credits in biochemistry, chemistry, microbi- 
ology, or physiology; a minimum of six 
credits in food science (FSN 431 plus one 
§00-level course), or six credits in nutri- 
tional science (FSH 441 plus one 500-level 
course). If the student has taken FSN 431 or 
441 as an undergraduate, alternate courses 
should be taken in the same area. All resi- 
dent students are expected to be continu- 
ously registered in a seminar as FSN 511 or 
§12, but no more than two credits of FSN 
511 can be used for program credit. 


Doctor of Philosophy 

Admission requirements: GRE and master’s 
degree in a physical or biological science is 
required. Students from other academic 
backgrounds are encouraged to apply, but 
some basic courses may have to be taken for 
no program credit. 

Program requirements: same as master’s 
degree plus statistics (EST 532 or equiva- 
lent), a total of three credits in FSN 511, and 
a research problem (FSN 691, 692) under 
the supervision of an advisor other than the 
major professor. Comprehensive examina- 
tion and dissertation. Each candidate shall 
also gain teaching experience in at least one 
college-level course. All resident students are 
expected to be continuously registered for 
FSN 511 or $12, but no more than three 
credits of FSN 511 can be used for program 
credit. Qualifying examination is required 
for students admitted without a master’s 
degree or without a strong background in 
the proposed area of study. 


FSN Courses 
Food Science and Nutrition 


421 Food Analysis (I, 4) 

422 (or MIC 422) Biotechnology of 
Industrial Microorganisms (I, 3) 

431 Biochemistry of Food (J, 3) 

432 Food Processing (II, 3) 

433 Food Quality (I, 3) 

434 Marine Food Processing (II, 4) 

438 Food Chemistry Laboratory (J, 3) 

441 Advanced Human Nutrition (7, 3) 

444 Nutrition and Disease (II, 3) 

447 (or CHE 447) Food Engineering I (1, 4) 

458 Nutrition Education (1 or I, 3) 

461 Food Safety (II, 3) 

491, 492 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3 each) 


502 Physical Chemistry and Properties of 
Food (I, 3) Principles of physical chemistry 
and properties of food material. Analysis of 
changes in physical properties and interac- 
tion of food components during physical 
processing. Application of underlying prin- 
ciples in food formulation and processing. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 431 or permission of chair- 
person. C. Lee 


503 Food Science and Nutrition Research 
Methods (I, 4) Theory and practice in tech- 
niques and methods as applied to research in 
food science and nutritional science. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 6) Pre: permission of chairperson. Simpson 


504 Research Methods in Dietetics (SS, 3) 
Research methods and techniques applied 
to the field of dietetics. Research project de- 
signed by each student. (Lec. 3) Pre: 951, 
952, and 953, or permission of instructor. 
Greene 


511 Food Science and Nutrition Seminar I 
(land II, 1) Reports and discussions of current 
topics in food science and nutrition, as well 
as oral reports of theses and dissertation 
research topics in progress. (Lec. 1) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of chairperson. Staff 


$12 Food Science and Nutrition Seminar 
II (@ and H, 1) Critical review of oral presen- 
tations presented in 511. Provides student 
with experience in communicative skills 
necessary to evaluate and critique scientific 
presentations. Attendance is required of all 
graduate students in residence when not 
enrolled in 511. (Lec. 1) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing. S/U credit. Staff 


523 Water Pollution Microbiology 
See Microbiology 523. 


525 Water Pollution Microbiology 
Laboratory 
See Microbiology 525. 


526 (or MCH 526) Lipid Chemistry (1, 3) 
Advanced course in the chemistry of bio- 
logically important lipids such as the fatty 
acids, neutral glycerides, phospholipids, ste- 
roids, and the chemistry and biochemistry 
of the carotenoids. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCP 581. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Gerber 
and Simpson 


532 Seafood Quality (I, 3) Biochemical and 
microbiological deterioration of seafoods, 
methods utilizing these reactions for quality 
assessment, and processes to inhibit these 
reactions for preservation of fresh seafoods. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 421, 432 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93. C. Lee 


§42 Minerals and Vitamins (I, 3) Recent 
research in minerals and vitamins as related 
to human nutrition. Discusses the interrela- 
tionship between minerals, vitamins, and 
other nutrients as they relate to nutrition 
status. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441 or permission of chair- 
person. In alternate years. Next offered 1993- 
94. Gerber 


§45 Protein Nutrition (I, 3) Advanced 
course in protein nutrition emphasizing 
recent findings and research methodology; 
focus on comparative aspects of human and 
animal nutrition. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit in 441 or 
AVS 412 or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 1992-93. Caldwell 
and Nippo 


548 Separations for Biotechnology 
See Chemical Engineering 548. 


549 Food and Biochemical Engineering III 
See Chemical Engineering 549. 


§50 Issues in International Nutrition (f, 3) 
Nutrition related problems of developing 
countries. Causes and consequences of 
undernutrition and evaluation of methods 
for treatment and prevention. Current issues 
in international nutrition. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing, 207 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Caldwell 


591, 592 Special Research Problem (f and II, 
1—4 each) Advanced work under supervision 
of a staff member. Arranged to suit indi- 
vidual requirements of students. Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and ID) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


691, 692 Research in Food Science and 
Nutrition (1 and II, 1-3 each) Assigned re- 
search on an advanced level. Students are 
required to outline the problem, conduct 
the necessary literature survey and experi- 
mental work, and to present their observa- 
tions and conclusions in a report. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(land If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


951 Dietetics Seminar: Clinical Nutrition 
(land Hf, 1-2) Discussion of current topics in 
clinical nutrition related to supervised expe- 
rience. Limited to students enrolled in the 
Rhode Island AP4 Program. (Lec. 1-2) 
Greene 


952 Dietetics Seminar: Community 
Nutrition (f and I, 1-2) Discussion of cur- 
rent topics in community nutrition related 
to supervised experience. Limited to stu- 
dents enrolled in the Rhode Island AP4 
Program. (Lec. 1-2) Greene 


953 Dietetics Seminar: Foodservice Man- 
agement (I and II, 1-2) Discussion of cur- 
rent topics in foodservice management 
related to supervised experience. Limited to 
students enrolled in the Rhode Island AP4 
Program. (Lec. 1-2) Greene 





French 
M.A. 
401-792-5911 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor John Grandin, Ph.D., 
1970, University of Michigan 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Joseph G. Morello, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Missouri 

Professor Armand B. Chartier, Ph.D., 1970, 
University of Massachusetts, Amherst 

Professor Kenneth H. Rogers, Ph.D., 1970, 
Columbia University 

Professor H. Dorothy Rothschild, Ph.D., 
1959, Columbia University 

Associate Professor Ira A. Kuhn, Ph.D., 1970, 
University of Kansas 

Associate Professor Constantin Toloudis, 
Ph.D., 1969, Rice University 

Assistant Professor JoAnn Hammadou, 
Ph.D., 1988, The Ohio State University 

Professor Emeritus Otto Dornberg, Ph.D., 
1966, Ohio State University 

Professor Emeritus Harold A. Waters, Ph.D., 
1956, University of Washington 


Specializations 

French studies which include French 
literature, French-Canadian literature, Black- 
French studies, linguistics. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: 24 credits or 
equivalent of French, of which a minimum 
of nine must be in literature. 

Program requirements: thesis—eight 500- 
level courses and a comprehensive examina- 
tion; nonthesis—10 500-level courses in- 
cluding one course with a major paper 
requiring significant independent research, 
and comprehensive examination. A maxi- 
mum of six credits from 400-level courses 
may be substituted for 500-level courses in 
the thesis or the nonthesis program. 


FRN Courses 
French 


402 French Phonetics (I, 3) 
411 Medieval Literature (I, 3) 
422 Sixteenth-Century Literature (I or II, 3) 


FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION/FRENCH 55 


433 Seventeenth-Century Literature (I, 3) 

443 Eighteenth-Century Literature (1, 3) 

453 Nineteenth-Century Literature Until 
1848 (I, 3) 

454 Nineteenth-Century Literature Since 
1848 (1, 3) 

461 Twentieth-Century Theatre (I, 3) 

465 Twentieth-Century Prose (f, 3) 

473 French-Canadian Literature (I, 3) 

474 Black Literature in French (II, 3) 

480 Business French (I or IJ, 3) 

497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) 


501 Advanced Composition (I, 3) Stylistics 
to prepare undergraduate and graduate 
French majors to write expository French 
prose. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate status or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Staff 


503 History of the French Language (I, 3) 
Linguistic development of French from the 
earliest documents to the present. Gallo- 
Romance dialects; the spread of French in 
and beyond Europe. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
status or permission of instructor. Rogers 


Note: Courses 513-594 include lectures, discus- 
sions, readings, individual research, and a 
research paper. 


§13 Seminar in Medieval Literature (I, 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


523 Seminar in Sixteenth-Century Litera- 
ture (I, 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. Rothschild 


533 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century 
Literature (1, 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. Morello 


544 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century 
Literature (I, 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. Rothschild 


§54, 555 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 


_ Literature (1 and II, 3 each) Pre: graduate 


standing or permission of instructor. Touloudis - 
and Chartier 


564 Seminar in Modern Poetry (1, 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


565 Seminar in Twentieth-Century 
Theatre (I, 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. Kuhn 


566 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Prose 
(,, 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Toloudis — 


594 Special Topics (1 and H, 3) Group and/or 
individual investigation of special problems 
in French language, literature, and civiliza- 
tion. Pre: acceptance of project by a staff mem- 
ber and permission of the chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


th, 


56 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Geology 
M.S. 
401-792-2265 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor O. Don Hermes, 
Ph.D., 1967, University of North 
Carolina 

Director of Graduate Studies: Assistant 
Professor Anne 1. Veeger, Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Arizona 

Professor Jon C. Boothroyd, Ph.D., 1974, 
University of South Carolina 

Professor and State Geologist J. Allan Cain, 
Ph.D., 1962, Northwestern University 

Associate Professor David E. Fastovsky, 
Ph.D., 1986, University of Wisconsin 

Associate Professor Reinhard K. Frohlich, 
Ph.D., 1966, University of Clausthal- 
Zellerfeld 

Associate Professor Daniel P. Murray, Ph.D., 
1976, Brown University 


Specializations 

Sedimentology: emphasis on field pro- 
jects—a) measurement of Recent barrier, 
lagoonal and estuarine processes, and investi- 
gation of lithofacies; b) Recent braided rivers 
and alluvial fans; c) depositional systems of 
ancient rocks. 

Stratigraphy-paleontology: paleoenviron- 
mental reconstructions, historical geology, 
paleontology, paleobiology. 

Coastal geomorphology: analysis of coastal 
land-forms using field techniques, remote 
sensing aerial and satellite imagery. Empha- 
sis on Rhode Island barriers, Cape Cod, and 
barrier islands of the Atlantic coast. 

Glacial geology: sedimentary aspects of 
Pleistocene and Recent glacial paleoenviron- 
ments of New England and Alaska; environ- 
mental mapping. 

Hydrogeology: field and laboratory studies 
of groundwater flow, low-temperature 
geochemistry, and the interaction between 
groundwater and the geologic framework. 

Applied geophysics: near-surface geophys- 
ics such as geoelectrics, gravity, and refrac- 
tion seismic for groundwater and related 
topics. Gravity and magnetics related to 
structural and plutonic geology in southern 
New England. 

Remote sensing: applied remote sensing 
using optical and computer analysis of 
satellite imagery and aerial photography in 
geomorphology, and coastal, structural, 
planetary, and environmental geology. 

Petrology-geochemistry: field and labora- 
tory petrologic studies in the New England 
Appalachians, in the Sierra Nevada of Cali- 
fornia, and elsewhere, including petrogen- 
esis of volcanic, plutonic, and metamorphic 
rocks. 

Structure and tectonics: deformation at 
regional and microscopic scales; relation- 
ship between deformation and metamor- 


phism; emphasis on New England tectonics. 

Planetary geology: origin and history of 
chasms, channels, and valleys of Mars. 

Resource and environmental studies: rel- 
evant aspects of the above specializations. 

Individual programs may include courses 
and/or research in conjunction with the 
Graduate School of Oceanography and 
other departments; interdisciplinary studies 
are encouraged. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor’s degree in science or engineering. By the 
end of the first year, students lacking an 
undergraduate major equivalent to the bach- 
elor of science degree in geology will be 
required to demonstrate, through course 
work and/or qualifying examinations, com- 
parable knowledge of geology and related 
fields. 

Program requirements: thesis option—30 
credits of course work; thesis and defense; 
an oral comprehensive examination; and a 
graduate seminar (for no program credit). 
Nonthesis option—36 credits of course 
work, not including a graduate seminar, 
with half or more credits at the 500 level or 
above and 18 or more credits in geology; 
GEL 592; advanced seminars in the relevant 
area(s) of specialization; an oral comprehen- 
sive examination; and a written comprehen- 
sive examination. 


GEL Courses 
Geology 


401 Ore Deposits (I, 3) 

421 Geochemistry (f, 3) 

422 Intermediate Mineralogy and 
Petrology (I, 3) 

450 Introduction to Sedimentation and 
Stratigraphy (7, 4) 

465 Introduction to Geophysics (I, 3) 

468 Hydrogeochemistry (I, 3) 

483 Hydrogeology (7, 3) 

485 (or CVE 485) Engineering Geophysics 
(II, 3) 

487 Quantitative Geology (II, 3) 

488 Geological Evolution of North 
America (I, 3) 


515 Glacial Geology (I, 3) Investigation of 
late Cenozoic glaciation including areas 
with presently existing glaciers. Primary 
stress on Sedimentology and geomorphol- 
ogy of glacial deposits. Field trips in New 
England area. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 450 or per- 
mission of instructor. Boothroyd 


530 Igneous Petrology (II, 3) Tectonic and 
chemical basis for igneous phenomena 
stressing the association concept of igneous 
activity. Evaluation of the criteria used in 
petrogenetic interpretations. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 321 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Hermes 


531 Metamorphic Petrology (I, 3) Facies 
concept and other methods of interpreting 
metamorphic mineral assemblages. Chemi- 


cal and fabric changes during metamor- 
phism, including principles of structural 
petrology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 321 or permis- 
sion of instructor, In alternate years. Murray 


550 Sedimentary Processes (I, 3) Physical 
and chemical processes of sedimentation 
with emphasis on fluvial, beach, and estua- 
rine environments. Stress on field applica- 
tions of theory, with independent project 
and reading. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 450 or per- 
mission of instructor. Offered in spring of odd- 
numbered years. Boothroyd 


554 Sedimentary Petrology (I, 3) The 
detailed interpretation of siliciclastic and 
carbonate fabrics and textures in thin section 
and hand sample. Emphasizes aspects of dia- 
genesis, including cementation, replacement, 
recrystallization, pedogenesis, and porosity 
evolution. Skeletal elements and paleoenvi- 
ronmental context presented. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 240 and 450 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Fastovsky 


565 Advanced Interpretation in Applied 
Geophysics (I, 3) Interpretation of geo- 
physical data using theoretical models. 
Reflection, refraction, and surface propaga- 
tion of seismic energy. Computer analysis of 
gravity and magnetic potential data. DC 
geoelectrical potential over horizontally 
stratified medium. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: MTH 
243, PHY 214, or equivalent course in physics 
with permission of instructor. Offered in spring 
of odd-numbered years. Frohlich 


568 Isotopes in Hydrogeology (I, 3) Use of 
environmental isotopes in groundwater stud- 
ies; dating groundwater, delineating flow paths 
and identifying recharge areas, geochemical 
evolution of groundwater and assessment of 
contamination. (Lec. 3) Pre: 483 and 468 or per- 
mission of instructor. Offered in even-numbered 
years. Veeger 


570 Structural Analysis (7, 3) Mapping and 
geometric analysis of structures in variably 
deformed terrains. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 321, 
370, 480, or permission of instructor. Offered in 
fall of even-numbered years. Murray 


577 Coastal Geologic Hazards (If, 3) Geo- 
logic hazards in the coastal zone and their 
impact on society. Includes waves, storm- 
surge, mass-wasting, and sea level rise. Geo- 
logic effectiveness of engineering structures 
and management techniques. Emphasis on 
field study. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 450 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Offered in spring of even- 
numbered years. Boothroyd 


580 New England Geology (I, 3) Review of 
the bedrock geology of New England, and 
its applications for the Appalachian/Cale- 
donides mountain chain and theories of 
orogenesis. Mandatory field trips. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 321, 370, or permission of instructor. 
Offered in fall of odd-numbered years. Murray 


581 (or OCG 581) Topics in Tectonic 
Geology (1, 3) Review of selected topics in 
continental and oceanic tectonics. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Offered in fall of 
even-numbered years. Mutray and Fox 


583 Advanced Hydrogeology (I, 3) 
Advanced analysis of groundwater systems 
and the relationship between groundwater 
and geology. Principles and equations for 
groundwater flow in complex aquifers, 
groundwater modeling. Groundwater mod- 
eling project. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 483 or 585 
and MTH 244 or permission of instructor. 
Offered in odd-numbered years. Veeger 


590 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the individual 
requirements of the student. (Lec. and/or 
Lab. according to the nature of the problem) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


591 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the individual 
requirements of the student. (Lec. and/or 
Lab. according to the nature of the problem) 
Pre: permission of instructor. S/U credit. Staff 


592 Nonthesis Master’s Research (I and I], 3) 
Independent research for fulfillment of re- 
search requirement of nonthesis master’s de- 
gree. Detailed report required. Pre: permission 
of chairperson. S/U credit. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and Il) Num- 
ber of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or pro- 
gram committee. S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Geology Topics for Teach- 
ers (I and Il, 0-3 each) Especially designed for 
teachers of physical sciences. Basic topics of 
geology from an advanced or pedagogical 
perspective. Pre: teacher certification. Staff 


Note: For other related courses, see OCG 540, 
541, 542, 625, 628, 629, 641, 643, 644, 645, 
646, 647, 648, 649, 651, 652, 653, 654, 678, 
681 and CVE 581, 582, 585, 587, 588, 677, 
681, 682, 687. 


History 
M.A. 
401-792-2528 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Josiah M. Briggs, 
Ph.D., 1962, Columbia University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Gary 
.Thurston, Ph.D., 1973, Columbia 
University 

Professor Joel A. Cohen, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Connecticut 

Professor Frank Costigliola, Ph.D., 1973, 
Comell University 

Professor James F. Findlay, Jr., Ph.D., 1961, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Robert M. Gutchen, Ph.D., 1966, 
Columbia University 

Professor Chong Sun Kim, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Washington 

Professor Maurice N. Klein, Ph.D., 1965, 
Emory University 

Professor Sharon H. Strom, Ph.D., 1969, 
Comell University 


Professor Robert G. Weisbord, Ph.D., 1966, 
New York University Graduate School 

Associate Professor Michael W. Honhart, 
Ph.D., 1972, Duke University 

Assistant Professor Charles E. Daniel, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1968, Ohio State University 

Assistant Professor Seth Schwartz, Ph.D., 
1985, Columbia University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Albert T. Klyberg, 
M.A., 1963, University of Michigan 

Assistant Professor Emeritus Gino Silvestri, 
Ph.D., 1969, Syracuse University 


Specializations 

History of the United States; history of 
Europe; Third World history. These three areas 
of specialization include courses in: American, 
diplomatic, East Asian, African, black, Latin 
American and women’s history; imperialism; 
history of science; modern English history; 
modern European history; state and local 
history. 

The master’s program in history is largely 
individually structured with directed studies, 
seminars, colloquiums, and tutorials. With a 
tutorial, the graduate student will audit the 
lectures of a 300-level course and, in addition, 
will meet in tutorial sessions with the lecturer 
to pursue the topic at greater depth. For tutori- 
als, the student may register for HIS 502 or 503 
(if the 300-level course deals with European 
history), HIS 536 or 537 (if the 300-level course 
deals with American history), or HIS 588 or 
589 (if the 300-level course deals with Third 
World history). These 500-level tutorial courses 
may be repeated for different 300-level courses 
in each area, but no more than five of these 
tutorials will be permitted in the graduate 
program. Tutorial arrangements must be made 
with the instructor at the beginning of the 
semester. For a listing of the 300-level courses, 
see the Undergraduate Bulletin. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: GRE (advanced 
test desirable) and bachelor’s degree with at 
least 24 credits in history. Majors in related 
fields may be admitted with permission of 
the department. 

Program requirements: thesis option—30 
credits to include four courses at 500 level, 
at least two of which must be colloquia; 
nonthesis option—30 credits to include five 
courses at the 500 level, at least two of 
which must be colloquia and one must be a 
seminar. Both options require an oral 
examination. The nonthesis option also 
requires a four-hour written examination. 
Two courses in a related field are allowed. 


Cooperative Program (M.A. and M.L.LS.) 
By proper selection of course work, a 
student may earn simultaneously the 
degrees of Master of Arts in history and 
Master of Library and Information Studies. 


GEOLOGY/HISTORY 57 


Admission requirements: GRE (advanced 
test desirable) and other requirements listed 
for history and library science. Applicant 
must apply and be accepted in both pro- 
grams. Applications (in quadruplicate) 
should indicate History/Library and Infor- 
mation Studies as the field of specialization. 

Program requirements: students must 
submit individual 30-credit (minimum) 
programs of study for each degree that satisfy 
specific core requirements for these pro- 
grams. As a maximum of six credits may be 
jointly used to satisfy degree requirements, a 
minimum of 54 credits total is required to 
satisfy the requirements for both degrees. 


HIS Courses 
History 


500 Colloquium in Selected Topics in 
History (I or I, 3) Intensive study of major 
interpretive works in various thematic, cross- 
national topics. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate or senior 
standing and permission of instructor. Staff 


502, 503 Special Readings in European 
History (I and I, 3 each) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in European 
history. Pre: graduate standing, permission of 
instructor, and concurrent audit of parallel 300- 
level course. May be repeated. Staff 


505 Seminar in Selected Topics in History 
(or I, 3) Intensive research on selected the- 
matic, crossnational topics. (Sem. 3) Pre: 
gtaduate or senior standing and permission of 
instructor. Staff 


536, 537 Special Readings in American 
History ({ and I, 3 each) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in American 
history. Pre: graduate standing, permission of 
instructor, and concurrent audit of parallel 300- 
level course. May be repeated. Staff 


544 Colloquium in Worker History 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 544. 


588, 589 Special Readings in Third World 
History (I and I, 3 each) Intensive tutorial 
work, research, and readings in Third World 
history. Pre: graduate standing and permission 
of instructor. Concurrent audit of parallel 300- 
level course required. May be repeated. Staff 


591 Directed Study or Research (I and I, 3) 
Directed readings, research, or study 
designed to meet the particular needs of 
individuals or small groups of graduate 
students. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and ID) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. 5/U credit. 


58 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Human Development, 


Counseling, and Family Studies 
MS. 
401-792-2150 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor David A. 
__ Caruso, Ph.D., 1985, Cornell University 
“Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Jerome A. Schaffran, Ph.D., 
1971, University of lowa 


Human Development and Family Studies 

Coordinator: Professor Gwenneth Rae, Ed.D., 
1972, University of California 

Professor Stewart Cohen, Ph.D., 1967, 
Purdue University 

Associate Professor Joan Gray Anderson, 
Ph.D., 1984, University of California 

Associate Professor Phillip G. Clark, 1979, 
Sc.D., Harvard University 

Assistant Professor Diane Horm-Wingerd, 
Ph.D., 1985, Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute 

Assistant Professor Karen A. Schroeder, 
Ph.D., 1977, University of Connecticut 

Associate Professor Emerita Helen F. Greene, 
Ph.D., 1954, Florida State University 


Marriage and Family Therapy 

Coordinator: Professor Peter E. Maynard, 
Ph.D., 1969, State University of New 
York, Buffalo 

Professor Gwenneth Rae, Ed.D., 1972, 
University of California 

Associate Professor Jerome A. Schaffran, 
Ph.D., 1971, University of Iowa 

Assistant Professor Jerome Adams, Ph.D., 
1989, Purdue University 

Assistant Professor Karen A. Schroeder, 
Ph.D., 1977, University of Connecticut 


College Student Personnel 

Coordinator: Associate Professor Jerome A. 
Schaffran, Ph.D., 1971, University of lowa 

Associate Professor Jayne Richmond, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Florida 

Professor Peter E. Maynard, Ph.D., 1969, 
State University of New York, Buffalo 


Specializations 

Human development and family studies; 
marriage and family therapy; counseling; 
college student personnel. 


Human Development and Family Studies 

Admission requirements: GRE or MAT, PSY 
300 or EST 308 or equivalent, and 18 under- 
graduate credits distributed among at least 
three of the following areas: human devel- 
opment and family studies, psychology, 
sociology, biology, and education. 
Subspecializations are available in human 
development, early childhood education, 
family studies, and gerontology. 


Program requirements: nine credits of core 
courses—HCF 500, 530, and 570; six credits 
of thesis or action research; nine credits of 
free electives, with one course taken outside 
the department; and a comprehensive 
examination. An additional 12 credits must 
be taken from one of the following 
subspecialization areas: early childhood 
education—HCF 400, 406, 434, 455, 501, 
$02, and 503; child development—HCF 


’ 420, 421, 431, 433, 440, 505, 535, and 559. 


A total of 36 credits are required. 

State Provisional Certification: persons 
wishing to meet state provisional certifica- 
tion requirements (Nursery to Grade 2) 
must apply for admission to teacher certifi- 
cation (nondegree status). Official tran- 
scripts of all previous course work plus two 
letters of recommendation are required. As a 
prerequisite to enrolling in courses which 
meet certification requirements, accepted 
applicants must complete or have com- 
pleted the equivalent of an undergraduate 
degree in human development, counseling, 
and family studies. 


Marriage and Family Therapy 

Admission requirements: GRE or MAT; at 
least 15 credits of relevant preparation 
courses, including family relations, develop- 
mental theory, personality theory, abnor- 
mal psychology, and introduction to coun- 
seling or an equivalent course; at least two 
of the three letters of recommendation 
should be from supervisors in a related field 
attesting to observed experience, emotional 
stability, and maturity. After initial screen- 
ing, qualified applicants will be required to 
come to campus for a personal interview. 
The goal of the personal interview is to 
determine whether the applicant possesses 
the full range of academic qualifications, 
experiential background, clinical compe- 
tency, and readiness to undertake the rigors 
of an academically and emotionally de- 
manding clinical preparation program. 
Several of the program’s faculty members 
will conduct the interviews. Selection for 
admission to this program is highly com- 
petitive and enrollment is limited. Diversity 
among the students in the program is a 


' Major program goal. The program adheres 


to the standards established by the Ameri- 
can Association for Marriage and Family 
Therapy (AAMFT). Completed applications 
are due by February 15. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 45 
credits of approved graduate courses, 
including a 30-hour core and 15 credits of 
approved electives depending on previous 
training and background, and a comprehen- 
sive examination. This program involves 
intense clinical practice and a year-long 
internship at cooperating agencies or the 
department’s Family Therapy Clinic; there- 
fore, full-time students are preferred. Dead- 
line for admission is April 1. 


College Student Personnel 

Admission requirements: GRE or MAT and 
interview; preference given to applicants with 
experience in student affairs. 

Program requirements: 27 credits in core HCF 
courses (HCF 450, 551, 554, 560, 562, 567, 
568, 570, 590), six credits in adult develop- 
ment and social science electives, plus one of 
the following—a) nonthesis option with 
internship (HCF 580, 581, 583, 584, and a 
comprehensive examination); b) nonthesis 
option with action research project (HCF 595, 
six credits, one additional elective, and a 
comprehensive examination); or c) thesis 
option (HCF 599, six credits, and one addi- 
tional elective). 2 


HCF Courses’ 
Human Development, Counseling, 
and Family Studies 


400 Child Development: Advanced 
Course (I and II, 3) 

406 Growth and Development During 
Infancy (1 or H, 3) 

420 Human Development During 
Adulthood (I and H, 3) 

421 Death, Dying, and Bereavement (I or 
II, 3) 

422 Aging: Case Coordination (I, 3) 

424 Design and Delivery of Services for 
Mentally Retarded Adults (II, 3) 

430 Family Interaction (I and II, 3) 

431 Family and the Elderly (1 or H, 3) 

432 Perspectives on Parenting (I or H, 3) 

433 Family Life Education (J or II, 3) 

434 Children and Families in Poverty 

(or I, 3) 

437 (or SOC 437) Law and Families in the 
United States (J or I, 3) 

440 Environmental Context of Aging 

(or I, 3) 

450 Introduction to Counseling (I and II, 3) 

455 Assessment in Early Childhood (II, 3) 

456 Assessment Practicum (II, 3) 

497, 498 Special Problems 
(land I, 1-3 each) 


500 Child Development Seminar (I or II, 3) 
Intensive study of selected topics, such as 
development of cognitive processes, indi- 
vidual and group differences in develop- 
ment of language, hereditary factors in 
physical growth. Review papers by students 
presented to class. (Lec. 3) Pre: 400 or permis- 
sion of chairperson. Staff 


501 Seminar in Early Childhood Educa- 
tion (for Hf, 3) Seminar in trends and model 
programs in early childhood education. Spe- 
cial attention to substantive evaluation and 
program design issues for the professional 
early childhood educator. (Lec. 3) Pre: stu- 
dent teaching or equivalent classroom experi- 
ence or permission of instructor. Staff 


502 Cognitive Aspects of Early Childhood 
(I or Hf, 3) Impact of theory and research in 
cognitive development and its relation to 
language, learning, and thinking. Special 
attention to Piaget’s impact on current 
research and educational programs. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 200, 201, or permission of instructor. Staff 


504 Contemporary Theories of Ego Devel- 
opment (I or I, 3) Surveys of the recent 
theoretical constructs which synthesize the 
cognitive and psychosocial traditions into a 
developmental view of the ego. The rel- 
evance of the psychology of women to this 
synthesis is also considered. (Sem. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing and permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Staff 


505 Human Sexuality and Counseling 
(or If, 3) Historical, cultural, and develop- 
mental issues in human sexuality and coun- 
seling. Implications for self and client 
understanding through personal explora- 
tion and desensitization to sensitive topics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Rae or Staff 


520 Developmental Issues in Later Life 
(or If, 3) Theoretical and philosophical 

' foundations for understanding the normal 
changes, pathological developments, clini- 
cal assessments, and intervention strategies 
associated with later life. (Sem. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing. Staff 


527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly 
(or Hf, 3) Present and future problems in 
policy development to meet health care 
needs of the elderly. Consideration of his- 
torical aspects, demographic change, policy 
models. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing. Staff 


529 Practicum Seminar in Gerontology 
(and If, 1) A seminar focusing on adult 
development and aging. Designed for grad- 
uate students in gerontology to exchange 
results of original research or practical 
experiences through reports and discus- 
sions. Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 
3 credits. Staff 


530 Family Theory Seminar (I, 3) Intensive 
study of theories in the family field, inte- 
grated with contemporary family issues, and 
family therapy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 430 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


535 Families Under Stress: Coping and 
Adaptation (I, 3) Theoretical models of 
family interaction, development, and stress 
as applied to understanding of family 
behavior in managing stress or events. Con- 
cepts of stress, vulnerability, adaptability, 
coping, regenerative power, social supports, 
and related research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 430, 570, or 
equivalent graduate course work in family de- 
velopment or family sociology and permission of 
instructor. Staff 


§50 Vocational Information and Career 
Development (I or H, 3) Classification and 
description of jobs and industries; study of 
occupational trends; needs of special groups 
entering the labor market; vocational devel- 
opment theories and counseling for long- 
range career planning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 450 and 
graduate standing. Staff 


§51 Counseling Theory and Techniques 
(or If, 3) Theoretical foundation and prac- 
tice of counseling and therapy in various 
settings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 450 or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, COUNSELING, AND FAMILY STUDIES 


§53 Counseling Practicum (J or II, 3) 
Advanced counseling and therapy issues. 
Multiple sessions using tapes and critiques 
to assess growth and competence of the cli- 
nician. Limited enrollment. (Lec. 1, Lab. 5) 
Pre: 450, 551, advanced standing, and permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


554 Individual Appraisal in Human Ser- 
vices (I, 3) Nature of the appraisal process 
and data essential to understanding the 
educational, vocational, and social needs of 
persons. Emphasis is on a team approach to 
counseling services and the utilization of 
case materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 and 570. 
Staff 


555 Gerontological Counseling (I or I, 3) 
An overview of the developmental process of 
later life, particularly relevant to counselors 
and therapists. Clinical counseling implica- 
tions and therapeutic strategies will be em- 
phasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 420, 450, or equivalent, 
and graduate standing. In alternate years. Staff 


559 Gender Issues in Therapy (I or II, 3) Sys- 
temic integration of the issues and therapeu- 
tic dilemmas growing out of society’s chang- 
ing views of women and men. Emphasis on 
research therapist self-awareness, and evalua- 
tion of current therapies. (Sem. 3) Pre: 450 or 
equivalent and graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. Rae 


560 Group Procedures in Counseling 

(or Hf, 3) Principles and techniques of group 
counseling and therapy as applied to educa- 
tion, counseling, and student personnel 
work. A practical and theoretical approach 
with emphasis on facilitation techniques, 
leadership patterns, and counseling skills. 
Enrollment is limited. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 and 
permission of instructor. Staff 


562 Organization Development in 
Human Services (I or II, 3) Theory and tech- 
nology of organization development as ap- 
plied in human service agencies; entry diag- 
nosis, implementation, and evaluation 
strategies, skills practice in consulting and 
training; evaluation and research of change 
efforts. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 560. Staff 


563 Marital and Family Therapy I (7, 3) 
Major theoretical perspectives, including 
system theory as related to therapy. Com- 
munication and relationship skills, negotia- 
tion and behavioral contracting, treating 
specific relationship problems, therapy 
evaluation. (Sem. 3) Pre: 430 and permission 
of instructor. Staff 


564 Marital and Family Therapy II (1, 3) 
Major contemporary theories of family 
therapy and the development of family 
therapy as a unique intervention strategy; 
special consideration of issues and problems 
commonly confronted in conducting family 
therapy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 563. Maynard 


565 Family Therapy Practicum (J, If, or SS, 3) 
Supervised clinical experience in marriage and 
family therapy. Case materials will be pre- 
sented by students, and taped segment of 
actual counseling sessions will be reviewed. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: admission to MFT program or 


permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 18 credits. Staff 


566 Theoretical and Clinical Problems 

(H, 3) Examination of major ongoing and 
emerging theoretical issues in family therapy. 
The implications of these problems in clini- 
cal practice with families. (Lec. 3) Pre: 564 and 
graduate standing. Staff 


567 Principles and Practices of Student 
Personnel Services in Higher Education 

(,, 3) Survey of the historical, psychological, 
organizational, and educational factors 
which have evolved and combined to form 
student personnel work. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing and permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Staff 


568 Organization and Administration of 
Student Personnel Services in Higher Edu- 
cation (I, 3) Systematic analysis of current 
practices in the alignment and operation of 
student personnel services, with continuing 
review of their interrelationships with the 
total educational program. (Lec. 3) Pre: 567. 
In alternate years. Staff 


569 Assessment in Family Therapy 

(or If, 3) Administration and interpretation 
of assessment instruments for treatment, 
planning and evaluation. Ethical, legal and 
theoretical issues related to family systems 
assessment are discussed. (Sern. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. Adams 


570 Research in Human Development and 
Family Studies (I and I, 3) Historical, philo- 
sophical, and procedural foundations of sci- 
entific inquiries into individuals and fami- 
lies. Explores the various ways to acquire 
information about human development and 
family relationships. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Staff 


§80, 581 Professional Seminar in 
Counseling (I and II, 3 each) A two-semester 
sequence examining legal, ethical, and pro- 
fessional issues and standards related to 
counseling and therapy. Analysis of prob- 
lems encountered in the internship experi- 
ence. (Lec. 3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
583, 584, advanced standing, and permission 
of instructor. Staff 


583, 584 Master's Internship (I and II, 

3 or 6 each) Supervised field practice in 
mental health or family agencies, schools, 
or colleges to integrate counseling and 
therapy theories and skills. Pre: concurrent 
enrollment in 580 for 583, 581 for 584. Staff 


590 Higher Education Law (1 or I, 3) An 
overview of federal and state legal systems’ 
effect on university administration and ser- 
vice delivery. Reviews authorities and agen- 
cies, major court decisions, and the applica- 
tion of substantive and procedural law 
principles. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. Staff 


595 Master’s Project: Action Research 
(Land II, 1-6) Number of credits is deter- 
mined each semester in consultation with 
the major professor. Minimum of 6 credits is 
required of students who have chosen the 
action-thesis option. S/U credit. 


ee 


60 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


597, 598 Advanced Study (I and II, 1-3 each) 
Survey of important research contributions 
significant to the understanding of human 
development and relationships. (Lec. 1-3) 
Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) Num- 
ber of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or pro- 
gram committee. The minimum of 6 credits 
is required of students who have chosen the 
thesis option. S/U credit. 


HSS Courses 
Human Science and Services 


491, 492 Special Problems (I or Il, 1-3 each) 


530 Multidisciplinary Health Seminars 
for the Elderly (I or If, 3) Field experience 
for students in various health disciplines. 
Development of assessment techniques, 
curricular materials, and team delivery of 
health seminars to the elderly at commu- 
nity sites. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Clark and Staff 





Industrial Engineering 


See Manufacturing Engineering on page 64. 





Labor and Industrial Relations 
MS. 
401-792-2239 


Graduate Faculty 


Director, Labor Research Center: Professor 
Charles T. Schmidt, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, 
Michigan State University (Professor of 
Industrial Relations) 

Professor Judith Anderson, Ph.D., 1970, 
Indiana University 

Professor Charles P. Armstrong, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Arizona 

Professor Harold Barnett, Ph.D., 1973, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Winifred E. Brownell, Ph.D., 1973, 
State University of New York, Buffalo 

Professor John P. Burkett, Ph.D., 1981, 
University of California, Berkeley 

Professor Norman Coates, Ph.D., 1967, 
Cornell University 

Professor Jerry Cohen, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Illinois 

Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, 
Teacher’s College, Columbia University 

Professor Albert J. Della Bitta, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor James F. Findlay, Jr., Ph.D., 1961, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Timothy M. Hennessey, Ph.D., 
1968, University of North Carolina 

Professor Jeffrey E. Jarrett, Ph.D., 1967, New 
York University 

Professor Andrew Laviano, J.D., 1982, New 
York University School of Law 


Professor Bernice Lott, Ph.D., 1954, 
University of California, Los Angeles 

Professor Craig E. Overton, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor John J. Poggie, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Minnesota 

Professor Lawrence Rothstein, Ph.D., 1976, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor Richard W. Scholl, Ph.D., 1980, 
University of California, Irvine 

Professor Beatrice Schultz, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Michigan 

Professor James L. Starkey, Ph.D., 1971, 
Boston College 

Professor Sharon H. Strom, Ph.D., 1969, 
Cornell University 

Professor Robert Weisbord, Ph.D., 1966, 
New York University Graduate School 


. Associate Professor Laura Beauvais, Ph.D., 


1987, University of Tennessee, Knoxville 

Associate Professor Elizabeth Cooper, Ph.D., 
1985, University of Akron 

Associate Professor Sandra Ketrow, Ph.D., 
1982, Indiana University 

Associate Professor Leonard P. Lardaro, 
Ph.D., 1979, Indiana University 

Associate Professor Blair M. Lord, Ph.D., 
1975, University of California 

Associate Professor Richard McIntyre, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Massachusetts 

Associate Professor Arthur C. Mead, Ph.D., 
1978, Boston College 

Associate Professor Yngve Ramstad, Ph.D., 
1981, University of California, Berkeley 

Assistant Professor Diane Disney, Ph.D., 
1989, Brandeis University 

Assistant Professor Charles Latos, Ph.D., 
1977, Brown University 

Assistant Professor Carole Miller, Ph.D., 
1988, Syracuse University 

Assistant Professor D. Scott Molloy, Ph.D., 
1991, Providence College 

Assistant Professor Gail A. Shea, Ph.D., 
1975, Brown University 

Adjunct Professor Michael J. Keating, J.D., 
1973, Georgetown University Law School 

Adjunct Professor Suzanne Taylor, Ph.D., 
1970, University of Connecticut 

Professor Emeritus Carl Gersuny, Ph.D., 
1968, Western Reserve University 

Professor Emeritus Elton Rayack, Ph.D., 
1957, University of Chicago 


The program is designed for union, gov- 
emment, neutral, or human resource man- 
agement, labor, and industrial relations pro- 
fessionals, or for those students who aspire to 
such positions. Students in other graduate 
programs may find it rewarding and profes- 
sionally desirable to enroll in one or more of 
the labor relations and labor studies courses. 
All courses are offered in the very late after- 
noon or evening hours in Providence and 
Kingston so that they are convenient for 
those currently employed. Full-time or part- 
time programs are available. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE or MAT or 
GMAT. Undergraduate majors in any field 
will be considered for admission. Those 
with social science, history, management, 
and labor studies majors are especially 
encouraged to apply, as are those with 
engineering, nursing, education, urban 
affairs, black studies, and women’s studies 
backgrounds. Professional experience in 
labor and industrial relations will carry 
additional weight in admission decisions. 

Program requirements: minimum of 36 
credits including 27-28 credits in core 
courses and nine credits of specialization 
plus requirements of three credits each in 
statistics and computer science which may 
be met by prior course work or examina- 
tion, and a written master’s examination. 
The required core courses (27-28 credits) 
are: LRS/HIS 544; LRS/PSC 521; LRS/SOC 
432 or MGT 630; LRS/ECN 526 and 534; 
LRS 531, 541, 542, and 580. 

The areas of specialization are listed here 
together with available courses. Substitu- 
tions may be made with permission of the 
director of the Labor Research Center and 
approval of the Graduate School. 

Labor relations: three courses from LRS 
520, 533, 545, 581, 590, 591; MGT 640; and 
LRS S43 or 579. 

Human resource administration: three courses 
from MGT 640; PSC 503 or MGT 641; LRS 533, 
545, 581, 590, 591 and LRS 543 or S79; PSY 
434; EDC 529 or 583; and CPL 535 or 543. 

Labor and worker studies: three courses 
from LRS 520, 545, 581, 590, 591; ENG 445; 
HIS 591; PSC 486; and PSY 480. 

Worker/labor or management education and 
training: three courses from LRS/EDC 579; 
LRS 581; LRS 590, 591; EDC 505, 539, 581, 
582, 583, 584. 

International development: three courses 
including REN 595 and two related electives. 

Alternative dispute and conflict resolution 
processes: three courses including LRS 545, 
546, 581, 590, 591, and PSC 420 or 432. 

Nondesignated specialization: three courses 
in an area which satisfies the student’s 
individual professional goals, e.g., computer 
science or statistics; economics or social 
policy; law and legal processes; or workplace 
issues such as alcohol and drug abuse; 
sexual or age discrimination, or racism. 


LRS Courses 
Labor and Industrial Relations 


432 Industrial Sociology (1 or II, 3) 


520 Labor Union Government and Struc- 
ture (I or II, 3) Structure, functions, responsi- 
bilities, and programs of unions and union 
leadership. Emphasis on policies and deci- 
sion making. Evaluation of labor and man- 
agement performance. Consideration of 
administrative problems associated with 
growth of white collar unions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 544. Molloy 


§21 (or PSC 521) International and 
Comparative Trade Unions and Labor 
Relations (I or I, 3) Comparative labor and 
industrial relations systems, including 
union, management, and government func- 
tions and roles; also the functions of inter- 
national organizations in labor relations. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 544 or permission of LRC director. 
Rothstein or Schmidt 


§26 (or ECN 526) Economics of Labor 
Markets (I or II, 3) The theory of labor 
market behavior, and application of theory 
for public policy analysis in areas such as 
discrimination, unemployment, and educa- 
tion. Pre: ECN 125 and 126 or 590 or equiva- 
lent. Staff 


531 Employment Law (I or I, 3) Analysis 
of legislation protecting worker health, 
employment, income security, including 
OSHA, workers’ compensation, equal oppor- 
tunity, fair labor standards, Walsh-Healy 
and Davis-Bacon, pension funds, unemploy- 
ment compensation, and social security. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. Tabor 


533 Negotiating Pension, Health, and 
Employee Assistance Programs (I, I, or SS, 
3) An analysis of employee assistance plans 
(EAPs), health fringe benefits, and pension 
plans and their negotiation within both the 
private and public sectors. (Lec. 3) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor and LRC director. Staff 


534 (or ECN 534) Information Sources 
and Uses in Labor Relations and Labor 
Economics (I, 3) Analysis and use of data 
and information sources specific to the pro- 
fessional fields of labor and industrial rela- 
tions and labor economics. A major project 
utilizing personal computer software is 
required. (Lec. 3) Pre: 526 and QBA 500 and 
530 or permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit for M.B.A. or M.S. in accounting stu- 
dents. Staff 


§41 Labor Relations Law (I or I, 3) Legal 
framework for private and public sector col- 
lective bargaining. Regulation of activities 
with emphasis on individual rights, collec- 
tive rights, and policy considerations of fed- 
eral and state courts, the NLRB, and state 
labor boards in determining society’s rights. 
Case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 544 or permission of 
instructor. Grossman. 


542 Labor Relations and Collective 
Bargaining (I or I, 3) Collective bargaining 
literature, theories, and practice. Bargaining 
approaches, techniques, and dynamics will 
be stressed through the analysis of compre- 
hensive case studies. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 541 
and 544 or permission of LRC director. Schmidt 


543 Labor Relations and Collective 
Bargaining: Public Sector (I or Hf, 3) Public 
sector (state, municipal, federal, police, fire, 
K-12 education, and higher education) col- 
lective bargaining theory, practice, and legal 
foundations. Comprehensive case studies. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 
542 or permission of LRC director. Grossman 


HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, COUNSELING, AND FAMILY STUDIES/LANGUAGES 61 


544 (or HIS 544) Colloquium in Worker 
History (1 or IT, 3) Selected topics in Ameri- 
can worker history with an emphasis on the 
most recent literature in the field. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Molloy 


545 Labor Dispute Settlement (f or II, 3) 
Reading, procedures, and cases in the settle- 
ment of labor disputes in both private and 
public sectors. Emphasis on arbitration, 
mediation, and fact-finding. (Lec. 3) Pre: 541 
and 542 or permission of LRC director. Staff 


546 Alternative Dispute Resolution 
Processes and Applications (J, I, or SS, 3) 
Examination of mediation, fact-finding, arbi- 
tration, and other conflict resolution pro- 
cesses as alternatives to litigation in a variety 
of dispute situations, e.g., community, envi- 
ronmental, divorce, landlord-tenant, prison, 
racial, commercial. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Staff 


579 (or EDC 579) Labor Relations and 
Collective Bargaining in Education (I, Hf, 
or SS, 3) Collective bargaining in public and 
private educational sectors, K-12, higher 
education; literature, theory, practice, and 
legal foundations in education. Comprehen- 
sive case studies will be used. (Lec. 3) 
Croasdale 


580 Professional Seminar: Labor and 
Industrial Relations (I, 3) Advanced labor 
relations seminar of variable coverage and 
focus; adjusted yearly to consider most 
recent labor relations developments. Major 
research paper required. (Sem. 3) Pre: final 
semester graduate standing in labor and indus- 
trial relations and permission of LRC director. 
Schmidt 


581 Internship: Labor and Industrial 
Relations (I and If, 3-6) Variable length in- 
ternship with a trade union, a public or pri- 
vate sector personnel or industrial relations 
department, or a governmental administra- 
tive or regulatory agency, under the supervi- 
sion of both an LRC faculty member and a 
member of the affiliated organization. May 
be taken as one 6-credit unit or two 3-credit 
units. Pre: graduate standing in labor and indus- 
trial relations and permission of LRC director. 
Schmidt 


590, 591 Directed Readings and Research 
in Labor and Industrial Relations (I and I, 
3 each) Readings and research under the 
direction of LRC-associated faculty to meet 
individual student requirements. Pre: gradu- 
ate standing in labor and industrial relations 
and permission of the director of the Labor 
Research Center and the instructor. Staff 


Languages 


The University offers Master of Arts 
degrees in comparative literature studies, 
French, and Spanish. 


Comparative Literature Studies 
M.A. 


See Comparative Literature Studies on page 
42. 


French 
M.A. 


See French on page 55. 
Spanish 

M.A. 

See Spanish on page 99. 


GER Courses 
German 


409 History of the German Language (I, 3) 

421 Business German (I, 3) 

441, 442 German Literature of the 
Eighteenth Century (I and II, 3 each) 

451, 452 German Literature of the 
Nineteenth Century (I and II, 3 each) 

485, 486 Special Studies (I and I, 1-3 each) 

497 Directed Study (I and II, 1-3) 

498 Directed Study (I and I, 3) 


586 Seminar in German Studies (1, IT, and 
SS, 1-3) Topics in German literature and 
civilization. Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated with differ- 
ent topics. Staff 


598 Directed Studies (J, II, and SS, 1-3) 
Individual research on problems of special 
interest. Pre: graduate standing, acceptance of — 
project by a staff member, and permission of 

the chairperson. May be repeated with different 
topics. Staff 


987, 988 German Play Production 

(SS, 1 each) Study and production of a Ger- 
man play or plays. Pre: 215 and 216 or 
equivalent. Students may enroll concurrently in 
485, 486. Staff 


GRK Courses 
Greek 


497, 498 Directed Study (I and I, 1-6 each) 


ITL Courses 

Italian 

408 The Italian Language (I or II, 3) 

455 Selected Italian Authors (I or I, 3) 

465 Topics in Italian Literature (I or I, 3) 

480 Business Italian (I or II, 3) 

481, 482 The Works of Dante Alighieri 
(land I, 3 each) 

497, 498 Directed Study (I and I, 3 each) 


62 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


LAT Courses 
Latin 


497, 498 Directed Study (1 and II, 1-6 each) 


LIN Courses 

Linguistics 

420 Second-Language Acquisition (II, 3) 

431 Applied Linguistics in the Language 
Laboratory (J, 1) 

497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) 


The following are related, specialized courses 
in historical linguistics offered in the Depart- 
ment of English and in the Department of 
Modern and Classical Languages and 
Literatures. 


ENG 530 History of the English Language 
FRN 503 History of the French Language 
GER 409 History of the German Language 
ITL 409, 410 History of the Italian Language 


RUS Courses 
Russian 


460, 461 The Russian Novel (I and I, 3 each) 
497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) 





Library and 
Information Studies 
M.L.LS. 

401-792-2947 


Graduate Faculty 


Acting Director, Graduate School of Library and 

Information Studies: Associate Professor 
athan S. Tryon, Certificate in 

Advanced Librarianship, 1974, Columbia 
University; J.D., 1981, Suffolk University 

Assistant to the Director for Regional Studies: 
Associate Professor Fay Zipkowitz, D.A., 
1977, Simmons College 

Professor Elizabeth Futas, Ph.D., 1980, 
Rutgers—The State University 

Associate Professor Stewart P. Schneider, 
Certificate in Advanced Librarianship, 
1974, Columbia University 

Associate Professor Leena Siitonen, Ph.D., 
1984, University of Pittsburgh 

Assistant Professor C. Herbert Carson, Ph.D., 
1987, Syracuse University 

Assistant Professor E. Gale Eaton, Ph.D., 
1990, University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill 

Assistant Professor Donna Gitton, Ph.D., 
1988, University of Pittsburgh 

Assistant Professor Cheryl McCarthy, Ph.D., 
1990, Simmons College 

Assistant Professor Emerita Patricia E. Jensen, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Cormecticut 


Specializations 

The overall goal of the school is to edu- 
cate librarians who will not only function 
effectively, but also demonstrate the capacity 
to affect the course of librarianship. The 


_ Ae ener {GRE ot MAT at _ 
“the percentile or bettérynda elor 


Graduate School of Library and Information 
Studies prepares students for professional 
service in libraries and information agencies 


" by offering an ALA-accredited program lead- 


ing to the Master of Library and Information 
Studies (M.L.LS.) degree. It also provides an 
opportunity for students to pursue simulta- 
neously master’s degrees in library and infor- 
mation studies and in history or public 
administration. The school library media 
specialization is accredited by NASDTEC. 

Through consultation with advisors, 
students prepare for careers in academic, 
school, public, or special libraries. They also 
may plan for specialization in areas such as 
children’s service, reference and bibliogra- 
phy, cataloging, special collections, media 
programs, information science, automation, 
administration, young adult services, and 
library history. 


Master of Library 
and Information Studies 







degree (B average). GRE and MAT waived for 
applicants with a master’s degree. All materi- 
als required for application should be 
received by the Graduate School by Novem- 
ber 15 for spring admission, February 15 for 
summer admission, and April 15 for fall 
admission. Notification of acceptance or 
denial is mailed approximately six weeks 
after receipt by the Graduate School. 
Program requirements: 42 credits consist- 
ing of LSC 501, 502, 503,504, 505 or 506; 
21 credits of electives of which up to nine 
ma in courses Outside libra: 
SCi 


eva t’s 
_Specialization;-one course with major paper 


requiring significant indepe t research; 
a writte rehensive examination. Up 
secre ea IcE heer 
centers at University of Massachusetts in 
Amherst or Boston and at the University of 
New Hampshire at Durham. Effective Janu. 


ary 1, 1992, no more t six credi 


courses may be taken in no iculating 


satisfy degree requirements, a minimum of 
54 credits total is required to satisfy the 
requirements for both degrees. 


Cooperative Program 
(M.P.A. and M.L.LS.) 

A second cooperative program permits 
joint enrollment in the Master of Library and 
Information Studies and Master of Public 
Administration Programs, each of which 
requires a minimum of 36 credits when 
taken separately. The integrated pursuit of 
the two degrees makes it possible for nine 
credits of appropriately selected course work 
from one program to serve as electives in the 
other, and for six credits to be applied in the 
opposite direction. Thus, when planned and 
taken jointly, the two programs can be com- 
pleted with a total of 57 credits. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for M.L.I.S. and M.P.A. 
Applicant must apply and be accepted in 
both programs. Applications (in quadrupli- 
cate) must indicate M.L.I.S./M.P.A. as the 
field of specialization. 

Program requirements: each student must 
complete the required core courses for both 
programs plus three credits of PSC 590 for 
the M.P.A. Students must file separate pro- 
grams of study for each degree, indicating 
the courses to be jointly counted. Each 
student must pass the separate comprehen- 
sive examination for each degree. A student 
who fails to complete one of the programs 
may, of course, complete the other in accor- 
dance with the separate program of study. 


LSC Courses 
Library and Information Studies 


(G01 Poundations of Library and Informa- 


tion Science (I and II, 3) Overview of the 
field covering the language and literature of 
librarianship; the history and functions of 
libraries; the nature of various types of 
libraries, the profession, operations, and 
new technologies. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Eaton, ol | 
Zipkowitz, and Carson 94 


status for transfer into the degree program. 
ne GO Pibrary Administration (1 and II, 3) 
€ scientific analysis of library administra- 


Cooperative Program 
(M.A. in History and M.L.LS.) 

By proper selection of course work, a 
student may earn simultaneously the degrees 
of Master of Arts in history and Master of 
Library and Information Studies. 


Admission requirements: GRE (subject test 5 603 ¢ 


desirable) and other requirements listed for 
history and library science. Applicant must 
apply and be accepted in both programs. 
Applications (in quadruplicate) should 
indicate history/library and information 
studies as the field of specialization. 
Program requirements: student must sub- 
mit individual 30-credit (minimum) pro- 
grams of study that satisfy specific core 
requirements for each degree. Since a maxi- 
mum of six credits may be jointly used to 


34(504 


tion ranging from the community survey 
and formulation of goals and objectives to 
case studies on public and technical ser- 
vices, staffing and personnel, and buildings. 
(Lec. 3) Siittonen and Zipkowitz 


Qollection Development (I and I, 3) 

ntroduction to process, practices, and prob- 
lems of collection building, maintenance, 
and evaluation regardless of format or sub- 
ject of material, type of institutional setting, 
or community or client group served. (Lec. 3) 
Futas and Tryon 


ference and Information Services 
(land If, 3) Practical experience in the use of 
basic information sources with readings and 
discussion on the philosophy and adminis- 
trative aspects of reference work. (Lec. 3) , 


Schneider and Futas au 34 \ 


505 Organization of Library Materials 
(Land II, 3) Introduction to the principles 
and practice of descriptive and subject cata- 
loging and classification systems with an 
introduction to Library of Congress classi- 
fication. Includes OCLC searching and tag- 
ging. (Lec. 3) Staff 


C506 Dechnical Services (I or IT, 3) Principles 
and policies in the acquisition, organiza- 
tion, conservation, and circulation of mate- 
tials in libraries and information centers. In- 
cludes examination of automation of library 
processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501. Zipkowitz 


tory of Books and Printing 
(or If, 3) The art and craft of book produc- 
tion through the ages; printers, methods, 
and materials with consideration given to 
the role of the book in cultural develop- 
ment. (Lec. 3) Tryon 


512 History of Libraries and Librarianship 
(lor If, 3) The development of libraries and 
librarianship within a cultural, social, and 
economic context from antiquity to the 
present. (Lec. 3) Tryon 


513 Intellectual Freedom and Censorship 
or Hf, 3) Historical development and current 
status of the concept of intellectual freedom 
and the restraints that past and present soci- 
eties have imposed on it. Special attention 
given to the librarian’s role in defense of 
intellectual freedom. (Lec. 3) Tryon 


520 The School Library Media Center 

(I, 3) The relationships of school library 
media centers to school programs and cur- 
ticulums with an emphasis on administra- 
tion, services, and functions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
502 or permission of instructor. Staff 


521 Public Library Service (1 or I, 3) Meth- 
ods for management and planning in public 
libraries for creating programs, and for 
evaluating services and their effects on the 
public served. The identification of alterna- 
tive solutions to budgeting and personnel 
management problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502. 
Siitonen and Zipkowitz 


lege and University Library Ser- 
vice (I, 3) Study of the functions, organiza- 
tion, management, and services of college 
and university libraries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502. 
Tryon and Zipkowitz 


523 Special Library Service (I or If, 3) Orga- 
nization, management, and procedures as 
they apply to special libraries with particular 
emphasis on the diversity of special library 
functions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502. Kellerman and 
Stankus 


Wedia in the Library (1 or II, 3) The 
rolé of multimedia materials in library and 
information settings, including the selec- 
tion, evaluation, organization, and utiliza- 
tion of audiovisual hardware and software, 
and an introduction to emerging communi- 


cation technologies. (Lec. 3) Cason ow 


sp 


29 Theory and Production of Library 

edia Communications (I or II, 3) Introduc- 
tion to the design and production of graphic, 
photographic, audio, video, and computer- 
based materials for library and information 
environments through the application of 
basic communication, perception, and learn- 
ing theories. (Lec. 3) Carson 


530 Reading Interests of Children (I or I, 3) 
A survey of children’s literature as it relates 
to the reading interests and information 
needs of children. Emphasis is on collection 
building, reference, reading guidance, and 
book promotion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Eaton 


531 Reading Interests of Young Adults 
(or H, 3) Overview of young adult literature 
in the context of the special interests and 
information needs of adolescence. Emphasis 
on the building, use, and promotion of the 
young adult collection. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 or 
permission of instructor. Eaton 


535 Public Library Services to Children 
and Young Adults (I, 3) Public library ser- 
vices to children and young adults, with 
emphasis on the development of programs 
to meet library goals and objectives. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 502 or permission of instructor. Eaton 


536 Storytelling (I or H, 3) Selection, adapta- 
tion, and presentation of stories for children 
of all ages, including attention to sources of 
materials, planning the story hour, and train- 
ing and practice in the art of storytelling. 
(Lec. 3) Daigneault 


537 Health Sciences Librarianship (II, 3) 
Introduction to the nature and operation of 
health science libraries and an overview of 
health science bibliography. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 
and 504 or permission of instructor. Kellerman 


538 Law Librarianship (1, 3) Introduction 
to legal bibliography and research and to a 
broad range of problems involved in the 
administration and operation of various 
kinds of law libraries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 and 
504 or permission of instructor. Svengalis 


540 Library Materials in the Humanities 
(or II, 3) Library resources in the humani- 
ties, including the major works, serial publi- 
cations, and reference and bibliographical 
materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503 and 504. Schneider 


§41 Library Materials in the Social Sciences 
(lor Il, 3) Library resources in the social sciences, 
including the major works, serial publications, 
and reference and bibliographical materials. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 503 and 504, Schneider 


542 Library Materials in Science and 
Technology (I or II, 3) Library resources in 
science and technology, including the ma- 
jor works, serial publications, and reference 
and bibliographical materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
503 and 504. Carson 


§43 Government Publications (1 or II, 3) 
Survey of the publishing activities and pub- 
lications of national, state, and local govern- 
ments with emphasis on the publications of 
the United States government. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
504. Schneider 


LANGUAGES/LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES 63 


iformation Science for Librarians 
or Il, 3) An introduction to the interdisci- 

plinary study of information science related 
to information (data) collection, analysis, 
processing, transmission, utilization, and 
communication, with emphasis on biblio- 
graphic data and its retrieval in modern 
libraries and information centers. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 502 and 504 or permission of instructor. 
Siitonen 


pmputer Systems in Library Auto- 
mation (I or II, 3) Introduction to principles 
of systems analysis and the tools of analysis. 
Study of computer hardware and software 
and the application of new technologies to 
library operations and services. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
501 or permission of instructor. Staff 


(547 Ynline Searching and Services (1 or If, 3) 

ntroduction to computerized information 
retrieval and the provision of computerized 
information :services in libraries, including 
hands-on experience. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: 501 
and 504. Schneider and Siitonen 


(48 Microcomputer Applications in Library 


and-information Services (I or II, 3) Selec- 
tion, evaluation, and integration of hardware 
and software specific to functions of different 
types of libraries and information centers. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 501 or permission of instructor. 
Siitonen and Carson dong. 


549 Iviformation Storage and Retrieval 

r I, 3) Theory and methods of analyzing, 
storing, and retrieving primarily biblio- 
graphic information and their applications 
in libraries and information services. Opera- 
tion, monitoring, and evaluation of manual 
and computerized retrieval systems. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 1) Pre: 501. Siitonen 


550 Advanced Cataloging (1 or I, 3) Theory 
and problems in descriptive and subject 
cataloging and classification with emphasis 
on the use of Library of Congress subject 
headings and classification. Includes editing 
of original and copy cataloging for OCLC. 
Emphasis is on microforms, serials, rare 
books, music and sound recordings. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 505. Zipkowitz 


551 Organization of Nonprint Materials 
(lor II, 3) A practical and theoretical study 
of the development of procedures for intel- 
lectual and physical access to materials not 
in conventional print form, including maps 
and vertical file materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: S05. 
Staff 


561 Library Effectiveness: Research and 
Evaluation (1, 3) Introduction to types and 
methods of research, applications of pub- 
lished research and research techniques to 
the evaluation and improvement of library 
and information services. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501- 
505 or permission of instructor. Eaton 


562 Administration of Special Collections, 
Archives, and Manuscripts (1, 3) Principles 
and techniques for administering manuscript 
and archival repositories, including acquisi- 
tion policies, appraisal criteria, methodology, 
and preservation practices. (Lec. 3) Pre: core 
courses or permission of instructor. Maslyn 


64 









GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


564 Introduction to Library Conservation 
(or Hf, 3) Fundamentals of effective manage- 
ment for programs of preventive and restor- 
ative conservation for paper products and 
other library materials. (Lec. 3) Cloonan 


565 Rare Book Librarianship (J or I, 3) 
Organization, management, principles, and 
techniques as they apply to the development 
and administration of rare book collections. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 510 or permission of instruc- 





571 Database Management Systems f 
Information Services (I or II, 3) Provides 
concepts of database management system 
(DBMS) for the design and use of biblio- 
graphic and nonbibliographic databases. 
Includes DBMS models, query processing, file 
organization; security, accuracy, and privacy 
of databases, and evaluation of DBMSs. Pre: 
548 or equivalent knowledge and permission of 
instructor. Siitonen 409: 


591, 592, 593 Independent Work (By appt., 
1-3 each) Supervised reading or investiga- 
tion in areas of special interest to students 
who obtain written approval for such study 
prior to registration for the semester for 
which it is proposed. Pre: 18 hours of library 
science with a B average. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 3 credits. Staff 


595 Professional Field Experience (I and I, 
1-3) Directed field experience applying 
theory to practice in libraries, information 
centers, and related organizations under the 
joint supervision of a member of the faculty 
and the professional staff of the cooperating 
institutions. (45 hours per credit) Pre: comple- 
tion of at least 18 hours of library science with 
a B average. May be repeated for a maximum of 
3 credits. Staff 


596 School Library Media Center Practi- 
cum (II, 3-6) Directed field experience apply- 
ing theory to practice in school library media 
centers under the joint supervision of a fac- 
ulty member and the professional staff of the 
cooperating school. (45 hours per credit) Pre: 
520 and completion of at least 18 hours of 
library science. Staff 


597 Selected Topics (I and IT, 3) Selected 
topics in library and information studies of 
current and special interest not covered in 
existing course offerings. Topics announced 
prior to each offering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501 or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 

























Manufacturing Engineering 
M.S. 
401-792-2455 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Winston A. Knight, 
Ph.D., 1967, Birmingham University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Peter 
Dewhurst, Ph.D., 1973, University of 
Manchester 

Professor Geoffrey Boothroyd, Ph.D., 1962, 
D.Sc., 1974, University of London 

Associate Professor William D. Lawing, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1965, lowa State University 

Associate Professor David M. Shao, Ph.D., 
1970, State University of New York, 
Buffalo 

Assistant Professor Manbir Sodhi, Ph.D., 
1991, University of Arizona 

Adjunct Professor Charles C. Reynolds, 
Ph.D., 1963, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 


Specializations 

Fundamentals of manufacturing pro- 
cesses, manufacturing automation, product 
design for efficient manufacture, and the 
organization of manufacturing systems. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE (for gradu- 
ates of non-U.S. universities only) and B.S. 
degree in industrial, manufacturing, or 
mechanical engineering. An applicant with 
a B.S. degree in another field of engineering, 
mathematics, physics, chemistry, or com- 
puter science will be considered; such appli- 
cants will be required to complete some 
deficiency courses. 

Program requirements: 30 credits includ- 
ing thesis (six credits); IME 542; IME 544 
and 549 or 591, 592, and a graduate elec- 
tive; three credits each from the areas of 
fundamentals of manufacturing processes 
and manufacturing properties of materials, 
control and organization of manufacturing 
systems, and computer systems in manufac- 
turing engineering and design. IME 340 or 
equivalent is a prerequisite. 


Financial Aid 

A number of graduate and research 
assistantships are available for qualified 
graduate students. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Please see the listing under Applied 
Mathematical Sciences on page 26. 


IME Courses 

Industrial and Manufacturing 

Engineering 

404 Engineering Economy (I and II, 3) 

411 Probability for Engineers (I, 3) 

412 Statistics for Engineers (1, 3) 

430 Design and Analysis of 
Compensation Systems (II, 3) 


432 Operations Research: Deterministic 
Models (f, 3) 

433 Operations Research: Stochastic 
Models (1, 3) 

435 Introduction to Operations Research 
(land II, 3) 

441 Metal Castings (I, 3) 

443 Machining and Machine Tools (H, 3) 

444 Assembly and Handling Automation 
(, 3) 

446 (or MCE 446) Metal Deformation 
Processes (I, 3) 

449 (or MCE 449) Product Design for 
Manufacture (J, 3) 

450 Computer-Aided Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering (I, 3) 

451 Industrial Engineering Systems (I, 3) 

491, 492 Special Problems 
(land II, 1-6 each) 


§00 Network Application in Industrial 
Engineering (I, 3) Industrial systems prob- 
lems that can be formulated in terms of flows 
in networks. Critical path scheduling, trans- 
portation problems, allocation, sequencing, 
line balancing, etc. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Shao 


513 Statistical Quality Assurance (J, 3) 
Topics in statistical quality control systems. 
Single, multiple, and sequential sampling. 
Design and analysis of a wide variety of sta- 
tistical control systems used in conjunction 
with discrete and continuous data, for sev- 
eral kinds of data emission. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412 
or equivalent. Staff 


514 Special Topics in Statistical Quality 
Assurance (I, 3) Quality control evaluation 
and monitoring systems for short-run produc- 
tion processes; analysis of critical specifications 
in small limited sample opportunities; sequen- 
tial analyses; statistical procedures for trouble- 
shooting; small sample strategies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
412 or equivalent or permission of instructor. Staff 


525 Simulation 
See Computer Science 525. 


§33 Advanced Statistical Methods for 
Research and Industry (f, 3) Estimation and 
testing; regression and correlation; analysis 
of variance and related topics. Applications 
in industrial operations and engineering 
research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411 or permission of 
instructor. Lawing 


540 Production Control and Inventory 
Systems (I, 3) Theory and practice of indus- 
trial production control and inventory 
systems. A broad spectrum of mathematical 
models for static, dynamic, perpetual, and 
periodic inventory systems as they affect 
and relate to production. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


541 Materials Processing and Metrology II 
¢, 3) Continuation of 340. Engineering 
analyses in the processing of materials. 
Dynamic coupling, tool-work-piece interac- 
tion, energy and thermal analysis; mechan- 
ics of material removal and displacements, 
advanced topics in mechanical electrical 
systems for processing of materials. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 440 or permission of instructor. Staff 


542 Introduction to Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing (J, 3) Use of computers in 
manufacturing. Planning and control of 
manufacturing facilities and operations. 
Group technology, flow lines, optimization 
of machining conditions, numerical and 
adaptive control, automation, robotic appli- 
cations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 442 or permission of 
instructor. Knight 


543 Fundamentals of Machining (H, 3) 
Fundamental treatment of the mechanics 
and economics of metal machining and 
grinding. Includes an introduction to 
numerical control and computer-aided pro- 
gramming of CNC machine tools. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: CVE 220 and IDE 340 or permission of 
instructor. Boothroyd, Dewhurst, and Knight 


544 Automatic Assembly (J, 3) Types and 
economics of automatic assembly systems. 
Analysis of automatic feeding and orienting 
techniques for small parts. Application of 
robots in assembly. Economics of assembly 
systems for printed circuit boards. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 440 or permission of instructor. Not for 
graduate credit for students with credit in 444. 
Boothroyd and Dewhurst 


545 Manufacturing Systems: Analysis, 
Design, Simulation (J, 3) Problems in 
manufacturing system analysis and design. 
Quantitative models and simulation meth- 
ods applied to production planning, con- 
trol, scheduling, resource allocation, and 
decision making in various types of manu- 
facturing systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 433 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Shao 


546 Advanced Metal Deformation Pro- 
cesses (II, 3) Theory of metal flow under 
different loading conditions. Prediction of 
metal forming process capabilities. Advanced 
topics include effects of anisotropy and 
mechanics of powder forming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
340 or permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit for students with credit in 446. Dewhurst 


§49 (or MCE 549) Advanced Product 
Design for Manufacture (I, 3) Techniques 
for analyzing product structures for ease of 
assembly and manufacture. Considers 
mechanical and electronic products and 
choice of materials and processes. A design 
project and term paper are required. Pre: 240 
or 340 and credit or current enrollment in 444 
or permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit for students with credit in 449. 
Dewhurst or Boothroyd 


550 Design for Producibility (I, 3) 
Addresses the capabilities of primary shape- 
generating processes. Concentration on 
manufacturability guidelines and on the 
effects of design decisions on material 
choice, processing times, and tooling costs. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 449 or 549. Knight or Dewhurst 


555, 556 Engineering Applications of 
Mathematical Programming I, II (I and II, 
3 each) Sensitivity analysis and pricing prob- 
lems, practical problems in degeneracy and 
duality, decomposition methods for large- 
scale systems, applied convex, integer, non- 


LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES/MARINE AFFAIRS 65 


linear, and quadratic programming meth- 
ods. An introduction to stochastic program- 
ming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 for 555 or permission 
of instructor; SSS for SS6 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Staff 


565 Theory of Scheduling (H, 3) Sequenc- 
ing problems, finite sequencing for a single 
machine n/m job shop problems with ana- 
lytical and heuristic procedures, networks 
applied to scheduling, queuing systems in 
scheduling, probabilistic scheduling prob- 
lems. Survey of selected literature. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 432 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1993-94. Shao 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and I, 1-6 
each) Advanced work under supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the individual 
requirements of the student. (Lec. or Lab. 
according to the nature of the problem) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and Ii) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


610 Topics in Applied Queuing Theory 

@, 3) Poisson and Erland queues, imbedded 
chains, M/G/1 and G/M/1 queues, and 
related topics in queuing theory. Analysis of 
a wide variety of queues with an applica- 
tions orientation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 433 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94, Staff 


634 Design and Analysis of Industrial 
Experiments (I, 3) Further development of 
topics in analysis of variance. Randomized 
blocks, Latin squares and related designs, 
factorial experiments, confounding and 
fractional replications, and split-plot 
designs. Design and analyses of engineering 
experiments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 533. Lawing 


635 (or EST 635) Response Surfaces and 
Evolutionary Operations (I, 3) Methods of 
determining the response surface for multiple 
factors over a specified range and techniques 
for seeking an optimum. First- and second- 
order response surfaces. Rotatable second-order 
design. Central composite rotatable designs. 
Multivariable EVOP programs and other topics 
in evolutionary operations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 533 or 
equivalent. Lawing 

660 Methods of Optimization (1, 3) 
Methods of optimization: indirect, direct 
elimination, climbing. Geometric program- 
ming. Problems and other topics in applied 
optimization. (Lec. 3) Pre: CSC 500 and per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Staff 


691, 692 Advanced Special Problems in 
Industrial Engineering (I and II, 1-6 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the individual 
requirements of the student. (Lec. or Lab. 
according to nature of problems) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 12 credits. Staff 


Marine Affairs 
M.A., M.M.A. 
401-792-2596 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Lawrence Juda, Ph.D., 
1973, Columbia University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Dennis W. Nixon, J.D., 1975, 
University of Cincinnati; M.M.A., 1976, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Niels West, Ph.D., 1973, Rutgers— 
The State University 

Associate Professor Richard H. Burroughs, 
Ph.D., 1974, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology and Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution 

Associate Professor Bruce E. Marti, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Florida 

Assistant Professor William R. Gordon, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1987, Texas A&M University 

Assistant Professor Gerald H. Krausse, Ph.D., 
1975, University of Pittsburgh 

Adjunct Professor Thomas Kitsos, Ph.D., 
1992, University of Illinois 

Adjunct Professor Claiborne D. Pell, M.A., 
1946, Columbia University 

Adjunct Professor Gerald Seifert, J.D., 1964, 
Indiana University; M.M.A., 1978, 
University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Jens C. 
Sorensen, Ph.D., 1978, University of 
California, Berkeley 

Professor Emeritus Lewis M. Alexander, 
Ph.D., 1949, Clark University 

Professor Emeritus John A. Knauss, Ph.D., 
1959, University of California 


Specializations 

Coastal zone management, marine 
transportation and port planning, fisheries 
law and management, international marine 
policy and law, marine geography. 


Master of Arts (M.A.) 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree in related science or social 
science. For international students, mini- 
mum TOEFL score of 575. Full-time appli- 
cants are admitted for September only. 

Program requirements: thesis and MAF 
482, 502, 571, 577, 651, 652; MAF 511 or 
appropriate oceanography substitute; REN 
514 or appropriate resource economics 
substitute; plus a minimum of 15 elective 
credits for a total of 45 credits. 


Master of Marine Affairs (M.M.A.) 
Admission requirements: prior graduate 
degree or five years of equivalent experience 
in marine areas. For international students, 
minimum TOEFL score of 575. Applicants 

are admitted for September only. 


66 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Program requirements: nonthesis program; 
MAF 577, 589, 651, 652; REN 514; MAF 511 
Or appropriate oceanography substitute; plus 
12 elective credits for a total of 30 credits; 
written comprehensive examination. 


MAF Courses 
Marine Affairs 


410 Problems in Geography and Marine 
Affairs (I, 3) 

413 (or APG 413) Peoples of the Sea (I, 3) 

456 Polar Resources and Policy (I, 3) 

461 Coastal Zone Uses (I, 3) 

471 Island Systems (I, 3) 

472 Marine Recreation Management (I, 3) 

482 Quantitative Methods in Marine 
Affairs (I, 3) 

484 Environmental Analysis and Policy 
in Coastal Management (I, 3) 

491, 492 Special Problems (I and II, 3 each) 

499 Directed Study (I and II, 1-3) 


502 Research Methods in Geography and 
Marine Affairs (I, 3) Emphasis on the applica- 
tion of alternative research methods utilized in 
a typical interdisciplinary study. Development 
of specific research projects. Pre: 482 or permis- 
sion of chairperson. (Lec. 3) Marti 


§11 Ocean Uses and Marine Science (Z, 3) 

Introduction to selected ocean uses focusing 
on the interplay of public policy and marine 
science. Emphasis on policy implications of 

uses such as resource and energy extraction 

and waste disposal. (Lec. 3) Burroughs 


§12 (or PSC 512) Seminar in Marine 
Science Policy and Public Law (I, 3) 
Examination of the interplay of science, 
policy, and law in the formulation and 
implementation of domestic policy in areas 
such as waste management and the envi- 
ronment. Burroughs 


§16 (or CPL 516) Seminar on the Urban 
Waterfront (f, 3) The urban environment, 
its evolution, structure, and function as it 
relates to the waterfront. Topics on policy, 
management, and utilization on the local 
and regional level will be covered. Field trip 
and student project required. Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in marine affairs or com- 
munity planning or permission of instructor. 
Krausse 


520 Seminar in Coastal Margin Manage- 
ment (II, 3) Nature of oil, gas, and other 
mineral resources on the outer continental 
shelf, public and private sector decisions, 
and environmental issues are reviewed. 
Emphasis on the utility of data for policy 
development. (Sem. 3) Burroughs 


521 Coastal Zone Law (I, 3) Examination of 
the authority of different levels and agen- 
cies of government to make decisions affect- 
ing coastal regions. Survey of existing and 
proposed state and national legislation 
affecting coastal regions. (Lec. 3) Nixon 


§23 Fisheries Law and Management (I, 3) 
Examination of the relationship between 
law and fisheries policy on the international 
and national level, law relating to fisheries, 
jurisdictional levels, function of law in 
implementing fisheries management policy. 
(Lec. 3) Nixon 


526 LANDSAT Remote Sensing and 
Analysis (I, 3) Theory and application of 
the LANDSAT remote sensing system and 
geographical information systems empha- 
sizing coastal resource surveillance. Devel- 
opment and interpretation of supervised 
and unsupervised classifications from digi- 
tized reflectance values obtained from the 
MS and TM scanners. Pre: 482 or permission 
of instructor. West 


§30 Coastal Area Management Seminar 
(SS, 3) Examines coastal resource problems 
from a spatial approach, emphasizing 
present and potential user conflicts and the 
manner in which they have been addressed 
here and abroad. (Sem.) Pre: credit or concur- 


rent enrollment in MAF, CPL, or REN, graduate .' 


standing, or permission of instructor. West 


562 Admiralty Law (7, 3) Fundamentals of 
admiralty law: collisions at sea, bills of lad- 
ing, marine insurance, and rights of sea- 
men. Case studies of marine transportation 
problems and their resolution by law. 

(Lec. 3) Nixon 


563 Maritime Transportation (II, 3) 
Passenger and commodity transportation. 
Analysis of the relationship between trans- 
portation services and the spatial distribu- 
tion of activities. Emphasis on multimodel 
transport and bulk commodities. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: senior or graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. Marti 


564 Port Operations and Policy (I, 3) 
Analysis of coastal and international trade 
routes and the response of ports. Special 
emphasis on the container revolution, liq- 
uid natural gas transportation, and deep- 
water ports for supertankers. (Lec. 3) Marti 


571 Marine Geography (I, 3) The marine 
region as a unique complex of physical and 
cultural elements. The purpose is to analyze 
functional relationships within the region 
and to assess forms of regional organization 
and control. (Lec. 3) Staff 


572 Management of Ocean Regions (II, 3) 
A global study of the nature and use of 
ocean basins, semi-enclosed seas, and other 
marine areas, with special emphasis on 
regional arrangements and regimes. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: S71 or permission of chairperson. In alter- 
nate years. Staff 


577 (or PSC 577) International Ocean 
Law (1, 3) Principles of international law as 
they relate to ocean management problems. 
Jurisdiction in the territorial sea, contiguous 
zones, and the deep seabed will be exam- 
ined within the international legal frame- 
work. (Lec. 3) Pre: 312, CPL 434, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Juda 


578 International Ocean Organizations 

(if, 3) International organizations involved in 
marine-related activities, including their plan- 
ning, management, and regulatory and assis- 
tance functions. Attention to the impact of 
these organizations on national policies in 
the developed and developing worlds. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 577 or permission of instructor. Juda 


579 Marine Jurisdictional Issues (H, 3) Ex- 
amination and analysis of national controls 
in the oceans, including international and 
domestic maritime boundaries, types of off- 
shore zones, and claims to special jurisdic- 
tional rights. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or 577 or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


582 Estuarine Policy (f, 3) Policy options, 
governing structures, and management 
techniques for estuarine areas are consid- 
ered with special attention to the effective- 
ness of the resulting approaches. (Lec. 3) 
Burroughs 


586 Environmental Impact Assessment 
and Analysis (I, 3) A survey of environ- 
mental legislation and proposed guidelines, 
together with a review of physical and 
socioeconomic methods of environmental 
analysis and assessments. Preparation of 
environmental impact statements. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: BOT 262 or permission of instructor. West 


589 Master’s Project Research (I or II, 3) 
Preparation of a major research paper for 
M.M.A. students under the guidance of a 
graduate faculty member. Pre: graduate 
standing in the M.M.A. program. S/U credit. 
Staff 


$91, 592 Directed Study or Research 

(f and If, 3) Areas of special research interest 
of graduate students. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. Staff 


§95 Problems of Modernization in Devel- 
oping Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


$99 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 
Staff 


602 Federal Ocean Policy and Organiza- 
tion (I, 3) Ocean policy development and 
implementation by the executive and legis- 
lative branches of government. Allocation 
of powers and analysis of the decision- 
making process for the oceans. (Lec. 3) Juda 


651, 652 Marine Affairs Seminar (I and II, 3 
each) Interdisciplinary seminar conducted by 
marine affairs program faculty supplemented 
by guest speakers from industry and govern- 
ment. Focuses on problems of marine 
resources development and management at 
the local, state, national, and international 
policy levels. (Lec. 3) Burroughs, Juda, 
Krausse, Marti, Nixon, and West 


Mathematics 
MSS., Ph.D. 
401-792-2709 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor John T. Montgomery, 
Ph.D., 1971, University of Wisconsin 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Barbara Kaskosz, Ph.D., 1977, 
Polish Academy of Sciences 

Professor Raymond A. Beauregard, Ph.D., 
1968, University of New Hampshire 

Professor Dilip K. Datta, Ph.D., 1963, Delhi 
University 

Professor Rodney D. Driver, Ph.D., 1960, 
University of Minnesota 

Professor John B. Fraleigh, M.A., 1956, 
Princeton University 

Professor Edward A. Grove, Ph.D., 1969, 
Brown University 

Professor Gerasimos Ladas, Ph.D., 1968, 
New York University 

Professor James T. Lewis, Ph.D., 1969, 
Brown University 

Professor Pan-Tai Liu, Ph.D., 1968, State 
University of New York, Stony Brook 

Professor Oved Shisha, Ph.D., 1958, Hebrew 
University 

Professor Robert C. Sine, Ph.D., 1962, 
University of Illinois 

Professor E. Ramnath Suryanarayan, Ph.D., 
1961, University of Michigan 

Professor Ghasi Ram Verma, Ph.D., 1957, 
Rajasthan University 

Associate Professor Dean Clark, Ph.D., 1978, 
Brown University 

Associate Professor Norman J. Finizio, Ph.D., 
1972, Courant Institute of Mathematical 
Sciences, New York University 

Associate Professor Lewis I. Pakula, Ph.D., 
1972, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor David H. Wood, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Emilio O. Roxin, Ph.D., 
1959, University of Buenos Aires 

Professor Emeritus Sol Schwartzman, Ph.D., 
1953, Yale University 


Specializations 

Ordinary, functional, and stochastic 
differential equations, partial differential 
equations, abstract differential equations, 
functional analysis, approximation theory, 
probability, fluid mechanics, control theory, 
and differential games. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: Bachelor’s 
degree with strong undergraduate back- 
ground in mathematics. Applicants with 
deficiencies in mathematics may be 
accepted subject to taking certain under- 
graduate courses in addition to the graduate 
program requirements. 


Program requirements: 30 credits (or 24 
plus thesis), including at least 18 credits in 
mathematics of which at least 12 must be at 
the 500 level or above. A course requiring a 
substantial paper involving significant 
independent study and a written compre- 
hensive examination are required for the 
nonthesis option. MTH 435 and 513 must 
be completed with a grade of A or B. Recom- 
mended courses include MTH 515, 525, 
535, 536, and 562. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s program. 

Program requirements: MTH 513, 515, 
525, 535, 536, and 562, plus specialized 
courses and electives. Reading ability (in 
candidate’s specialty and with a dictionary) 
in one language chosen from French, Ger- 
man, or Russian. An oral qualifying exami- 
nation is required of all candidates. 

Please also see the listing under Applied 
Mathematical Sciences on page 26. 


General Information 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed on a full-time 
basis. However, all Ph.D. candidates must 
register full time for two consecutive semes- 
ters prior to taking the doctoral comprehen- 
sive examination. 


MTH Courses 
Mathematics 


418 Matrix Analysis (I, 3) 

420 Topics in Foundations (J, 3) 

425 Topology (I, 3) 

435, 436 Introduction to Mathematical 
Analysis I, 01 ( and If, 3 each) 

437, 438 Advanced Calculus and 
Applications (I and II, 3 each) 

441 Introduction to Partial Differential 
Equations (I, 3) 

444 Ordinary Differential Equations (I, 3) 

447 (or CSC 447) Discrete Mathematical 
Structures (J, 3) 

451 Introduction to Probability and 
Statistics (J, 3) 

452 Mathematical Statistics (I, 3) 

456 Introduction to Random Processes 
(Hi, 3) 

461 Methods of Applied Mathematics 
@, 3) 

462 Functions of a Complex Variable 
a, 3) 

464 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 
(, 3) 

471 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 
(Land II, 3) 

472 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II 


, 3) 
492 Special Problems (I and Hf, 1-3) 


MARINE AFFAIRS/MATHEMATICS 67 


513 Linear Algebra (I, 3) Linear spaces and 
transformations, linear functionals, adjoints, 
projections, diagonalization, Jordan form of 
matrices, inner products; positive, normal, 
self-adjoint, and unitary operators; spectral 
theorem, bilinear and quadratic forms. 

(Lec. 3) Staff 


515, 516 Algebra I, II (I and I, 3 each) 
Groups, rings, modules, commutative 
algebra. (Lec. 3) Pre: 316. In alternate years. 
Next offered 1992-93. Staff 


525 Topology (I, 3) Topological spaces, 
separation properties, connectedness, com- 
pactness, uniformities. Function spaces, 
spaces of continuous functions, and com- 
plete spaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 425 or equivalent. In 
alternate years. Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


535, 536 Measure Theory and Integration 
(land I, 3 each) Elements of topology and 
linear analysis. Lebesgue measure and inte- 


gration in R, in R", and in abstract spaces. 


Convergence theorems. Bounded variation, 
absolute continuity, and differentiation. 
Lebesgue-Stieltjes integral. Fubini and 
Tonelli theorems, The classical Banach 
spaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435. Staff 


545, 546 Ordinary Differential Equations I, 
II (f and I, 3 each) Existence and uniqueness 
theorems. Continuous dependence on 
parameters and initial conditions. Singulari- 
ties of the first and second kinds, self-adjoint 
eigenvalue problems on a finite interval. 
Oscillation and comparison theorems. Intro- 
duction to delay and difference equations. 
Elements of stability theory of Lyapunov’s 
second method. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1993~94. Staff 


547 (or CSC 547) Combinatorics and 
Graph Theory (I, 3) Enumeration: generat- 
ing functions, recurrence relations, classical 
counting numbers, iriclusion-exclusion, 
combinatorial designs. Graphs and their 
applications: Euler tours, Hamilton cycles, 
matchings and coverings in bipartite 
graphs, the four-color problem. Pre: 215 or 
equivalent. In alternate years. Next offered fall 
1993. Staff 


548 Topics in Combinatorics (I, 3) Topics 
such as Ramsey theory, Polya theory, net- 
work flows and the max-flow-mincut varia- 
tions, applications in operations research; 
finite fields and algebraic methods; block 
designs, coding theory, other topics. Pre: 
547 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 1994. Staff 


550 Probability and Stochastic Processes 
(,, 3) Review of probability theory. Generat- 
ing functions, renewal theory, Markov 
chains and processes, Brownian motions, 
stationary processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 437 or 435 
and 451, or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


551 Mathematical Statistics (II, 3) Theory 
of estimation and hypothesis testing. Large 
sample methods. Regression and analysis of 
variance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 437 or 435 and 451, or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


68 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


561 Advanced Applied Mathematics (I, 3) 
Linear spaces, theory of operators. Green’s 
functions, eigenvalue problems of ordinary 
differential equations. Application to partial 
differential equations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 461. Staff 


562 Complex Function Theory (I, 3) Rigor- 
ous development of theory of functions. 
Topology of plane, complex integration, 
singularities, conformal mapping. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 1992. Pre: 435 and 
436 or 437 and 438 and permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


572 Numerical Analysis (H, 3) Further 
numerical methods of solution of simulta- 
neous equations, partial differential equa- 
tions, integral equations. Error analysis. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 472. Staff 


575 Approximation Theory and 
Applications to Signal Processing 
See Electrical Engineering 575. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1 and I, 

1-3 each) Advanced work under the super- 
vision of a member of the department 
arranged to suit the individual requirements 
of the student. Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


629, 630 Functional Analysis I, II (@ and I, 
3 each) Banach and Hilbert spaces, basic 
theory. Bounded linear operators, spectral 
theory. Applications to analysis. Application 
to a special topic such as differential opera- 
tors, semigroups and abstract differential 
equations, theory of distributions, or ergodic 
theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 536 or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


641 Partial Differential Equations I (J, 3) 
First order systems. The Cauchy-Kowalewsky 
theorem. The Cauchy problem. Classification 
of partial differential equations. Hyperbolic 
equations. Mainly the theory of the subject. 
Students interested in techniques for the 
solution of standard equations should take 
441. (Lec. 3) Pre: 215, 435, and 462. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 


642 Partial Differential Equations II (I, 3) 
Elements of potential theory. Elliptic equa- 
tions. Green’s function. Parabolic equations. 
Introduction to the theory of distributions. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 641. In alternate years. Next 
offered spring 1993. Staff 


691, 692 Special Topics I, II (I and II, 3 each) 


Advanced topics of current research in math- 
ematics will be presented with a view to 
expose the students to the frontiers of the 
subject. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Mathematics Topics for 
Teachers (I and If, 0-3) Especially designed 
for teachers of mathematics. Basic topics of 
mathematics from an advanced or peda- 
gogical perspective. (Lec. or Lab.) Pre: teacher 
certification. Not for degree credit. Staff 


Mechanical Engineering and 


Applied Mechanics 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-792-2524 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Martin H. Sadd, Ph.D., 
1971, Illinois Institute of Technology 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Arun 
Shukla, Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Maryland 

Professor Philip Datseris, Ph.D., 1977, 
Columbia University 

Professor Frank DeLuise, M.S., 1950, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Mohammad Faghri, Ph.D., 1973, 
Oregon State University 

Professor William R. Ferrante, Ph.D., 1962, 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Hamouda Ghonem, Ph.D., 1978, 
McGill University 

Professor Thomas J. Kim, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Illinois 

Professor Richard C. Lessmann, Ph.D., 1969, 
Brown University 

Professor Charles D. Nash, Jr., Ph.D., 1959, 
Ohio State University 

Professor William J. Palm, Ph.D., 1971, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Frank M. White, Ph.D., 1959, 
Georgia Institute of Technology 

Professor Mason P. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Connecticut 

Assistant Professor Karen Core, Ph.D., 1990, 
North Carolina State University 

Assistant Professor Musa Jouaneh, Ph.D., 
1989, University of California, Berkeley 

Assistant Professor Daniel G. Olson, Ph.D., 
1987, University of Minnesota 

Assistant Professor David G. Taggart, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Pennsylvania 

Assistant Professor Zongqin Zhang, Ph.D., 
1990, Duke University 

Adjunct Professor Alexander J. Patton, Ph.D., 
1972, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Professor Wayne Tucker, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Richard H. 
Messier, Ph.D., 1975, Brown University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Richard Hubbell, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode Island 


Specializations 

Fluid mechanics: boundary layer theory, 
separated flows, turbulence, particle flow 
interactions, dispersions, geophysical flows, 
flow measurement, computational methods. 


Robotics and design: robotics, expert sys- 
tems, kinematics, design optimization, lubri- 
cation theory, dynamic face seals, reliability 
analysis and prediction, computer-aided 
design, manufacturing. 

Solid mechanics: elasticity, plasticity, 
continuum mechanics, fracture mechanics, 
fatigue, photomechanics, wave propagation 
and dynamic geomechanics, computational 
methods including finite element and 
boundary element methods, composite and 
ceramic material behavior, micromechanics, 
nonlinear mechanics, mechanics of waterjet 
processing. 

Systems and control: robotics, mathemati- 
cal modeling of control systems, stability, 
nonlinear systems, microprocessor and 
digital control, advanced dynamics, lumped 
and distributed parameter vibration theory. 

Thermal science: phase change problems, 
convection heat transfer, direct contact heat 
transfer, direct energy conversion, solar 
energy developments, new engine develop- 
ments, thermal pollution, solar collector 
systems, computational heat transfer. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE (required of 
foreign applicants only), B.S. degree in me- 
chanical engineering, applied mechanics, 
aerospace engineering, or in a related field 
such as engineering science, civil engineer- 
ing, applied mathematics, applied physics. 
Students admitted to the program will be 
expected to have the equivalent of MCE 372 
and 373. Students without this background 
may be required to make up this deficiency 
with no program credits. 

Program requirements: thesis option— 

30 credits exclusive of seminar, a thesis is 
required of all full-time students, one course 
outside the area of specialization; MCE 501, 
$02, graduate seminar required of all on- 
campus students. Nonthesis option for part- 
time students—permission of chairperson, 
33 credits exclusive of seminar, including 
one course outside of the specialization, one 
course requiring a substantial paper involv- 
ing significant independent study, and a 
comprehensive examination. 

Financial aid: a number of graduate and 
research assistantships are available for quali- 
fied M.S. students. 


Doctor of Philosophy 

Admission requirements: GRE (required of 
foreign applicants only); master’s degree. 

Program requirements: Ph.D. qualifying 
examination; completion of a minimum of 
24 credits beyond the master’s degree, 
exclusive of seminar; MCE 501, 502, gradu- 
ate seminar required of all on-campus stu- 
dents. Comprehensive examination and 
dissertation. 


Financial aid: a number of graduate and 
research assistantships are available for 
qualified Ph.D. students. Temporary instruc- 
torships may be available for highly quali- 
fied Ph.D. students. 


General Information 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed on a full-time 
basis. 


MCE Courses 
Mechanical Engineering 
and Applied Mechanics 


423 Design of Machine Elements (J, 3) 

425 Lubrication and Bearings (J, 3) 

426 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 
(I, 3) 

429 Comprehensive Design (II, 3) 

430 Computer-Aided Design (II, 3) 

431 Computer Control of Mechanical 
Systems (I, 3) 

434 Thermal Environmental Engineering 
(Hf, 3) 

437 Turbomachinery Design (1, 3) 

438 Internal Combustion Engines (I, 3) 

439 Applied Energy Conversion (1, 3) 

440 Mechanics of Composite Materials 
(1 or H, 3) 

446 (or IME 446) Metal Deformation 
Processes (I, 3) 

448 Heat and Mass Transfer (I, 3) 

449 (or IME 449) Product Design for 
Manufacture (I, 3) 

455 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (I, 3) 

457 Fluidics (if, 3) 

464 Vibrations (I, 3) 

465 Experimental Mechanics (I, 3) 

466 Introduction to Finite Element 
Methods (1, 3) 

491, 492 Special Problems 
(I and I, 1-6 each) 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1 each) 
Discussions, presentation of papers based on 
research, or detailed literature surveys. Atten- 
dance is required of all students in graduate 
residence. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. Staff 


503 Linear Control Systems 
See Electrical Engineering 503. 


504 Optimal Control Theory 
See Electrical Engineering 504. 


505 Optimization in Mechanical Engi- 
neering Design (I or I, 3) Unified presenta- 
tion of optimization techniques pertinent to 
mechanical engineering, emphasizing simi- 
larity of design processes for thermal sys- 
tems, mechanics, and control. Finite and 
infinite dimensional methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
366 and 423 or equivalent. Palm and Datseris 


506 Expert Systems for Mechanical 
Design and Manufacturing (I, 3) Expert 
systems structure; knowledge bases, infer- 
ence engines, and artificial intelligence lan- 
guages. Applications to mechanical design 
and manufacturing problems. Graph theory 


MATHEMATICS/MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS 69 


and expert systems for mechanism design; 
features for design and manufacturing. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 430 or equivalent. Datseris or 
Olson 


521 Reliability Analysis and Prediction 
(if, 3) Statistical analysis of failure of com- 
plex engineering systems, design factors 
contributing to functional system survival, 
failure, distribution functions, redundancy, 
confidence, reliability testing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
MTH 451 or equivalent, MCE 423 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Nash 


523 Advanced Kinematics I (I, 3) Analyti- 
cal kinematic and dynamic analysis of pla- 
nar mechanisms, graph theory, topological 
synthesis, topological analysis, Burmester 
theory, mechanism design software. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 323 or equivalent. Datseris or Olson 


541 Advanced Thermodynamics I (1 or I, 3) 
Advanced study of classical thermodynamics 
with emphasis on basic concepts, laws, and 
thermodynamic relationships. Selected topics 
of current interest including areas of irrevers- 
ible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, 
and the thermodynamics of solids. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 341, 342, or permission of instructor. 
Wilson, Zhang, and Ibrahim 


545 Heat Transfer (I, 3) Conduction in two 
and three dimensions and conducting sys- 
tems with radiation and fluid motion. Solu- 
tions obtained by mathematics, computer- 
numerical methods, and analog devices. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 448. Faghri, Wilson, and Zhang 


546 Convection Heat Transfer (II, 3) Rela- 
tionship between heat transfer and fluid 
flow with emphasis on the solution of gov- 
ering equations by exact methods, integral 
methods. and similarity techniques. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 448. White, Faghri, Core, and Zhang 


549 Advanced Product Design for 
Manufacture 

See Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering 549. 


550 Theory of Continuous Media (J, 3) 
Basic course for first-year graduate students 
which develops and unifies the laws of 
mechanics as applied to the behavior of 
continua. Application to solids and fluids. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220, MCE 354, 372, or 
permission of instructor. Sadd 


551 Fluid Mechanics I (7, 3) Basic treatment 
of real fluid flows using the continuum 
mechanics approach. Exact solutions of the 
governing equations. Laminar shear flows 
and boundary layer theory, turbulent transi- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354 or equivalent. Lessmann 
and White 


561 Computational Methods in Solid 
Mechanics (I or If, 3) Finite and boundary 
element methods based on variational and 
weighted residual concepts; practical imple- 
mentation to field problems in elasticity, 
plasticity, and heat conduction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
373 and one graduate course in elasticity or 
heat conduction. Kim, Sadd, and Taggart 


562 Computational Methods in Fluid 
Flow and Heat Transfer (I or I, 3) Compu- 
tational techniques and applications for 
practical problems concerning multidimen- 
sional fluid flow, heat and mass transfer, 
and chemical reactions. (Lec. 3) Pre: under- 
graduate work in fluid mechanics and heat 
transfer or permission of instructor. Faghri 


563 Advanced Dynamics (I and I, 3) 
Dynamics of a system of particles, 
Lagrange’s equations from an advanced 
point of view. Variational methods, non- 
conservative and nonholonomic systems; 
matrix-tensor specifications of rigid body 
motions, normal coordinates. Hamilton’s 
equation of motion, canonical transforma- 
tion, Hamilton-Jacobi theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
366 and 372 or equivalent. Datseris and Nash 


564 Advanced Vibrations (J, 3) Theory of 
vibration of systems with concentrated 
masses and stiffness; systems with one 
degree of freedom, vibration isolation sys- 
tems with many degrees of freedom, matrix 
methods, dynamic vibration absorbers, 
torsional vibration, approximate numerical 
methods. Experimental methods and design 
procedures. (Lec. 3) Pre: 464. Palm and Nash 


565 Wave Motion and Vibration of Con- 
tinuous Media (I, 3) Wave motion and 
vibrations of strings, rods, beams, plates, 
and membranes; dynamic elasticity theory; 
Rayleigh surface waves; solutions using 
separation of variables and integral trans- 
forms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 373, 464, or equivalent. 
Sadd and Shukla 


566 The Mechanics of Robot Manipula- 
tors (I or Hf, 3) Detailed analysis of the kine- 
matics, dynamics, and control of industrial- 
type robot manipulator systems (Lec. 3) Pre: 
323, 366, or permission of instructor. Palm 
and Jouaneh , 


568 Theory of Plates 
See Civil Engineering 568. 


571 Theory of Elasticity I (1, 3) Develop- 
ment of the basic field equations; general- 
ized Hooke’s law; general concepts of stress 
and strain; plane problems; stress functions; 
Saint Venant torsion and flexure; introduc- 
tion to three-dimensional problems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: CVE 220 or equivalent. Sadd, Ghonem, 
Shukla, and Taggart 


576 Fracture Mechanics (I, 3) Fundamen- 
tals of linear elastic fracture mechanics, 
stress analysis viewpoint, energy viewpoint, 
two-dimensional and three-dimensional 
problems, elastic-plastic considerations, and 
crack extension behaviors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 426 
or permission of instructor. Shukla and 
Ghonem 


§99 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. 5/U credit. 


70 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


623 Advanced Kinematics II (I, 3) Planar, 
curvature theory, spatial kinematics: homo- 
geneous transformations, screw theory, 
quaternions, dual numbers, angles, and vec- 
tors, applications to robot and machine tool 
calibration. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 523 or permission 
of instructor. Datseris and Olson 


641 Advanced Thermodynamics II (1 or I, 
3) Continuation of 541. (Lec. 3) Pre: 541 or 
permission of instructor. Wilson and Ibrahim 


646 (or CHE 646) Radiation Heat Transfer 
(Tor If, 3) Radiant exchange between surfaces. 
Radiative properties of surfaces. Exchange 
among nonideal surfaces. Gas-radiative 
exchange. Radiative exchange with volume 
emitters. Furnace design applications. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 545 or CHE 644 or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


650 (or CHE 650) Advanced Topics in 
Heat Transfer (I or If, 3) Advanced topics in 
heat transfer which are of current research 
interest. Topics may involve all modes of 
heat transfer and could include phase 
change and mass transfer. (Lec. 3) Pre: 545, 
546, or permission of instructor. Staff 


652 Experimental Methods in Fluid 
Mechanics (II, 3) An overview of measure- 
ment techniques and instrumentation used 
in the current practice of experimental fluid 
mechanics. Course emphasizes hot wire, hot 
film, and laser anemometry. Provides practi- 
cal laboratory experience. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 
551 or permission of instructor. Lessmann 


653 Fluid Mechanics II (1, 3) Continuation 
of $51, including turbulent modeling, tur- 
bulent shear flows and boundary layers, in- 
compressible irrotational flows, and selected 
topics such as an introduction to non- 
Newtonian fluid behavior, geophysical 
flows, or numerical methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
551. Lessmann and White 


654 Fluid Mechanics III (1, 3) Two- and 
three-dimensional compressible flows, nu- 
merical methods for the solution of com- 
pressible and iricompressible parabolic and 
elliptic problems. Other advanced topics of 
current interest. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551. Lessmann 
and White 


666 Nonlinear Mechanics (I and I, 3) Dy- 
namics of nonlinear systems, free and 
forced oscillations; graphical methods, inte- 
gral curves, singular points, limit cycles and 
stability. Van der Pol equation, perturbation 
methods, approximate methods, applica- 
tion to ecological systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 564. 
Nash 


668 (or CVE 668) Theory of Shells (f or I, 
3) Development of basic shell equations. 
Classical solution examples for membrane 
shells and shells of revolution with bending. 
Additional topics selected from variational 
methods, finite element techniques, rein- 
forced and composite shells. (Lec. 3) Pre: 568 
or permission of instructor. Sadd and 
Karamanlidis 


671 Theory of Elasticity II (Hf, 3) 
Continuation of 571, including advanced 
topics selected from: complex variable 
methods; displacement potentials and stress 
functions for three-dimensional problems; 
thermoelasticity; variational, approximate, 
and numerical methods; anisotropic solu- 
tions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571. Sadd, Taggart, and 
Kim 

678 Micromechanics (I, 3) Mechanics of 
material behavior from the microstructural 
viewpoint; mathematical modeling of inclu- 
sions, inhomogeneities, dislocations, granu- 
lar and porous structures; constitutive equa- 
tion development. Applications to metals, 
composites, ceramics, and other materials 
with microstructure. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571, materi- 
als background of CHE 333 or higher. Ghonem 
and Taggart 


679 Theory of Plasticity (if, 3) Formulation 
and solution of inelastic material behavior, 
physical phenomena of yielding plastic 
flow, plastic stress-strain laws, yield criteria, 
plane problems, torsion, slip lines, limit 
analysis, creep. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or permission 
of instructor. Ghonem and Sadd 


680 Advanced Topics in Solid Mechanics 
(I or If, 3) Advanced studies in the mechan- 
ics of solids with specific topics determined 
by current department interests. Designed 
for students with at least one year of previ- 
ous graduate studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of instructor. May not be repeated. Staff 


691, 692 Special Problems (J and II, 1-6 
each) Advanced work under the supervision 
of a staff member arranged to suit the indi- 
vidual requirements of the student. (Lec. or 
Lab. according to nature of problem) Pre: per- 
mission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and 
I) Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 
fessor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Medicinal Chemistry 
M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-792-2776 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Raymond P. Panzica, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Utah 

Professor Elie Abushanab, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Daniel Traficante, Ph.D., 1962, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Joseph G. Turcotte, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Minnesota 

Assistant Professor Bongsup P. Cho, Ph.D., 
1985, University of Illinois Medical 
Center 


Specializations 

Research activities are focused on the 
design and synthesis of chemotherapeutic 
agents. The areas of cancer and viral chemo- 


therapy receive the greatest attention from 
our faculty. Research projects include the 
rational development of new compounds by 
synthetic or microbial methods, the chemi- 
cal modification of clinical agents to facili- 
tate drug delivery to targeted sites, and the 
synthesis of enzyme inhibitors. Other 
projects focus on the synthesis of agents to 
combat tropical, pulmonary, and cardiovas- 
cular diseases, and on mechanisms of 
chemical carcinogenesis. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE (for gradu- 
ates of non-U.S. universities only) and 
bachelor’s degree in pharmacy, chemistry, 
biochemistry, or allied sciences. 

Program requirements: thesis; A.C.S. place- 
ment examination (organic) to determine 
specific program requirement; CHM 431, 
432, or BCP 435 or equivalent; CHM 425, 
427, and 521 or 522; MCH 443, 444, or 
equivalent; MCH 548 or equivalent, 621, 
622; written master’s examination. All 
students must register for and attend a 
seminar each semester while in graduate 
residence. Each student will present one 
seminar per semester unless otherwise 
indicated by the majority of the departmen- 
tal faculty. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 

Admission requirements: GRE and master’s 
degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemis- 
try, or allied sciences or bachelor’s degree in 
one of these with evidence of superior 
ability. 

Program requirements: dissertation; A.C.S. 
placement examination (organic) to deter- 
mine specific program requirement; same as 
for master’s degree plus CHM 521 and 522; 
also MCH 501, 533, and 549 recommended; 
primary emphasis in organic, medicinal 
chemistry, and pharmaceutical analysis. 
Comprehensive examination. 

Qualifying examination is required for 
candidates accepted without M.S. degree. 


MCH Courses 
Medicinal Chemistry 


443, 444 Organic Medicinal Chemistry (7 
and II, 3 each) 

497, 498 Special Problems (I and I, 1-5 
each) 


526 Lipid Chemistry 
See Food Science and Technology 526. 


548 (or PCG 548) Physical Methods of 
Identification (1, 3) Utilization of physical 
methods (primarily spectroscopic) in the 
structure elucidation of complex organic 
molecules. Emphasis on interpretation of ul- 
traviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic reso- 
nance, mass, and optical rotatory dispersion 
spectra. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 425 and/or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


549 Synthesis (I and II, 3) Theoretical and 
applied aspects in synthesis of selected or- 
ganic compounds of medicinal significance. 
(Lab. 9) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 
fessor or program committee. S/U credit. 


621, 622 Seminar (I and IJ, 1 each) Seminar 
discussions including student presentations 
of papers on selected topics in medicinal 
chemistry. (Lec. 1) May be repeated for a 
maximum of 3 credits. S/U credit. Staff 


643 Advanced Organic Medicinal Chem- 
istry (II, 3) Synthesis, modes of action, and 
effects on pharmacological activity. Analge- 
sics, cholinergics, folic acid antagonists, di- 
uretics, and sulfonamides are included. (Lec. 
3) Pre: CHM 522 and permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


646 Alkaloids (J, 3) Advanced course deal- 
ing with proof of structure, synthesis, 
chemical properties, and biological activity 
of various alkaloids. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Abushanab 


697, 698 Research in Medicinal Chemis- 
try ({ and IT, 1-3 each) Literature survey, 
laboratory work, and a detailed research re- 
port on one or more assigned topics in me- 
dicinal chemistry. (Lab. 3-9) Pre: permission 
of instructor. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and 
I) Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 

fessor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Microbiology 
MSS., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2205 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson and Director of Graduate Studies: 
Professor David C. Laux, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Arizona 

Professor Victor J. Cabelli, Ph.D., 1951, 
University of California, Los Angeles 

Professor Paul S$. Cohen, Ph.D., 1964, 
Boston University 

Professor Harold W. Fisher, Ph.D., 1959, 
University of Colorado 

Professor Linda A. Hufnagel, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Pennsylvania 

Professor Richard W. Traxler, Ph.D., 1958, 
University of Texas 

Professor Norris P. Wood, Ph.D., 1955, 
University of Pennsylvania 

Associate Professor David R. Nelson, Ph.D., 
1979, University of California, Los 
Angeles 

Associate Professor Jay F. Sperry, Ph.D., 
1974, University of Kansas 

Assistant Professor Joanna F. Norris, Ph.D., 
1982, Michigan State University 

Adjunct Professor William D. Watkins, 
Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode Island 


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS/MICROBIOLOGY 71 


Adjunct Assistant Professor Shashikant R. 
Mehta, Ph.D., 1984, University of Texas, 
Houston 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Scott R. Rippey, 
Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode Island 


Specializations 

Medical microbiology: pathogenesis, im- 
munology, mycology, virology. 

Microbial genetics, physiology, molecular 
microbiology: genetic and molecular relation 
of cellular morphogenesis and develop- 
ment, bacterial colonization of the mamma- 
lian intestine, messenger RNA metabolism 
in procaryotes and eucaryotes, virus multi- 
plication, control of transport and metabo- 
lism, mechanisms of survival, membrane 
structure. 

Cell biology, cellular development, ultra- 
structure: ciliogenesis in protozoa, electron 
microscopy, ultrastructure of electrically 
conducting systems, cell culture, cellular 
immunity. 

Microbial ecology, industrial microbiology, 
pollution: marine and freshwater microbial 
ecology, biodeterioration, sanitary bacteriol- 
ogy, coliform ecology. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and two 
semesters each of biology (zoology, botany), 
general and organic chemistry, mathemat- 
ics, calculus, and physics; a semester each of 
microbiology, genetics, quantitative analy- 
sis, biochemistry, and statistics. Applicants 
with deficiencies in these background 
courses may be required to complete appro- 
priate course work without graduate credit. 

Program requirements: thesis; BCP 581; 
MIC 413, 414, 415, 416, 599, 695, and 696; 
major portion of courses in microbiology, 
including one from an area other than 
bacteriology (virology, mycology, phycol- 
ogy, cell biology, protozoology); written 
comprehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree. A course in physical chem- 
istry is also recommended. 

Program requirements: same as for master’s 
degree plus BCP 582; MIC 533, 552, and 
dissertation. A course in microbial physiol- 
ogy (MIC 641, BOT 534, OCG 663 or 
equivalent). Of the credits earned beyond 
the master’s degree, 18 should be in course 
work. Qualifying examination is required 
for students admitted without a master’s 
degree. Prior to the last semester, the candi- 
date must pass a written and oral compre- 
hensive examination in the major areas of 
microbiology. Dissertation. 


MIC Courses 
Microbiology 


401 (or BCP 401) Quantitative Cell 
Culture (f, 3) 

403 (or BCP 403) Introduction to Electron 
Microscopy (I, 2) 

405 (or BCP 405) Electron Microscopy 
Laboratory (1, 2) 

412 Food Microbiology (I, 3) 

413 Advanced Microbiology Lecture I 
(f, 3) 

414 Advanced Microbiology Lecture II 
(Uf, 3) 

415 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory I 
(f, 2) 

416 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory II 
(I, 2) 

421 (or BCP 421) Cell Biology and Cancer 
(L, 3) 

422 (or FSN 422) Industrial Microbiology 
(Hf, 3) 

432 Pathogenic Bacteriology (I, 3) 

453 (or BOT 453) Cell Biology (i, 3) 

483 (or MTC 483) Introductory 
Diagnostic Microbiology (7, 3) 

495, 496 Seminar in Microbiology 
(land HI, 1 each) 


501 Advanced Clinical Microbiology 
See Medical Technology 501. 


502 Techniques in Microbial and Molecu- 
lar Genetics (II, 2) Techniques for the study 
of molecular genetics in bacteria and bacte- 
riophages including mutant isolation, phage 
growth, transformation, transduction, con- 
jugation, DNA isolation and analysis, and 
gene cloning. (Lab. 6) Pre: 413 and 415 or 
BOT 437 or BOT 454 or BOT 522 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Nelson or Cohen 


503 (or BCP 503) Electron Microscopy 

(I, 2) Biological specimen preparation tech- 
niques for transmission and scanning elec- 
tron microscopy. Includes thin sectioning, 
negative staining, shadow-casting, freeze- 
etching, cytochemistry, principles of elec- 
tron microscope operation. Final written 
and oral reports. (Lec. 2) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. Not open fo stu- 
dents with credit in 403. Hufnagel 


505 (or BCP 505) Laboratory in Electron 
Microscopy (Z, 3) Introduction to biological 
sample preparation for transmission and 
scanning electron microscopy. Tissue prepa- 
ration, ultramicrotomy, operation of the 
electron microscope, darkroom procedures, 
particulate and molecular sample prepara- 
tion, critical point drying, sputtercoating. 
Not open to students who have taken 405. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Hufnagel 


§13 Advanced Clinical Immunology 
See Medical Technology 513. 


72 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


514 The Electron Microscope in Molecu- 
lar and Cellular Biology (ZI, 2) Use of the 
electron microscope to analyze structure 
and function of biological molecules. Appli- 
cations in food science, pathology, pharma- 
cology, ecology, gene engineering, and basic 
research. (Lec. 2) Pre: BCP 311 and BOT 352 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. Hufnagel 


521 (or BOT 521 or ZOO 521) Recent Ad- 
vances in Cell Biology (I, 2) Reading of cur- 
rent papers in the area of cell biology and 
preparation of written and oral reports. Em- 
phasis on animal cells. (Lec. 2) Pre: at least 
one of the following courses or an equivalent 
course emphasizing cell structure and func- 
tion—ZOO 327, 421, BOT 432, 445, 453, and 
MIC 408; graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 
credits. Hufnagel 


523 (or FSN 523 or NRS 523) Water Pollu- 
tion Microbiology (f, 3) The microbiologi- 
cal aspects of water pollution, including the 
potential for infectious diseases, pollution 
effects on microbial ecosystems, and the 
microbial degradation of pollutants. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 201 or 211, BCP 311, or permission of in- 
structor. Credit or concurrent enrollment in 525. 
Cabelli and Traxler 


§25 (or FSN 525) Water Pollution Micro- 
biology Laboratory (f, 1) Experimental 
method for pollution analysis, microbial 
indicator assay methods, microbial assays, 
sample collection and statistical treatment 
of data. (Lab. 3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
523 or permission of instructor. Cabelli 


533 Immunology (I, 3) Introduction to the 
cellular, molecular, and genetic basis of the 
immune system, and the role of the immune 
system in immunity to infection, tumor and 
transplantation immunobiology, and immu- 
nopathology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or 211. Laux 


534 Animal Virology 
See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 534. 


536 Virology Laboratory 
See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 536. 


538 Epidemiology of Viral 
and Rickettsial Diseases 
See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 538. 


541 Advanced Clinical Microbiology II 
See Medical Technology 541. 


552 Microbial Genetics (II, 3) Recent 
research on the mechanism of mutation, 
genetic recombination, the genetic code, 
transposons, regulations, genetic engineer- 
ing and regulation of DNA, RNA, and pro- 
tein synthesis in microbial systems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 201, BOT 352, and BCP 311. Cohen 


561 Recent Advances in Molecular 
Cloning (f or I, 1) Reports of readings con- 
cerning the latest developments in tech- 
niques of molecular cloning and their appli- 
cations in the study of various biological 
systems. (Lec. 1) Pre: 552 or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. Nelson 


576 Marine Microbiology 
See Oceanography 576. 


593, 594 The Literature of Bacteriology 
(and II, 1 each) Thorough study of original 
literature of some phase of bacteriology. 


Written abstracts or papers on assigned top- 
ics are discussed in weekly conferences with 
instructor. (Lec. 1-2) Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (f and If) 
Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 
fessor or program committee. S/U credit. 


622 (or BCP 622) Advanced Electron 
Microscopy (H, 2) The physical functioning 
of electron microscopes; high resolution 
microscopy of macromolecules; newly avail- 
able EM histochemical procedures; and 
computer processing of electron images. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: 403, 405, or permission of chair- 
person. Hufnagel 


624 (or BCP 624) Advanced Electron 
Microscopy Laboratory (Hf, 2) Cleaning and 
aligning the electron microscope; develop- 
ment of independent project utilizing 
advanced techniques, and formal presenta- 
tion of results of individual projects to the 
class. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 622 or permission of chairperson. 
Hufnagel 


641 Physiology of Bacteria (IJ, 3) Bacterial 
structure and function, including growth, 
nutrition, environmental factors, metabo- 
lism, biosynthesis, and energy-yielding 
reactions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 413 and 415. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 1993-94. Wood 


654 Advances in Immunology (I, 2) 
Reports on assigned readings concerning 
latest developments in the field of cellular 
and humoral immunity presented and 
discussed by students. Research paper and 
critical review of a scientific paper required. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: 533, BCP 311, or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 
4 credits. In alternate years. Next offered 1993- 
94, Laux 


656 Mechanisms of Bacterial Pathogen- 
esis (I, 3) Study of recent research on the 
molecular mechanisms of pathogenesis. Stu- 
dents expected to participate in roundtable 
discussions of recent pertinent literature. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 432, 552, and BCP 311. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


691, 692 Special Problems in Microbiol- 
ogy (I and Hl, 3 each) Assigned research on 
an advanced level. Student required to out- 
line problem, conduct the necessary litera- 
ture and experimental work, and present 
observations and conclusions in a report. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: graduate standing. Staff 


695, 696 Graduate Research Seminar 
(land II, 1 each) Reports of research in pro- 
gress or completed. (Lec. 1) Required of all 
graduate students in microbiology. S/U credit. 
Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Microbiology Topics for 
Teachers (I and II, 0-3 each) Especially de- 
signed for teachers of biology. Basic topics 
of microbiology from an advanced or peda- 
gogical perspective. (Lec. or Lab.) Staff 


Note: For Virology, see Aquacultural Science and 
Pathology and Plant Sciences. For Mycology, see 
Botany. 


Music 
MM. 
401-792-2431 


Graduate Faculty 

Acting Chairperson: Professor Ronald T. Lee, 
Ph.D, 1970, University of Michigan 

Coordinator of Graduate Studies: Professor 
Gene J. Pollart, M.M., 1967, University 
of Colorado 

Professor Joseph S. Ceo, D.M.A., 1976, 
Catholic University of America 

Professor John D. Dempsey, M.M., 1964, 
Eastman School of Music, University of 
Rochester 

Professor Henry C. Fuchs, M.Mus., 1961, 
University of Michigan 

Professor Geoffrey D. Gibbs, D.M.A., 1974, 
Eastman School of Music, University of 
Rochester 

Professor George E. Kent, M.M., 1960, New 
England Conservatory of Music 

Professor W. Donald Rankin, D.M.A., 1970, 
Boston University 

Associate Professor Gary Glaze, M.M., 1962, 
University of Michigan 

Associate Professor James Ladewig, Ph.D., 
1978, University of California, Berkeley 

Assistant Professor Carolyn Livingston, 
Ph.D., 1986, University of Florida 


Specializations 
Performance or music education. 


Master of Music 


Admission requirements: undergraduate 
major, or the equivalent, in music with a 
quality point average of 2.50 or above. Appli- 
cants for performance as a specialization, or 
for the performance/essay subspecialization 
under music education, must pass an audi- 
tion in their major performance subject by 
tape or preferably in person, before accep- 
tance into a program. Applicants for con- 
ducting as a specialization must pass an 
audition in choral or instrumental conduct- 
ing, by videotape or preferably in person. 

Program requirements: postadmission place- 
ment examinations in music history and 
theory determine whether background 
deficiencies must be made up for no program 
credit. A minimum of 30 credits is required 


for graduation. One-half of the program 
credits must be at the 500 level. (Teacher 
certification requires additional courses in 
education at the undergraduate level.) Perfor- 
mance specialization: 12 credits in MUS 561 
plus MUS 548, 565, 567, and four credits 
distributed according to the major perfor- 
mance subject, as follows. For vocalists—two 
credits in 485 or 598, music elective. For 
pianists—two credits in 590 or 598, music 
elective. For organists and guitarists—two 
credits in 598, music elective. For other instru- 
mentalists—MUS 512 and ensemble elective. 
All performance candidates must also take a 
minimum of nine credits of electives from 
music history and theory/composition (no 
more than six credits in any one of these two 
areas), and pass a written comprehensive 
examination in music history, theory, and 
the performance major. 

Music education specialization: MUS 537, 
540, 545, 548, and nine credits in one of the 
following subject areas: performance/essay— 
MUS 551 (6 credits), 555, and 570; conduct- 
ing—MUS $11, 512, and 513; and thesis (at 
least six credits in MUS 599 and three elec- 
tive credits). All music education candidates 
must also take a minimum of nine credits of 
electives from music history, theory/compo- 
sition, and performance (no more than six 
credits in any one of these three areas, and 
performance only if it is not already part 
of the specialization.) Students in a thesis 
program must pass a written qualifying 
examination before thesis work is begun 
and defend the thesis in a final oral examina- 
tion. All other music education candidates 
must pass a written comprehensive examina- 
tion in music history, theory, and music 
education. 


MUS Courses 
Music 


407 The Symphony (I, 3) 

408 The Opera (I, 3) 

418 Composition (I, 3) 

419 Composition (I, 2) 

420 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint 
(Hf, 3) 

422 Advanced Orchestration (I, 2) 

423 Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint 
(Hf, 3) 

430 The Renaissance Period (I, 3) 

431 The Baroque Era (II, 3) 

432 The Classical Era (I, 3) 

433 The Romantic Era (I, 3) 

434 The Modern Era (I, 3) 

438 Topics in Music Education (If, 3) 

441 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3) 

442 Directed Study in Applied Music 
Pedagogy (I and II, 2) 

451 Performance as Minor (I and II, 2) 

460 Performance as Voice Major (I or I, 3) 

461 Performance as Instrument Major 
(I or Hf, 3) 

481, 482 Piano Literature and Pedagogy 
(1 and II, 2 each) 


483, 484 Vocal Literature and Pedagogy 
(and II, 2 each) 
485 Opera Workshop (I and II, 1) 


$11 Advanced Choral Conducting (I, 3) 
Critical study of choral music scores with 
reference to interpretation and performance. 
Development of technical command and 
expressive skills includes supervised rehearsal 
and conducting of university ensembles. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: knowledge of conducting technique 
as evidenced in audition or 311. Kent 


512 Advanced Instrumental Conducting 
(I, 3) Critical study of orchestral and cham- 
ber music scores with reference to interpre- 
tation and performance. Development of 
technical command and expressive skill in- 
cludes supervised rehearsal and conducting 
of university ensembles. (Lec. 3) Pre: knowl- 
edge of basic baton as evidenced in audition or 
credit in 312. In alternate years. Next offered 
fall 1992. Ceo 


513 Graduate Conducting Project 

(land I, 3) Preparation and conducting of a 
program of chamber music and/or a major 
ensemble with documentation. Pre: 511, 
512, and 548 and permission of chairperson. 
Staff 


537 Human Response to Music (I, 3) Study 
of response to acoustics, rhythm, melody, 
and harmony. Cognitive, psychomotor, and 
affective behaviors, musical preferences and 
abilities, learning theory, and the needs of 
special learners will be included. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing in music. In alternate years. 
Next offered fall 1993. Pollart 


538 Topics for the Elementary School 
Music Teach (SS, 3) Open-ended course 
examining significant materials, approaches, 
and current trends. Topics cover in-depth 
such areas as aesthetic education, process of 
musical development, eurhythmics, Orff, or 
Kodaly. May be repeated for credit with 
change of topic or level of training (in the 
case of Orff, Kodaly, or Dalcroze certifica- 
tion). Pre: graduate standing in music or permis- 
sion of instructor. Livingston 


540 Foundations of Music Education 

(i, 3) Examination of the broad influences 
upon music education. Historical, philo- 
sophical, sociological, psychological, and 
curricular foundations. (Lec. 3) In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 1994. Livingston 
and Pollart 


545 Musical Aptitude and Achievement 
(I, 3) Examination of a wide variety of musi- 
cal aptitudes and achievements and the 
ways they may be measured, tested, evalu- 
ated, and described. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing in music. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1992. Livingston 


548 Research in Music (I, 3) Study of 
research techniques as applied to the art of 
music. Major project procedures and data 
collection in the following research catego- 


ries: historical, philosophical, and empirical. 


(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in music. In 
alternate years. Next offered spring 1993. Staff 


MICROBIOLOGY/MUSIC 


551 Performance as Minor or Elective 
(and II, 2) Private instruction. One 60- 
minute lesson and scheduled practice hours 
each week.* One level, one year as prescribed 
in performance minor syllabi. Recital perfor- 
mances and master classes as required by 
chairperson and instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 
completion of performance minor in undergradu- 
ate upper division and permission of chairperson. 
May be repeated. Staff 


Select area of instruction from the following, 
and add to course number as MUS 551B Piano: 


A Voice I Violad’Amore R Trombone 
B Piano J Flute S Baritone 
C Organ K Oboe Horn 

D Harpsichord L Clarinet T Tuba 

E Violin M Bassoon U Percussion 
F Viola N Saxophone V Guitar 

G Violoncello P Trumpet WHarp 


H Bass Viol Q French Horn 


555 Graduate Recital for Performance 
Minor (1 and IT, 0) Performance of advanced 
repertoire of various styles in a public pro- 
gram of at least 45 minutes performance 
time after faculty acceptance. Pre: concurrent 
enrollment in 551 and 4 or more credits in 551. 
Staff 


561 Performance Major (I or II, 3, 4, or 6) 
Private instruction for graduate performance 
majors only. One 60-minute lesson each 
week.* Recital performances and master 
classes as required by chairperson and 
instructor. See 551 for areas of instruction. 
(Studio 60 minutes) Pre: audition demonstrat- 
ing proficiency and comprehension equivalent to 
that required for the completion of the B.Mus. 

in performance. May be repeated. Staff 


565 Graduate Recital for Performance 
Major (I and II, 0) Performance of advanced 
repertoire of various styles in a public pro- 
gram of at least SS minutes performing time 
after faculty acceptance. Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 561 and 6 or more credits in 561. Staff 


567 Seminar in Performance and Peda- 
gogy (I, 2) Study of performance literature, 
practice, and pedagogy. Research projects 
and supervised teaching experience appro- 
priate to the major performance area. 

(Lec. 2) Pre: concurrent enrollment in $51 or 
561. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
1993. Gibbs 


570 Graduate Project (I and I, 3) Indepen- 
dent study resulting in a major essay, com- 
position, or orchestration. Pre: 548 and per- 
mission of chairperson. Staff 


590 Piano Accompanying (I and If, 1) 
Development of sightreading skills. Prepara- 
tion and performance of accompaniments 
of major works. (Lec. 1) Pre: permission of 
piano faculty. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 3 credits. Rankin 


591 University Symphony Orchestra 
(Land If, 1) (Lec. 3) Pre: audition at graduate 
level of performance. May be repeated. Ceo 


* See page 21 for the applied music fee associated 
with this course. 


73 


74 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


593 University Chorus (I and II, 1) 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of 
performance. May be repeated. Kent 


594 Symphonic Wind Ensemble 
(land If, 1) (Lec. 3) Pre: audition at graduate 
level of performance. Pollart 


§95 Concert Choir (I and I, 1) (Lec. 3) Pre: 
audition at graduate level of performance. Kent 


596 Jazz and Studio Ensemble (I and I, 1) 
Study and performance of jazz and studio 
music, with leadership roles in improvisa- 
tion and sectional rehearsals and perfor- 
mance. Demonstration of technical and sty- 
listic competencies for these roles in 
audition. (Lab. 3) Staff 


597 University Chamber Orchestra (I and 
Hf, 1) An ensemble which offers the study 
and performance of standard and modern 
repertoire for the smaller orchestral group. 
Literature will be selected from the Baroque, 
Rococo, Classic, and contemporary periods. 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of 
performance. May be repeated. Ceo 


598 Chamber Music Ensemble (I and II, 1) 
Chamber music ensembles are designated as 


A Keyboard Ensemble B String Ensemble 
C Woodwind Ensemble D_ Brass Ensemble 
E Percussion Ensemble G Madrigal Singers 
H Guitar Ensemble M Jazz Combo 


Select appropriate letter and small ensemble 
from the list and add to course number, as 
598B String Ensemble. Other ensemble 
combinations may be added. Small instru- 
mental ensembles are normally restricted to 
one performer per part (Lec. 2) Pre: graduate 
standing in music and evidence by audition of 
graduate-level performance. May be repeated. 
Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 
fessor or program committee. Pre: 548. May 
be repeated. S/U credit. Staff 


Natural Resources 
M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2370 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor William R. Wright, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Maryland 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Peter August, Ph.D., 1981, 
Boston University 

Professor James H. Brown, Jr., D.F., 1965, 
Duke University 

Professor Victor Cabelli, Ph.D., 1951, 
University of California, Los Angeles 

Professor Robert H. Miller, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of Minnesota 

Professor Earl F. Patric, Ph.D., 1958, New 
York State University College of Forestry, 
Syracuse University 

Associate Professor Arthur J. Gold, Ph.D., 
1983, Michigan State University 


Professor Francis C. Golet, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor Thomas P. Husband, Ph.D., 1977, 
Michigan State University 

Associate Professor Emeritus Charles G. 
Mckiel, M.S., 1959, University of Maine 

Assistant Professor José A. Amador, Ph.D., 
1990, Cornell University 

Assistant Professor William R. Eddleman, 
Ph.D., 1983, Oklahoma State University 

Assistant Professor Amy Gamerdinger, 
Ph.D., 1988, Cornell University 

Adjunct Professor P.A. Buckley, Ph.D., 1966, 
Cornell University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Vernon C. 
Bleich, M.A., 1973, California State 
University, Long Beach 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Peter M. 
Groffman, Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Georgia 


Specializations 

Soil chemistry, soil biochemistry, soil 
genesis and classification, soil fertility and 
management, soil properties and land use, 
organic geochemistry, water resources man- 
agement, avian and mammalian ecology, 
wetland ecology, forest science, wildlife 
habitat analysis, wildlife management. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree with undergraduate major 
in biological or physical sciences. Applicants 
with course deficiencies may be required to 
take appropriate undergraduate courses in 
the basic sciences without program credit. 

Program requirements: thesis option— 
thesis and 24 credits including NRS 500. 
Nonthesis option—permission of chairper- 
son, 36 credits with a minimum of 14 cred- 
its in natural resources science to include 
NRS 500 and 591, three credits in statistics, 
and a written master’s examination. NRS 
591 will require a substantial paper involv- 
ing significant independent research. Addi- 
tional prerequisite courses in the basic 
sciences may be required prior to admission 
to a degree program. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Limited to soil science and organic 
geochemistry specializations. 

Admission requirements: GRE and M.S. 
degree with thesis in biological or physical 
science. 

Program requirements: dissertation, 
advanced courses determined in consulta- 
tion with the candidate’s committee, and 
comprehensive examination. 


NRS Courses 
Natural Resources Science 


401 Forested Watershed Hydrology (II, 3) 
402 Wildlife Biometrics (II, 3) 
406 Wetland Wildlife Management (If, 3) 


410 GIS Methods in Environmental 
Management (I, 3) 

412 Soil-Water Chemistry (II, 3) 

423 Wetland Ecology (1, 4) 

424 Wetlands and Land Use (I, 4) 

444 Current Issues in Natural Resources 
Policy (I, 3) 

450 Soil Conservation and Land Use (If, 3) 

451 Soil and Water Conservation 
Technology (1, 3) 

461 Hydrology and Water Management 
(L, 4) 

471 Soil Morphology and Mapping (J, 3) 

475 (or PLS 475) Plant Nutrition and Soil 
Fertility (II, 4) 

484 Structures (iI, 3) 

491, 492 Special Projects (I and If, 1-3 each) 


500 Graduate Seminar in Natural 
Resources (If, 1) Presentation of research 
reports and discussion of current topics in 
natural resources. Critique of research meth- 
odology and scientific literature. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
graduate standing. Attendance is required of all 
resident graduate students, but no more than 
two credits may be taken for program credits. 
S/U credit. Eddleman 


505 Biology of Management of Migratory 
Birds (I, 2) Current programs, problems, 

and techniques for managing migratory 
game and nongame birds. Emphasis on 
basic biology of the species, habitat manage- 
ment, and harvest management. (Sem. 2) 
Pre: 305 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1993-94. Eddleman 


510 Soil-Water Relations (I, 3) Processes 
governing water flow and availability in 
unsaturated and saturated soil. Emphasis on 
soil-water-plant relationships with applica- 
tions to watershed management and 
hydrology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 212, 461, or 
permission of instructor. Gold 


512 Chemistry of Soils and Sediments 

if, 4) Discussion of inorganic and organic 
compounds and their reaction in soils. Role 
of mineral and biochemical cycles in soil 
productivity. Modern techniques of labora- 
tory experimentation and analysis. (Lec. 3, 
Lab, 3) Pre: 212, CHM 212 and 227, or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


514 Fate of Organic Chemicals in Soils 
and Sediments (i, 3) Physical and chemical 
processes which determine contaminant 
distribution in soils and sediments, along 
with mechanistic conceptual models of 
these processes. Soil-water-contaminant 
relationships are emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
one semester of organic chemistry and permis- 
sion of instructor. Gamerdinger 


522 Advanced GIS Analysis of Environ- 
mental Data (I, 3) Discussion and applica- 
tions of terrain modeling, spatial statistics, 
proximity analysis, remote sensing/GIS link- 
ages, and environmental data integration. 
Emphasis on ecological data at watershed/ 
landscape scales. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 410 or 
permission of instructor. August 


523 Water Pollution Microbiology 
See Microbiology 523. 


524 Wetland Mapping and Evaluation 
CI, 3) Identification, delineation, and classi- 
fication of wetlands on aerial photographs. 
Wetland map preparation, wetland evalua- 
tion, and compilation and interpretation of 
inventory and evaluation data using a team 
approach. Independent field work. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 4) Pre: 423. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1992-93. Golet 


526 Microbial Ecology of Soils and Sedi- 
ments (I, 3) Occurrence and activity of 
microorganisms in soils and sediments, 
including wetlands. Environmental physiol- 
ogy of microbes; habitat interactions; meth- 
ods of study; importance of microbial pro- 
cesses to ecosystem productivity, pollutant 
degradation, and atmospheric chemistry. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 212, MIC 211, or permission of 
instructor. Staff 


532 Conservation Biology (I, 2) Examina- 
tion of the different components of conser- 
vation of biological diversity. Topics include 
genetics of small populations, minimum 
viable population sizes, captive propagation 
reintroduction ecology, and causes of 
extinction. (Lec. 2) Pre: BOT or (ZOO) 262 or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. August: 


534 Ecology of Fragmented Landscapes 
(if, 2) Presentation of the concepts of land- 
scape ecology with emphasis on popula- 
tions of plants and animals in fragmented 
habitats. Topics discussed include: habitat 
corridors, fluxes of energy and species along 
habitat edges, shape analysis, and stability 
of populations in habitat patches. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: BOT or (ZOO) 262 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 1993. August 


567 Soil Genesis and Classification (I, 3) 
Development of soils as influenced by 
physical, chemical, biological, and climatic 
factors. Processes of soil formation pre- 
sented relative to soil taxonomy and geo- 
graphic distribution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 471 or per- 
mission of instructor. Wright 


568 Recent Advances in Natural Resources 
Science (J, 3) Critical analysis and presenta- 
tion of technical reports on recent advances 
in natural resources science. Topics will vary 
according to instructor and background of 
students. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Staff 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each) 
Advanced independent research projects 
supervised by members of the research staff 
and unrelated to thesis research. Projects 
developed to meet individual needs. Pre: 
permission of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research I, II (I and ID) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research I, II 

(1 and If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Nursing 
MSS., Ph.D. 
401-792-2766 


Graduate Faculty 


Dean: Professor Jean Miller, R.N., Ph.D., 
1975, University of Washington 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Donna 
Schwartz-Barcott, R.N., D.N.Sc., 1978, 
University of North Carolina 

Professor Margaret Hardy, R.N., Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Washington 

Professor Janet I. Hirsch, R.N., Ed.D., 1978, 
Boston University 

Professor Hesook S. Kim, R.N., Ph.D., 1977, 
Brown University 

Associate Professor Jacqueline D. Fortin, 
R.N., D.N.Sc., 1984, Boston University 

Associate Professor Marion Garey, R.N., 
Ed.D., 1985, Boston University 

Associate Professor Dayle Hunt Joseph, R.N., 
Ed.D., 1982, Boston University 

Associate Professor Margaret McGrath, R.N., 
D.N.Sc., 1988, Boston University 

Associate Professor Norma Jean Schmieding, 
RN., Ed.D., 1983, Boston University 

Assistant Professor Christine Bridges, R.N., 
D.N.Sc., 1987, Boston University 

Assistant Professor Patricia M. Burbank, 
R.N., D.N.Sc., 1988, Boston University 

Clinical Assistant Professor Denise Fimbel- 
Coppa, R.N., M.S., 1982, University of 
Colorado 

Assistant Professor Marlene A. Dufault, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Connecticut 

Assistant Professor Margaret Wacker, R.N., 
Ph.D., 1987, New York University 

Professor Emerita Barbara L. Tate, R.N., 
Ed.D., 1961, Teachers College, Columbia 
University 

Associate Professor Emertia Concepcion Y. 
Castro, R.N., Ed.D., 1984, Boston 
University 


Specializations 

For the M.S.: education, administration, 
mental health care, primary health care, 
and clinical practice (with emphasis on 
critical care, gerontological nursing, or 
parent-child health nursing). 

For the Ph.D.: clinical nursing research in 
the domains of client, client-nurse interac- 
tions, and nursing practice. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE, a 
bachelor’s degree from an NLN-accredited 
program with an upper-division major in 
nursing and an undergraduate course in 
statistics. For specialization in primary 
health care—two years of professional nurs- 
ing practice. Students who have not com- 
pleted upper-division undergraduate nurs- 
ing course work will be required to make up 
this deficiency prior to admission. 


MUSIC/NURSING 75 


Program requirements: 40 credits for edu- 
cation, administration, mental health, and 
clinical practice specialization; 41 credits for 
primary health care specialization, includ- 
ing 16 credits in core courses—NUR 501, 
$02, 505, 507, 510, and 520; 15 credits in 
the area of specialization—NUR 521, 522, 
§41, 542 for education; NUR 521, 522, 551, 
552 for administration; NUR 511, 512, 513, 
514 for mental health care; NUR 531, 532, 
533, 534 for primary health care; and NUR 


‘$21, 522, 561, and 562 or 563 or 564 for 


clinical practice; nine credits of restricted 
electives related to the area of specialization, 
except for primary health care which re- 
quires 10 credits, including ZOO 442 or 
equivalent, NUR 503 and 504, and three 
credits of electives related to the area of 
specialization; a major paper involving 
independent research; and a written com- 
prehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE (scores at 
60th percentile or above are desirable); a 
bachelor’s degree from an NLN-accredited 
program or its equivalent in nursing, and a 
master’s degree in nursing or its equivalent 
(cumulative averages of 3.00 and 3.30 
respectively are desirable); two scholarly 
papers (one theoretical and one empirical) 
or a master’s thesis or equivalent; three 
recommendations for doctoral study includ- 
ing one by a doctorally prepared person; a 
statement of purpose indicating goals con- 
gruent with those of the program and insti- 
tution; and a course in statistics including 
inferential statistics. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 61 
credits including core courses in nursing 
(19 credits) and cognates (six credits); elec- 
tives in nursing (six credits) and research 
methods (six credits); free electives (six 
credits); and the doctoral dissertation 
(at least 18 credits), plus written and oral 
comprehensive exams in nursing theory, 
research methods, and one substantive area. 
Reading comprehension of a foreign lan- 
guage is required. This requirement may be 
waived for those students for whom another 
research tool would prove more relevant to 
the area of research. 


NUR Courses 
Nursing 


459 Perspectives on Male and Female 
Sexuality (, 3) 


501 Theoretical Study of Phenomena in ~ 
Nursing (I, 3) Major theories and concepts 
in nursing. Emphasis on the theoretical 
study of nursing phenomena commonly 
found in client and client-nurse systems. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing and concurrent 
enrollment in 502. Bridges and Dufault 


76 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


502 Practicum in the Study of Phenom- 
ena in Nursing (1, 3) Field study of selected 
nursing phenomena in health care agencies. 
Emphasis on the clinical application of 
selected theoretical or conceptual frame- 
works. (Lab. 6) Pre: graduate standing and 
concurrent enrollment in S01. Bridges and 
Dufault 


503 Expanded Nursing Assessment Skills 
(land H, 3) Expansion of nursing assessment 
skills including health history taking and 
physical, psychological, and social assess- 
ment skills. Specific physical assessment 
skills included are inspection, auscultation, 
percussion, and palpation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Fimbel-Coppa or Sweat-Carley 


504 Expanded Nursing Assessment Skills: 
Pediatrics (I and II, 1) Application of 
expanded nursing assessment skills to chil- 
dren. Includes assessment of growth and 
development, psychosocial, cognitive, and 
physical well-being of children of all age 
groups. Pre: 503 or permission of instructor. 
Fimbel-Coppa or McGrath 


505 Nursing Research (I or If, 3) An over- 
view and analysis of current research in 
nursing with special focus on patient care. 
Students will design a research project. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: a course in statistics, credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 501, 502, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Beck or Kim 


506 Independent Study in Nursing 
(land Hf, 2-6) Intensive study of a specific 
area of interest, a problem or issue in nurs- 
ing under guidance of the faculty. Pre: 

permission of graduate faculty. Staff 


507 Theories of Practice for Nursing (I or 
I, 3) Analysis of general theories of practice 
for nursing and their applicability to various 
areas of clinical practice. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501, 
502, or permission of instructor. Hirsch 


510 Advanced Leadership and Nursing 
Role Development (I or I, 3) Factors at | 
various levels of social institutions that 
influence client and client-nurse systems. 
Emphasis on role development, leadership, 
and change in effecting patient care. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing. Hirsch and 
Schmieding 


511 Advanced Mental Health Nursing I 

(If, 3) Investigation of theories of healthy 
and psychopathological patterns of indi- 
vidual behavior from a mental health per- 
spective. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501 and 502, graduate 
course in psychoneurology or psychobiology, and 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 512. Garey 


512 Practicum in Advanced Mental 
Health Nursing I (I, 3) Field experience to 
develop competence in the practice of ad- 
vanced mental health nursing. Emphasis on 
application of relevant theories in solving 
individuals’ mental health problems. . 

(Lab. 6) Pre: 501 and 502, graduate course in 
psychoneurology, and concurrent enrollment in 
511. Garey 


513 Advanced Mental Health Nursing II 
(, 3) Theoretical analysis of current modes 
of advanced mental health intervention in 
order to explain strategies for solution of 
family, group, and community problems. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: S511, 512, and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 514, Gatey 


514 Practicum in Advanced Mental 
Health Nursing II (I, 6) Field experience to 
develop increased competence in the prac- 
tice of mental health nursing intervention. 
(Lab. 12) Pre: 511, 512, and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 513. Garey 


520 Graduate Study Seminar (I or II, 1) 

A seminar designed to facilitate the synthe- 
sis and examination of information learned 
in the master’s program about nursing 
knowledge development, advancement of 
nursing practice, and leadership role devel- 
opment. (Sem. 1) Pre: completion of 30 gradu- 
ate program credits and concurrent enrollment 
in the final sequence of concentration courses. 
Bridges 


521 Theoretical Study of Major Problems 
in Nursing Practice (iI, 3) Major theories 
and concepts for developing strategies in 
nursing practice. Emphasis on developing 
nursing strategies through theoretical analy- 
sis of problems viewed in the context of 
organizational and societal systems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: S01, 502 and concurrent enrollment in 
522. Bridges 


522 Practicum in the Study of Major 
Problems in Nursing Practice (II, 3) Field 
study of major nursing problems with em- 
phasis on examination, evaluation, and re- 
vision of nursing strategies for problems in 
the context of organizational and societal 
systems. (Lab. 6) Pre: S01, 502, and concur- 
rent enrollment in 521. Bridges 


531 Primary Health Care Nursing I (I, 3) 
Theoretical knowledge and skills for the 
development of nursing strategies in analyz- 
ing, managing, and preventing health-related 
problems common to primary health care 
clients. (Lec. 3) Pre: S01, 502, 503, and ZOO 
442, Fimbel-Coppa and Sweat-Carley 


532 Practicum in Primary Health Care 
Nursing I (I, 3) Clinical application of theo- 
retical knowledge and skills as presented in 
531. (Lab. 6) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
531. Fimbel-Coppa and Sweat-Carley 


533 Primary Health Care Nursing II (1, 3) 
Theoretical study for the development of 
increased nursing competency in primary 
care practice. Emphasis on health care strat- 
egies to assist individuals and families in 
coping with health-related problems. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 531, 532, and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 534. Fimbel-Coppa 


534 Practicum in Primary Health Care 
Nursing II (f, 6) Application of theoretical 
knowledge skills for the development of 
nursing strategies for health promotion and 
management of health-related problems 
common to families. (Lab. 12) Pre: 531, 532, 
and concurrent enrollment in 533. Fimbel- 
Coppa and Sweat-Carley 


§41 Theoretical Study of Nursing Educa- 
tion (f, 3) Investigation of theories, con- 
cepts, and models applicable to nursing 
education. Emphasis on theoretical analysis 
to develop and explain strategies for the 
teaching of nursing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521, 522, 
permission of instructor, and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 542. In alternate years. Next offered 
1993-94, Hirsch 


542 Practicum in Nursing Education (I, 6) 
Field experience in nursing education. 
Emphasis on the instructional design and 
the development of strategies for the teach- 
ing of nursing based on theoretical knowl- 
edge. (Lab. 12) Pre: 521, 522, or permission of 
instructor, and concurrent enrollment in 541. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Hirsch 


551 Theoretical Study of Nursing Admin- 
istration (I, 3) Study of theories of organiza- 
tion and management as they relate to nurs- 
ing administration. Emphasis on theories to 
develop or explain management strategies 
in nursing administration. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521, 
522, or permission of instructor, and concurrent 
enrollment in 552. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Schmieding 


552 Practicum in Nursing Administration 
(, 3) Field experience in nursing administra- 
tion. Emphasis on the examination, devel- 
opment and implementation of strategies 
in nursing administration. (Lab. 6) Pre: 521, 
522, or permission of instructor, and concurrent 
enrollment in 551. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Schmieding 


560 Ethical Theories, Nursing Practice, 
and Health Care (I or I, 3) Analysis of 
philosophic positions, ethical theories, and 
moral principles important to professional 
nurses in their clinical, educative, and 
administrative practice. (Sern. 3) Pre: B.S. or 
B.A. in a health-related field, one course in phi- 
losophy and ethics, or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


561 Theories of Practice for Clinical 
Nursing (J, 3) Intensive analysis of theories 
of practice as applied to clinical nursing. 
Emphasis on theoretical knowledge of the 
nurse system phenomena in professional 
clinical nursing. (Lec. 3) Pre: S01, 502, 521, 
and 522, and concurrent enrollment in 562, 
563, or 564. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93, Hirsch 


562 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing 
Practice in Critical Care (I or II, 6) Study 
and application of theories of practice and 
bio-psychosocial interaction in advanced 
clinical practice in critical care nursing. 
Analysis of patient problems and nursing 
strategies relevant to critical care patients. 
(Lab. 12) Pre: 501, 502, and credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in S61. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1992-93. Fortin 


563 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing 
Practice in Gerontology (1 or II, 6) Practi- 
cum in the study and application of theo- 
retical knowledge of practice and aging in 
advanced gerontological nursing. Analysis 
of central health problems and nursing 
strategies relevant to older people. (Lab. 12) 
Pre: 501, 502, and credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 561. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93. Burbank 


564 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing 
Practice in Parent-Child Health (f or II, 6) 
Study and application of practice, normal 
developmental and bio-psychosocial stress 
theories in advanced clinical practice in 
parent-child health nursing. Analysis of 
problems and nursing strategies relevant to 
parents and children. (Lab. 12) Pre: 501, 
502, and credit or concurrent enrollment in 
561. In alternate years. Next offered 1992-93. 
Hirsch and McGrath 


563 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing 
Practice in Gerontology (1 or II, 6) Practi- 
cum in the study and application of theo- 
retical knowledge of practice and aging in 
advanced gerontological nursing. Analysis 
of central health problems and nursing 
strategies relevant to older people. (Lab. 12) 
Pre: 501, 502, and credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 561. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93. Burbank 


569 Theoretical Study of Advanced Nurs- 
ing (I or I, 3) Theoretical foundations of ad- 
vanced nursing practice. Emphasis is on the 
reciprocal nature of the relationship be- 
tween theories, client problems, and nurs- 
ing strategies in the areas of advanced prac- 
tice. (Lec. 3) Pre: S07, 521, 522, and 
concurrent enrollment in 562, 563, or 564, or 
permission of instructor. First offered fall 1994. 
Staff 


601 Foundations of Nursing Science (I, 3) 
Analysis of the nature of nursing knowledge 
from the historical and epistemological per- 
spectives. Focus on examination of theoreti- 
cal, ethical, and methodological foundations 
of the development of nursing science. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: doctoral standing in nursing. Kim 


602 Construction of Nursing Theory I: 
Inductive Process (I, 4) Study of inductive 
approaches to generating theory relevant to 
nursing science. Examination of multidisci- 
plinary strategies for generation of theory 
from field data. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: doctoral 
standing in nursing, 601, or permission of 
instructor. Schwartz-Barcott 


603 Construction of Nursing Theory II: 
Deductive Process (I, 3} Study of deductive 
theory-building as applied to nursing sci- 
ence. Focus on the nature of deductive theo- 
ries and the application of deductive process 
to nursing theory construction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
doctoral standing in nursing, 601, or permission 
of instructor. Kim 


621 Nursing Theory and Research in the 
Client Domain (f, 3) In-depth, comparative 
analysis of existing nursing theories and 
research relevant to the client domain. 
Development of a research proposal for 
validation of a selected nursing theory. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: doctoral standing in nursing and 
completion of core courses in nursing. 
Schwartz-Barcott 


631 Nursing Theory and Research in the 
Client-Nurse Domain (J or II, 3) Study of 
theoretical and research work in the client- 
nurse domain. Formulation and testing of 
hypotheses dealing with client-nurse phe- 
nomena. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: doctoral standing 
in nursing and completion of core courses in 
nursing. Staff 


641 Nursing Theory and Research in the 
Practice Domain (/ or I, 3) In-depth analy- 
sis of theoretical and research work in the 
nursing domain of practice. The expansion 
and refinement of knowledge for nurse- 
system phenomena of the practice domain. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: doctoral standing in nursing and 
completion of core courses in nursing. Kim 


651 Advanced Methods in Nursing 
Research I (I, 3) In-depth study of theories 
and methods in sampling, research design, 
data collection, and data analysis, and their 
application to qualitative research in nurs- 
ing. Emphasis on qualitative data collection 
methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: doctoral standing in 
nursing, advanced Statistics course, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Fortin and/or Beck 


652 Advanced Methods in Nursing 
Research II (Zi, 3) In-depth study of applica- 
tion of theories and methods in sampling, re- 
search design, data collection, data analysis 
for quantitative and evaluative research in 
nursing. (Lec. 3) Pre: doctoral standing in nurs- 
ing, 651, or permission on instructor. Fortin or 
Beck 


653 Measurement and Instrument Devel- 
opment in Nursing Research (II, 3) In-depth 
study of theories and methods relevant to 
measurement and instrument development 
for nursing and health sciences. Emphasis 
on Measurement as an ongoing process of 
successive approximation, refinement, and 
validation. (Lec. 3) Pre: completion of 652 or 
permission of instructor. Fortin 


654 Ethnographic Approaches in Health 
and Nursing Research (I or IT, 3) Examina- 
tion of various ethnographic approaches 
that have emerged from anthropological 
fieldwork and their current and potential 
application in health and nursing research. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 651 or permission of instructor. 
Schwartz-Barcott 


660 Philosophical Foundations for Health 
Care Research (II, 3) Presentation of the 
historical and philosophical basis of con- 
temporary health care research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
doctoral standing in nursing or permission of 
instructor. Burbank 


NURSING/OCEAN ENGINEERING 77 


671 Role Development in Nursing 
Research (I, 3) In-depth examination of the 
role of the nurse researcher as a member of 
a multidisciplinary team and in academia. 
Emphasis on theories and issues related to 
researcher role development. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: doctoral standing in nursing, 601, 602 or 
603, and 660. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (J or I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


995 Reading and Research in Nursing 

@ or Hf, 1-6) Advanced work by individual 
student on a selected issue in nursing under 
the direction of a faculty member. (Lec. 1-6) 
Pre: graduate standing. S/U credit. Staff 


Ocean Engineering 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-792-2273 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Armand J, Silva, 
Ph.D., 1965, University of Connecticut 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor 
Malcolm L. Spaulding, Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Peter C. Cornillon, Ph.D., 1973, 
Cornell University 

Professor Peter R. Stepanishen, Ph.D., 1969, 
Pennsylvania State University 

Professor Robert C. Tyce, Ph.D., 1976, 
University of California, Scripps 
Institution of Oceanography 

Professor Frank White, Ph.D., 1959, Georgia 
Institute of Technology 

Associate Professor Richard Brown, Ph.D., 
1977, University of Cambridge 

Associate Professor Sau-Lon James Hu, 
Ph.D., 1984, Rice University 

Associate Professor Raymond M. Wright, 
Ph.D., 1992, Pennsylvania State 
University 

Assistant Professor Stephen Grilli, Ph.D., 
1985, University of Liege 

Adjunct Professor David H. Shonting, Ph.D., 
1966, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 


Specializations 

Ocean instrumentation and data analy- 
sis, marine hydrodynamics, marine geome- 
chanics, coastal and nearshore processes, 
coastal and offshore structures, remote 
sensing, composite materials and corrosion, 
and underwater acoustics. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: B.S. degree in 
engineering, physics, applied mathematics, 
or other technical disciplines. Students with 
a nonengineering background may be 
required to make up deficiencies by taking 
undergraduate courses in thermodynamics, 


78 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


fluid mechanics, strength of material, elec- 
trical circuits, or applied mathematics. 

Program requirements: Core requirements 
of four courses selected from OCE 510, 512, 
521, 522, 534, 560, 561, 565, 571, 587, one 
course selected from OCG 501, 521, or 540, 
or an advanced-level oceanography course. 
Thesis option—a total of 30 credits, includ- 
ing core requirements plus thesis and at 
least nine credits of electives exclusive of 
OCE 605, 606. Nonthesis option for part- 
time students—permission of chairperson, a 
total of 33 credits, including core require- 
ments plus 18 credits exclusive of OCE 605, 
606, but including at least one course re- 
quiring a substantial paper involving signifi- 
cant independent study, and a written 
master’s examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 

Admission requirements: M.S. degree in 
engineering or equivalent technical disci- 
pline, or equivalent; ocean engineering and 
oceanography core courses as in the 
master’s program. Requirements must have 
been satisfied previously or will have to be 
made up for no program credit. 

Program requirements: Ph.D. qualifying 
examination, dissertation, one advanced 
applied mathematics course, one graduate- 
level course in another department, one 
additional oceanography and two addi- 
tional ocean engineering courses, comple- 
tion of 30 credits beyond the master’s 
degree. Comprehensive examination. 


Special Financial Aid 

Graduate and research assistantships are 
available for highly qualified students. Some 
industrial and other fellowships are also 
available. 


General Information 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed on a full-time 
basis. 


OCE Courses 
Ocean Engineering 


401, 402 (or MCE 401, 402) Introduction 
to Ocean Engineering Systems I, II 
(I and I, 3 each) 

403, 404 (or CHE 403, 404) Introduction 
to Ocean Engineering Processes I, II 
(I and II, 3 each) 

406 (or CVE 406) Introduction to Coastal 
and Ocean Engineering (I, 3) 

407 (or CVE 407) Project in Ocean 
Engineering (1, 3) 

410 Basic Ocean Measurements (I or II, 3) 

411 Basic Coastal Measurements (I, 3) 


483 (or CVE 483) Foundation Engineering | 


(, 3) 


510 Engineering Ocean Mechanics (II, 3) 
Fundamental equations of ocean hydrody- 
namics. Applications to wave motion and 

generation, wave spectra, storms, tide, and 


sediment transport. Hydrodynamic forces 
and moments. Analysis and numerical 
modeling of estuarine flows. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
MCE 354 or equivalent. Spaulding or White 


512 Hydrodynamics of Floating and 
Submerged Bodies I (I, 3) Hydrodynamic 
principles associated with floating and sub- 
merged bodies: resistance, propulsion, static 
and dynamic stability. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 455 
or equivalent. Grilli 


513 Hydrodynamics of Floating and S- 
ubmerged Bodies II (i, 3) Continuation of 
512. Problems of maneuvering, control, and 
motions in waves. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 455 or 
equivalent. Grilli 


522 Dynamics of Waves and Structures 

¢, 3) Introduction to offshore structures; 
physical modeling, wave-force models, 
Morison and diffraction regimes; time and 
frequency domain techniques for simple 
oscillators; environmental loadings; random 
vibration; spectral models; case studies. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 464 or equivalent. Hu 


§23 (or CVE 523) Coastal Structures (I, 3) 
Introduction to coastal engineering; review 
of wave theories for coastal applications; 
wave forces on coastal structures; seawall, 
groins, jetties, and breakwaters; construc- 
tion materials; ports and harbors; ice load- 
ing; case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in 510 or permission of 
instructor. McEwen and Hu 


534 Corrosion and Corrosion Control 
See Chemical Engineering 534. 


535 Advanced Course in Corrosion| 
See Chemical Engineering 535. 


537 Advanced Materials Engineering 
See Chemical Engineering 537. 


555, 556 Ocean Energy Systems I, II 
(land If, 3 each) Theory and design of 
energy extraction from the oceans. Types 
of ocean power available; principles and 
systems of energy extraction; design and 
construction principles. Design project of a 
power device will be carried out in the 
second semester. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 345 and 
354 or equivalent. Brown 


560 Introduction to Data Collection 
Systems (I, 3) Practical problems of data 
collection. Probes and sensors, interfaces, 
signal conditioning, and storage. Examples 
found among the current research areas 
within ocean engineering will be empha- 
sized. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in 
engineering or permission of instructor. 
Stepanishen 


561 Introduction to the Analysis of 
Oceanographic Data (I, 3) Design of oce- 
anic experiments to determine spatial and 
temporal sampling rate, precision, accuracy, 
signal-to-noise ratio, etc. Description of 
typical ocean data collection and analysis 
systems. Development of relevant tech- 
niques. (Lec. 3) Pre: IDE 411, MTH 451, or 
equivalent. Stepanishen 


565 Ocean Laboratory I (I or I, 3) Measure- 
ments, experiments, operation of apparatus 
in the ocean and in the laboratory. Statisti- 
cal theory, planning multivariable experi- 
ments, checking of data, etc. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) 
Pre: graduate standing in engineering or ocean- 
ography, or permission of instructor. Tyce 


566 Ocean Laboratory II (I or I, 3) Plan- 
ning long-term experiments in the ocean. 
Carrying out a synoptic ocean program 
using vessels, buoys, underwater sensors, 
and locations of opportunity. Student man- 
ages experiment and writes technical report. 
(Lab. 6-8) Pre: 565. Tyce 


571 (or ELE 571) Underwater Acoustics I 
(I, 3) Wave equation, energy, pressure and 
particle velocity. Acoustic properties of the 
sea. Elementary sources, refraction, reflec- 
tion, ray theory, normal modes, and scatter- 
ing, with emphasis on sound propagation in 
the ocean. (Lec. 3) Stepanishen : 


581 Experimental Geomechanics 
See Civil and Environmental Engineering 
$81. 


582 (or CVE 582) Seabed Geotechnics 
(lor I, 3) Geotechnical engineering prin- 
ciples as applied to submarine slope stabil- 
ity, bearing capacity, anchoring; emphasis 
on effective stress principle, compressibility, 
and shear strength of marine sediments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 381 or equivalent. Silva 


583 Advanced Foundation Engineering 
See Civil and Environmental Engineering 
$83. 


591, 592 Special Problems (I and I, 

1-6 each) Advanced work under the supervi- 
sion of a staff member arranged to suit the 
individual requirements of the student. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problem) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


605, 606 Ocean Engineering Seminar 
(and II, 1 each) Seminar discussions includ- 
ing presentation of papers based on research 
or literature survey. (Lec. 1) Required of all 
resident graduate students. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 2 nonprogram credits. S/U 
credit. Staff 


625 Advanced Marine Structures (i, 3) 
Advanced oscillator models of offshore plat- 
forms and equipment; estimates of extreme _ 
responses; radiation and scattering of waves 
by offshore structures; study of fixed, sub- 
merged, and compliant offshore structures. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 510, 522, CVE 551 or equivalent. 
Hu 


626 (or CVE 626) Marine Structural Design 
(i, 3) Introduction to offshore structural 
design problems; design and simulation of 
fixed offshore structure, a gravity offshore 
platform or a coastal structure; design codes 
and regulations. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 353 and 
permission of instructor. McEwen and Hu 


661 Analysis of Oceanographic Data 
Systems (I, 3) Design of systems for deep- 
ocean and estuarine data collection and pro- 
cessing. Space-time sampling, multivariate 
analysis, and convergence of moments as 
applied to ocean data estimation and sys- 
tem design. Current topics in ocean data 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: ELE 506 or equivalent. 
Stepanishen 


672 (or ELE 672) Underwater Acoustics II 
(if, 3) Transducers, radiators, and receivers, 
directivity (array structures), equivalent cir- 
cuits, efficiency; piezoelectricity, magneto- 
striction, sonar principles, measurements, 
and calibration. (Lec. 3) Stepanishen 


673 Advanced Course in Underwater 
Acoustic Propagation (J, 3) Analysis of 
propagation from a concentrated acoustic 
source in the ocean by methods such as 
advanced normal mode theory, numerical 
integration, and Fast Fourier Transforms. 
Applications to ocean features such as surface 
ducts, shadow zones, deep-sound channel, 
etc. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or equivalent. Stepanishen 


674 Nonlinear Acoustics (I or Hf, 3) Topics in 
the nonlinear acoustics of fluids, propagation 
and interactions of finite-amplitude sound 
waves, parametric sonar, sound generation by 
turbulence, cavitation noise, shock waves, 
underwater explosions, radiation pressure 
and acoustic streaming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or 
permission of instructor. Stepanishen 


675 Processing of Underwater Acoustic 
Data (1, 3) Description of the underwater 
acoustic environment. Methods of measuring 
underwater acoustic signals. Data analysis of 
passive and active signals. Applications of 
underwater acoustics to oceanographic 
survey. (Lec. 3) Pre: ELE 506 or equivalent. 
Stepanishen 


676 Acoustic Radiation from Underwater 
Vibrators (I or I, 3) Fundamentals of acous- 
tic radiation from submerged structures. 
Radiation from planar, cylindrical, and 
spherical surfaces. In-vacuo and in-fluid 
vibration of elastic bodies. Acoustic coinci- 
dence and fluid-loading effects on radiation 
from elastic bodies. Pre: 571 or permission of 
instructor. Stepanishen 


688 (or CVE 688) Marine Geomechanics 
(or I, 3) Integrated study of marine geotech- 
nics and marine geology. Topics include sedi- 
mentary processes, acoustic characteristics, 
slope stability, consolidation and stress 
history, engineering properties and other 
subjects related to seabed utilization. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: CVE 381 or permission of instructor. Silva 


689 (or CVE 689) Selected Topics in Geo- 
mechanics (I or Hf, 3) Advanced topics in 
geotechnical engineering, including state- 
of-the-art techniques, methods of analysis 
and design with applications to professional 
practice. Specific topic(s) will be selected 
based on student interest. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 
381 or equivalent. Kovacs, Silva, and Veyera 


691, 692 Special Problems (I and II, 

1-6 each) Advanced work under supervision 
of a staff member arranged to suit the indi- 
vidual requirements of the student. (Lec. or 
Lab. according to nature of problem) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and Il) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


Oceanography 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-792-6246 


Graduate Faculty 


Interim Dean: Professor Margaret Leinen, 
Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode Island 

Interim Associate Dean: Research Professor 
Candace A. Oviatt, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Michael L. Bender, Ph.D., 1970, 
Columbia University 

Research Professor Peter Cornillon, Ph.D., 
1973, Cornell University 

Research Professor Paul J. Fox, Ph.D., 1972, 
Columbia University 

Professor Paul E. Hargraves, Ph.D., 1968, 
College of William and Mary 

Professor Barry J. Huebert, Ph.D., 1970, 
Northwestern University 

Professor Dana R. Kester, Ph.D., 1969, 
Oregon State University 

Professor Roger L. Larson, Ph.D., 1970, 
University of California, San Diego 

Professor Scott W. Nixon, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of North Carolina 

Professor Michael E.Q. Pilson, Ph.D., 1964, 
University of California, San Diego 

Professor James G. Quinn, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of Connecticut 

Research Professor Kenneth A. Rahn, Ph.D., 
1971, University of Michigan 

Professor Hans T. Rossby, Ph.D., 1966, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Jean-Guy Schilling, Ph.D., 1966, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Haraldur Sigurdsson, Ph.D., 1970, 
Durham University 

Professor Theodore J. Smayda, Dr.Philos., 
1967, University of Oslo 

Professor Elijah Swift V, Ph.D., 1967, The 
Johns Hopkins University 

Professor Robert C. Tyce, Ph.D., 1976, 
Scripps Institution of Oceanography 

Professor D. Randolph Watts, Ph.D., 1973, 
Cornell University 

Professor Mark Wimbush, Ph.D., 1969, 
Scripps Institution of Oceanography 

Professor Howard E. Winn, Ph.D., 1955, 
University of Michigan 

Professor James A. Yoder, Ph.D., 1978, 
University of Rhode Island 


OCEAN ENGINEERING/OCEANOGRAPHY 79 


Associate Reasearch Professor Richard 
Arimoto, Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Connecticut 

Associate Research Professor Ann G. Durbin, 
Ph.D., 1976, University of Rhode Island 

Associate Research Professor Edward G. 
Durbin, Ph.D., 1976, University of 
Rhode Island 

Associate Professor Christopher R. Kincaid, 
Ph.D., 1989, The John Hopkins 
University 

Associate Research Professor John King, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Minnesota 

Associate Research Professor John T. Merrill, 
Ph.D., 1976, University of Colorado 

Associate Professor Lewis M. Rothstein, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Hawaii 

Associate Professor Karen Wishner, Ph.D., 
1979, Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography 

Assistant Research Professor Steven N. 
Carey, Ph.D., 1983, University of Rhode 
Island 

Assistant Professor Steven D’Hondt, Ph.D., 
1989, Princeton University 

Assistant Professor Brian G. Heikes, Ph.D., 
1984, The University of Michigan 

Assistant Professor Christopher R. Kincaid, 
Ph.D., 1989, The Johns Hopkins 
University 

Professor Emeritus H. Perry Jeffries, Ph.D., 
1959, Rutgers—The State University 

Professor Emeritus John A. Knauss, Ph.D., 
1959, University of California 

Professor Emeritus Robert L. McMaster, Ph.D., 
1953, Rutgers—The State University 

Professor Emeritus Saul B. Saila, Ph.D., 1952, 
Cornell University 

Professor Emeritus John McN. Sieburth, 
Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor Emeritus Theodore A. 
Napora, Ph.D., 1964, Yale University 


Specializations 
Biological, chemical, geological, and 
physical oceanography. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
required, advanced in the applicant’s under- 
graduate major recommended) and bache- 
lor’s degree in natural sciences or engineer- 
ing. Most applicants are admitted for 
September, but admission for the start of 
the second semester is possible. Due to the 
limited number of students that can be 
accepted as degree candidates, no applica- 
tion will be considered showing an under- 
graduate average of less than B unless there 
is postbaccalaureate work indicating out- 
standing ability. Applications should be 
completed by April 15. 

Program requirements: thesis, OCG 695, a 
minimum of six credits of 500- or 600-level 
oceanography courses outside the student’s 
specialization; participation in a regular 
ocean research cruise. 


80 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Doctor of Philosophy 

Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
required, advanced in the applicant’s under- 
graduate major recommended); bachelor’s 
degree in natural sciences or engineering. 
Most applicants are admitted for September, 
but admission for the start of the second 
semester is possible. Due to the limited 
number of students that can be accepted as 
degree candidates, no application will be 
considered showing an undergraduate 
average of less than B unless there is 
postbaccalaureate work indicating outstand- 
ing ability. Applications should be com- 
pleted by April 15. 

Program requirements: dissertation; for 


_ specializations in biological and chemical 


oceanography—OCG 501, 521, 540, 561; for 
a specialization in physical oceanography— 
OCG 501, 510, 613, MCE 551; for a special- 
ization in geological oceanography—OCG 


$41, 542, and in any two of the following, 


OCG 501, 521, 561; a minimum of six 
credits of 500- or 600-level oceanography 
courses outside the specialization; six addi- 
tional credits in oceanography at the 600 
level (excluding problems and research 
courses and OCG 695); participation in 
regular ocean research cruise. A Ph.D. quali- 
fying examination is required of all doctoral 
students. This requirement is satisfied by 
completing, with a grade of B or better, the 
four core courses specified for the appropri- 
ate discipline. Although there is no general 
language requirement, the student’s major 
professor may require the demonstration of 
ability in one or more foreign languages. 
Comprehensive examination. 


Special Financial Aid 
There is a limited number of assistant- 
ships for master’s and doctoral candidates. 


General Information 


It is anticipated that approximately 25 
students will be admitted to the program for 
the 1992-93 academic year. 


OCG Courses 
Oceanography 


401 General Oceanography 
(1 and II, 3 each) 

491 Ocean Studies (I and II, 15 each) 

493, 494 Special Problems and Indepen- 
dent Study in Oceanography 
(l and If, 1-6 each) 


501 Physical Oceanography (I, 3) Basic 
course covering physical properties of sea- 
water, heat budget, distribution of variables, 
dynamics, water masses and general circula- 
tion, waves and tides. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 213 
and MTH 141. Rossby 


510 Descriptive Physical Oceanography 
(If, 3) Observed distributions of tempera- 
ture, salinity, currents; methods of deducing 
deep flow; physical properties of seawater; 
flow in estuaries; practical work in the 


analysis of oceanographic data; study of 
recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501. Rossby 


521 Chemical Oceanography (I, 3) 
Processes regulating the composition of 
seawater and the distribution of chemical 
species. The interaction of marine chemistry 
with the ocean floor, atmosphere, and 
marine organisms. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: CHM 
101 and 112 and PHY 213. Pilson 


523 Organic Geochemistry of Natural 
Waters (I, 3) Chemistry of organic matter in 
natural waters with emphasis on the marine 


yj environment. Topics include a consideration 


of the origin, nature, and biogeochemical 
reactions of organic matter in aquatic envi- 
ronments. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 228 or permission 
of instructor. Offered in odd-numbered years. 
Quinn 


524 Chemistry of the Marine Atmosphere 
(If, 3) Chemistry and physics of marine aero- 
sols, trace gases, and precipitation; cycles and 
budgets of atmospheric nitrogen, sulfur, 
halogen, and carbon compounds; effects of 
man on the marine atmosphere. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
521 and CHM 432 or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 1993. Staff 


540 Geological Oceanography (If, 3) Ori- 
gin and evolution of the ocean basin and its 
margin: morphology, structure, plate tec- 
tonics, volcanism, geochemistry, stratigra- 
phy, sedimentation, and paleoceanography. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: GEL 103 or 105 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


541 Principles of Marine Geology and 
Geophysics (I, 4) Origin, structure, and evo- 
lution of ocean basins including plate kine- 
matics, lithospheric origin and dynamics, 
volcanism, and geochemistry. (Lec. 3, Lab. 1) 
Pre: GEL 103 or 102 and 106. Larson and Staff 


542 Principles of Marine Geology and 
Geophysics (I, 4) Marine sedimentary pro- 
cesses, paleo-oceanography, and paleoclima- 
tology and evolution of the Mesozoic-Ceno- 
zoic global ocean. (Lec. 3, Lab. 1) Pre: GEL 
103. Staff 


561 Biological Oceanography (I, 3) Nature 
of life in the sea; adaptations, patterns of 
distribution and production of plankton, 
nekton, and benthos, their interrelation- 
ships and interaction with the environ- 
ment. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: ZOO 111. Oviatt 


574 Biology of Marine Mammals (I, 3) 
Migration, reproduction, social organiza- 
tion, classification, anatomy, populations, 
physiology, and communications of ceta- 
ceans and pinnipeds. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered 1994. Winn 


576 (or MIC 576) Marine Microbiology 

(f, 4) The role of bacteria, fungi, apochlorotic 
algae, flagellates, sarcodines, and ciliates in 
the cycling of organic matter is discussed in 
the context of their structure, habitats, 
trophic modes, ecology, processes, and tax- 
onomy. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: CHM 112 and MIC 
201 or 211 or permission of instructor. Offered 
in odd-numbered years. Staff 


581 Topics in Tectonic Geology 
See Geology 581. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and ID) 
Number of credits is determined each semes- 
ter in consultation with the major professor 
OI program committee. S/U credit. Staff 


605 Dynamical Oceanography (, 3) 

Simple steady-state theories applied to ocean 
motion. Review of well-known force balances 
in oceanography, wind-driven circulation, 
thermohaline circulation, the thermocline, 
oceanic boundary layers, near-shore circula- 
tion, diffusion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501. Watts 


607 Geophysical Models (I, 1—4) Selected 
laboratory experiments modeling the 
motions of oceans and atmospheres. Com- 
parison of effects of rotation and stratifica- 
tion. Thermal and thermohaline convec- 
tion, inertial waves and boundary layer 
phenomena. Emphasis on experimental 
research techniques and preparation of 
technical reports. (Lab. 2-8) Pre: 610 or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 4 credits. Staff 


610 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics I (f, 3) 
Natural world fluid dynamics emphasizing 
ocean circulation. Classical fluid dynamics; 
GFD fundamentals (rotation and stratifica- 
tion); Taylor-Proudman theorem; potential 
vorticity; planetary waves; geostrophic con- 
tours; shallow water quasi-geostrophic 
theory; frictional layers. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 
551 or equivalent and permission of instructor. 
Rothstein 


611 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics II (H, 3) 
Continuously stratified quasi-geostrophic 
theory; classical and modern theories of the 
wind-driven ocean circulation; stability 
theory; oceanic convection; wave-mean 
flow interactions; ageostrophic dynamics; 
topographical effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 610. 
Rothstein 


613 Waves (I, 3) Generation, propagation, 
and decay of surface waves, internal waves, 
and Rossby waves in the ocean. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
MCE 550 or permission of instructor. Wimbush 


614 Tides (II, 2) Generation, propagation, 
and dissipation of ocean tides. Earth tides. 
Relation between theory and observation. 
Tidal analysis. (Lec. 2) Pre: 501. Wimbush 


620 Chemical Distributions (IJ, 3) Interdis- 
ciplinary study of the processes responsible 
for oceanic chemical distributions with 
emphasis on conservative properties, bio- 
logically active constituents, and radionu- 
clides. Includes projects involving data pro- 
cessing analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501, 521, 540, 
and 561 or permission of instructor. Kester 


623 Physical Chemistry of Seawater (I, 3) 
Characterization of dissociation, solubility, 
and redox equilibria in seawater. Partial 
molar volumes, conductivity, and diffusion 
of ions in seawater. Kinetic studies in sea- 
water; effect of temperature, salinity, and 
pressure on physiochemical properties in 
seawater. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and CHM 432 or 
permission of instructor. Offered in odd-num- 
bered years. Next offered fall 1993. Kester 


625 Organic Geochemistry (I, 3) Chemistry 
of organic matter in recent to ancient sedi- 
ments. Topics include the source, character- 
ization, significance and fate of sedimentary 
organic compounds with emphasis on the 
marine environment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 523 or per- 
mission of instructor. Offered in even-numbered 
years. Quinn 


628 High-Temperature Geochemistry (J, 3) 
Principles and factors governing the distri- 
bution of trace elements in volcanic pro- 
cesses. Applications to the study of rock 
genesis, mantle dynamics, oceanic crust 
formation, and hotspots. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 
431 or equivalent or permission of instructor. 
Offered in even-numbered years. Next offered 
fall 1994. Schilling 


631 Seminar in Marine Chemistry 

(and I, 1) Discussion of problems of cur- 
rent interest in marine chemistry. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: 521 or permission of instructor. S/U credit. 
Staff 


641 Geology of Continental Margins (I, 3) 
Continental margin formation and evolution 
within lithospheric plates and at plate 
boundaries with emphasis on structural 
patterns, stratigraphic relationships, deposi- 
tional sequences, and tectonics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
540, GEL 370 and 550. In altemate years. Staff 


643 Subduction Zones (I, 3) Structure, 
petrology, and geochemistry of subduction 
zones, island arcs, and other magmatic arcs 
at convergent plate margins. Petrogenesis of 
andesites and related magmas. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
540 or permission of instructor. Sigurdsson 


644 Global Paleoclimatology (I, 3) Prin- 
ciples of modern climatology, climate dy- 
_Namics, modelling, and climate indicators 
with application to the geologic record; 
Phanerozoic climates and relationships to 
tectonics, paleogeography, and ocean- 
atmosphere composition. (Lec. 2, Sem. 1) 
Pre: 510 and 540. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1993. Arthur and Leinen 


645 Petrology of the Oceanic Crust (I, 3) 
Nature anid origin of igneous and metamor- 
phic rocks of the oceanic crust of the earth; 
mineralogy, petrology, and petrogenesis of 
sea-floor rocks; metamorphism of the ocean 
crust. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1992. Sigurdsson 


646 Deep-Sea Sediments and Processes 
(If, 3) Deep-sea sediments and their relation 
to oceanic processes such as solution, pro- 
ductivity, and dilution. Sedimentary distri- 
butions in time and space as related to tec- 
tonic models. Paleoclimatology, and past 
water mass distributions and conditions. 
Term paper. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. In altemate years. 
Next offered 1993. Leinen 


647, 648 Recent Sedimentary Environ- 
ments (J and II, 3 each) A study of sedimen- 
tary environments emphasizing the rela- 
tionships between sediment properties of 
each environment and its environmental 
conditions. 647: beach, estuary, and conti- 


nental shelf. 648: continental shelf-break, 
slope, and rise. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501, 540, and 
GEL 550. In alternate years. Staff 


649 Plankton Paleoecology (1, 3) Concepts 
of paleoecology. Interaction between plank- 
tonic marine organisms and their environ- 
ment over evolutionary time-scales. The use 
of fossil plankton in reconstructing paleo- 
environmental conditions and paleoecologi- 
cal systems. Patterns, causal hypotheses, 
and geological consequences of temporal 
and geographic variation in Cretaceous and 
Cenozoic plankton assemblages. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered fall 1992. D’Hondt 


651 Marine Stratigraphy (I, 3) Concepts 
and methods of biostratigraphy, lithostrati- 
graphy, and chronostratigraphy. Strati- 
graphic nomenclature. Stratigraphic correla- 
tion and completeness. Special focus will be 
placed on the integration of multiple strati- 
graphic techniques and their application to 
the Cretaceous and Cenozoic marine record. 
Class discussion of advances and problems 
in recent research articles. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) 
Pre: permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered fall 1993. D’Hondt 


652 Marine Geophysics (I, 3) Survey of 
basic subdisciplines of marine geophysics 
including plate tectonics, gravity, magnetics, 
heat flow reflection, and refraction seismol- 
ogy. Basic theory and methods of data collec- 
tion and interpretation emphasized. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 540 or permission of instructor. Staff 


653 Reflection and Refraction Seismology 
(, 3) Theory and application of marine 
single-channel, multichannel, and refrac- 
tion seismic techniques. Topics include 
theory of elastic wave propagation, instru- 
mentation, method of data collection, and 
travel time inversion and interpretation 
techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 540 and 652 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


654 Seminar in Plate Tectonics (J, 3) 
Extensive reading and seminar discussions 
of plate kinematics, driving forces, the 
theology of the lithosphere, and topics of 
current research interest. Assumes familiar- 
ity with basic concepts of geology, geophys- 
ics, and vector analysis. (Sem. 3) Pre: 540 or 
permission of instructor. Offered in odd-num- 
bered years. Larson 


661 (or BOT 661) Phytoplankton Taxon- 
omy (I, 3) Classical and modern systems and 
techniques for the identification, nomencla- 
ture, and classification of planktonic algae, 
with emphasis on marine forms. Phylogeny 
will be briefly considered. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1992. Hargraves 


663 (or BOT 663) Phytoplankton Physiol- 
ogy (I, 3) Metabolic processes and methods 
of their investigation in phytoplankton with 
primary emphasis on functions pertinent to 
their ecology. Includes adaptation, uptake of 
nutrients, excretion, rhythms, pigments, and 
photosynthesis. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of instructor. Swift 


OCEANOGRAPHY 81 


664 (or BOT 664) Phytoplankton Ecology 
(if, 3) Biology and ecology of the pelagic 
marine microscopic algae with emphasis on 
their adaptations, physiological ecology, 
distribution, succession, production, and 
regional and seasonal dynamics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Smayda 


666 Zooplankton (I, 3) Biology of marine 
zooplankton, dealing with morphology, 
adaptation, distribution, physiology, pro- 
duction, and interrelationships with other 
members of the marine biota. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


667 (or BOT 667) Advanced Phytoplank- 
ton Seminar (Hf, 1) Specialized and advanced 
areas of phytoplankton biology and research, 
including systematics, physiology, and ecol- 
ogy. (Sem. 2) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated. S/U credit. 
Hargraves, Smayda, and Swift 


669 Marine Fish Ecology and Production 
(if, 3) Functioning of fishes in major world 
ecosystems is explored through comparison 
of feeding ecology, bioenergetics, and pro- 
duction rates. (Lec. 3) Pre: 561 or permission 
of instructor. E. Durbin and A. Durbin 


670 Fish Population Dynamics (II, 3) 
Methods for estimating vital statistics of fish 
populations, stock assessment theory and 
methods, analytical and empirical model 
development, and fisheries forecasting. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Fogarty 


671 Marine Zooplankton Ecology (II, 3) 
Marine zooplankton community structure 
and function including the relation of spa- 
tial and temporal distribution patterns to 
the oceanic environment, organism interac- 
tions, secondary production, feeding, and 
reproduction. Emphasis on open ocean 
communities. (Lec. 3) Pre: 561 or permission 
of instructor. Wishner 


672 Marine Invertebrates and Environ- 
ment (I, 3) Physiological responses of 
marine invertebrates to seasonal and geo- 
graphical changes in the environment. Sur- 
vival, metabolism, reproduction, and larval 
development of the populations. Mecha- 
nisms in adaptation during stages in life 
cycle examined in relation to changes of 
certain environmental factors. Physiological 
variation of populations related to specia- 
tion process. Lectures, reading, and discus- 
sion. Research project. (Lec. 3) Pre: $61 and 
permission of instructor. Staff 


678 Low-Temperature Geochemistry and 
Isotope Geology (IH, 3) A study of processes 
important in determining the chemical and 
isotopic mass balance of the oceans and the 
geochemistry of deep-sea sediments. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 521. Bender 


679 (or ZOO 679) Animal Communication 
, 2) Visual, chemical, and auditory commu- 
nication in animals, including receptor sys- 
tems, feedback, and redundancy. Functional 
aspects and organization of communication. 
Discussion of readings. Research problem can 


82 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


be taken under 691 or ZOO 693. (Lec. 2) 

Pre: ZOO 467 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 1993. 
Winn 


681 Marine Pollution (1, 3) The chemical 
and biological processes governing the fate 
and effects of pollutants in the marine envi- 
ronment are introduced. Approaches used 
in the analyses and modeling of marine pol- 
lution will be introduced. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521, 
561, or permission of instructor. Staff 


689 Coastal Marine Ecosystems (I, 3) 
Comparative analysis of community struc- 
ture in estuaries and shelf waters. Biological 
characterization of specific habitats with 
respect to general properties of the physical- 
chemical-geological environment. Class- 
developed databases for comparisons of 
Narragansett Bay with estuaries of the 
world. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: 561. Staff 


691, 692 Individual Study (1 and IT, 

1-6 each) Individual study of assigned topics 
or special problems, involving literature 
search and/or original investigation under 
one or more members of the staff. (Lec., 
Lab. TBA) Staff 


693, 694 Special Studies (7 and I, 1-4 each) 
Studies of specialized topics in the marine 
sciences. (Lec., Lab. TBA) Staff 


695 Seminar in Oceanography (I and II, 

1 each) Students to give seminar reports on 
problems and current research in various 
areas of oceanography. (Lec. 1) Attendance 
and registration are required of all resident 
graduate students, but no more than 2 credits 
are allowed for a program of study. S/U credit. 
Leinen 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each semes- 
ter in consultation with the major professor 
or program committee. S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Oceanography Topics 
for Teachers (f and II, 0-3 each) Especially 
designed for teachers of physical sciences. 
Basic topics in oceanography from an 
advanced or pedagogical perspective. (Lec. 
or Lab.) Pre: teacher certification. Staff 


Note: Graduate students in oceanography 


choose from supporting courses in other 
departments. 


Pharmaceutics 
MSS., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-792-2754 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Thomas E. Needham, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Joan M. Lausier, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Louis A. Luzzi, 1966, University of 
Rhode Island 

Professor Christopher T. Rhodes, Ph.D., 
1964, Chelsea College, University of 
London 


Associate Professor Serpil Kislalioglu, Ph.D., 
1973, University of London 

Associate Professor Sara Rosenbaum, Ph.D., 
1980, University of Liverpool 

Associate Research Professor Hossein Zia, 
Ph.D., 1969, University of Georgia 


Specializations 

Pharmaceutics with emphasis on physi- 
cal pharmacy, biopharmaceutics, pharmaco- 
kinetics, formulation and manufacturing of 
conventional, drug delivery, and cosmetic 
products, drug standards and regulatory 
affairs. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree in pharmacy or equivalent, 
and CSC 201 or equivalent. 

Program requirements: thesis; EST 409 or 
equivalent; BCP 435; PHC 521, 522; nine 
credits of 500- or 600-level pharmaceutics 
courses. For the cosmetic science technology 
track—thesis; EST 409; BCP 435 or CHE 542; 
PHC 521, 522, 530, 531, 532; and 10 credits 
of electives with one course selected from 
500- or 600-level pharmaceutics courses. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 

Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree. Qualifying examination is 
required for all candidates. 

Program requirements: dissertation, M.S. 
core requirements plus PHC 521, 522, IME 
533, and comprehensive examination. In 
addition, for the pharmaceutical formula- 
tion track—CHE 530, six credits from CHM 
$12, MIC 533 and 552, FSN 447, PAD 680, 
and CHM 511, and 10 additional credits of 
500- or 600-level pharmaceutics courses. For 
the regulatory affairs ttack—PHC 535, 621, 
670, 680, PCL 546, PHP 540, 680, CHM 511, 
six credits from PHC 622, 623, 631, 633, 
PHP 540, 680, CHM 511, six credits from 
PHC 622, 623, 631, 633, PHP 640X, PED 
564, MGT 630, MKT 601, MIC 533, 552. 


PHC Courses 
Pharmaceutics 


425 History of Pharmacy (I, 3) 

460 (or PHP 460) Nonprescription Drugs 
and Medical Devices (I and H, 4) 

497, 498 Special Problems (I and I, 1-3 each) 


§21, 522 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar 
discussions including presentation of papers 
on selected topics in pharmacy. (Lec. 1) 
Required of all resident graduate students with 
a maximum of 1 credit allowed per year. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 2 credits for M.S. 
candidates. May be repeated for a maximum of 
5 credits for Ph.D. candidates. Rnodes 


530 Fundamentals of Cosmetic Science 

(, 3) Study of the fundamentals of the func- 
tion and behavior of skin, hair, and nails 
and their reactivity to cosmetic raw materi- 


als, Properties of cosmetic ingredients will 
also be addressed. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. Kislalioglu and Staff 


531 Basic Research in Cosmetic Science 

(I, 2) Laboratory exercises in the form of 
individual projects designed to provide an 
understanding of the basic properties and 
behavior of skin, hair, and nails. Assessment 
of cosmetic product performance and the 
basic properties of cosmetic ingredients. 
(Lab.) Pre: permission of instructor. Kislalioglu 
and Staff 


532 Cosmetic Product Formulation (1, 2) 
Provide a basic understanding of cosmetic 
products, technology, and quality control; 
improve formulation skills with a particular 
emphasis on the application of new techno- 
logical developments in cosmetic formula- 
tion. (Lab.) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Kislalioglu and Staff 


535 Pharmacokinetics (1, 3) The principles 
and application of clinical pharmacokinet- 
ics for advanced pharmacy students. Devel- 
oping, modifying, and evaluating dosage 
regimens. (Lec. 3) Danish and Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


621 Manufacturing Pharmacy (I or IT, 2) 
Theory and practice in the manufacture of 
pharmaceuticals and the principles of opera- 
tion of the equipment used for their pro- 
duction. (Lec. 2) Rhodes 


622 Manufacturing Pharmacy (1 or II, 3) 
Theories applied to the manufacture of 
pharmaceuticals with an emphasis on for- 
mulation considerations and principles of 
operation of equipment used for their pro- 
duction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 621. In alternate years. 
Needham 


623 Manufacturing Pharmacy Laboratory 
(or Il, 2) Practical application of the prin- 
ciples of all aspects of dose-form manufac- 
ture, including an emphasis on good manu- 
facturing procedures. Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 622. Needham 


631 Advanced Physical Pharmacy 

(or Il, 4) Theory and application of physical 
chemical principles to problems in pharma- 
ceutical research, with emphasis on meth- 
ods by which properties of new medicinal 
agents are determined. (Lec. 4) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. Zia and Staff 


633 Advanced Physical Pharmacy Labora- 
tory (I, 1) Laboratory exercises dealing with 
the physical-chemical principles used in 
evaluation of pharmaceutical substances. 
(Lab. 4) Pre: CHM 435. Staff 


670 Advanced Pharmacokinetics (I, 2) 
Application of classical compartmental and 
noncompartmental analyses to drug absorp- 
tion and disposition in linear and nonlinear 
systems. (Lec. 2) Pre: 535 or permission of in- 
structor. Rosenbaum and Staff 


680 Industrial Project (Pharmaceutics) 

(,, Hf, or SS, 3) A research project directed by 
the major professor on a topic in industrial 
pharmacy. A report must be submitted to 
the department faculty. The project will 
normally be conducted off campus. Pre: 
graduate standing in pharmaceutics. Staff 


697, 698 Research in Pharmacy (I and II, 
1-3 each) Literature survey, laboratory work, 
and a detailed research report on one or 
more assigned topics in pharmacy. 

(Lab. TBA) Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. 


Pharmacognosy 
M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-792-2751 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Yuzuru Shimizu, 
Ph.D., 1963, Hokkaido University 

Associate Professor Ching-Shih Chen, Ph.D., 
1985, University of Wisconsin 

Research Assistant Professor Lucie Maranda, 
Ph.D., 1987, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Mostafa M. 
Omar, Ph.D., 1981, University of Rhode 
Island 


Specializations 

Biosynthesis of drug plant constituents, 
natural product chemistry including the 
isolation and structural elucidation of mate- 
rials of potential medicinal interest, screen- 
ing of natural products for physiologically 
active agents including materials from both 
land and marine sources. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor’s degree in pharmacy, chemistry, or 
biology. 

Program requirements: thesis, A.C.S. place- 
ment examination (organic) to determine 
specific program requirement, PCG 445, 
446, or equivalent; PCG 548, 551, 552; 
written master’s examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 

Admission requirements: GRE and master's 
degree in pharmacy, chemistry, or biology, 
or bachelor’s degree in one of these with 
evidence of superior ability. Qualifying 
examination is required for candidates 
accepted without the master’s degree. 

Program requirements: PCG $51, 552, 633, 
634, CHM 521 or equivalent. A candidate 
entering the Ph.D. program with a bache- 
lor’s degree must also meet the M.S. core 
course requirements. 


OCEANOGRAPHY/PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY 83 


PCG Courses 
Pharmacognosy 


445, 446 General Pharmacognosy 
(I and I, 3 each) 

447 General Pharmacognosy Laboratory 
(land I, 1) 

459 Public Health (7, 3) 


§21, 522 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar 
discussions including presentation of papers 
on selected topics in pharmacognosy. (Lec. 
1) Required of all resident graduate students 
with a maximum of 1 credit allowed per year. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 3 credits. 
Staff 


533 Medicinal Plants (I, 2) Problems in 
drug plant chemotaxonomy with field work 
in the drug plant gardens. Emphasis is 
placed on certain alkaloid, glycoside, and 
oil-yielding plants. Weedicides and insecti- 
cides as related to measures for control. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: 446 or equivalent. Staff 


§36 Antibiotics (I, 3) Advanced course on 
concept of antibiosis, biosynthesis pathways 
of antibiotic production, testing, chemistry, 
mechanism of action, medicinal and phar- 
maceutical uses of antibiotics. Phenomena 
of sensitivity and resistance; emphasis on 
entities of importance in pharmaceutical 
research and production. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate or fifth-year undergraduate pharmacy stand- 
ing. In alternate years. Staff 


548 Physical Methods of Identification 
See Medicinal Chemistry 548. 


551, 552 Chemistry of Natural Products 
(1 and Hf, 3 each) Introduction to chemistry 
of certain groups of natural products espe- 
cially in relation to their chemotaxonomic 
position in plant classification. Topics lim- 
ited to secondary metabolites, e.g., terpe- 
noids, phenolic compounds, aromatic com- 
pounds, phytosterols, alkaloids. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 228 and 230. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1993-94. Shimizu 


597, 598 Special Problems (I and I, 1-3 
each) Special graduate student project as- 
signments in the study of natural drug 
research under the supervision of faculty. 
Pre: graduate standing. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


633, 634 Biosynthesis (I and II, 3 each) 
Biogenesis of medicinally active principles 
of biological origin. Emphasis given to 
organic acids, polysaccharides, glycosides, 
steroids, and certain nitrogenous com- 
pounds. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. Next 
offered 1992-93. Staff 


635, 636 Pharmacognosy Techniques 
(and I, 3-4 each) Physical and chemical 
factors influencing growth and develop- 
ment of active principles of drug plants. 
Certain biological analyses of results are 
performed. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6-9) Staff 


697, 698 Research in Pharmacognosy 
(land If, 1-3 each) Literature survey, labora- 
tory work, and a detailed research report on 
one or more assigned topics. (Lab. TBA) Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(I and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. 5/U credit. 


Pharmacology and Toxicology 
M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-792-2362 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Zahir A. Shaikh, 
Ph.D., 1972, Dalhousie University, 
Canada 

Professor Alvin K. Swonger, Ph.D., 1971, 
Dartmouth College 

Associate Professor John R. Babson, Ph.D., 
1980, Oregon State University 

Associate Professor Clinton O. Chichester 
III, Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode 
Island 

Associate Professor Robert L. Rodgers, Ph.D. 
1977, University of Oklahoma 

Adjunct Associate Professor Hans-Jurgen H. 
Barrach, Ph.D., 1973, Free University of 
Berlin, West Germany 

Adjunct Associate Professor Kim 
Boekelheide, M.D., Ph.D., 1980, Duke 
University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Herbert V. 
Levinsky, Ph.D., 1969, College of 
Agriculture, Vienna, Austria 

Adjunct Associate Professor Raymond G. 
Lundgren, Jr., Ph.D., 1963, University of 
Missouri 

Adjunct Associate Research Professor Cecilia 
T. Giambalvo, Ph.D., 1975, University of 
Connecticut 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Douglas O. 
Fisher, Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode 
Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Eugene Jackim, 
Ph.D., 1965, St. John’s University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Alexander R. 
Malcolm, Jr., Ph.D., 1977, University of 
Rhode Island 


Specializations 
Biochemical and cardiovascular pharma- 
cology; biochemical toxicology. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree in pharmacy, biological 
sciences, or chemistry. 

Program requirements: thesis; one course 
in mathematics (141 or equivalent); one 
course in statistics; PCL 441 and 442; BCP 
581 and 582; PCL 521 and 522 and two 
advanced pharmacology courses. 


84 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 

Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s or master’s degree in pharmacy or 
science. 

Program requirements: M.S. program 
requirements with two additional advanced 
pharmacology courses. In addition, a Ph.D. 
qualifying examination is required of all 
students admitted without an acceptable 
master’s degree. 


PCL Courses 
Pharmacology and Toxicology 


436 (or PSY 436) Psychotropic Drugs and 
Therapy (I and II, 3) 

441, 442 General and Clinical 
Pharmacology (I and II, 4 each) 

443 General Pharmacology Laboratory 
(and If, 1) 

444, 445, 446 General and Clinical 
Pharmacology and Toxicology I, II, 
Ill (Hf, 3 each) 

497, 498 Special Problems 
(land II, 1-3 each) 


§21, 522 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar 
discussions and presentation of papers on 
selected topics in pharmacology. (Lec. 1) 
Required of all resident graduate students with 
a maximum of 1 credit allowed per year. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 3 credits. Staff 


544 Forensic Toxicology (I, 3) Theoretical 
and practical aspects of poisoning including 
the isolation and identification of toxic ma- 
terials from pharmaceuticals, body fluids, 
and tissues. Isolation and identification of 
physiological fluids from stains, hairs, and 
tissue with application to forensic medicine. 
(Lec, 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 441, 442, or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 1993. Staff 


546 Advanced Toxicology (Hf, 3) Toxic 
effects of selected drugs and other xeno- 
biotics on physiological and biochemical 
processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441 and 442 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1993. Shaikh 


572 Neural Bases of Drug Action (I, 3) 
Review of neuroanatomy, neurochemistry, 
and neurophysiology as they relate to drug 
action. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441 or equivalent or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 1992. Swonger 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


641 Biochemical Pharmacology (I, 3) 
Theory and application of pharmacological 
studies at the cellular and subcellular levels 
and their significance to drug action in the 
intact organism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441 and 442 or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered fall 1994, Chichester 


642 (or BCP 642) Biochemical Toxicology 
(1, 3) Biochemical and molecular aspects of 
chemically induced cell injury and chemical 
carcinogenesis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441, 442, and 
BCP 581, 582 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Next offered spring 1995. 
Babson 


644 Cardiovascular Pharmacology (II, 3) 
Cellular mechanisms of drug action as a 
basis for understanding therapeutic effects. 
Emphasis on current developments in anti- 
hypertensive, antiarrhythmic, antianginal, 
and cardiotonic drug research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
441 and 442 or permission of instructor. Next 
offered spring 1994. Rodgers 


697, 698 Research in Pharmacology 

(and If, 1-5 each) Literature survey, labora- 
tory work, and a detailed research report on 
one or more assigned topics. (Lab. TBA) Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

( and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Pharmacy Administration 
MSS. 
401-792-2734 


Graduate Faculty 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor 
Norman A. Campbell, Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Wisconsin 

Professor Albert H. Taubman, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Pittsburgh 

Assistant Professor Cynthia Willey, Ph.D., 
1985, University of North Carolina, 
Chapel Hill 

Adjunct Professor Armand P. Leco, B.S., 
1947, Providence College 

Adjunct Associate Professor Charles 
Hachadorian, Jr., M.P.A., 1969, 
University of Rhode Island 


Specializations 

Development and utilization of pharmacy 
resources in health care systems involving 
the organization, financing, and delivery of 
health care services and materials and the 
legal and socioeconomic constraints. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE or MAT and 

first professional degree in pharmacy. 
Program requirements: thesis; PHP 599, 

621, 622, 651, 652, EST 409, or equivalents. 


Special Financial Aid 
Fellowships from the American Founda- 
tion for Pharmaceutical Education. 


PHP Courses 
Pharmacy Practice 


406 Pharmacy Retailing (I, 3) 

451, 452 Pharmacotherapeutics I, II 
(1 and II, 3 each) 

453 Drug Marketing Principles (i, 2) 

455, 456 Pharmacotherapeutics I, II 
(land II, 4) 

460 (or PHC 460) Nonprescription Drugs 
and Medical Devices (I and II, 4) 

480 Prepaid Drug Plans (1, 3) 

497, 498 Special Problems 
(1 and I, 1-3 each) 


§30 Behavioral Skills in Clinical Phar- 
macy (SS, 3) Communication skills, behav- 
ioral aspects of illness, and the social and 
ethical considerations of clinical pharmacy. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: enrollment in Doctor of Pharmacy 
program or permission of chairperson. Staff 


540 Principles, Methods, and Applica- 
tions of Epidemiology (1, 3) An introduc- 
tion to epidemiology, the study of health 
and disease in populations. Epidemiologic 
methods and research design for conducting 
and interpreting health research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
EST 307 or permission of instructor. Willey 


570 Case Studies in Pharmacy Law (I, 3) 
Case studies and a detailed analysis of the 
FDC, Controlled Substances Act, and health 
insurance laws. (Lec. 3) Pre: 351. In alternate 
years. Campbell 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


621, 622 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar 
discussions and presentation of papers on 
selected topics in pharmacy administration. 
(Lec. 1) Required of all resident graduate stu- 
dents with a maximum of 1 credit allowed per 
year. May be repeated for a maximum of 3 cred- 
its. Staff 


651, 652 Health Care Systems I, II @ and I, 
3 each) Arrangements for utilizing pharma- 
ceutical resources in public and private sys- 
tems of health care in the United States and 
other countries. Variations in quality and 
distribution of care among socioeconomic 
groups. (Lec. 3) Pre: 480 and EST 308 or 409, 
or equivalent. Taubman and Campbell 


680 Legal Environment in Health Admin- 
istration (1, 3) Application of specialized 
statutory and regulatory provisions in fed- 
eral and state law to the delivery of health 
care. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. Campbell 


697, 698 Research in Pharmacy Adminis- 
tration (I and II, 1-3 each) Literature survey, 
laboratory work, and a detailed research 
report on one or more assigned topics in 
pharmacy administration. (Lab. TBA) Staff 


Doctor of Pharmacy 
Pharm.D. 
401-792-2789 


A revised Doctor of Pharmacy Program 
will be implemented starting in the 1994-95 
academic year. The program described 
below pertains only to students admitted 
and matriculated for the 1993-94 academic 
year. Individuals seeking information re- 
garding the revised program should call the 
number listed above. 


Graduate Faculty 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Anne L. Hume, Pharm.D., 
1982, Virginia Commonwealth 
University, MCV Campus 

Associate Professor Marilyn M. Barbour, 
Pharm.D., 1982, University of California, 
San Francisco 

Associate Professor Michael N. Dudley, 
Pharm.D., 1980, University of California, 
San Francisco 

Associate Professor Edward J. Mattea, 
Pharm.D., 1974, Philadelphia College of 
Pharmacy and Science 

Associate Professor Norma J. Owens, 
Pharm.D., 1979, Philadelphia College of 
Pharmacy and Science 

Assistant Professor Robert L. Dufresne, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode Island 

Assistant Professor Sandra Geletko, 
Pharm.D., 1988, University of the Pacific 

Assistant Professor Kathy K. Graham, 
Pharm.D., 1987, University of California, 
San Francisco 


Specializations 

The Doctor of Pharmacy Program is 
designed for students desiring excellence in 
the field of clinical pharmacy practice. It 
prepares students for advanced positions in 
practice, industry, government, clinical 
research, and academia. The focus of the 
program is on application of pharmaco- 
therapeutics to individual patients. 


Doctor of Pharmacy 


Admission requirements: B.S. in pharmacy, 
a quality point average of approximately B 
or above, and three letters of recommenda- 
tion. 

Program requirements: A nonthesis pro- 
gram requiring 55 credits, including—PHP 
530, 542, 611, 612; PHC 535, and EST 409; 
PSY 532 or PHP 540; 12 credit hours of 
integrated medical science course work (PHP 
671, 672) offered in conjunction with 
Brown University Medical School; and 
1,800 hours (24 credits) of clinical clerkship 
and a research project in affiliate hospitals 
(PHP 690). Candidates lacking acceptable 
undergraduate courses in pathology, 


anatomy, human physiology, biochemistry, ~ 


immunology, and pharmacokinetics will be 


required to make up deficiencies. Written 
comprehensive examinations and presenta- 
tion of the research project are required. 


PHP Pharmacy Practice Courses 
for Doctor of Pharmacy Program 


$30 Behavioral Skills in Clinical Phar- 
macy (SS, 3) Communication skills, behav- 
ioral aspects of illness, and the social and 
ethical considerations of clinical pharmacy. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: enrollment in Doctor of Pharmacy 
Program or permission of chairperson. Larrat 


542 Drug-Induced Diseases (1, 2) An over- 
view of diseases induced or aggravated by 
drug therapy. The course is organized using 
an organ system/disease-state approach. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: enrollment in Doctor of Pharmacy 
Program or 451 and 452. Owens 


544 Physical Assessment (1, 1) Organ sys- 
tem approach to components of physical 
examination and evaluation. Emphasis is 
placed on understanding those physical 
signs and symptoms which may be drug 
induced. Practice skills are introduced. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: enrollment in the Doctor of Phar- 
macy Program or permission of instructor. 
Geletko 


611, 612 Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics 
I, II (f, 3 each) The clinical use of medication 
in a disease-oriented approach. Correlated 
basic concepts of pharmacology, pharmacy, 
pathophysiology, and biochemistry related 
to treatment of diseases. (Lec. 3) Pre: enroll- 
ment in the Doctor of Pharmacy Program. Last 
offered 1993-94. Mattea 


671, 672 Integrated Medical Sciences I, II 
(I and If, 6) The pathophysiology of the he- 
matologic, gastrointestinal, respiratory, en- 
docrine, renal, reproductive, supporting 
structure and cardiovascular systems; bio- 
medical topics in nutrition; and the bio- 
medical basis of infectious disease. Offered 
by the Brown University Program in Medi- 
cine as part of the Integrated Medical Sci- 
ence Sequence. (Lec. 6) Pre: enrollment in 
Doctor of Pharmacy Program. S/U credit. Last 
offered 1993-94. Staff 


681, 682 Clinical Pharmacy Seminar I, II 
(I, 1 each) Presentation made by students on 
appropriate advanced clinical pharmacy 
topics. (Sem. 2) Pre: enrollment in the Doctor 
of Pharmacy Program. Last offered 1994-95. 
Dudley 


690 Advanced Clinical Pharmacy Clerk- 
ship and Research (I, I, and SS, 2-9) Applica- 
tion and development of advanced clinical 
skills and knowledge, communication tech- 
niques, and clinical] research. Skills refined by 
functioning as a clinical pharmacist in a 
clinical practice site under the supervision of 
a faculty member. (Lab. 40) Pre: enrollment in 
the Doctor of Pharmacy Program. Last offered 
1994-95. Owens 


PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY/PHILOSOPHY 85 


Philosophy 
M.A. 
401-792-2418 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Galen A. Johnson, 
Ph.D., 1977, Boston University 

Professor Yong Choon Kim, Ph.D., 1969, 
Temple University 

Professor John F. Peterson, Jr., Ph.D., 1965, 
Indiana University 

Professor Stephen D. Schwarz, Ph.D., 1966, 
Harvard University 

Professor Fritz Wenisch, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Salzburg 

Professor Donald J. Zeyl, Ph.D., 1972, 
Harvard University 

Associate Professor James G. Kowalski, 
Ph.D., 1975, University of Notre Dame 

Associate Professor Lynn Pasquerella, Ph.D., 
1985, Brown University 

Assistant Professor Chery] A. Foster, Ph.D., 
1992, University of Edinburgh 

Assistant Professor Mark Roberts, Ph.D., 
1987, University of Dallas 

Professor Emeritus John W. Hanke, Ph.D., 
1967, Indiana University 

Professor Emeritus William Young, B. Litt., 
1958, University of Oxford 


Specializations 

Programs of study are offered in the 
following general areas: logic and philoso- 
phy of science, axiology, and history of 
philosophy. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: GRE, 18 credits in 
basic philosophy courses (students whose 
undergraduate preparation did not include at 
least 18 credits in basic philosophy courses 
will be required to take these in addition to 
the graduate program requirements). 

Program requirements: thesis option—24 
credits in course work, six credits in master’s 
thesis research. Nonthesis option—30 credits 
in course work, comprehensive examination. 
Students in both options will normally 
include six credits in disciplines other than 
philosophy. Proficiency in a foreign language 
will be required if the student’s program 
committee considers it essential for the thesis 
topic or the substantial paper involving 
significant independent research to be wnit- 
ten by students choosing the nonthesis 
option. 


PHL Courses 
Philosophy 


401, 402 Special Problems (I and I, 3 each) 
414 Advanced Studies in Ethics (f or H, 3) 
440 Philosophy of Language (I or I, 3) 
451 Symbolic Logic (I or H, 3) 
453 Philosophy of the Social Sciences 

(UH, 3) 


86 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


§02, 503 Tutorial in Philosophy (I and I, 

3 each) Discussion by the staff and advanced 
students of research problems in philoso- 
phy. Presentation and criticism of original 
papers. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 9 credits. Staff 


513 General Axiology (I or I, 3) Intensive 
historical and systematic study of issues 
such as the nature and kinds of values, their 
ontological status, their relation to culture, 
their relation to emotions, relation of axiol- 
ogy to other disciplines. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Wenisch or Staff 


530 Philosophy of Plato (f or II, 3) Selected 
dialogues from the later period. Particular 
attention will be given to the areas of meta- 
physics, epistemology, cosmology, and eth- 
ics. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Zey] 


§31 Philosophy of Aristotle (for I, 3) 
Selected texts with emphasis on the major 
concepts of Aristotle’s metaphysics, theory 
of knowledge, and ethics. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Zey| 


542 Advanced Studies in Patristic and 
Scholastic Philosophy (I or I, 3) Intensive 
studies of one or more thinkers belonging 
to the patristic or scholastic tradition. The 
specific subject may change from year to 
year. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Peterson 
or Roberts 


§51 Philosophical Logic (f or I, 3) Inten- 
sive consideration of such issues as the 
nature, structure, and function of proposi- 
tions, predication, analysis of the “is” rela- 
tion. Relation between proposition and 
facts. Nature of logic and criterion of the 
logical, relation of logic to language, psy- 
chology, and ontology. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
Standing or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Kowalski or Young 


§55 Philosophy of the Arts and of Litera- 
ture (I or I, 3) An intensive study of one or 
more thinkers concerned with philosophical 
problems arising from our experience of the 
arts and of literature. The phenomenologi- 
cal tradition will be stressed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Foster or Hanke 


570 Philosophy of Immanuel Kant 

([or I, 3) Intensive analysis of major texts. 
Special attention will be given to The Critique 
of Pure Reason. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Peterson or Staff 


§80 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy 

(or I, 3) Intensive analysis of the work of a 
major philosopher or philosophical move- 
ment. Attention will be given to such major 
figures as Hegel, Kierkegaard, C.S. Peirce, or 
James. The specific subject changes from 
year to year. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Foster, Johnson, or Staff 


582 Advanced Studies in Contemporary 
Philosophy (I or I, 3) Intensive studies of 
one or more thinkers of philosophical 
movements of the twentieth century. The 
specific subject may change from year to 
year. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Johnson 
or Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (f and ID) 
Number or credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 





Physical Education 
MSS. 
401-792-2976 


Graduate Faculty 

Chairperson: Associate Professor Jeannette E. 
Crooker, M.S., 1959, University of Rhode 
Island 

Professor Lorraine C. Bloomquist, Ed.D., 
1974, Boston University 

Professor Thomas Manfredi, Ph.D., 1976, 
University of Massachusetts 

Professor Raymond A. Nedwidek, Ed.D., 
1965, University of Pittsburgh 

Professor Robert J. Sonstroem, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor Greta L. Cohen, Ed.D., 
1981, Boston University 

Associate Professor Leo E. O’Donnell, Ed.D., 
1970, Temple University 

Associate Professor John O’Leary, M.S., 
1963, Southern Connecticut State 
College 

Associate Professor J. Richard Polidoro, 
D.P.E., 1969, Springfield College 

Associate Professor Mark J. Rowinski, Ph.D., 

' 1976, Medical College of Georgia 

Associate Professor Diane Seleen, Ed.D., 
1981, Boston University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Carol Ewing 
Garber, Ph.D., 1990, University of 
Connecticut, Storrs 


Specializations 

Physical education, teacher education 
and administration, exercise science, 
adapted physical education, psychological 
aspects of sport and health, and interna- 
tional sport and physical education. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: MAT or GRE with 
B.S. degree in physical education, health and 
physical education, or health education. In 
exceptional cases, a candidate without a 
major in physical education or a related area 
but with a strong emphasis in physical edu- 
cation is accepted. 


Program requirements: thesis—30 credits, 
including PED 530, 531, 599, and six credits 
from physical education courses outside the 
area of specialization; nonthesis option—33 
credits, including PED 530, 531, 591, and 
six credits from physical education courses 
outside the area of specialization, and a 
written master’s comprehensive examina- 
tion. In addition to the program require- 
ments, all students choosing the interna- 
tional sport and physical education 
specialization must select 12 credits from 
PED 526, PED 592, and REN 595 or PSC 
431. Students choosing the nonthesis pro- 
gram in this specialization must select an 
additional six credits from PED 560, RCR 
485, and REN 595 or PSC 431. 


PED Courses 
Physical Education 


410 Corrective and Adapted Physical 
Education (I and I, 3) 

430 Adapted Aquatics (f, 3) 

450 Theoretical Aspects of Track and 
Field Athletics (I, 3) 

475 Women in Sports (1 or I, 3) 

480 Application of Biomechanics to 
Coaching Athletics (f or I, 3) 


510 Current Issues in Physical Education, 
Health, and Recreation (1 or I, 3) Designed 
to develop student awareness of contempo- 
rary situations that are of concern to the 
above professions. Extensive review of con- 
temporary literature. Critical analysis of 
selected issues, their components, and 
effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Polidoro 


520 Curriculum Construction in Physical 
Education (I or Il, 3) Analysis of criteria and 
procedures for curriculum construction in 
physical education. Standards for the evalu- 
ation and revision of elementary and sec- 
ondary school physical education courses. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Crooker 


525 Comparative Physical Education and 
Sport (/ or IT, 3) Examination of the status 
and practice of sport and physical education 
in selected countries. Emphasis on compara- 
tive analyses in developed and third world 
countries. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Polidoro 


§26 Sport and International Relations 

or Hf, 3) An examination of the role that 
sport plays in promoting international rela- 
tions. Special lectures, readings, library 
tesearch on topics relating to sport and 
international relations. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
Standing or permission of instructor. Polidoro 


530 Research Methods and Design in 
Health and Physical Education (I or I, 3) 
Introduction to methodology in experimen- 
tal, laboratory, curriculum, action, and his- 
torical research. (Lec. 3) Pre: competence in 
basic statistics and permission of instructor. 
Sonstroem and O’Donnell 


531 Advanced Experimental Techniques 
in Physical Education (I, 3) In-depth 
analysis of research studies in the field. 
Advanced research technique studied and 
applied to problems in physical education. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 530 or permission of instructor. 
Sonstroem 


550 Administration of Physical Education 
(lor If, 3) Problems and procedures for 
administering a physical education program 
studied from the viewpoint of the physical 
education administrator, the school adminis- 
trator, and the faculty. Emphasis is placed on 
the study of administrative cases. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
380 or permission of instructor. Nedwidek, 
Polidoro, or Crooker 


551 Sport and Recreation Operations 
(or If, 3) Analysis of operational problems 
and policies associated with interscholastic, 
intercollegiate, professional, community, 
and commercial sports enterprises. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 380 or graduate standing. Nedwidek and 
Crooker 


§52 Supervision of Physical Education 
and Health Instruction (I or I, 3) Prin- 
ciples, techniques, and procedures involved 
in effective supervision of physical educa- 
tion and health instruction, with emphasis 
on the leadership role of the supervisor in 
the improvement of instruction. Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. (Lec. 3) 
Nedwidek 


559 Principles of Exercise Testing and 
Interpretation (I or If, 3) Theory and practi- 
cal application of exercise testing and inter- 
pretation. Includes information on testing 
of athletes as well as clinical testing and 
interpretation. (Lec. 3) Pre: ZOO 343 or per- 
mission of instructor. Manfredi or Staff 


560 (or HLT 560) Seminar in Health, 
Physical Education, and Recreation 

(or IT, 3) Selected topics within the three 
areas, depending on availability of special- 
ized instruction including visiting professor- 
ship. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


562 Advanced Exercise Physiology 

(or II, 3) Advanced study of the physiologi- 
cal factors limiting physical performance 
and work capacity with emphasis on the 
effects of physical conditioning on health 
and fitness. (Lec. 3) Pre: ZOO 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Manfredi 


563 Fitness Programs for the Middie-Aged 
and Elderly (1 or H, 3) Provides the profes- 
sional physical educator with an in-depth 
knowledge of scientific principles applicable 
to the administration of adult physical fit- 
ness programs. Client characteristics, screen- 
ing, program supervision, liability, recruit- 
ment, and adherence. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Staff 


564 Physiology of Aging (I or II, 3) Library 
searches, reports, and discussion of topics of 
current research on the physiology of aging. 
Subject matter adapted to meet interests of 
staff and students. (Lec. 3) Pre: ZOO 242 or 
permission of instructor. Manfredi 


565 Cardiovascular Rehabilitation 

(1 or IT, 3) Focus on cardiac rehabilitation, 
underlying pathology and pathophysiology, 
diagnostic and prognostic testing, and prin- 
ciples of rehabilitation. Special emphasis on 
exercise intervention and lifestyle change. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: ZOO 343 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Manfredi or Staff 


570 (or HLT 570) Major Health Problems 
and Curriculum Planning in Health Edu- 
cation (I or II, 3) Major health problems 
related to personal and community health 
with emphasis on health education, curricu- 
lum planning, and evaluation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. O’Donnell 


575 Principles of Motor Learning (I or II, 3) 
Study of processes and conditions involved 
in the learning of motor skills. Includes con- 
temporary models of skill learning with 
emphasis on developmental, environmental, 
and individual factors that influence skill 
acquisition. (Lec. 3) Pre: EDC 312 or equivalent 
or graduate standing. Staff 


§78 Sport in American Culture (1 or II, 3) 
A survey of contemporary themes relating 
to the study of human behavior in sports 
contexts in American culture. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Cohen 


580 Physical Education: Mentally 
Retarded and Learning Disabled (1 or II, 3) 
Contributions of physical education to the 
growth and development of the mentally 
retarded and learning disabled. Theoretical 
and practical aspects of programs to best 
serve their individual needs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. Bloomquist 


581 Psychological Aspects of Healthy 
Lifestyle (1 or I, 3) Psychosocial variables 
involved in health maintenance and recov- 
ery from disease with emphasis on compli- 
ance in exercise, A review of models and 
research identifies client needs and counsel- 
ing methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing, 
PSY 113 and 232, or permission of instructor. 
Sonstroem 


582 Sport Psychology (I or IT, 3) Counseling 
and psychotherapeutic techniques to 
improve athletic performance. Considers 
needs of the athlete arising from competi- 
tive stress, staleness, failure, team structure, 
and interactions. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing, PSY 113 and 232, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Sonstroem 


585 Adapted Physical Activities for 
Special Populations (1, 3) Characteristics 
and needs for special populations: retarded, 
emotionally disturbed, learning disabled, 
sensory impaired, and obese. Adapted activ- 
ities based on individual needs. Effects of 
federal legislation on programs discussed. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Bloomquist 


PHILOSOPHY/PHYSICAL EDUCATION 87 


591 (or HLT 591) Special Problems 

(or II, 3) Written paper reporting an 
in-depth investigation of a pertinent 
problem in the field, including a review of 
relevant literature, analysis, and solution of 
the problem based on scientific methodol- 
ogy, with recommendations for improved 
practices. Limited to and required of all gradu- 
ate students in physical education who elect the 
nonthesis option. Staff 


592 (or HLT 592 or RCR 592) Internship 
in Physical Education (1, I, or SS, 3) 
Directed field experience under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty member and a professional 
staff member of the cooperating institution. 
Application of knowledge, synthesis of prac- 
tical experiences. Paper required. Pre: a mini- 
mum of 12 graduate credits in physical educa- 
tion and permission of major professor and 
chairperson. Staff 


595 (or HLT 595) Independent Study 
(or If, 3) Development of an approved 
project supervised by a member of the 
graduate faculty. Pre: permission of chairper- 
son and instructor. May not be substituted for 
591 or 599. Staff 


599 (or HLT 599) Master’s Thesis Research 
(land If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 

S/U credit. Staff 


HLT Courses 
Health 


457 (or CNS 457) Health and Safety Issues 
of Consumer Products (J or II, 3) 

459 Birth Defects: Family and Commu- 
nity Health Perspectives (SS, 3) 

560 Seminar in Health, Physical 


Education, and Recreation 
See Physical Education 560. 


570 Major Health Problems and Curricu- 
lum Planning in Health Education 
See Physical Education 570. 


591 Special Problems 
See Physical Education 591. 


592 Internship 
See Physical Education 592. 


595 Independent Study 
See Physical Education 595. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 
See Physical Education 599. 


RCR Courses 

Recreation 

416 Aging and Leisure (f or II, 3) 

485 Planning and Supervision of Recre- 
ational and Athletic Facilities (7 or II, 3) 


592 Internship 
See Physical Education 592. 


8&8 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Physical Therapy 
MSS. 
401-792-5001 


Director: Associate Professor Mark J. 
Rowinski, Ph.D., 1976, Medical College 
of Georgia 

Assistant Professor James Agostinucci, Sc.D., 
1988, Boston University 

Assistant Professor Peter R. Blanpied, Ph.D., 
1989, University of lowa 

Assistant Professor Deidre E. Robinson, M.S., 
1989, Northeastern University 

Assistant Professor Susan E. Roush, Ph.D., 
1990, University of Washington 


The physical therapy program is an 
entry-level Master of Science degree pro- 
gram which prepares students for the state 
professional licensure examination. There is 
an emphasis on clinical skill and research 
capability development through the three- 
year graduate study plan. 


Specializations 

Research activities are focused in tissue 
biomechanics, neuromuscular control, 
muscle performance, and neurological 
rehabilitation. Clinical therapeutic skill is 
enhanced by faculty clinical practice and 
regional internships. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE (Aptitude 
Test scores at the 50th percentile or above 
are desired) and a bachelor’s degree with 12 
credits of biological sciences (including 
human anatomy and human physiology); 
physical sciences (preferably 16 credits, 
eight in chemistry and eight in physics); six 
credits of social sciences including general 
and developmental psychology; three cred- 
its in mathematics (preferably precalculus); 
three credits in communications (preferably 
writing or speech). Courses in abnormal 
psychology, computer science, exercise 
physiology, and statistics are strongly rec- 
ommended but not required. 

A Clinical experience with a physical 
therapist is required. The experience should 
include observing and aiding a physical 
therapist in treatment or evaluation proce- 
dures. The minimum number of hours rec- 
ommended for the clinical experience is 30- 
40 hours of voluntary or paid time. The 
experience may be part of field work study 
for credit in a health-related discipline. 
Evidence of such experience should be docu- 
mented by a letter of recommendation from 
the physical therapist addressing the nature 
and duration of the experience. This letter of 
recommendation should be submitted as part 
of the application process. Baccalaureate 
requirements must be completed prior to 
final acceptance into the master’s program. 
The absolute deadline for applications and all 
application materials is February 15. While 


completed applications will be reviewed as 
early as January 1, applicants will be admit- 
ted for September only. 

Program requirements: A minimum of 83 
credits of specified physical therapy course 
work, including 15 credits of internship. 
This program is a three-year plan of re- 
quired course work, with the first two se- 
mesters at the 400 and 500 level (29 credits) 
followed by four semesters and a summer 
session of graduate-level course work, in- 
cluding an internship at an affiliated insti- 
tution between the second and third year. 
As for all internships, the student may have 
to pay living expenses for summer intern- 
ships. Internships also require immuniza- 
tion for the hepatitis B virus and instruction 
in HIV precautions as required by OSHA 
standards. Immunization is at the students 
expense. Though essentially a nonthesis 
program, a substantial paper involving 
significant independent research is required. 
A course in statistical methods, EST 307 or 
its equivalent, is required prior to or concur- 
rent with the first semester of the second 
year of the program. All course work involv- 
ing clinical skill development requires skill 
competency testing via practical examina- 
tion. All clinical competencies determined 
necessary by the faculty of the respective 
course must be demonstrated as adequately 
learned by the student in these courses for 
achievement of an adequate scholastic 
course grade. (Please see “Scholastic Stand- 
ing” in the Degree Requirements section of 
this catalog.) Master’s comprehensive exam- 
ination. Courses required during the first 
two semesters may be waived, with an 
equivalent reduction in credits required for 
the degree, if acceptable grades have been 
earned in the course(s) prior to final accep- 
tance into graduate status, and if approved 
by the program faculty. 


PHT Courses 


410 Human Anatomy and Histology (1, 5) 

413 Applied Anatomy (I, 1) 

412 Basic Physical Evaluation, 
Therapeutic Exercise, and Care (I, 3) 

417 Psychosocial Needs of the Disabled 
(I, 2) 

418 Professional and Community 
Practices in Physical Therapy (7, 1) 

420 Physiological Basis of Physical 
Therapy (I, 3) 

422 Pathophysiology and Medical 
Management of Movement Disorders 
(H, 3) 

430 Human Neurosciences and Neurology 


(Hi, 4) 


510 Biomechanics and Pathokinesiology 
(Hi, 3) Principles, theories, and recent investi- 
gations of the biomechanics of human 
motion and posture are presented to develop 
analytical skills for normal and abnormal 
movement evaluation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 
410, 412, 420, or permission of instructor. 
Blanpied 


513 Directed Study in Physical Therapy 

(, If, and SS, 1-3) Subject matter arranged to 
meet the individual needs of graduate stu- 
dents in physical therapy under the supervi- 
sion of staff. (Method of instruction varies 
according to nature of study.) Pre: permission 
of instructor. Staff 


515 Research Methods in Physical Therapy 
(I, 3) Research design and methods in current 
physical therapy theory development and 
scientific literature. Preparation of a research 
proposal through review of literature and 
pilot study of selected research methods are 
required. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in EST 307 or equivalent and second-year 
standing in physical therapy or permission of 
instructor. Rowinski and Blanpied 


518 Ethical, Legal, and Interdisciplinary 
Issues of Clinical Practice (7, 2) Standards, 
ethical considerations, and legal implica- 
tions of physical therapy practice. Commu- 
nication with other health care disciplines 
and governmental agencies for the provi- 
sion, progression, and implementation of 
physical therapy services. (Lec. 2) Pre: second- 
year standing in physical therapy or permission 
of instructor. Roush 


525 Research Projects in Physical Therapy 
I (, 3) Development of an investigation into 
some problem of basic or applied physical 
therapy science. Case studies, preliminary 
data, or survey instruments are compiled, 
and a review of related literature is accom- 
plished under guidance of faculty. Pre: 515, 
third-year standing in physical therapy, or per- 
mission of instructor. Staff 


528 Professional Practice and Administra- 
tion (I, 3) Responsibilities of the physical 
therapist in supervising personnel and 
establishing therapeutic practice in hospital, 
out-patient, and private settings. Depart- 
ment planning, personnel development, 
cost accounting and billing, standards of 
practice, and quality assurance are dis- 
cussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: second-year standing in 
physical therapy or permission of instructor. 
Roush 


532 Physical Agents and Instrumentation 
in Physical Therapy (I, 4) Theory, clinical 
investigations, and current research regard- 
ing the application of physical therapeutic 
energies and agents. Direct treatment tech- 
niques and supervision of support personnel 
in the administration of mechano-, electro-, 
thermo-, hydro-, ionto-, and phototherapy. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 420, second-semester 
standing in physical therapy or permission of 
instructor. Rowinski 


535 Research Project in Physical Therapy 
II (i, 3) Completion of investigation into 
some problem of basic or applied physical ~ 
therapy science. Data gathering is com- 
pleted, results are summarized, and conclu- 
sions relating findings to previous studies 
are formulated. Pre: 525 or permission of in- 
structor. Staff 


538 Professional Problems and Public 
Relations (I, 2) Current problems in profes- 
sional practice including legislative, educa- 
tional, and interdisciplinary topics. Issues 
relating to consumers of physical therapy 
services and methods of marketing the ser- 
vices of physical therapists are elaborated. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: third-year standing in physical 
therapy or permission of instructor. Staff 


540 Human Motor Development and 
Learning (I, 3) Development and matura- 
tion of the human nervous system forms 
the basis for clinical considerations of devel- 
opmental disabilities and motor learning. 
Theories of motor skill acquisition and 
therapeutic interventions for neuromuscular 
problems of the infant, child, adolescent, 
and adult. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 410, 430, sec- 
ond-year standing in physical therapy, or per- 
mission of instructor. Robinson 


542 Clinical Diagnosis (1, 2) Modern medi- 
cal and therapeutic diagnostic methods are 
presented to develop competencies in refer- 
ral and evaluation of disorders. Medical and 
pharmacological science topics pertaining 
to physical therapy diagnoses are presented 
by invited lecturers. (Lec. 2) Pre: second-year 
standing in physical therapy or permission of 
instructor. Rowinski 


550 Orthopaedic Physical Therapy (I, 3) 
Physical evaluation and treatment tech- 
niques of the human muscular, articular, 
and skeletal systems related to orthopaedic 
conditions. Rehabilitation of injured, con- 
genitally dysfunctioning, surgically inter- 
vened patients, and patients with condi- 
tions at risk for dysfunction. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 410, 412, 420, 510; second-year standing 
in physical therapy or permission of instructor. 
Blanpied 


§52 Functional Rehabilitation and 
Advanced Therapeutic Exercise (I, 3) 
Patient care techniques and programs 
telated to the restoration of functional 
motor activities are provided through speci- 
fication of treatment protocols, assistive 
devices, therapeutic apparatus, and thera- 
peutic exercise programs. Competency is 
developed by simulating actual clinical con- 
ditions. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: second-year stand- 
ing in physical therapy or permission of instruc- 
tor. Blanpied and Agostinucci 


555 Seminar in Physical Therapy (J, II, or 
SS, 1-3) Group exploration of advanced top- 
ics in physical therapy through study of 
recent literature and investigations. Detailed 
research reviews, clinical cases, and reports 
are brought to discussion. May be repeated 
with different topic for a maximum of 6 
credits. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: graduate standing and 
permission of instructor or instructor. Staff 


560 Neurological Physical Therapy (i, 3) 
Physical therapy for the neurologically 
disabled patient. Proprioceptive neuro- 
muscular facilitation, neurodevelopmental, 
sensory-motor integration, other patterned 
stimulation and evaluation techniques with 
emphasis on stroke, spinal cord injury, and 


other disabling conditions of the nervous 
system. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 430, ZOO 242, 
second-year standing in physical therapy, or 

permission of instructor. Robinson 


$70 Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy 
(if, 3) Physiological basis, testing and evalu- 
ation, treatment, and administration of pro- 
grams for cardiac and pulmonary-diseased 
patients requizing physical therapy. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 420, 422, second-year standing in 
physical therapy, or permission of instructor. 
Robinson 


574 Sports Physical Therapy (Zi, 2) 
Advanced knowledge and competency in 
sports injury evaluation and treatment are 
developed. Additional coverage of sports 
injury prevention, athletic screening, medi- 
cal intervention, interdisciplinary coordina- 
tion, and patient or public education is pro- 
vided. (Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: 550 or permission 
of instructor. Blanpied 


575 Physical Therapy Internship I (SS, 5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings 
which provide supervised experiences with 
practicing physical therapists and support 
personnel. Specific setting and rotational 
time schedule is determined by the aca- 
demic clinical coordinator and clinical staff. 
Pre: third-year standing in physical therapy or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


580 Pediatric and Geriatric Physical 
Therapy (I, 3) Specific problems of the 
maturing and aging patient population in 
physical therapy practice. Developmental 
disability programs and treatment programs 
in nursing facilities, treatment centers, and 
home programs for the aged patient popula- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 430, 540, third-year standing 
in physical therapy. Robinson 


585 Physical Therapy Internship II (1, 5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings which 
provide supervised experiences with practic- 
ing physical therapists and support person- 
nel. Specific setting and rotational time 
schedule is determined by the academic 
clinical coordinator and clinical staff. Pre: 
575, third-year standing in physical therapy, or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


§90 General Practice Physical Therapy 

@, 3) Problems and benefits associated with 
the business and conduct of different types 
of physical therapy private practice. Integra- 
tion of the art and science of physical 
therapy with the delivery of services. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 418, 528, third-year standing in physical 
therapy. Staff 


595 Physical Therapy Internship III (If, 5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings 
which provide supervised experiences with 
practicing physical therapists and support 
personnel. Selection of clinical specialty 
area of student’s interest is considered in 
determination of the setting. Pre: 575, con- 
current enrollment in S85, third-year standing 
in physical therapy, or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


PHYSICAL THERAPY/PHYSICS 89 


Physics 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-792-2633 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Surendra S. Malik, 
Ph.D., 1960, Agra University 

Professor Jill C. Bonner, Ph.D., 1968, King’s 
College, University of London 

Professor J. Scott Desjardins, Ph.D., 1959, 
Columbia University 

Professor Kenneth L. Hartt, Ph.D., 1963, 
University of Nebraska 

Professor Leonard M. Kahn, Ph.D., 1976, 
Brown University 

Professor Charles Kaufman, Ph.D., 1963, 
Pennsylvania State University 

Professor Stephen V. Letcher, Ph.D., 1964, 
Brown University 

Professor Alexander E. Meyerovich, Ph.D., 
1977, Institute of Physical Problems, 
US.S.R. 

Professor Gerhard Muller, Ph.D., 1980, 
University of Basel 

Professor M. Peter Nightingale, Ph.D., 1978, 
University of Amsterdam 

Professor Jan A. Nosthby, Ph.D., 1966, 
University of Minnesota 

Professor Anthony C. Nunes, Ph.D., 1969, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Professor Stanley J. Pickart, Ph.D., 1958, 
University of Maryland 

Professor Albert Steyerl, Ph.D., 1971, 
Technische Universitat, Munich 

Assistant Professor David R. Heskett, Ph.D., 
1985, University of Pennsylvania 

Adjunct Professor Frank W. Cuomo, M.S., 
1961, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Professor Louis Goodman, Ph.D., 
1971, Drexel University 

Professor Emeritus William S. Penhallow, 
MSS., 1957, University of Maine 


Specializations 

Acoustics and optics: underwater acous- 
tics; acoustic imaging; ultrasonics; acousto- 
optical transducers; fiber optics. 

Astronomy: astrometry; differential 
photometry. 

Condensed matter theory: low-dimensional 
physics; statistical mechanics; magnetism; 
surface magnetism; Fermi liquids, spin- 
polarized helium and hydrogen, nonlocal 
hydrodynamics; chemisorption; supercon- 
ductivity; alloys; hydrogen in metals; 
defects in solids. 

Interdisciplinary physics: computational 
physics; biophysics; magnetochemistry, 
dissipative chaos applied to marine and 
climate phenomena. 

Liquid state: \iquid crystals; liquid helium; 
ferrofluids turbulence; superfluids. 

Low-temperature physics: ionic mobilities; 
finite droplet effects; magnetic susceptibility; 
specific heats; magnetic cooling; quantum 
solids, liquids, and gases. 


90 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Neutron physics: ultta-cold neutrons; 
neutron optics. 

Neutron scattering: small-angle scattering; 
solution scattering; surfaces and fine par- 
ticles; crystal structure; amorphous magnets; 
high-temperature superconductors; inelastic 
scattering; phonons and spin waves. 

Nuclear theory: inverse scattering studies; 
few-nucleon studies; hypernuclei; weak 
interactions. 

Surface physics: electronic and structural 
properties of surfaces including phase trans- 
itions using LEEDS, AUGER, X-rays, and 
BNL Synchrotron Facility. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE with 
advanced test both recommended; bache- 
lor’s degree with major in physics preferred. 

Program requirements: PHY 510, 520, 525, 
530, 560, and 570 are required of all stu- 
dents. For the nonthesis option, the student 
shall complete 36 credits, with at least one 
course requiring a substantial paper involv- 
ing significant independent study, and shall 
pass a final written and oral examination. 
For either option, no more than six credits 
in the program may be below the 500 level. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE with 
advanced test both recommended; bache- 
lor’s degree with major in physics preferred. 
Master’s degree is not required. 

Program requirements: PHY 510, 520, 525, 
530, 570, 580, 610, 625 (or 626), 630, 670, 
and 680. There is no formal departmental 
language requirement, although the candi- 
date’s committee may require demonstra- 
tion of language proficiency. Successful 
completion of a qualifying examination is 
required of all students. 


PHY Courses 
Physics 


401, 402 Seminar in Physics 
(land II, 1 each) 

410 Computational Physics (II, 3) 

420 Introduction to Thermodynamics 
and Statistical Mechanics (J, 3) 

425 Acoustics (I, 3) 

451 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics 
d, 3) 

452 Quantum Mechanics: Techniques and 
Applications (I, 3) 

455 Introduction to Solid-State Physics I 
@ 3) 

483, 484 (or AST 484) Laboratory and 
Research Problems in Physics 
(land II, 3 each) 

491, 492 (or AST 491, 492) Special 
Problems (I and Hf, 1-6 each) 


510 Mathematical Methods of Physics I 
(I, 3) Topics designed to include applica- 
tions in physics. Vector and tensor analysis; 
linear algebra; coordinate systems. Determi- 
nants, matrices; introductory group theory. 
Infinite series, complex analysis, analytic 


properties, conformal mapping, calculus of 
residues. Fourier analysis and Laplace trans- 
forms. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 

Staff 


§20 Classical Dynamics (I, 3) Newton’s 
laws. Conservation theorems and symmetry 
properties. Lagrangian mechanics. Central 
force motion. Dynamics of rigid bodies. 
Hamiltonian mechanics. Canonical trans- 
formations. Action-angle coordinates. 
Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Deterministic 
chaos. Relativistic mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 510. Staff 


525 Statistical Physics I (1, 3) Equilibrium 
thermodynamics (laws of thermodynamics, 
thermodynamic potentials). Phase transi- 
tions (phase coexistence, Clausius-Clapeyron 
equation, metastable states, critical point). 
Kinetic theory. Equilibrium statistical 
mechanics (microcanonical, canonical, 
grandcanonical ensembles, bosons, fermi- 
ons). Critical phenomena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 420 or 
equivalent, 510. Staff 


530 Electromagnetism I (I, 3) Electrostatics, 
including boundary value problem. Multi- 
poles, electrostatics of macroscopic media, 
dielectrics. Magnetostatics. Time-varying 
fields, Maxwell equations, conservation laws. 
Plane elctromagnetic waves, wave propaga- 
tion. Wave guides, resonant cavities. 
Magnetic materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 510 and 520. Staff 


560 Experimental Methods in Condensed 
Matter Science (1 or H, 3) Fundamental 
experiments on topics related to departmen- 
tal research. Experimental methodology. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 484 or equivalent. Staff 


570 Quantum Mechanics I (I, 3) Dirac 
notation. Matrix representations, observ- 
ables, uncertainty relations. Time evolution; 
Schroedinger and Heisenberg pictures. 
Schroedinger equation applications. 
Propagators and Feynman path integrals. 
Aharonov-Bohm effect. Angular momen- 
tum; Wigner-Eckart theorem. Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 510 and 520. Staff 


580 Condensed Matter Physics I (1, 3) 
Introductory theories. Crystal lattices 
(classification, reciprocal lattice, diffraction). 
Electron energy levels (periodic structures, 
tight-binding, APW, OPW approximations, 
pseudopotentials; Fermi surfaces). Phonons 
(harmonic and anharmonic effects). Disper- 
sion. Electron-phonon interaction. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 530 and 
610. Staff 


590 Faculty Project (1 or II, 1-6) A special 
project directly related to the research pro- 
gram of an individual faculty member. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of project). 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Not to exceed 
6 credits. Staff 


591 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6) 
Advanced study under the supervision of a 
staff member arranged to suit the individual 
needs of the student. (Lec. or Lab. according 
to nature of problem) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. Not to exceed 6 credits. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


610 Mathematical Methods of Physics II 
il, 3) Topics designed to include applica- 
tions in physics. Ordinary and partial differ- 
ential equations; Sturm-Liouville theory. 
Numerical methods and computational 
techniques. Probability and statistics. Inte- 
gral transforms. Integral equations; Green’s 
functions. Special functions of mathemati- 
cal physics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 510. Staff 


625 Statistical Physics II (Hf, 3) Equilibrium 
critical phenomena (critical exponents, scal- 
ing relations, multicritical phenomena). Ex- 
act solutions. Renormalization group theory 
and other approximate methods. Critical 
behavior of magnets, fluids, and surfaces. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 525 and 670. Staff 


626 Statistical Physics III (i, 3) Stochastic 
processes. Markov condition. Master equa- 
tion. Fokker-Planck equation. Brownian mo- 
tion. Langevin equation. Transport phe- 
nomena. Onsager theory of irreversible 
processes near equilibrium. Boltzmann 
equation. Linear response theory, fluctua- 
tion dissipation theorem. (Lec. 3) Pre: 525. 
Muller 


630 Electromagnetism II (I, 3) Radiating 
systems, scattering, and diffraction. Special 
theory of relativity. Dynamics of relativistic 
particles and electromagnetic fields. Colli- 
sions between charged particles, energy loss 
and scattering. Radiation by moving 
charges. Multipole fields. (Lec. 3) Pre: 530. 
Staff 


660 Nuclear and Particle Physics (If, 3) 
Weak, strong, and electromagnetic interac- 
tions. Nucleon-nucleon potential, shell 
model, optical model. Isospin, unitary sym- 
metry, quark model of hadrons. Scattering 
and reaction theory of few-body systems. 
Deuteron. Relativistic nuclear and particle 
phenomena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 570 and 670. Staff 


670 Quantum Mechanics II (f, 3) Symmetry 
(parity, translation, time-reversal). Time-in- 
dependent (dependent) perturbation theory, 
variational methods. Identical particles. Scat- 
tering theory (Lippman-Schwinger equation, 
Born series, partial waves, resonances, optical 
theorem, inelastic scattering). Applications. 
Relativistic quantum mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 530, 570, and 
610. Staff 


672 Quantum Mechanics III (if, 3) Atomic 
systems (structure, semiclassical radiation 
theory, collisions). Quantum fields (scalar, 
spin-1/2, electromagnetic). Applications: 
quantum field theory (Feynman diagrams in 
QED and weak interactions, renormaliza- 
tion). Fock space. Many-body theory. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 670. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered spring 1993. Staff 


680 Condensed Matter Physics II (H, 3) 
Interacting systems. Green’s functions. 
Second quantization. Landau theory of 
quasi-particles. Schroedinger and 
Heisenberg pictures. Many-body Green’s 
functions. Perturbation series, diagrammatic 
analysis. Dielectric response. Thermal prop- 
erties. Phonons in metals. (Lec. 3) Pre: 580. 
Staff 


690 Topics in Physics (f or Hf, 3) Advanced 
topics in areas of research specializations: 
a) neutron physics; b) quantum fluids; 

Cc) magnietism; d) surface physics; e) nonlin- 
ear phenomena; f) advanced quantum 
physics; g) nuclear physics; h) low-tempera- 
ture physics. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. Staff 


691 Advanced Special Topics (I or I, 1-6) 
Special topics related to current develop- 
ments by visiting or permanent faculty. 
(Lec. or Lab. according to nature of problem) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(1 and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the ma- 
jor professor or program committee. 

S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Physics Topics for 
Teachers (I, If, and SS, 0-3 each) Especially 
designed for teachers of physical sciences. 
Basic topics in physics from an advanced or 
pedagogical perspective. (Lec. or Lab.) Pre: 
teacher certification. Staff 


AST Courses 
Astronomy 


484 (or PHY 484) Laboratory and Re- 
search Problems in Physics (I and IT, 3) 

491, 492 (or PHY 491, 492) Special 
Problems (I and II, 1-6 each) 


Plant Pathology-Entomology 


MS., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2792 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Richard J. Hull, Ph.D., 
1964, University of California 

Director of Graduate Studies: Associate 
Professor Patrick A. Logan, Ph.D., 1977, 
Michigan State University 

Professor Richard A. Casagrande, Ph.D., 
1975, Michigan State University 

Professor Noel Jackson, Ph.D., 1960, 
University of Durham 

Professor Walter C. Mueller, Ph.D., 1961, 
Cornell University 

Associate Professor Larry Englander, Ph.D., 
1973, Oregon State University 

Associate Professor Roger A. LeBrun, Ph.D., 
1977, Cornell University 

Assistant Professor Steven R. Alm, Ph.D., 
1985, Ohio State University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Howard S. 
Ginsberg, Ph.D., 1979, Cornell 
University 


Adjunct Associate Professor Thomas N. 
Mather, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus Carl H. Beckman, Ph.D., 
1953, University of Wisconsin 


Specializations 

Plant pathology: disease resistance mecha- 
nisms, fine structure of pathogen-host inter- 
actions, epidemiology of diseases infecting 
turfgrasses and woody ornamental plants. 
Entomology: insect ecology, pest manage- 
ment, aquatic entomology, biology and 
ecology of disease-transmitting arthropods. 
Plant protection: plant diseases, integrated pest 
management, plant-insect interactions, and 
plant-endophyte associations. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE and under- 
graduate major in biological, agricultural, or 
physical sciences. Fundamental courses in 
biological sciences, mathematics, and chem- 
istry may be required to make up deficien- 
cies without graduate credit. 

Program requirements: course work as 
determined by graduate committee, three 
departmental seminars which include a 
final thesis seminar, and a thesis. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 
Limited to plant pathology specializations. 
Admission requirements: GRE and prefer- 
ably a master’s degree in botany or plant 
pathology; other requirements same as 
master’s degree; qualifying examination 
required if admitted without master’s degree. 
Program requirements: course work as deter- 
mined by graduate committee; dissertation. 
For courses, see listing under Plant 
Science. 


Plant Science 
MSS., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2791 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Richard J. Hull, Ph.D., 
1964, University of California 

Associate Professor Dale T. Duff, Ph.D., 
1967, Michigan State University 

Associate Professor William R. Krul, Ph.D., 
1967, Purdue University 

Associate Professor Richard J. Shaw, Ph.D., 
1966, University of Missouri 

Associate Professor W. Michael Sullivan, 
Ph.D., 1981, University of Nebraska 

Assistant Professor Joel Chandlee, Ph.D., 
1984, North Carolina State University 

Assistant Professor Brian K. Maynard, Ph.D., 
1990, Cornell University 

Assistant Professor Bridget A. Ruemmele, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Minnesota 

Adjunct Professor Raymond B. Taylorson, 
Ph.D., 1960, University of Wisconsin 


PHYSICS/PLANT SCIENCE 91 


Adjunct Assistant Professor Stephen L. 
Dellaporta, Ph.D., 1981, Worcester 
Polytechnic Institute 

Professor Emeritus John J. McGuire, Ph.D., 
1968, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Conrad R. Skogley, 
Ph.D., 1957, Rutgers—The State 
University 


Specializations 

Turfgrasses, woody ornamentals, and 
agricultural crops. Program emphasis may 
be developed in plant-soil nutrient rela- 
tions, plant propagation including tissue 
culture, stress physiology, crop improve- 
ment, plant molecular biology, and the 
ecology of crop production. Additional areas 
include landscape ecology and floriculture. 
Specializations in soil science are available 
in the natural resources program. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE, B.A. or 
B.S. degree with undergraduate courses in 
botany, agronomy or horticulture, chemis- 
try, mathematics, physics, and soils passed 
with grades of A or B. Deficiencies in these 
areas must be corrected without graduate 
program credit. An area of interest corre- 
sponding to a field of program emphasis 
must be indicated. Applicants are encour- 
aged to contact a faculty member in their 
area of interest who may be willing to serve 
as their major professor. Initial contact may 
be made with the chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Plant Science. 

Program requirements: Thesis option— 
A thesis based on independent experimental 
research and 24 credits of course work, 
including PLS 501 and 502. Nonthesis option 
(with permission of the department at time 
of admission)—36 credits of course work 
with a minimum of 14 credits in plant sci- 
ences to include PLS 501 and 502 and at least 
one of the following: PLS 511, 512, 571, 572, 
or 576. Three credits in experimental statis- 
tics and a written project involving signifi- 
cant independent work (PLS 591 or 592) are 
also required. A written comprehensive 
examination administered by the student’s 
major professor and two additional members 
of the faculty (at least one must be from the 
Department of Plant Sciences) is required 
after most courses have been taken. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Admission requirements: GRE and, nor- 
mally, an M.S. in an agricultural or biologi- 
cal science. Applicants who are admitted 
without an M.S. must pass a qualifying 
examination after earning 18-24 credits. 

Program requirements: Comprehensive 
exams in one major and two minor areas 
chosen from agronomy, horticulture, soil 
science, crop ecology, plant biochemistry, 
crop physiology, soil biology, anatomy- 
morphology, taxonomy-systematics, and 


92 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


genetics (one of the first three areas must be 
included). Demonstration of sufficient 
knowledge to teach an introductory plant 
science course and competence in one 
research tool selected from experimental 
statistics, computer science, electron micros- 
copy, and analytical chemistry. Substitution 
of a foreign language for the requirement of 
an additional research tool may be specified 
by the student’s committee. Dissertation. 


PLS Courses 
Plant Sciences 


401, 402 Plant Sciences Seminar 
(1 and If, 1 each) 

405 Propagation of Plant Materials (II, 3) 

415 Theories and Practices in Therapeutic 
Horticulture (I, 3) 

436 Floriculture and Greenhouse Crop 
Production (I, 4) 

440 Diseases of Turfgrasses, Trees, and 
Ornamental Shrubs (I, 3) 

441 Plant Disease Laboratory (I, 1) 

442 Professional Turfgrass Management 
(Hf, 3) 

461 Weed Science (i, 3) 

463 Principles of Plant Disease Control 
(I, 3) 

465 Etiology of Plant Disease (I, 3) 

471 Plant Improvement I (1, 3) 

472 Plant Improvement II (if, 3) 

475 (or NRS 475) Plant Nutrition and Soil 
Fertility (II, 4) 

491, 492 (or LAR 491, 492) Special 
Projects and Independent Study 
(land II, 1-3 each) 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar in Plant 
Sciences (I and II, 1 each) Presentation of 
technical reports and discussion of current 
research papers in crop science, landscape 
ecology, growth and development of eco- 
nomic plants, and production, protection, 
and management of economic crops. 

(Lec. 1) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


511 The Nature of Plant Disease (I, 3) 
Analysis of the nature of plant disease, the 
processes of infection and pathogenesis, and 
the structural and physiological responses 
that determine resistance to disease. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: BOT 332 or equivalent. In alternate years. 
Next offered 1993-94. Staff 


512 Plant Growth and Development (II, 4) 
Environmental, chemical, and genetic regu- 
lation of plant development, from seed for- 
mation to senescence. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) 

Pre: BOT 245. In alternate years, next offered 
1993-94. Krul 


513 Laboratory Plant Tissue Culture (I, 1) 
Techniques for initiation and continuous 
culture of plant cells; protoplast isolation, 
fusion, and selection; micropropagation, 
somatic embryogenesis, and production of 
haploid plants via pollen and anther cul- 
ture. (Lab. 3) Pre: BOT 245, concurrent enroll- 
ment in 472, and permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. Krul 


529 Systems Science for Ecologists (I, 3) 
Concepts and techniques for computer 
analysis and simulation of complex biologi- 
cal systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 141, BOT 262, or 
permission of instructor. Logan 


533 Graduate Writing in Life Sciences 

(i, 3) Graduate writing skills for the life and 
environmental sciences; writing and editing 
journal articles, proposals; rhetorical analy- 
sis of scientific writing. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 
WRT 101 or equivalent or permission of 
instructor. Graduate or senior standing. Logan 
and Vaughn 


555 Insect Pest Management (I, 3) Evalua- 
tion of past and present pest-control strate- 
gies in light of insect ecology. Development 
of pest-management systems emphasizing 
biological control, resistant plants, and eco- 
system redesign. (Lec. 3) Pre: 200 or 385 or 
permission of instructor. Casagrande 


561 Aquatic Entomology ({, 3) Biology of 
insects in aquatic environments, including 
systematics, morphology, and ecology. Field 
trips emphasize species/habitat relations 
and the role of insects in aquatic manage- 
ment programs. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 385 or 
permission of instructor. LeBrun and Logan 


571 Plants, Insects, and Pathogens (II, 3) 
A two-part investigation of insect-microbe 
associations, concentrating on the compara- 
tive pathobiology of microbial agents in the 
insect host and the transmission of plant 
disease organisms by the insect vectors. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 381 and MIC 211, or permission 
of instructor. In altemate years. Next offered 
1992-93. LeBrun 


572 (or BCP 572) Plant Biochemistry (I, 3) 
Physiological chemistry unique to plants. 
Emphasis on energy acquiring, transferring, 
and storing reactions including the metabo- 
lism of carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids, 
phenolics, and phytohormones. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: BCP 311 or 581 or permission. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1993-94. Hull 


576 Physiology of Plant Productivity (J, 3) 
Critical analysis of contemporary views on 
energy conversion and transformation in 
primary plant production. Topics include 
photosynthesis, phosphorylation, photore- 
spitation, transport mechanisms, nitrogen 
assimilation, and symbiosis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
organic chemistry, plant physiology, biochemis- 
try, or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1992-93. Hull 


591, 592 Nonthesis Research in Plant 
Sciences (I and II, 1-3 each) Advanced work 
under the supervision of research staff to 
expand research experience into areas other 
than those related to thesis research. 
Arranged to suit individual requirements. 
(Lab. 3-9) Pre: permission of instructor. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (J and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(1 and IT) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Note: For other related courses, see BOT 332, 
432, 437, 453, 521, 524, 546, 554, MIC 552, 
and ZOO 581, 586. 


Political Science 
M.A., M_P.A. 
401-792-2183 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Lawrence Rothstein, 
Ph.D., 1976, University of Massachusetts 

Professor Timothy M. Hennessey, Ph.D., 
1968, University of North Carolina 

Professor Alfred G, Killilea, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Chicago 

Professor Edgar C. Leduc, Ph.D., 1963, 
Indiana University 

Professor Arthur Stein, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Pennsylvania 

Professor Norman L. Zucker, Ph.D., 1960, 
Rutgets—The State University 

Associate Professor Gerry R. Tyler, Ph.D., 
1972, Yale University 

Assistant Professor Maureen Moakley, Ph.D., 
1984, Rutgers—The State University 

Assistant Professor Nicolai N. Petro, Ph.D., 
1984, University of Virginia 

Adjunct Professor William E. Hudson, 
Ph.D., 1976, Brown University 

Adjunct Professor Mark S. Hyde, Ph.D., 
1972, Michigan State University 

Adjunct Professor Victor L. Profughi, Ph.D., 
1967, University of Pittsburgh 

Adjunct Associate Professor Francis J. Leazes, 
Jr., Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Connecticut 

Professor Emeritus David D. Warren, Ph.D., 
1959, Fletcher School of Law and 
Diplomacy 

Professor Emeritus Stephen B. Wood, Ph.D., 
1964, University of Chicago 


Specializations 

American government, public policy, 
public law, international relations, com- 
patative politics, public administration, 
political theory. 


Master of Arts 

Admission requirements: GRE, GMAT, or 
MAT, and undergraduate credit in basic 
political science and political theory. 

Program requirements: M.A. has a thesis 
and nonthesis option; nonthesis option 
requires one course including a substantial 
paper requiring significant independent 
research and an oral examination in addi- 
tion to comprehensive examination. 


Master of Public Administration 


The Rhode Island Master of Public Ad- 
ministration Program (RIMPA) leads to the 
M.P.A. degree conferred by the University of 
Rhode Island. It is a collaborative undertak- 
ing, governed and offered by a committee of 
university faculty that includes adjunct 
faculty from Rhode Island College and 
Providence College. The RIMPA is offered at 
URI’s Providence Campus and provides 
federal, state, and city officials and agencies 
easy access to its instructional programs and 
research expertise. In addition to delivering 
its degree and certificate programs, intern- 
ships, and workshops, the RIMPA faculty 
conducts research into the formation and 
implementation of public policy and the 
administration of public and nonprofit 
agencies. Current research areas include 
public professional ethics, the training of 
public managers, water resource manage- 
ment, the governance and financing of 
nonprofits, state prison administration, the. 
public administration of technology, indus- 
trial policy at the state and national levels, 
and case management in mental health 
agencies. 

Admission requirements: generally, GRE, 
MAT, or GMAT with 1000 score (verbal plus 
quantitative) and undergraduate credit in 
basic political science. 

Program requirements: nonthesis—one 
course including a substantial paper requir- 
ing significant independent research; com- 
prehensive examination; internship; mini- 
mum total of 36 credits including PSC 501, 
502, 503, 505, 506, 524, and 573. Compe- 
tency in computer science and statistics is 
required and may be demonstrated by 
completion of a basic course at the under- 
graduate level. 


Cooperative Program 
(M.P.A. and M.L.LS.) 

A cooperative program permits joint 
enrollment in the Master of Library and 
Information Studies and the Master of 
Public Administration programs, each of 
which requires a minimum of 36 credits 
when taken separately. The integrated 
pursuit of the two degrees makes it possible 
for nine credits of appropriately selected 
course work from one program to serve as 
electives in the other, and for six credits of 
such course work to be applied in the oppo- 
site direction. Thus, when planned and 
taken jointly, the two programs can be 
completed with a total of 57 credits. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for M.L.LS. and M.P.A. 
Applicant must apply and be accepted in 
both programs. Applications (in quadrupli- 
cate) must indicate M.L.I.S./M.P.A. as the 
field of specialization. 

Program requirements: Each student must 
complete the required core courses for both 
programs plus three credits of PSC 590 for 
the M.P.A. and three credits chosen trom 


LSC 520, 521, 522, or 533 for the M.L.LS. 
Students must file separate programs of 
study for each degree, indicating the courses 
to be jointly counted. Each student must 
pass the separate comprehensive examina- 
tion for each degree. A student who fails to 
complete one of the programs may, of 
course, complete the other in accordance 
with the separate program of study. 


PSC Courses 
Political Science 


401 Comparative European Politics 
(land I, 3) 

402 Environmental Policy and Politics 
(, 3) 

405 The Indian Political System: 
Tradition and Modernity (I, 3) 

407 The Soviet Union: Politics and 
Society (I, 3) 

408 African Government and Politics 
(, 3) 

410 (or AAF 410) Issues in African 
Development (I or II, 3) 

420 Nonviolence and Change in the 
Nuclear Age (1, 3) 

422 Comparative American State Politics 
(Hf, 3) 

431 International Relations (1, 3) 

432 International Government (II, 3) 

434 American Foreign Policy (I, 3) 

440 The Politics of Being Mortal (f or I, 3) 


_ 443 Twentieth-Century Political Theory 


f 3) 

444 Marxist Political Thought (I, 3) 

455, 456 Directed Study or Research 
(and II, 3 each) 

461 The American Presidency (7, 3) 

464 International Law (I, 3) 

466 Urban Problems (I, 3) 

471 Constitutional Law (I, 3) 

472 Civil Liberties (I, 3) 

474 Criminal Justice Systems (II, 3) 

481, 482 Political Science Seminar 
(land I, 3 each) 

483 Political Process: Policy Formulation 
and Execution (I or I, 3) 

486 Cooperative Communities (I, 3) 

491 Principles of Public Administration 
(, 3) 

495 Comparative Urban Politics (f, 3) 

498 Public Administration and Policy 
Formulation (I, 3) 


501 Administrative Theory (1 or IT, 3) 
Theoretical constructs and models in fields 
of public administration; theories of Weber, 
Riggs, Dorsey, Simon, Presthus. Lower-level 
models in subfields of organization, com- 
munications, and decision making. Task- 
oriented subject matter such as personnel, 
budget, and program administration related 
to theoretical formulations which seek to 
explain them. (Sem. 3) Pre: 491 or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


502 Techniques of Public Management 

(lor I, 3) Principles and techniques employed 
in the administration of staff activities of the 
public service, such as administrative plan- 
ning, project scheduling, and budgeting. (Sern. 
3) Pre: 491 or permission of instructor. Staff 





PLANT SCIENCE/POLITICAL SCIENCE 93 


503 Problems in Public Personnel Admin- 
istration (J or IT, 3) Development of person- 
nel administration, including problems of 
recruitment, examination, promotion, and 
staffing within public service. Emphasis on 
evaluation of employee performance and 
ccllective bargaining in public service. 

(Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


505 (or SOC 505) Public Program Evalua- 
tion (I or If, 3) Research design and method- 
ologies associated with the evaluation of 
governmental programs and activities. 

(Sem. 3) Pre: EST 308 or equivalent or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


506 Seminar in Budgetary Politics (1, 3) 
Examination of federal, state, and local fis- 
cal and budgetary processes, focusing on the 
politics of the budgetary process and models 
of budgeting, with emphasis on contempo- 
rary issues. (Sem. 3) Staff 


512 Seminar in Marine Science Policy 
and Public Law 
See Marine Affairs 512. 


521 International and Comparative Trade 
Unions and Labor Relations 
See Labor Studies 521. 


§22 Issues in Corrections 
See Sociology 522. 


523 Seminar in Comparative Public 
Administration (f or If, 3) Theory, practice, 
and organization of selected European and 
developing nations’ administrative systems. 
Analysis of selected policies. Influence of 
English and French systems on developing 
systems. Structure-function and ecological 
analysis. (Sem. 3) Pre: 491, 501, or permission 
of instructor. Staff 


524 Seminar in Public Policy Problems 

(or I, 3) In-depth exploration of selected 
problems of policy formulation—inter- 
governmental relations, regionalization, 
citizen participation and control, priority 
setting for public sector programs. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: 491, 501, or permission of instructor. Statt 


531 Behavior Systems in Crime 
See Sociology 521. 


544 Democracy and Its Critics (J or I, 3) 
Seminar examining the roots of modern 
democracy in the social contract theories 
and analyzing the quality and limits of self- 
determination in these theories in the light 
of contemporary politics. (Sem. 3) Pre: 341, 
342, or permission of instructor. Killilea 


546 Alternative Prospects for Humanity 
(or Hf, 3) Exploration of range of possibili- 
ties for humankind over next several 
decades. Emphasis on approaches oriented 
towards improving our prospects for survi- 
val, social justice, and holistic growth. 
(Sem. 3) Pre: 420 or 486. Stein 


553 Scope and Methods of Political Sci- 
ence (I, 3) Study of political science as a dis- 
cipline, its development in relation to other 
social sciences, and survey of political theo- 
ries, concepts, and analytic models. (Sem.) 
Pre: graduate standing. Leduc 


94 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


555, 556 Directed Study or Research 

(or If, 3 each) Special work arranged to meet 
the individual needs of graduate students in 
political science. (Sem. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Staff 


568 Jurisprudence (I, 3) Introduction to the 
philosophy of law, treating the sources, the 
nature, and the consequences of major sys- 
tems of legal thought. Emphasis on the rela- 
tionship between legal reasoning and judicial 
decision making in the United States. (Sem. 3) 
Pre: 471, 472, or permission of instructor. Staff 


573 Administrative Law (I or I, 3) Legal 
aspects of interaction between government 
agencies, individuals, and public interest 
groups. Systematic analysis of leading cases, 
evaluating the courts as an instrument for 
protecting the individual’s rights in admin- 
istrative action. (Sem. 3) Pre: 113. Rothstein 


577 International Ocean Law 
See Marine Affairs 577. 


581, 582 Special Topics Seminar (f, II, or 
SS, 3) Master’s-level seminar on special top- 
ics in political science not regularly covered 
in other courses. Content indicated by de- 
scriptive title following colon. May be re- 
peated up to five times for a total of 15 cred- 
its with different topic. (Sern.) Pre: graduate 
or senior standing in political science or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


590 Internship in Public Administration 
(i or Hf, 3-6) Participation at an administra- 
tive agency under supervision of agency 
head and a faculty member. Planning, per- 
sonnel management, research organization, 
budgeting, interdepartmental relations, 
informal liaisons that are the hallmark of 
effective administration. Pre: permission of 
M.P.A. director. May be taken as one 6-credit 
unit or two 3-credit units. Staff 


595 Problems of Modernization in 
Developing Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Psychology 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-792-2193 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Albert J. Lott, Ph.D., 
1958, University of Colorado 

Professor Allan Berman, Ph.D., 1968, 
Louisiana State University 

Professor Henry B. Biller, Ph.D., 1967, Duke 
University 

Professor Jerry L. Cohen, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Illinois 

Professor Charles E. Collyer, Ph.D., 1976, 
Princeton University 

Professor David Faust, Ph.D., 1979, Ohio 
University 


Professor Lawrence C. Grebstein, Ph.D., 
1964, University of Kentucky 

Professor Ira Gross, Ph.D., 1967, University 
of Illinois 

Professor Janet Kulberg, Ph.D., 1967, George 
Peabody College 

Professor Bernice Lott, Ph.D., 1954, 
University of California, Los Angeles 

Professor James O. Prochaska, Ph.D., 1969, 
Wayne State University 

Professor Kathryn Quina, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Georgia 

Professor Albert Silverstein, Ph.D., 1963, 
University of California, Berkeley 

Professor Nelson F, Smith, Ph.D., 1963, 
Princeton University 

Professor John F, Stevenson, Ph.D., 1974, 
University of Michigan 

Professor Dominic Valentino, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of California, Riverside 

Professor Wayne F. Velicer, Ph.D., 1973, 
Purdue University 

Professor Alan Willoughby, Ph.D., 1959, 
University of Connecticut 

Associate Professor Susan A. Brady, Ph.D., 
1975, University of Connecticut 

Associate Professor Paul R. Florin, Ph.D., 
1981, George Peabody College of 
Vanderbilt University 

Associate Professor Lisa Lavoie Harlow, 
Ph.D., 1985, University of California, Los 
Angeles 

Associate Professor Patricia J. Morokoff, 
Ph.D., 1980, State University of New 
York, Stony Brook 

Research Associate Professor Joseph S. Rossi, 
Ph.D., 1984, University of Rhode Island 

Associate Professor W. Grant Willis, Ph.D., 
1984, University of Georgia 

Assistant Professor Laurie Ruggerio, Ph.D., 
1988, Louisian State University 

Adjunct Professor David Abrams, Ph.D., 
1981, Brown University 

Adjunct Professor John J. Colby, Ph.D., 
1974, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Douglas 
Bernon, Ph.D., 1982, The American 
University; Ph.D., 1987, California 
School of Professional Psychology 

Adjunct Associate Professor Donna Cone, 
Ph.D., 1982, Emory University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Gerald Groden, 
Ph.D., 1963, Purdue University 

Adjunct Associate Professor Eugene Knott, 
Ph.D., 1974, University of Maryland 

Adjunct Associate Professor Roger Mitchell, 
Ph.D., 1980, University of Maryland 

Adjunct Associate Professor Peter Monti, 
Ph.D., 1974, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Associate Professor Roger 
Richardson, Ph.D., 1967, Louisiana State 
University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Stephen L. Buka, 
Sc.D., 1988, Harvard School of Public 
Health 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Bette LaSere 
Erickson, Ed.D., 1976, University of 
Massachusetts 


Adjunct Assistant Professor Grace E. Frenzel, 
Ph.D., 1979, Colorado State University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor June Groden, 
Ph.D., 1981, Boston College 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Thomas J. 
Guilmette, Ph.D., 1982, University of 
Missouri 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Katherine C. 
Haspel, Ph.D., 1981, University of Rhode 
Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Judith Lubiner, 
Ph.D.,1989, University of Rhode Island 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Joseph A. 
Maxwell, Ph.D., 1986, University of 
Chicago 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Mary Weyhing, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of Rhode Island 

Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda, Ph.D., 
1957, University of Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus William T. Vosburgh, 
Ph.D., 1965, Syracuse University 


Specializations 

Programs are offered in clinical, experi- 
mental, and school psychology. Specializa- 
tions are offered within each program. The 
clinical program encourages students to 
organize their courses so as to foster their 
developing career needs. Thus, one is 
encouraged to develop specific interests and 
competencies in such areas as family 
systems, substance abuse, child/clinical, 
community, neuropsychology, individual 
intervention, and general clinical practices. 
Students in the experimental program tend 
to concentrate in one of the following five 
areas: 1) human perception and learning; 
2) conditioning and behavior change; 
3) psychophysiology; 4) methodology and 
quantitative psychology; and 5) personality/ 
social/ community basis of behavior. Addi- 
tional individual specialties can be devel- 
oped within each of the program areas. 


Master of Science 
(School Psychology Only) 

Admission requirements: GRE with 
advanced test recommended. Undergraduate 
major in psychology recommended. Appli- 
cants are admitted for September only. Appli- 
cations must be completed by February 15. 

Program requirements: nonthesis—intern- 
ship; total of 60 credits with a minimum of 
30 for the master’s degree plus additional 
credits for certification as a school psycholo- 
gist; one course with major paper involving 
significant independent research; and a 
written comprehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Clinical, Experimental, and School 
Psychology) 

Admission requirements: GRE advanced 
test required for clinical psychology, recom- 
mended for other programs; evidence of 
research competency. Applicants are admit- 
ted for September only. Applications must 
be completed by January 1 for clinical, by 


February 15 for school, and by March 15 for 
experimental. Prospective applicants are 
asked to address initial inquiries concerning 
the desired specialization to the depart- 
ment, but formal application materials must 
be obtained from and returned directly to 
the Graduate School Office. Applicants to 
the clinical program are evaluated on the 
basis of previous academic achievement, 
GRE scores, previous life experience, previ- 
ous applied clinical and research experience, 
letters of recommendation, personal inter- 
view, and projected balance between appli- 
cant and program needs. 

Due to limited facilities, new admissions 
to the doctoral programs must be limited to 
a small number per year. Finalists in the 
school and clinical specialization must 
participate in a personal interview to com- 
plete the evaluation process. Although test 
scores and cumulative averages are not the 
sole criteria for admission, those with over- 
all quality point averages of less than 3.00 
on a 4.00 scale, or whose two highest GRE 
scores do not total above 1200, are advised 
that there is little chance for admission. 

Program requirements: completion of a 
minimum of 90 credits (72 plus 18 for 
dissertation). Language requirement 
optional depending on requirements set 
forth by student’s program committee. 
Research course requirements—a minimum 
of two courses in statistics (PSY 510/532) 
and a research methods course (PSY 611). 
The research competency requirement may 
be met by successfully defending a master’s 
thesis or by successfully completing a 
research competency project under the 
direction of the major professor. The 
research competency project option is 
limited to those who have nonthesis 
master’s degrees in psychology. Students 
who successfully complete the thesis option 
will earn a Master of Arts degree in psychol- 
ogy. A Ph.D. qualifying examination is 
required of all doctoral students entering 
without the master’s degree. This require- 
ment is met by completing four core courses 
from PSY 532, 533, 611, and those num- 
bered 601-609, with a grade of B or better. 
These courses are usually completed prior to 
earning 24-30 credits. For students in the 
applied areas (clinical and school) at least 
one core course must be completed in each 
of the following content areas of psychol- 
ogy: biological bases of behavior; cognitive 
and affective bases; social bases; individual 
differences; and history and systems of 
psychology. 

The objective of our Ph.D. program is to 
give our students the knowledge and skills 
they will need to be effective psychologists 
in their chosen area. Scientific training and 
research experience as well as knowledge 
and technical skills are a part of each 
student’s program, but his or her program is 
individually designed around his or her 
needs and goals. 


Both the clinical and school psychology 
programs are accredited by the American 
Psychological Association. Both programs 
subscribe to the scientist-practitioner model, 
and thus course requirements are consistent 
with maintaining such accreditation. Practi- 
cum and individual research projects can be 
specifically tailored to help the student 
prepare for the professional role of his or 
her choice. These programs also have a 
strong experiential base including field 
activity in each year. Students are expected 
to be involved in research for a substantial 
portion of their program. 

The department emphasizes a close 
working relationship between faculty and 
students. No single theoretical or philo- 
sophical model is espoused. 


PSY Courses 

Psychology 

405 (or APG 405) Psychological Anthro- 
pology (I or II, 3) 

432 Advanced Developmental Psychology 
(H, 3) 

434 Psychological Testing (I or II, 3) 

436 (or PCL 436) Psychotropic Drugs and 
Therapy (If, 3) 

442 The Exceptional Individual 
(land Il, 3) 

456 Research Methods in Social 
Psychology (if, 4) 

460 The Substance-Troubled Person 
(, H, and SS, 3) 

464 Humanistic Psychology (II, 3) 

465 Introduction to Crisis Intervention 
(for If, 3) 

470 Topics in Social Psychology (I, 3) 

471 Applied Behavioral Analysis and 
Remediation (I, 3) 

473 Practicum in Behavioral Psychology 
(Tor I, 3) 

479 Contemporary Problems for Modern 
Psychology (I and II, 3-12) 

480 The Female Experience (II, 3) 

489 Problems in Psychology (I and II, 3) 

499 Psychology Practicum (I and II, 1-6) 


505 Community Psychology (1, 3) Intro- 
duction to community psychology; study 
and change of individual’s interaction with 
community systems; theoretical and empiri- 
cal models, intervention strategies, and 
research methods relevant to community 
psychology. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. Stevenson 


517 (or EST 517) Small N Designs (I, 3) 

A survey of Small N experimental method- 
ology, including hypothesis of quasi-experi- 
mental designs and the application of inter- 
rupted time series. Applications in applied 
research, particularly behavioral interven- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 532 and 533. In alternate 
years. Velicer 


§20 Mental Measurement and Test 
Theory ( or H, 3) Study of statistical and 
theoretical background relevant to mental 
test scores. Principals of test construction. 


POLITICAL SCIENCE/PSYCHOLOGY 95 


Controversies and current developments in 
measurement and psychometrics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 434. Harlow and Staff 


522 Behavioral Assessment Techniques 

df, 3) Interview, observational, question- 
naire, self-monitoring, cognitive behavior 
modification, and analogue assessment pro- 
cedures are reviewed in terms of their use 
and interpretation of behavior in clinical, 
institutional, home, and school settings. Pre: 
434 and 550. Offered in odd-numbered years. 
Staff 


532 Experimental Design 
See Experimental Statistics 532. 


533 Advanced Quantitative Methods in 
Psychology (I, 3) Advanced quantitative 
methods applied to psychology. Survey of 
methods such as multiple regression, multi- 
variate analysis of variance, discriminate 
analysis, canonical correlation, principal 
component analysis, and factor analysis. 
Applications involve BMDP, SAS, or SSPS 
computer programs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 532 or per- 
mission of chairperson. Velicer or Harlow 


534 Structured Personality Assessment 
(i, 3) Review of reliability, validation, and 
instrument construction methods for per- 
sonality assessment. Critical evaluation of 
established (MMPI, Edwards, PRF) and re- 
cent tests. Development and interpretation 
of individualized evaluations based on pro- 
file analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 434 or equivalent. 
Velicer and Staff 


540 (or EDC 540) Learning Disabilities: 
Assessment and Intervention (SS, 3) Appli- 
cations of early screening batteries; remedial 
programs for various disabilities, developing 
treatment exercises, behavioral programs, 
and programs for older children and adoles- 
cents. Emphasis on pragmatic application of 
skills for detection and treatment. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. May be repeated 
as A and B for a maximum of 6 credits. 
Berman 


544 The Psychological Bases for Reading 
Disorders (I or IT, 3) An in-depth review of 
research on factors related to reading ability. 
Topics include linguistic requirements, per- 
ceptual and neurological factors, implica- 
tions for screening and instruction. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Brady 


550 Operant Analysis of Behavior (I or I, 
3) Introduction to the principles of operant 
conditioning with emphasis on the use of 
these principles in the analysis of behavior. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. Smith 


554 Alternate Therapies (J or II, 3) Theory 
and practice of those individual and group 
techniques which can be integrated into 
one’s present style of helping: a) existential, 
b) body therapies, c) cognitive therapies, 
and d) other contemporary approaches. Stu- 
dents may participate in a maximum of five 
distinct workshops. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: pro- 
fessional and/or graduate standing and permis- 
sion of the coordinator. Staff 


96 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


601 Physiological Psychology (i, 3) An 
advanced consideration of physiological 
research on neural, endocrine, and response 
systems as they relate to attention, motiva- 
tion, emotion, memory, and psychological 
disorders. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairper- 
son. Valentino 


602 Learning and Motivation (I, 3) 
Empirical and theoretical analysis of the 
basic principles of acquisition and loss of 
habits. Topically organized to deal with 
respondent and operant conditioning, and 
their relationship to reinforcement and 
motivation. (Lec. 3) Pre: undergraduate learn- 
ing course and permission of chairperson. 
Silverstein and Staff 


603 Development (I, 3) Theoretical, meth- 
odological, and applied issues in lifespan 
development, including cognitive, percep- 
tual, psychomotor, affective, and social 
development. Topically organized. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Kulberg, Biller, 
and Staff 


604 Cognitive Psychology (I, 3) A survey of 
the theoretical and methodological issues in 
human cognition. Topics include pattern 
recognition, attention, memory, language, 
problem solving. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Brady and Staff 


605 Personality (I or II, 3) Reading of pri- 
mary source materials from major personal- 
ity theorists relevant to a particular topical 
emphasis. Application and comparative 
evaluation of the theories studied. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Stevenson and 
Staff 


606 Social Psychology (1, 3) Intensive 
exploration of the methods, theory, and 
database of contemporary social psychology 
focusing on salient issues that clarify signifi- 
cant topics in this area. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. A. Lott and Staff 


607 Advanced Psychopathology (I or II, 3) 
Empirical literature with regard to etiologi- 
cal factors involved in the formation of 
pathological character trends and devia- 
tions. Evaluation of clinical theory and clas- 
sification systems as related to the psycho- 
therapeutic process. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Grebstein and Staff 


608 Theories and Systems (7, 3) An 
in-depth analysis of the origin and logical 
structure of major systematic approaches to 
psychology. Emphasis on significant recur- 
rent controversies. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing. Collyer or Silverstein 


609 Perception (I or H, 3) A survey of topics 
in the psychology of perception, including 
sensory function; psychophysical models, 
measurement, and scaling; visual percep- 
tion; and methods for analyzing perceptu- 
ally guided behavior. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. Collyer 


610 (or EST 610) Parsimony Methods (7, 3) 
Multivariate procedures designed to reduce 
the dimensionality and help in the inter- 
pretation of complex data sets. Methods 
include principal components analysis, 
common factor analysis, and image analy- 
sis. Related methods: cluster analysis and 
multidimensional scaling. Applications 
involve the use of existing computer pro- 
grams. (Lec. 3) Pre: 533 or EST 541 or equiva- 
lent. In alternate years. Next offered 1992-93. 
Velicer , 


611 Methods of Psychological Research 
and Experimental Design (1, 3) Provides 
the student of psychology with a knowledge 
of research methodology and the tech- 
niques of experimental designs. It prepares 
for the development of thesis problems of 
graduate students in psychology and related 
disciplines. (Lec. 3) Pre: 532 and 533. Staff 


612 (or EST 612) Structural Modeling (II, 3) 
Theory and methodology of path analysis 
with latent variables. Discussion of “causa- 
tion” and correlation, Confirmatory Factor 
Analysis, Measurement and Structural Equa- 
tion models. Practical applications utilizing 
LISREL, EQS, and PLS computer programs. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 533 or 610. Harlow and Velicer 


615 Collaborative Research in Psychology 
( or If, 0-3) Collaborative approaches to 
psychological research. Special emphasis on 
topics that can involve students at varying 
levels of research skill. Format includes 
weekly topical seminar and biweekly collo- 
quium combining all topical interest 
groups. (Sem. 3, Colloquium 1) Pre: 300, 301, 
532, or equivalent and permission. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. S/U credit. 
Kulberg and Staff 


625 Seminar: Social Psychology (I, 3) 
Emphasis on a major area in contemporary 
social psychology. Empirical studies analyzed 
for their relevance to theoretical and applied 
issues; students will design an original inves- 
tigation. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits with different topic. 

A. Lott, B. Lott, J. Cohen, and J. Stevenson 


641 Introduction to Psychotherapy (1, 3) 
A transtheoretical analysis of the major sys- 
tems of psychotherapy. Developing an inte- 
grative, eclectic model through identifying 
the processes of change that are the core of 
effective therapy. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Prochaska 


644 Family Therapy (7, 3) Introduction to 
theories and techniques of family assess- 
ment and family therapy. Seminar format 
with videotape illustrations, case presenta- 
tion and discussion, role playing, lecture, 
and selected experiential exercises. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Grebstein 


645 Marital and Sexual Therapy (I, 3) 
Behavioral, psychodynamic, and systems 
perspective on marital and sexual problems 
and treatments. Theory and research ap- 
plied in supervised practice with troubled 
couples. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Prochaska 


646 Group Therapy (I, 3) Theory, research, 
and change strategies developed in working 
with small groups. Current research, mod- 
els, and techniques will be discussed in the 
context of actual clinical work with groups. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. In aiter- 
nate years. Grebstein 


647 Child Therapy (1, 3) Seminar discusses 
issues, techniques, and research related to 
behavior changes in children and their 
families. Aspects of therapy, the role of 
behavioral approaches, and the participa- 
tion of parents will be explored. Direct, 
supervised experience is included in this 
course. (Lec. 3) Pre: participation in the Psy- 
chological Consultation Center and permission 
of chairperson. Staff 


661 Psychological Services I: Administra- 
tion and Interpretation of Cognitive Tests 
,, 3) Instruction and practice in administra- 
tion and interpretation of cognitive tests; 
individual intelligence tests of both general 
and specific abilities. Rationale, research 
evidence, clinical application of Stanford- 
Binet, Wechsler, McCarty scales. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. Berman and Willis 


662 Psychological Services II; Administra- 
tion and Interpretation of Personality 
Tests (Hf, 3) Instruction and practice in the 
administration and interpretation of instru- 
ments used in the assessment of personality. 
Emphasis on projective tests such as 
Rorschach, TAT. Rationale, research evi- 
dence, and clinical application. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. Berman and Staff 


664 Advanced Diagnostic Problems (II, 3) 
Use and interpretation of cognitive, projec- 
tive, and neural psychological tests. Focus 
on integrating data into meaningful descrip- 
tion of total personality functioning. Use of 
the diagnostic interview. (Lec. 3) Pre: 661, 
662, and permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Berman 


665 Child Psychopathology (I, 3) Issues in 
the classification of disordered behavior will 
be related to diagnostic and treatment con- 
siderations from early childhood through 
adolescence. Emphasis will be placed upon 
synthesizing knowledge about the psycho- 
logical, developmental, and educational fac- 
tors which affect disordered child behavior. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 660. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered 1993-94. Berman 


666 Seminar: Ethical and Legal Issues in 
Psychology (I or I, 3) Ethical, legal, and 
professional issues as they relate to the 
provision of psychological services and 
psychological research. Emphasis is on the 
study of ethical issues and the examination 
of the development of professional stan- 
dards as they relate to the areas of clinical 
psychology practice, school psychology 
practice, and applied research practice. 
(Sem. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Mitchell and Staff 


668 School Psychological Consultation 
(if, 3) Historical and contemporary perspec- 
tives on consultation are discussed in terms 
of mental health and psychoeducational 
services. The focus is on the content and 
process of consultation in various clinical 
and educational settings. (Sem. 3) Pre: 666 or 
equivalent. Staff 


670 Field Experience in Psychological 
Services (I and If, 1-12) Training placements 
and internships are available in a variety of 
institutional agencies and school settings 
under supervision which must be acceptable 
to the department: (a) school, (b) experi- 
mental areas, (c) clinical. Pre: permission of 
chairperson. S/U credit. Staff 


672 Individual Clinical Practicum 

(or Hf, 3-9) Introductory experience in 
dealing with clinical problems in a variety 
of clinical settings. Individual supervision to 
be arranged. (Lec. 3) Pre: 661, 662, and per- 
mission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 9 credits. S/U credit. Staff 


673 Seminar: Introduction to Clinical 
Psychotherapy (1, 3) Theories and tech- 
niques of psychotherapeutic procedures 
involving directive and nondirective and 
play therapies. Theoretical rationale and 
empirical research with special emphasis on 
the child area. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Staff 


674 Clinical Practices: Therapy (1 or I, 
3-12) Specialized techniques of clinical 
interviewing, counseling, and psycho- 
therapy. Critical discussions of student’s 
own supervised therapy sessions: a) indivi- 
dual, b) behavior, c) sensitivity, d) special- 
ized techniques. Pre: 640, 660, 673, and per- 
mission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


676 Neurological Correlates of Psychopa- 
thology (i, 3) Functioning and physiology 
of the central nervous system with particu- 
lar attention to determining how neurologi- 
cal disruption and injury are manifested in 
behavioral disorder. Techniques used to 
evaluate and interpret neuropsychological 
functioning. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
1993-94, Berman 


680 School Practices I: Diagnostic (I and I, 
3-9) Testing procedures and devices in the 
diagnosis of organicity, personality prob- 
lems, special learning problems, visual, 
auditory, and memory problems; includes 
administration, interpretation, and special 
adaptation of tests in the school situation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 434, 661, or permission of chair- 
person. May be repeated for a maximum of 

9 credits. Staff 


681 Special Problems in School Psychol- 
ogy (1 or I, 3-9) Role of the psychologist in 
the school setting. Several theoretical and 
practical issues concerned with the value of 
psychological theory, administrative philos- 
ophy, and school organization are explored. 


(Lec. 3) Pre: 680 and permission of chairperson. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. 
Vosburgh and Staff 


683 Psychology of the Exceptional Child 
d, 3) Social, psychological, and educational 
factors that constitute the matrix of con- 
cerns with the exceptional individual in the 
school and community. Recent innovations 
in public and private education and habili- 
tation. Research issues and legislation dis- 
cussed evolve into student studies. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Gross 


687 Seminar: Topics in the Psychology of 
the Exceptional Individual (1 or I, 3) 
Survey of topics and current issues in the 
treatment, needs, and understanding of the 
psychology of specific exceptionalities. 

Pre: 683. May be repeated for a maximum of 
9 credits with different topics. Staff 


690 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in 
Psychology (I and II, 3-12) Recent develop- 
ments and current issues. Rigorous explora- 
tion of experimental and theoretical litera- 
ture. Study limited each semester to one of 
the following areas: developmental, clinical, 
motivation, perception, psychophysics, and 
scaling problem solving and thinking. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Staff 


692, 693 Directed Readings and Research 
Problems (I or II, 3-6 each) Directed read- 
ings and advanced research work under the 
supervision of a staff member arranged to 
suit the individual requirements of the stu- 
dents. Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


694 Special Problems in Clinical Psychol- 
ogy (I or Hf, 3-12) instruction and clinical 
practicum training in unique problem areas 
of clinical psychology. Development of spe- 
cialized evaluation instruments and proce- 
dures. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. 
Staff 


695 Seminar: Teaching Psychology (II, 3) 
Primarily a seminar in the teaching of psy- 
chology at the undergraduate level. Includes 
a consideration of general issues in college 
teaching, preparation of a course proposal, 
and sample presentation. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. Quina, Stevenson, and 
Staff 


696 Practicum: Teaching Psychology 

(I or Hf, 3) Practicum for students teaching a 
college-level psychology course. Supervision 
of course preparation, presentation, and 
evaluation. Individual supervision to be ar- 
ranged. (Lec. 3) Pre: 695 or permission of 
chairperson. S/U credit. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(1 and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor or program committee. 
S/U credit. Staff 


PSYCHOLOGY/RESOURCE ECONOMICS 97 


Resource Economics 
MSS. 
401-792-2471 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor Thomas F. Weaver, 
Ph.D., 1967, Cornell University 

Director of Graduate Studies: Professor James 
J. Opaluch, Ph.D., 1979, University of 
California, Berkeley 

Professor John M. Gates, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of California 

Professor Thomas A. Grigalunas, Ph.D., 
1972, University of Maryland 

Professor Jon G. Sutinen, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Washington 

Associate Professor James L. Anderson, 
Ph.D., 1983, University of California, 
Davis 

Associate Professor Timothy J. Tyrrell, Ph.D., 
1978, Cornell University 

Associate Professor Dennis G. Wichelns, 
Ph.D., 1986, University of California, 
Davis 

Assistant Professor Stephen K. Swallow, 
Ph.D., 1988, Duke University 

Assistant Professor Cathy Wessels, Ph.D., 
1989, University of California, Davis 


Specializations 

Commercial fisheries management, 
international fisheries development, fisher- 
ies business economics, coastal zone land 
use and management, quality of the marine 
environment, aquaculture economics, 
offshore oil and gas management, and 
natural resource pricing policies. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and a strong 
undergraduate record in economics or 
business is highly desirable. 

Program requirements: thesis option— 
24 credits including REN 534, a written 
comprehensive examination, and thesis. 
Nonthesis option—34 credits including 
REN 534, a written comprehensive exam- 
ination, and REN 591, with a substantial 
paper requiring significant independent 
research. 


98 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


ECONOMICS-MARINE RESOURCES 


(Interdepartmental) 
Ph.D. 


401-792-2471 


This interdepartmental program offers 
study in the economics of marine resources. 
It is administered by the Department of 
Resource Economics with advice by graduate 
advisory faculty from several disciplines. 


Graduate Faculty 


Resource Economics: Professor Weaver, 
chairperson. Professors Gates, Grigalunas, 
Opaluch, Sutinen; Associate Professors J. 
Anderson and Tyrrell; Assistant Professors 
Swallow, Wessels, and Wichelns. 

Economics: Associate Professors Mead, 
Lardaro, Suzawa. 

College of Business Administration: Profes- 
sors Comerford, Della Bitta, Jarrett, Mojena; 
Associate Professors Dash, N. Dholakia, 
Lord. 


Specializations (Ph.D.) 

Commercial fisheries management and 
marketing, international fisheries develop- 
ment, coastal zone land use and manage- 
ment, quality of the marine environment, 
aquacultural economics, offshore oil and 
gas management, and natural resource 
pricing policies. 

Admission requirements: GRE, 6 credits in 
Statistics, and the following courses or their 
equivalents—ECN 327, 328, and 375. 

Program requirements: The Ph.D. qualify- 
ing examination is required of students 
admitted without the master’s degree. ECN 
527, 576, 628; REN 534, 602, 630, 634, 635, 
and 676. Additional courses may be elected 
from appropriate offerings in economics, 
Tesource economics, engineering, geogra- 
phy, oceanography, mathematics, political 
science, statistics, computer science, and 
management science. The dissertation will 
be written on a problem involving marine 
resources or an associated industry, such as 
minerals, petroleum, fisheries, water, trans- 
portation, recreation, or waste disposal. 


REN Courses 
Resource Economics 


410 Economics of Natural Resource Use 
(I, 3) 

432 Economics of Land and Water 
Resources (I, 3) 

435 Aquacultural Economics (I, 4) 

440 Benefit-Cost Analysis (I, 3) 

456 Tourism Economics (I, 3) 

460 Economics of Ocean Management 
(HI, 3) 

491, 492 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3 each) 


514 Economics of Marine Resources (I, 3) 
Role of economics in development of 
marine resources. Particular attention to 
problems of multiple use of resources and to 
the conflicts between private and public 
goals. (Lec. 3) Pre: enrollment in the M.M.A. 
program or permission of instructor. Not for 
graduate credit in resource economics. 
Grigalunas 


520 Production Economics (I, 2) Produc- 
tion in natural resource economics. The for- 
mulation and estimation of production 
functions. Technological change in eco- 
nomic growth and its measures. New direc- 
tions in production theory and applications. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: ECN 528 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


522 Mathematical Programming for 
Natural Resource Management (I, 2) Appli- 
cation of mathematical (linear) program- 
ming to typical natural resource manage- 
ment issues. Emphasis is placed on problem 
formulation and solution using existing 
computer software programs. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
528 or permission of instructor. Gates 


524 Dynamic Economic Models (1, 3) 
Fundamentals of dynamic economic theory 
and nonlinear models. Dynamic and non- 
linear optimization techniques applied to 
resource economics, decision analysis, and 
trade models. (Lec. 3) Pre: 528 or permission 
of instructor. Anderson 


527 Macroeconomic Theory 
See Economics 527. - 


528 Microeconomic Theory 
See Economics 528. 


532 Land Resource Economics 
See Community Planning 537. 


534 Economics of Natural Resources (II, 3) 
Microeconomic theory applied to problems 
of natural resource allocation. The rationale 
for government intervention in the market's 
provision of natural resources and alterna- 
tive techniques for optimally allocated natu- 
ral resources are investigated. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
528 or permission of instructor. Wichelns 


540 Applied Resource Economics (I, 3) 
Examines issues in agricultural and natural 
resource policy through applications of 
theoretical and empirical tools. Applications 
include pollution control, fisheries manage- 
ment, water, and agricultural policy. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: ECN 528 and ECN 376 or permission of 
instructor. Opaluch 


543 Economic Structure of the Fishing 
Industry (f, 3) Analysis of fishing industries 
from the standpoint of activity and effi- 
ciency. Problems related to common prop- 
erty resources, government policy, labor, 
and legal and institutional factors. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 514 or permission of instructor. Staff 


576 Econometrics 
See Economics 576. 


591, 592 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3 each) 
Advanced work under staff supervision 
arranged to suit the individual requirement 
of the student. Pre: permission of chairperson. 
Sutinen 


595 (or ECN 595, MAF 595, PSC 595, SOC 
595) Problems of Modernization in Devel- 
oping Nations (I, 3) Selected regional prob- 
lems in the environmental complex, agri- 
cultural systems, population dynamics, 
distribution systems, political integration, 
urbanization-industrialization, popular par- 
ticipation, integrated theories of moderniza- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructors. 
Krausse (marine affairs), Weaver (resource 
economics), Poggie (sociology and anthro- 
pology), and Suzawa (economics) 


598 Master’s Nonthesis Research (I and I, 
1-3) Credit for completion of major paper. 
Pre: enrollment in nonthesis master’s program 
in resource economics. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


602 Research Methodology (f, 3) Evalua- 
tion of alternative research methods and 
techniques. Development of specific 
research projects. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. 
Next offered 1993-94. Gates and Weaver 


610 Advanced Studies (I and IT, 1-3) 
Advanced topics in resource economics. 
Mathematical models in resource manage- 
ment. (Lec. 3) May be repeated with different 
topics. Staff 


630 Resource Analysis 
See Economics 630. 


634 Economics of Resource Development 
(I, 3) Concepts of economic efficiency 
applied to natural resources with emphasis 
on intertemporal allocation of nonrenew- 
able and renewable resources. Application 
of welfare and institutional economics to 
resource management and development; 
analysis of optimum allocation among 
users. (Lec. 3) Pre: 534. Sutinen 


635 Marine Resources Policy (f, 3) Analysis 
of public policy problems relating to the 
development and management of marine 
resources, including fisheries, minerals, 
petroleum, water, and recreation. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 534. In alternate years. Next offered 
1992-93. Grigalunas 


676 Advanced Econometrics 
See Economics 676. 


677 Econometric Applications in 
Resource Economics (If, 3) Special topics in 
econometrics as applied to agriculture and 
natural resources. Topics include time series 
models. Bayesian analysis and dichotomous 
dependent variables. Pre: 676. Tyrrell 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(and If) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the ma- 
jor professor or program committee. 

S/U credit. 


Spanish 
M.A. 
401-792-5911 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Professor John M. Grandin, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Michigan 
Director of Graduate Studies: Professor Robert 
Manteiga, Ph.D., 1977, University of 

Virginia 

Professor David M. Gitlitz, Ph.D., 1968, 
Harvard University 

Professor Michael Navascués, Ph.D., 1971, 
Rutgers—The State University 

Associate Professor Thomas D. Morin, Ph.D., 
1975, Columbia University 

Associate Professor Mario Trubiano, Ph.D., 
1979, University of Massachusetts 

Assistant Professor Clement White, Ph.D., 
1988, Brown University 


Specializations 

The Master of Arts in Spanish is designed 
for those who wish to perfect their under- 
graduate achievement in the general area 
of Hispanic studies, including language 
mastery and understanding of literature in 
the total context of civilization and culture. 
The literary production of Spain, Spanish 
America, and the Spanish-speaking peoples 
of the United States will be studied. Any one 
of these areas could provide a field for 
specialization. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: undergraduate 
major in Spanish or equivalent, including 
12 credits in Spanish or Hispanic-American 
literature. Qualified students may be admit- 
ted with less than 12 credits but must make 
them up without graduate credit. 

Program requirements: all work carried out 
in Spanish. Thesis option—30 credits includ- 
ing 6 thesis research credits. Nonthesis 
option—30 credits. All candidates must pass 
a written comprehensive examination and 
an oral comprehensive examination. Course 
work may be completed on campus or 
through the URI summer study program in . 
Salamanca, Spain, or a combination of both. 


SPA Courses 

Spanish 

401 Oral and Dramatic Presentation of 
Hispanic Literature (I, 3) 

421 Business Spanish (I or I, 3) 

430 Castilian Prose of the Sixteenth and 
Seventeenth Centuries (I, 3) 

431 Drama and Poetry of the Sixteenth 
and Seventeenth Centuries (I, 3) 

451 The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth 
Century (f, 3) 

470 Topics in Hispanic Literature 
(land IT, 3) 

481 Don Quixote (7, 3) 

485 Modern Spanish Narrative (I, 3) 


ECONOMICS-MARINE RESOURCES/SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY 99 


486 Modern Spanish Poetry and Drama 
(If, 3) 

488 Spanish-American Poetry and Drama 
(or II, 3) 

489 The Spanish-American Narrative 
(or H, 3) 

497, 498 Directed Study (J and I, 3 each) 


510 Contemporary Spanish Workshop 
(SS, 3-6) New developments in all areas of 
Hispanic studies including pedagogical mat- 
ters and classroom techniques. (Lec. 3-6) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Staff 


561 Seminar in Medieval Poetry and 
Prose (f, 3) Examination and analysis of the 
epic, lyrical, and narrative medieval litera- 
ture of Spain and its impact on subsequent 
literature. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. Trubiano or 
Navascues 


570 Topics in Hispanic Literature and 
Culture (1, I, or SS, 3) Special topics or 
authors not emphasized in other courses. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Trubiano or Staff 


572 Evolution of Spanish-American 
Culture and Thought (I, 3) Development 
of Spanish-American thought and cultural 
trends, as portrayed in major works of artists 
and thinkers. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. Morin or White 


574 Interpretations of Modern Spanish- 
American Thought (I or I, 3) Topics of 
interest in the development of modern 
Spanish-American thought as represented in 
the essay from the period of independence 
to the present. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of instructor. Morin or White 


580 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 
Spanish Literature (I or I, 3) Selected 
authors and topics from the Spanish 
Romantic movement through realism and 
naturalism. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated with 
different topic and permission of instructor. 
Navascues or Trubiano 


584 Interpretations of Modern Spain (1, 3) 
Development of Spanish thought particu- 
larly with respect to sociological and cul- 
tural problems from the eighteenth century 
to the contemporary period as seen through 
the writings of significant essayists. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
1994. Manteiga or Navascués 


585 Seminar in Twentieth-Century 
Spanish Literature (J, 3) Topics of aesthetic, 
cultural, and linguistic concern in twenti- 
eth-century peninsular literature. (Sem.) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
May be repeated with different topic and per- 
mission of instructor. Manteiga 


587 Seminar in Renaissance and Baroque 
Literature (I, 3) Aesthetic analysis of works 
representative of the period and their influ- 
ence on subsequent literatures. (Sern. 3) Pre: 


graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
May be repeated with different topic and per- 
mission of instructor. Trubiano 


588 Seminar in Colonial Spanish-Ameri- 
can Literature and Culture (for I, 3) Top- 
ics of interest dealing with the development 
of Spanish-American cultural identity and 
literature from the period of discovery and 
colonization to independence. (Ser. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
Morin or White 


589 Seminar in Modern Spanish-Ameri- 
can Literature and Culture (f or I, 3) Top- 
ics of interest dealing with the development 
of Spanish-American literature and culture 
from the period of independence to the 
present. (Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated with a 
different topic. Morin or White 


590 The Hispanic Presence in the United 
States (i, 3) A study of the establishment of 
the Hispanic presence and its heritage in the 
att, folklore, and language of the United 
States, and an analysis of the literature of 
the Spanish-speaking peoples. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered fall 1992. Staff 
597, 598 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) 
Individual research and reports on problems 
of special interest. Pre: graduate standing and 
approval of the director of graduate studies. 
May be repeated with different topic. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


Speech-Language Pathology 
and Audiology 

M.A., M.S. 

401-792-5969 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Jay Singer, 
Ph.D., 1976, Case Western Reserve 


University 

Professor Walter J. Beaupre, Ph.D., 1962, 
Columbia University 

Professor Barbara Culatta, Ph.D., 1975, 
University of Pittsburgh 


Associate Professor Stephen D. Grubman- 
Black, Ph.D., 1972, State University of 
New York, Buffalo 


Specializations 
Audiology and speech-language 
pathology. 


Master of Arts and Master of Science 
Admission requirements: 19 undergraduate 
credits in communicative disorders (always 
including CMD 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 
and 465, or equivalents). Although cumula- 
tive average is not the sole criteria for ad- 
mission to the graduate programs in speech- 


100 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


language pathology and audiology, those 
applicants with overall quality point aver- 
ages of less than 3.00 on a 4.00 scale may be 
advised to address background deficits to 
gain admission to the program. Applica- 
tions must be completed by October 15 

for spring admission and March 1 for fall 
admission. 

Program requirements: for M.A. in speech- 
language pathology (46 credits), thesis, 
CMD 504, 26 credits in speech pathology, 
seven credits in audiology. For M.A. in 
audiology (46 credits), thesis, CMD 504, 26 
credits in audiology, seven credits in speech 
pathology. For M.S. in speech-language 
pathology (46 credits), no thesis; written 
comprehensive examination; CMD 504, 32 
credits in speech pathology and seven 
credits in audiology. For M.S. in audiology 
(46 credits), no thesis; written comprehen- 
sive examination; CMD 504, 32 credits in 
audiology, and 7 credits in speech pathol- 
ogy. For either the M.A. or M.S. programs in 
speech-language pathology or audiology, 
students must complete 25 hours of di- 
rected observations and a minimum of 350 
supervised clock hours of practicum in 
addition to the academic requirements. 
Because program requirements in both 
speech-language pathology and audiology 
include clinical responsibilities, the average 
length of time to complete any of the pro- 
grams is two academic years. 

Accelerated bachelor’s/master’s option for 
speech-language pathology or audiology stu- 
dents: University of Rhode Island senior 
undergraduate majors in communicative 
disorders who have met requirements for 
early acceptance by the Graduate School in 
either audiology or speech-language pathol- 
ogy may follow a special sequence of gradu- 
ate-level course work and clinical practicum 
during their senior year. If eligible, follow- 
ing the award of the Bachelor of Science 
degree in communicative disorders, stu- 
dents may complete a 30-semester-hour 
master’s degree (rather than the usual 
46-semester-hour master’s degree) in one 
year of full-time graduate study. This 
option, which requires careful sequencing 
of senior and graduate course work, is not 
available to students from other under- 
graduate institutions nor to students who 
elect part-time graduate study prior to 
completion of the fifth year. 

Admission requirements: URI sixth- 
semester standing in communicative dis- 
orders with all major requirements com- 
pleted and 25 elective credits remaining, a 
3.00 cumulative quality point average and 
3.20 in the major through the fifth semes- 
ter, and three letters of recommendation, 
two of which must be from URI communi- 
cative disorders faculty. 

Program requirements: for students who 
have taken the specified 25 credits (16 of 
which must be at the 500 level) of commu- 


nicative disorders course work in the senior 
year to complete the bachelor’s degree in 
communicative disorders, 30 credits of 
course work in the fifth year (postbacca- 
laureate) at the 500 level. Specific course 
requirements are as stated in the regular 
two-year master’s program. 


CMD Courses 
Communicative Disorders 


475 Gestural Communication (i, 3) 
491, 492 Special Problems 
(I and If, 1-3 each) 


504 Speech and Hearing Research (II, 3) 
Types of research in speech pathology, 
audiology, and communication science; 
critiques of representative models with 
special emphasis on experimental research; 
individual pilot projects or master’s thesis. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate 
standing, or permission of instructor. Staff 


506 Speech and Hearing Science (1, 3) 
Critical analysis of experimental data con- 
cerning the parameters of speech and the 
fundamental concepts in normal audition. 
Course will include introduction to instru- 
mentation. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: 504 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


551 Measurement of Hearing (I, 3) Diag- 
nostic protocols and practicum for routine 
audiological assessment; etiology and 
symptomatology of hearing disorders; over- 
view of aural rehabilitation including hear- 
ing aids. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 
375, graduate standing, or permission of 
instructor. Singer 


552 Advanced Measurement of Hearing 
(if, 3) Advanced audiometrics; speech audi- 
ometry; immittance measures, cochlear 
measures; retrocochlear measures; pseudo- 
hypacusis measures, and central auditory 
measures. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 551 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Staff 


553 Pediatric Audiology (I, 3) Theoretical 
and methodological approaches to the iden- 
tification and management of children with 
auditory disorders. Topics discussed include 
auditory development, audiometric evalua- 
tion, and hearing aids. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


554 Rehabilitative Audiology (I, 3) Theo- 
retical and methodological approaches to 
aural rehabilitation of the hearing-impaired 
adult. Topics discussed include use of ampli- 
fication, speech reading, auditory training, 
and case management. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


555 Amplification for the Hearing 
Impaired (i, 3) Electroacoustics and 
psychoacoustics of wearable hearing aids; 
selection and fitting procedures, counseling; 
classroom amplification systems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate standing, or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Singer 


556 Electrophysiological Measures in 
Audiology (I, 3) Basic electrophysiologic 
procedures, instrumentation, electrocochle- 
ography, auditory brain stem responses, and 
middle, late, and long-latency auditory 
evoked potentials. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 551, 
552, or permission of instructor. Staff 


560 Disorders of Phonation (i, 3) Etiology 
and symptomatology of vocal pathology; 
intervention strategies for organic and func- 
tional voice disorders; emphasis on rehabili- 
tation team approach to voice-resonance 
problems associated with cleft palate. 

(Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate 
standing, or permission of instructor. Beaupre 


$61 Articulation Disorders (I, 3) Assess- 
ment, design, and implementation of thera- 
peutic management programs for various 
speech production disorders at the articula- 
tory and phonological levels. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
372, 373, 374, 375, or equivalent, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Grubman-Black 


564 Language Disorders in School-Aged 
Children (i, 3) Study of communication 
deficits in learning-disabled school-aged 
children; differential diagnoses; assessment 
of cognitive functioning; language process- 
ing and discourse; therapeutic strategies for 
training abstract and functional language. 
(Sem. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Culatta 


567 Clinical Practicum in Speech Pathol- 
ogy (I and I, 1-3) Supervised diagnostic and 
therapeutic procedures with persons experi- 
encing communicative disorders. Differen- 
tial diagnosis, parent counseling, and coop- 
eration with allied personnel. Practicum 
held on campus and within institutional 
and school settings. (Lab. 3-9) Pre: graduate 
standing. Staff 


568 Clinical Practicum in Audiology 
(Land If, 1-3) Supervised clinical practicum 
concerned with audiological assessment of 
hearing disorders and auditory rehabilita- 
tion with the hearing impaired. Practicum 
held on campus and within institutional 
and school setting. (Lab. 3-9) Pre: 551 and 
graduate standing. Staff 


569 Diagnostic Procedures (I, 3) Major 
procedures for assessment and evaluation in 
speech-language pathology. Implications of 
diagnostic data for referrals, prognosis, 
therapeutic programs, and consultations. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, or equivalent, 
or permission of instructor. Grabman-Black 


$70 Clinical Practicum in Communica- 
tive Disorders (J and I, 1-5) Supervised 
assessment and rehabilitation procedures 
with persons experiencing communicative 
disorders in speech-language pathology 
and/or audiology. Practicum sites scheduled 
on campus and within hospital, school, in- 
stitutional, and private settings. (Lab. 2-10 
hours) Pre: graduate standing, 25 observation 
hours, and appropriate course work. Staff 


572 Medical Audiology (/, 3) Diagnostic 
implications of audiometry for various 
organic disorders; supportive audiological 
information relevant to medical and surgi- 
cal interventions; differential data associ- 
ated with otosclerosis, Meniere’s disease, 
VIllth cranial nerve tumors, and malinger- 
ing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate 
standing, or permission of instructor. Staff 


573 Contemporary Problems in Audiol- 
ogy (I, 3) Critical review of current research 
and controversial issues within the profes- 
sion; student selects one topic for indepen- 
dent study. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, 
graduate standing, or permission of instructor. 
Staff 


574 Environmental Audiology (I, 3) Hear- 
ing problems in industry, in the military, 
and other high-noise-level environments; 
medico-legal aspects of hearing loss; hearing 
conservation programs in public schools. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate 
standing, or permission of instructor. Singer 


577 Speech and Language for Hearing- 
Impaired (II, 3) Assessment, development 
and/or maintenance of voice, speech, and 
language skills associated with congenital or 
adventitious deafness; seminar approach to 
strategies in current practice with children 
and adults. (Sem. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, 
graduate standing, or permission of instructor. 
Beaupre 


580 Augmentative Communication (I, 3) 
Assessment, selection, and implementation 
of augmentative communication devices 
and systems for severely communicatively 
impaired persons emphasizing the trans- 
disciplinary approach, fabrication, and 
experience with current electronic equip- 
ment. (Lec. 3) Pre: course work in aphasia, ce- 
rebral palsy, or head trauma, and permission of 
instructor. Lytton or Carlson 


581 Cerebral Palsy (J, 3) Identification of 
type of cerebral palsy by location of lesion, 
motor symptomatology, and additional 
handicaps; role of the speech clinician on 
the team; types of speech therapy with 
emphasis on the Bobath approach; current 
research and controversial issues. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate standing, or 
permission of instructor. Staff 


§82 Motor Speech Disorders (I, 3) Diagno- 
sis and management of apraxia of speech 
and dysarthrias. Aspects of neuro-anatomy 
relevant to the production of speech. Etiolo- 
gies of motor speech disorders including 
neuromotor diseases, stroke, and trauma. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: admission to graduate program 
and 372 or equivalent. In alternate years. Next 
offered spring 1993. Staff 


§84 Language Disorders in Developmen- 
tally Young Children (I, 3) Study of com- 
munication deficits in developmentally 
young and multihandicapped children; 
types of language problems; differential 
diagnoses; assessment of conceptual requi- 


SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY/STATISTICS 101 


sites and concrete language skills; interac- 
tive therapeutic strategies. Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Culatta 


585 Aphasia and Allied Language Disor- 
ders (II, 3) Types of adult aphasia; central 
and peripheral dysarthrias; role of speech 
clinician on the rehabilitation team; other 
degenerative disorders such as Parkinsonism 
and dystonia; current research and contro- 
versial issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 
375, graduate standing, or permission of 
instructor. Grubman-Black 


586 Alaryngeal Speech (I, 3) Voice and 
speech rehabilitation for individuals with- 
out a functional larynx; social, emotional, 
and medical considerations; clinical proce- 
dures for esophageal, pharyngeal, and buc- 
cal speech; implications for use of artificial 
larynx; current research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 
373, 374, 375, graduate standing, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Beaupre 


591 Contemporary Issues in Speech and 
Language Pathology (II, 3) Critical review 
of selected current research and controver- 
sial issues in the profession. Topics will vary 
each offering. (Sem. 3) Pre: minimum of 15 
graduate credits in speech-language pathology, 
including 504, or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 
Beaupre, Grubman-Black, and Culatta 


592 Stuttering and Cluttering (7, 3) Study 
of nature and causes of stuttering; analyses 
of current theories and research concerning 
stuttering and cluttering; development of a 
rationale for diagnosis, case selection, and 
intervention. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
and/or permission of instructor. Gruabman- 
Black 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 





Statistics 
MSS. 
401-792-2701 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Edmund A. 
Lamagna, Ph.D., 1975, Brown University 

Section Head: Professor R. Choudary 
Hanumara, Ph.D., 1968, Florida State 
University 

Professor Edward J. Carney, Ph.D., 1967, 
Iowa State University 

Professor James F. Heltshe, Ph.D., 1973, 
Kansas State University 

Associate Professor William D. Lawing, 
Ph.D., 1965, Iowa State University 

Assistant Professor Colleen Kelly, Ph.D., 
1991, University of California at San 
Diego 

Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda, Ph.D., 
1957, University of Wisconsin 


Specializations 

Experimental design, sampling, ecologi- 
cal statistics and biostatistics, statistical 
computation, simulation, multivariate 
analysis, nonparametric methods, classifica- 
tion and discrimination, analysis of vari- 
ance, bootstrap and jackknife estimation, 
sequential methods. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s degree 
including the equivalent of MTH 141, 142 
Introductory and Intermediate Calculus 
with Analytic Geometry; MTH 243 Calculus 
for Functions of Several Variables; MTH 215 
Introduction to Linear Algebra; CSC 201° 
Introduction to Computing; EST 409 Statis- 
tical Methods in Research I. GRE (advanced 
test in mathematics or undergraduate field 
is desirable). 

Thesis option program requirements: a 
minimum of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis) 
including MTH 451, EST 412, either EST 501 
or 502, and at least nine additional credits 
selected from EST 500, 501, 502, 520, 541, 
542, 550, 592, 611. 

Nonthesis option program requirements: 33 
credits distributed as follows: 

1) MTH 451, EST 412, and either EST 501 
or 502. 

2) At least nine credits selected from EST 
500, 501, 502, 520, 541, 550, 592, 611. 

3) At least six of the remaining credits 
must be at the 500 level or above (exclusive 
of EST 591). 

4) The above course work must include 
at least one course that requires a substan- 
tial paper involving significant independent 
study. 

5) Written comprehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Please see the listing under Applied 
Mathematical Sciences on page 26. 


General Information 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed on a full-time 
basis. 


EST Courses 
Experimental Statistics 


409 Statistical Methods in Research I 
(l and I, 3 each) 

412 Statistical Methods in Research II 
(i and I, 3) 

413 Data Analysis (I or II, 3) 

491 Directed Study in Experimental 
Statistics ([ and If, 1~3) 

492 Special Topics in Experimental 
Statistics (J or I, 3) 


102 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


§00 Nonparametric Statistical Methods 

( or If, 3) Rank and sign tests, permutation 
tests and randomization, run test, tests of 
goodness of fit, order statistics, estimation, 
and comparison with parametric proce- 
dures. Examples illustrating the applications 
of nonparametric techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
308 or 409. Staff 


501 Analysis of Variance and Variance 
Components (I or If, 3) Analysis of variance 
and covariance, experimental design mod- 
els, factorial experiments, random and 
mixed models, estimation of variance com- 
ponents, unbalanced data. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. 
Staff 


502 Applied Regression Analysis (I or H, 3) 
Topics in regression analysis including sub- 
set selection, biased estimation, ridge regres- 
sion, and nonlinear estimation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
412. Staff 


517 Small N Designs 
See Psychology 517. 


520 Fundamentals of Sampling and 
Applications (J or I, 3) Simple random sam- 
pling; properties of estimates, confidence 
limits. Sample size. Stratified random sam- 
pling; optimum allocation, effects of errors, 
and quota sampling. Regression and ratio 
estimates; systematic and multistage sam- 
pling. (Lec. 3) Pre: 308 or 409. Staff 


532 (or ASP 532 or PSY 532) Experimental 
Design (I, 3) Application of statistical meth- 
ods to biological and psychological research 
and experimentation. Experimental situa- 
tions for which various ANOVA and 
ANCOVA designs are most suitable. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 308 or 409 or equivalent. Staff 


541 Multivariate Statistical Methods 

(lor Hf, 3) Review of matrix analysis. Multivar- 
iate normal distribution. Tests of hypotheses 
on means, Hotelling’s T, discriminate func- 
tions. Multivariate regression analysis. 
Canonical correlations. Principal compo- 
nents. Factor analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. Staff 


542 Discrete Multivariate Methods 

(lor Hf, 3) Analysis of multidimensional 
categorical data by use of log-linear and logit 
models. Discussion of methods to estimate 
and select models followed by examples from 
several areas. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. Staff 


550 Ecological Statistics (I or I, 3) Applica- 
tion of statistical methodology to the follow- 
ing topics: population growth, interactions 
of populations, sampling and modeling of 
ecological populations, spatial patterns, 
species abundance relations, and ecological 
diversity and measurement. (Lec. 3) Pre: 409 
or permission of instructor. Staff 


576 Econometrics 
See Resource Economics 576. 


584 Pattern Recognition 
See Electrical Engineering 584. 


591 Directed Study in Experimental 
Statistics (J and II, 1-3) Advanced work in 
experimental statistics conducted as super- 
vised individual projects. Pre: permission of 
chairperson. S/U credit. Staff 


§92 Special Topics in Experimental Statis- 
tics (I or If, 3) Advanced topics of current 
interest in experimental statistics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each se- 
mester in consultation with the major pro- 
fessor or program committee. S/U credit. 


610 Parsimony Methods 
See Psychology 610. 


611 Linear Statistical Models (I or H, 3) 
Review of mathematical and statistical 
concepts. Multivariate normal distribution. 
Distribution of quadratic forms. Power of 
the F-test. Basic linear models: general linear 
hypothesis, regression models, experimental 
design models, variance component mod- 
els, mixed models. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501 or 502. 
Staff 


612 Structural Modeling 
See Psychology 612. 


635 Response Surfaces and Evolutionary 
Operations 

See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineer- 
ing 635. 


Teacher Certification 


Students who did not obtain Rhode 
Island Teacher Certification as part of their 
undergraduate studies may do so by being 
admitted to a teacher certification program 
and satisfactorily completing a prescribed 
set of courses in the appropriate fields. Such 
applicants should check “TCP” on the 
application forms and submit two official 
transcripts of all prior academic work, show- 
ing receipt of the bachelor’s degree, plus a 
statement of objectives and two letters of 
recommendation. Applications are reviewed 
each May; admission is competitive. If space 
becomes available for any particular TCP 
program, completed applications for that 
program may be reviewed subsequently. 
The program administers a mathematics 
and a writing test each spring. An interview 
is also required of all applicants. Students 
admitted to the TCP program are governed 
by the same academic standards as matricu- 
lated graduate students. Further information 
may be obtained from the Graduate School 
Admissions Office or from the Office of 
Teacher Education at 401-792-5930. 


Early Childhood Education (510): Associate 
Professor Susan Trostle, Department of 
Education, 401-792-2426 


Elementary Education (513): Assistant Profes- 
sor Betty Young, Department of Education, 
401-792-4150 


Secondary Education (513): 

English: Associate Professor Richard Nelson, 
Department of Education, 401-792-4165 

Mathematics: Professor John Long, 
Department of Education, 401-792-4149 

Science: Professor William Croasdale, 
Department of Education, 401-792-4161 

Social Studies: Professor Robert MacMillan, 
Department of Education, 401-792-4155 

Languages: Professor Joann Hammadou, 
Department of Languages, 401-792-4712 


Music Education (070): Assistant Professor 
Carolyn Livingston, Department of Music, 
401-792-2431 


Physical Education (S80): Professor Jeannette 
Crooker, Department of Physical Education, 
Health, and Recreation, 401-792-2976 


Resource Development (Agriculture): Assistant 
Professor Anthony Mallilo, Department of 
Resource Development Education, 401-792- 
2981 


School Library Media (940): Assistant Profes- 
sor Emerita Patricia Jensen, Graduate School 
of Library and Information Studies, 401- 
792-2947 


Textiles, Clothing, 
and Related Art 
MSS. 

401-792-4574 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Linda M. 
Welters, Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Minnesota 

Associate Professor Martin J Bide, Ph.D., 
1979, University of Bradford, United 
Kingdom 

Associate Professor Misako Higa, Ph.D., 
1973, University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor Patricia A. Helms, Ph.D., 
1971, Florida State University 

Assistant Professor Catherine A. Cerny, 
Ph.D., 1987, University of Minnesota 

Assistant Professor Yvette Harps-Logan, 
Ph.D., 1991, Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute and State University 

Assistant Professor Margaret Ordonez, 
Ph.D., 1978, Florida State University 

Adjunct Professor Joy Emery, M.A., 1966, 
Ohio State University 

Adjunct Professor Laurence F. Gross, Ph.D., 
1976, Brown University 

Adjunct Professor Paul Hudon, Ph.D., 1971, 
Georgetown University 

Adjunct Professor Alexander J. Patton, 
Ph.D., 1972, University of Rhode Island 


The department offers a wide variety of 
individualized programs in close association 
with other departments such as history, art, 
chemistry, education, marketing, human 
development, counseling, and family stud- 
ies, and various social science fields. 


Specializations 

Textile science, historic textiles and 
costume, textile conservation, and fashion 
merchandising. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and a 
bachelor’s degree with adequate preparation 
for the proposed area of study. 

Program requirements: thesis or nonthesis 
option, 30 credits. All specializations require 
TMD 524, 533, and 3 credits of research 
methods. The research methods course 
should be selected in consultation with the 
major professor and be supportive of the 
student’s research interest. 

For historic textile and costume special- 
ization: thesis option—minimum of 30 
credits including TMD 510, 520, 524, 533, 
599, completion of a supervised internship 
(TMD 530, 2-4 credits) and 8-10 elective 
credits, half of which must be from textiles, 
fashion merchandising, and design courses 
numbered 500 or above; nonthesis option— 
30 credits including TMD 510, 520, 524, 
$33, 550, 560, completion of a supervised 
internship (TMD 530, 2-4 credits), and 8-10 
elective credits, half of which must be from 
textiles, fashion merchandising, and design 
courses numbered 500 or above; written 
comprehensive examination. A minimum 
of 9 credits is required to achieve a compe- 
tency level in an allied field such as art 
history, history, sociology, or anthropology; 
this may result in a program of more than 
30 credits. The committee may elect to 
waive this requirement if the candidate has 
had adequate preparation in the allied field 
as an undergraduate. Candidates lacking 
undergraduate courses in textile science and 
historic costume may be required to make 
up deficiencies without graduate credit. 

For other specializations: thesis option— 
TMD 524, 533, EDC 529 or 3 credits in 
research methods selected in consultation 
with major professor; other courses chosen 
in accordance with student’s background, 
interest, and needs; oral defense of thesis; 
nonthesis option—TMD 524, 533, 550, 560, 
and 3 credits of research methods selected 
in consultation with major professor; other 
courses chosen in accordance with student’s 
background, interest, and needs; written 
comprehensive examination. A maximum 
of 12 credits may be elected in allied fields 
for either thesis or nonthesis option. 


TMD Courses 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design 


403 Textile Performance (I, 3) 

406 Historic Furniture (I, 3) 

413 Dyeing and Finishing of Textiles 
(Hi, 3) 

416 Interior Design II (f, 3) 

424 Fashion Theory and Analysis (I or I, 3) 

432 Fashion Merchandising Operations 
Control (I, 3) 


433 Textile Markets (I and II, 3) 

440 Historic Textiles (f, 3) 

496 Interior Furnishings and Design 
Internship (I, 3) 


500 Ethnic Costume and Textiles (I, 3) 
Survey of regional styles of costume and 
textiles from all areas of the world, exclud- 
ing fashionable dress. Influence of social, 
economic, technological, and aesthetic fac- 
tors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 224 or equivalent, 340, 440, 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Welters 


$02 Seminar in Textiles and Clothing 

(ff, 3) Original investigations in areas of 
clothing and textile production, marketing, 
and conservation. (Lec. 3) Pre: at least one 
upper-level undergraduate or graduate course in 
the area of investigation. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits with different topic. 
Welters 


503 Advanced Textiles (II, 3) Analysis of 
the physical and chemical structure of tex- 
tile fibers, chemical and polymeric finishes 
including dyes, and the research methods 
used to determine consumer market 
demands. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 403 and EST 
308 or equivalent. In alternate years. Bide 


510 Historical Research Methods: Textiles 
and Furnishings (i, 3) Application of 
research methodology to the study of 
historic textiles, costume, furniture, and 
furnishings. Approaches primary sources, 
data collection, and research design. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 340, 440, or 406, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Welters or Ordofiez 


513 Detergency (I, 3) Study of chemical and 
mechanical interactions of textile fibers, 
fabrics, laundering products, equipment, 
and soils. Laboratory experience in evalua- 
tion of laundry products and fabric durabil- 
ity during laundering. (Lec. 2, Lab 2) Pre: 
graduate standing, 303 or equivalent, and per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Ordonez 


520 Introduction to Textile Conservation 
(if, 3) Survey of methods used to clean, 
repair, store, and display historic textiles and 
costumes. Laboratory experience in conserva- 
tion practices. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: a textile 
science course and historic textiles or costume 
course, or permission of instructor. Ordofiez 


§21 Topics in Textile Conservation 

(i, 1-3) Investigation of textile conservation 
theory and methodology. Some topics will 
include laboratory assignments. May be re- 
peated with different topic. Pre: 520 or expe- 
rience in textile conservation, and permission of 
instructor. Ordonez 


§22 Special Problems in Textile Conserva- 
tion (I, 1-3) Supervised independent studies 
on specific textile conservation projects or 
research. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 6 credits. Pre: 520 or experience in textile 
conservation, and permission of instructor. 
Ordofiez 


STATISTICS/ZOOLOGY 103 


524 Social and Psychological Aspects of 
Textiles and Clothing (J, 3) Seminar in 
social and psychological aspects of textiles 
and clothing. Theories and assumptions con- 
cerning relevance of clothing to individuals 
and groups. (Lec. 3) Pre: 224 or permission of 
instructor. Next offered fall 1992. Cerny 


530 Historic Textile Internship (I and I, 
2-4) Supervised internship designed to 
introduce the student to management of 
textile and costume collections in a museum 
or historical society setting. Individually 
designed to suit student needs—conserva- 
tion, education, and research. Pre: 510, 520, - 
graduate standing in textiles, clothing, and 
related art, or permission of chairperson. Welters 
or Ordofiez 


§33 Textile and Clothing Economics (I, 3) 
Economic development of production and 
distribution of textiles and clothing. (Lec. 3) 
In alternate years. Next offered fall 1992. 
Helms 


540 Special Problems in Textiles and 
Clothing (I and H, 3) Supervised indepen- 
dent study in specific areas of textiles and 
clothing. Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


550 Prepracticum (I and IT, 3) Supervised 
study in intended practicum subject area 
resulting in written review of literature and 
proposal for practicum. Pre: permission of 
departmental committee. Staff 


560 Practicum (I and II, 3) Supervised prac- 
ticum as proposed in 550. Results reported 
in both oral and written form. Pre: 550. Staff 


596 Interior Furnishing and Design Semi- 
nar (I, 3) Historic and modern furnishings; 
interior space, structures, and design as they 
telate to furniture, equipment, fixtures, 
accessories, interior materials, and fabrics. 
Pre: 406 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Higa 


599 Master's Thesis Research (I and II) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 





Zoology 
MSS., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-792-2372 


Graduate Faculty 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Harold D. 
Bibb, Ph.D., 1969, University of lowa 

Professor Robert C. Bullock, Ph.D., 1972, 
Harvard University 

Professor J. Stanley Cobb, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Rhode Island 

Professor Robert F. Costantino, Ph.D., 1967, 
Purdue University 

Professor Clarence C. Goertemiller, Jr., 
Ph.D., 1964, Brown University 

Professor Carl S. Hammen, Ph.D., 1958, 
Duke University 

Professor Frank H. Heppner, Ph.D., 1967, 
University of California, Davis 


104 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Professor Robert B. Hill, Ph.D., 1957, 
Harvard University 

Professor Kerwin E. Hyland, Jr., Ph.D., 1953, 
Duke University 

Professor Gabriele Kass-Simon, D.Phil., 
1967, University of Zurich 

Professor Steffen H. Rogers, Ph.D., 1968, 
Vanderbilt University 

Professor C. Robert Shoop, Ph.D., 1963, 
Tulane University 

Professor Howard E. Winn, Ph.D., 1955, 
University of Michigan 

Associate Professor Marian R. Goldsmith, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Pennsylvania 

Associate Professor William H. Krueger, 
Ph.D., 1967, Boston University 

Associate Professor John P. Mottinger, 
Ph.D., 1968, Indiana University 

Associate Professor Jennifer L. Specker, 
Ph.D., 1980, Oregon State University 

Assistant Research Professor David A. 
Bengtson, Ph.D., 1972, University of 
Rhode Island 

Assistant Professor Saran Twombly, Ph.D., 
1983, Yale University 

Adjunct Professor Donald C. Miller, Ph.D., 
1965, Duke University 

Adjunct Professor Ruth D. Turner, Ph.D., 
1954, Radcliffe College, Harvard 
University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Clifford H. Katz, 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Connecticut 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Thomas N. 
Mather, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus Saul B. Saila, Ph.D., 1952, 
Cornell University 


Specializations 

Acarology, animal behavior, animal 
diversity, cell and tissue biology, develop- 
mental biology, ecology, endocrinology, 
genetics (ecological, molecular, population), 
herpetology, ichthyology, limnology, mam- 
malogy, marine biology, neurobiology, 
omithology, parasitology, physiology, 
radioecology, reproductive biology, system- 
atics, and taxonomy. 


Master of Science 

Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree with major in zoology, 
biology, or allied field. Applicants are nor- 
mally admitted for September only. Applica- 
tions should be completed by April 15. For 
consideration for financial aid, applications 
should be completed by February 15. 

Program requirements: thesis. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Admission requirements: master’s degree is 
not required. GRE with advanced test 
(biology) and bachelor’s degree with major 
in zoology, biology, or allied field. Appli- 
cants are expected, but not required, to 
have a reading knowledge of two languages 
in addition to their native language. Appli- 


cants are normally admitted for September 
only. Applications should be completed 
by April 15. For consideration for financial 
aid, applications should be completed by 
February 15. 

Program requirements: dissertation, 
qualifying examination required for all 
candidates except holders of M.S. degree. 
Although there is no departmental language 
requirement, the candidate’s committee 
may require demonstration of proficiency 
in one or two languages other than the 
candidate’s native language. Comprehen- 
sive examination. 


ZOO Courses 
Zoology 


437 (or BOT 437) Fundamentals of 
Molecular Biology (I, 3) 

441 (443) Environmental Physiology of 
Animals (I, 3) 

442 Mammalian Physiology (II and SS, 3) 

444 Experimental Physiology (1, 3) 

445 Endocrinology I (, 3) 

455 (or BOT 455) Marine Ecology (, 3) 

457 (or BOT 457) Marine Ecology 
Laboratory (I, 1) 

460 Advanced Population Biology (I, 3) 

465 Limnology (1, 4) 

466 Vertebrate Biology (I, 3) 

467 Animal Behavior (I, 3) 


501 Systematic Zoology (1, 3) Species con- 
cepts and theories of biological classifica- 
tion. Taxonomic decisions and publication, 
numerical taxonomy, and review of the 
rules of zoological nomenclature. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: ZOO 262 and BOT 352, 254 or 466 rec- 
ommended. In alternate years. Next offered 
1994, Bullock 


505 Biological Photography (J, 2) Applica- 
tion of scientific photography to biological 
subjects, living and prepared. Photomacro- 
graphy and photomicrography. Principles of 
photography as applied to the specialized 
needs of biological research and publica- 
tion. (Lab. 6) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Heppner 


508 Seminar in Zoological Literature (I, 1) 
Survey of zoological literature including 
traditional methods of bibliographic control, 
contemporary information retrieval services, 
and the development of a personalized 
information system. (Lec. 1) Pre: graduate 
standing in zoology. Kelland 


521 Recent Advances in Cell Biology 
See Microbiology 521. 


531 Advanced Parasitology Seminar (II, 2) 
Advanced topics in the host-parasite rela- 
tionships of protozoan and metazoan para- 
sites. Reading knowledge of one foreign lan- 
guage assumed. Topics vary from year to 
year. (Lec. 2) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Hyland 


541 Comparative Physiology (I, 3) Com- 
parison of physiological mechanisms by 
which animals maintain life with emphasis 
on marine invertebrates. Responses to exter- 
nal environment mediated by receptors, ner- 
vous systems, effectors. Living control sys- 
tems for muscular activity and circulation. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 101 and 201. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1992-93. Hammen and Hill 


545 Endocrinology II (I, 3) Molecular basis 
of hormone action and evolution of regula- 
tory systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCP 311, ZOO 442, 
graduate standing, and permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. 
Specker 


546 Introduction to Neurobiology (I, 2) 
Fundamental processes in neurobiology 
with emphasis on cellular and membrane 
mechanisms of nerve functioning. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: 201 and MTH 141. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 1994. Pre: 201 and MTH 
141. Kass-Simon 


547 Laboratory in Electrophysiological 
Techniques (I, 2) Introduction to methods 
of extracellular and intracellular electro- 
physiology of excitable tissues. (Lab. 4) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 546. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered spring 1994. Kass- 
Simon 


549, 550, 551 Advanced Topics in Neuro- 
biology (i, 3 each) Published papers in 
selected aspects of neurobiology will be dis- 
cussed. Representative topics include role of 
Ca++, c-AMP in the nervous system, gating 
currents learning at the cellular level, cellu- 
lar rhythmicity. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. 
Next offered 1993. Kass-Simon 


561 Behavioral Ecology (I, 3) The interac- 
tion of animal behavior, ecology, and evolu- 
tion. Topics include predator-prey relation- 
ships, resource partitioning, competition, 
territoriality, and reproductive behavior. 
Term project required. (Lec. 1, Rec. 2) Pre: a 
course in animal behavior and a course in ecol- 
ogy. In alternate years. Next offered 1993-94. 
Cobb . 


562 Seminar in Behavioral Ecology (I, 1) 
Special topics in the relationships between 
animal behavior and ecology, such as social 
organization of animals, evolution of 
behavior, competition, and habitat selec- 
tion. Discussion and presentation of indi- 
vidual reports. (Lec. 1) Cobb 


563 Ichthyology (I, 3) Fishes of the world. 
Their structure, evolution, classification, 
ecology, and physiology. Emphasis on local 
marine and freshwater fauna. Several field 
trips. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 102 or 202 and 466. 
Krueger 


566 Herpetology (I, 3) Biology of recent 
orders of amphibians and reptiles; emphasis 
on adaptations and evolution, world faunal 
relationships past and present, current sys- 
tematic problems. Selected herpetological 
material in laboratory, field trips. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 102 or 202 or permission of 
instructor. Shoop 


567 Natural Selection (I, 3) Ideas and con- 
troversies concerning the action of natural 
selection. Maintenance of genetic variabil- 
ity, neutral mutation, levels of selection, 
recombination and sexual reproduction, 
and rates of evolution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 262 and 
BOT 352 or ZOO 104, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Twombly 


568 Ornithology (I, 2) Biology of birds 
with emphasis on the role of birds in bio- 
logical research. Areas covered include sys- 
tematics, evolution, physiology, ecology, 
and behavior. Discussion of current topics 
in ornithology. (Lec. 2) Pre: 466 or permission 
of instructor. Heppner 


570 Field Biology of Fishes (H, 3) Selected 
field problems in fish biology, including dis- 
tribution and diversity, habitat segregation, 
reproduction, and natural movements. 
Emphasis on freshwater and diadromous 
populations. (Lec. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: 563 or 
permission of instructor. Limited to 10 students 
with preference given to graduate students and 
senior zoology majors. In alternate years. Next 
offered 1992-93. Krueger 


573 Developmental Genetics (J, 3) Genetic 
control of gametogenesis and fertilization. 
Survey of modern approaches to the prob- 
lem of gene regulation during embryogen- 
esis with animal systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: BOT 
352 (or ASP 352) or equivalent and permission 
of instructor. Goldsmith, Bibb, and Chandlee 


579 (or BOT 579) Advanced Genetics 
Seminar (I and I, 1) Current topics in 
genetics, including cytological, ecological, 
molecular, physiological, population, quan- 
titative, and radiation genetics. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
BOT 352 and permission of instructor. Gold- 
smith and Mottinger 


581 General Acarology (1, 3) Detailed study 
of mites and ticks, their structure, life histo- 
ties, and classification. Free—living forms as 
well as plant and animal feeders. (Lab. 6) 
Pre: 331 or 586. In alternate years. Next offered 
1993-94. Hyland 


586 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 
(i, 3) Life histories, classifications, habits, 
and control of insects and other arthropods 


which affect the health of man and animals. 


Duties of the entomologist on a public 
health team, including field practice in 
methods of insect surveys, control mea- 
sures, and subsequent surveys to determine 
success of control measures. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) 
Pre: 331 or 381 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. Next offered 1992-93. Hyland 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (I and I) 
Number of credits is determined each 
semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


641, 642, 643, 644, 645 Seminar in Physi- 
ology (1 and II, 1-3 each) Reports and discus- 
sions on topics of current research in physi- 
ology. Subject matter adapted to meet 
interests of staff and students. (Lec. 1-3) 

Pre: 201. Staff 


664 Seminar in Ichthyology (H, 2) Read- 
ing, library research, reports, and class dis- 
cussion on problems of current research 
interest in the biology of fishes. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
563 or permission of instructor. In alternate - 
years. Next offered 1993-94. Krueger 


668 Biology of Reproduction in Animals 
(, 3) Evolution of sexual reproduction, 
neuroendocrine signals, and behavioral 
controlling mechanisms in diverse phyla. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 545, 561, or 567. Twombly, 
Specker, and Cobb 


675 Advanced Ecology Seminars (1 and II, 
2 each) Specialized and advanced areas of 
ecological research and theory, including 
zoogeography, Pleistocene ecology, popula- 
tion dynamics, energy flow in ecosystems, 
and radiation ecology. Pre: permission of 
instructor. Staff 


679 Animal Communication 
See Oceanography 679. 


691, 692 Directed Research (I and I, 

1-3 each) Subject matter adapted to meet 
needs of the student. May be arranged with 
any staff member. (Lec. 3 or Lab. 6) Pre: per- 
mission of chairperson. Staff 


693, 694 Zoological Problems (I and I, 
1-3 each) Special work to meet needs of 
individual students who are prepared to 
undertake special problems. (Lec. 1-3 or 
Lab. 2-6) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
S/U credit for 694. Staff 


695 Graduate Seminar in Zoology 

(I and If, 1) Students to give seminar reports 
on their thesis research. Attendance and 
registration required of all graduate students 
in residence, but only 2 credits my be 
applied to the program of study. Pre: gradu- 
ate standing. S/U credit. Staff 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

(and I) Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the major 
professor or program committee. S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Zoology Topics for 
Teachers (I, H, or SS, 0-3) Especially 
designed for secondary school science 
teachers. Basic topics in zoology from an 
advanced or pedagogical perspective. (Lec. or 
Lab.) Pre: teacher certification. Staff 


ZOOLOGY/OTHER COURSES 105 





Other Courses 


The following are courses grouped by 
additional subject areas, or courses which 
may be taken for graduate credit, but are 
not part of a graduate program. Descriptions 
of the 400-level courses are found in the 
Undergraduate Bulletin. Where descriptions 
for 500-level courses are not provided, they 
will be found earlier in this bulletin. 


AAF Courses 
African and Afro-American Studies 


410 (or PSC 410) Issues in African 
Development (I and II, 3) 

474 (or ENG 474) Topics in Pan-African 
Literature (II, 3) 


APG Courses 
Anthropology 


400 Evolution, Culture, and Human 
Disease (I, 3) 

401 History of Anthropological Theory 
(or I, 3) 

402 Methods of Anthropological Inquiry 
(or If, 3) 

405 (or PSY 405) Psychological 
Anthropology (f or H, 3) 

407 Economic Anthropology (I or I, 3) 

412 Primate Behavior and Organization 
(or If, 3) 

413 (or MAF 413) Peoples of the Sea (1, 3) 

470 Problems in Anthropology (I and II, 3) 


ART Courses 
Art 


405, 406 Studio Seminar (I and II, 3 each) 


§01, 502 Graduate Studio Seminar I, 11 
(land I, 3 each) Intensive independent stu- 
dio work under guidance of instructors. 
Periodic critiques and discussions related to 
work of all participants in the course. (Studio 
6) Pre: 48 credits in studio for 501;.501 for 
502. Staff 


ARH Courses 
Art History 


461 Topics in Methods, Theory, and 
Criticism (f or HI, 3) 

462 Contemporary Art Seminar: Art Since 
1945 (I, 3) 

469, 470 Art History: Senior Projects 
(and II, 3-6 each) 

480 Advanced Topics in European and 
American Art (I or I, 3) 


CNS Courses 
Consumer Studies 


401 Consumer and Managerial Problems 
of Families with Special Needs 
(or Il, 3) 

420 Consumer Protection (I or IT, 3) 

422 Consumer Issues Research (I or I, 3) 

457 (or HLT 457) Health and Safety Issues 
of Consumer Products (f or H, 3) 

470 Special Problems (I and II, 2-4) 


106 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


570 Special Problems (I or Hf, 3) Advanced 
study to be selected from areas of home 
management theory and its application, 
work simplification, family economics, and 
equipment. (Lab. TBA) Staff 


DHY Courses 
Dental Hygiene 


462 Oral Care of the Aged and Medically 
Compromised (I, 3) 

464 Field Experience in Community Oral 
Health (1, 3) 


Genetics Courses 


Botany 
554 Cytogenetics 
579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 


Microbiology 
552 Microbial Genetics 


Plant Science 
472 Plant Improvement 


Zoology 

518 Mechanisms of Development 
573 Developmental Genetics 

579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 


Gerontology Courses 


Human Development, Counseling, 

and Family Studies 

420 Human Development During 
Adulthood 

421 Death, Dying, and Bereavement 

422 Aging: Case Coordination 

431 Family and the Elderly 

440 Environmental Context of Aging 

520 Developmental Issues in Later Life 

527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly 

529 Practicum Seminar in Gerontology 

555 Gerontological Counseling 


Human Science and Services 
530 Multidisciplinary Health Seminars for 
the Elderly 


Dental Hygiene 
462 Oral Care for the Aged and Medically 
Compromised 


Adult and Extension Education 
575 Adult and Cooperative Extension 
Programming for Older Adults 


Education 

410 Seminar and Supervised Field Practicum 
in Education of the Aging 

Nursing 

563 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing 
Practice in Gerontology 


Physical Education 

563 Physical Fitness Programs for the 
Middle Aged and Elderly 

564 Physiology of Aging 


Recreation 
416 Aging and Leisure 


Sociology 
438 Aging in Society 


HED Courses 
Home Economics Education 


478 Problems in Home Economics 
Education (I and H, 1-3 each) 


506 Instructional Communications 

(or If, 3) Selection, organization, and use of 
instructional materials, methods, and tech- 

niques for effective home economics teach- 

ing in a formal or informal educational set- 

ting. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. Staff 


$07 Curriculum Development (I or I, 3) 
New developments in curriculum planning 
as related to organization and administra- 
tion of comprehensive and occupational 
home economics and other vocational pro- 
grams; evaluation as it relates to an effective 
program. (Lec. 3) Pre: one year of teaching ex- 
perience or permission of chairperson. In alter- 
nate years. Staff 


$09 Seminar in Home Economics Educa- 
tion (I or If, 3) Study of current trends and 
issues as they affect home economics educa- 
tion; critical study of research literature and 
techniques appropriate to solution of prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. Staff 


586, 587 Problems in Home Economics 
Education (I and Il, 3 each) Advanced work 
for graduate students in home economics 
education. Conducted as seminars or as su- 
pervised individual projects. (Lec. or Lab.) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


595 Master’s Project: Action Research 
(land H, 1-6) Candidates plan and carry out 
an action research project approved by the 
instructor. Number of credits is determined 
each semester in consultation with the 
major professor. Pre: admission to a master’s 
program in home economics education, a course 
in research methods, and permission of chair- 
person. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 
credits. Staff 


JOR Courses 
Journalism 


410 Mass Media Issues (I or Ii, 3) 
415 Perspectives on Reporting (I or II, 3) 
420 Advanced Reporting and Writing 

(f or If, 3) 
430 Advanced Television News (I or II, 3) 
440 Independent Study (I and II, 1-3) 
441 Public Relations Practices (I, 3) 
445 Special Topics in Journalism 

(I and If, 3) 


LAR Courses 
Landscape Architecture 


444 Landscape Architecture Studio III 
“4 

454 (or PLS 454) Identification of Basic 
Ornamental Plants (I, 3) 

491, 492 Special Projects and 
Independent Study (I and II, 1-3 each) 


Latin American Studies Courses 


Anthropology 
470 Problems in Anthropology 


History 
580 Colloquium in Latin American History 


Political Science 
431 International Relations 


Portuguese 
497, 498 Directed Study 


Spanish 

487 Modern Spanish-American Narrative 

497, 498 Directed Study 

571 Modern Spanish-American Authors 

572 Evolution of Spanish-American Culture 
and Thought 

590 The Hispanic Presence in the United 
States 


NES Courses 
New England Studies 


400 Special Topics in New England Stud- 
ies (SS, 1-3 each) 


SOC Courses 
Sociology 


401 History of Sociological Thought 
(lor If, 3) 

408 Individual Life and Social Order 
(or I, 3) 

413 Sexual Inequality (I or I, 3) 

420 Family Violence (I or I, 3) 

424 Health Care Delivery Systems 
(I or If, 3) 

428 Institutional Racism (I, 3) 

432 (or LRS 432) Industrial Sociology 
(or Hf, 3) 

437 (or HCF 437) Law and Families in the 
United States (7, 3) 

438 Aging in Society (I, 3) 

452 Class and Power (Hi, 3) 

470, 471 Independent Study 
(1 and II, 3 each) 


505 Public Program Evaluation 
See Political Science 505. 


521 (or PSC 531) Behavior Systems in 
Crime (I, 3) Criminal behavior studied in 
categories useful for sociological analysis. 
Linkages of criminal behavior systems to 
the larger society; behavior systems in 
causal theorizing, justice, prevention, and 
corrections. (Lec. 3) Pre: 330 or equivalent. In 
alternate years. Carroll 


522 (or PSC 522) Issues in Corrections 

(ff, 3) Justifications for punishment and cor- 
rections; historical development; intensive 
survey of current research on deterrence, ef- 
fectiveness of treatment, prison, violence, 
and other issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 330, EST 408, 
SOC 507, or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Carroll 


§23 Institutional Racism (I, 3) Consider- 
ation of varying models of race and ethnic 
relations; examination of recent research on 
issues such as residential segregation, school 
desegregation, affirmative action, and racial 
disorders; comparisons of the United States 
with other societies. (Lec. 3) Pre: EST 308, 
SOC S07, or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Carroll and Reilly 


571, 572 Directed Study or Research 
(and H, 3 each) Designed to cover areas of 
special research interests of graduate stu- 
dents not covered in other courses. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. Staff 


595 Problems of Modernization in 
Developing Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


SPE Courses 
Speech Communication 


400 Rhetoric (f, 3) 

403 Advanced Interpersonal Communi- 
cation (I, 3) 

415 The Ethics of Persuasion (i, 3) 

420 Seminar in American Public Address 
and Criticism (1, 3) 

430 Political Communication (f, 3) 

435 Directing Group Performance of 
Nondramatic Literature (I, 3) 

440 Telecommunications Processes and 
Audience Behavior (f and IT, 3) 

450 Organizational Communication 
(and I, 3) 

460 Communication and Conflict 
Intervention (i, 3) 

471, 472 Internship in Speech 
Communication (I and II, 3 each) 

491, 492 Special Problems 
(land I, 1-3 each) 


Statistics Courses 


Economics 

576 Econometrics 

Electrical Engineering 

584 Pattern Recognition 

Experimental Statistics 

407 Introductory Biostatistics 

409 Statistical Methods in Research I 

412 Statistical Methods in Research II 

413 Data Analysis 

491 Directed Study in Experimental 
Statistics 

492 Special Topics in Experimental Statistics 

500 Nonparametric Statistical Methods 

501 Analysis of Variance and Variance 
Components 

502 Applied Regression Analysis 

517 Small N Designs 

520 Fundamentals of Sampling and 
Applications 

532 Experimental Design 

$41 Multivariate Statistical Methods 

542 Discrete Multivariate Methods 

550 Ecological Statistics 

576 Econometrics 

584 Pattern Recognition 


591 Directed Study in Experimental 
Statistics 

592 Special Topics in Experimental Statistics 

610 Parsimony Methods 

611 Linear Statistical Models 

612 Structural Modeling 

635 Response Surfaces and Evolutionary 
Operations 


Industrial and 

Manufacturing Engineering 

411 Probability for Engineers 

412 Statistics for Engineers 

455 Managerial Applications of Simulation 

513 Statistical Quality Control 

533 Advanced Statistical Methods for 
Research and Industry 

634 Design and Analysis of Industrial 
Experiments 

635 Response Surfaces and Evolutionary 
Operations 


Management Science 

445 Managerial Applications of Simulation 

450 Forecasting: Computer Applications 

470 Managerial Decision Support Systems 

475 Bayesian Statistics in Business 

601, 602 Advanced Management Statistics 

630 Management Statistics with SAS and 
Personal Computer Software 

671 Methods of Business Research 

674 Business Research Methods: Applied 
Multivariate Methods 

675 Applied Time Series Methods and 
Business Forecasting 

676 Applied Econometric Methods in 
Business 

683 Business Decision Theory 


Mathematics 

451 Introduction to Probability and 
Statistics 

452 Mathematical Statistics 

456 Probability 

550 Advanced Probability 

551 Mathematical Statistics 


Mechanical Engineering 
and Applied Mechanics 
521 Reliability Analysis and Prediction 


Psychology 

517 Small N Designs 

533 Advanced Quantitative Methods in 
Psychology 

610 Parsimony Methods 

612 Structural Modeling 


Quantitative Business Analysis 
530 Statistical Methods for Management 


THE Courses 
Theatre 


481 Topics in Theatre (I and II, 3) 

482 Theatre Architecture in Western and 
Non-Western Drama (I, 3) 

483 Aesthetics and Criticism of the 
Theatre (II, 3) 


OTHER COURSES 107 


URB Courses 
Urban Affairs 


_ 498, 499 Urban Affairs Senior Seminar 


dl and If, 3 each) 


WMS Courses 
Women’s Studies 


400 Critical Issues and Feminist 
Scholarship (I or II, 3) 


108 


The Graduate School 


Morrison, Kent, Dean 

Rose, Vincent C., Associate Dean 
Turcotte, Robert B., Assistant to the Dean 
Onosko, Joan M., Executive Assistant 





The Graduate Council 


Morrison, Kent, Chairperson, Ex Officio 

Arnold, Eve, Oceanography (1993) 

Boulmetis, John, Education (1995) 

Byrnes, Christine, History (1993) 

Clipps, Leslie, Languages (1993) 

Devin, Robin, Library (1995) 

Dufault, Marlene, Nursing (1994) 

Fischer, Godi, Electrical Engineering (1995) 

Goldsmith, Marian, Zoology (1995) 

Grove, Edward, Arts and Sciences (1994) 

Gurumoorthy, Vanchinatch, Mechanical 
Engineering (1993) 

Kulberg, Janet, Arts and Sciences (1993) 

Kunz, Don R., Arts and Sciences (1993) 

Logan, Patrick, Plant Pathology-Entomology 
(1993) 

Mangiamelli, Paul, Management Science (1994) 

Manteiga, Robert, Languages (1994) 

Shaikh, Zahir, Pharmacology (1995) 

Tremblay, George, Biochemistry (1995) 

Wishner, Karen, Oceanography (1994) 

Graduate Faculty Member (to be elected by the 
College of Business Administration) 


Academic Administrators 


Carothers, Robert L., President 

Swan, M. Beverly, Provost 

Morrison, Kent, Dean of the Graduate School 

Leinen, Margaret S., Interim Dean of the 
Graduate School of Oceanography 

Luzzi, Louis A., Dean of the College of 
Pharmacy 

Rogers, Steffen H., Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences 

Stern, Sydney V., Dean of the College of 
Business Administration 

Kim, Thomas J., Interim Dean of the College of 
Engineering 

Brittingham, Barbara, Dean of the College of 
Human Science and Services 

Miller, Jean, Dean of the College of Nursing 

Miller, Robert H., Dean of the College of 
Resource Development 

Strommer, Diane W., Dean of the University 
College and Director of Special Academic 
Programs 

Crocker, Walter A., Jr., Dean of the College of 
Continuing Education 

Cameron, Lucille W., Dean, University 
Libraries 

Taggart, David G., Dean, Undergraduate 
Admissions and Student Financial Aid 


PERSONNEL 


Board of Governors 
for Higher Education 


Richard A. Licht, Chairman 

Joseph A. Almagno 

Robert V. Bianchini (Representative) 

Frank Caprio, Jr. 

J. William Corr, Jr. 

Robert Spink Davis 

Anne M. Hartmann 

Thomas J. Izzo (Senator) 

E. Hans Lundsten 

Frederick J. Lippitt 

Paul A. MacDonald 

Mary L. Smith 

Marilyn H. Winoker 

Americo W. Petrocelli, Commissioner of Higher 
Education 





Graduate Faculty 


First date after title indicates appointment to 
present position; the second date, when the 
first fails to do so, indicates first appointment 
in the University. 


Abell, Paul 1., Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus, 
1964, 1951. 

Abushanab, Elie, Professor of Medicinal 
Chemistry and Chemistry, 1979, 1970. 

Adams, Jerome F., Assistant Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1989. 

Ageloff, Roy, Associate Professor of Management 
Science, 1977, 1972. 

Agostinucci, James, Assistant Professor of 

’ Physical Therapy, 1992. 

Albert, Alexa, Associate Professor of Sociology 
and Anthropology, 1987, 1982. 

Albert, Luke S., Professor of Botany, Emeritus, 
1970, 1960. 

Alexander, Lewis M., Professor of Geography, 
Emeritus, 1960. 

Allen, Sarah J., Assistant Professor of Psychology, 
1991. 

Alm, Steven R., Assistant Professor of Plant 
Sciences, Cooperative Extension Service, 
1987. 

Amador, Jose A., Assistant Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1992. 

Anderson, James L., Assistant Professor of 
Resource Economics, 1983. 

Anderson, Joan Gray, Associate Professor of 
Consumer Studies and Human Development, 
Counseling, and Family Studies, 1990, 1984. 

Anderson, Judith L., Professor of Speech 
Communication, 1982, 1970. 

Arakelian, Paul G., Associate Professor of 
English, 1981, 1976. 

Arimoto, Richard, Associate Research Professor 
of Oceanography, 1992. 

Armstrong, Charles P., Professor of Management 
Science, 1981, 1971. 


Aronian, Sona, Professor of Russian and 
Women’s Studies, 1987, 1970. 

Atash, Farhad, Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1991, 1985. 

August, Peter V., Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1989, 1985. 

Babson, John R., Associate Professor of 
Pharmacology and Toxicology and 
Biochemistry, 1992, 1988. 

Barbour, Marilyn McFarland, Associate Professor 
of Pharmacy, 1991. 

Barker, Walter L., Professor of English, 1992, 
1966, 

Barnett, Harold, Professor of Economics, 1986, 
1970. 

Barnett, Stanley M., Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, Food Science and Technology, 
and Pharmaceutics, 1980, 1969. 

Barton, James F., Assistant Professor of 
Education, 1990. 

Baudet, Gerard M., Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1987. 

Beaupre, Walter J., Professor of Communicative 
Disorders, 1968. 

Beauregard, Raymond A., Professor of 
Mathematics, 1982, 1968. 

Beauvais, Laura, Associate Professor of 
Management, 1992, 1984. 

Beckman, Carl H., Professor of Plant Sciences, 
Emeritus, 1969, 1963. 

Beckman, Judy K., Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1992. 

Bender, Michael L., Professor of Oceanography, 
1982, 1972. 

Bengtson, David A., Assistant Research Professor 
of Zoology, 1989. 

Berman, Allan, Professor of Psychology, 1976, 
1968. 

Bibb, Harold D., Associate Professor of Zoology, 
1978, 1972. 

Bide, Martin J., Associate Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1991. 

Biller, Henry B., Professor of Psychology, 1975, 
1970. 

Blanpied, Peter R., Assistant Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1989. 

Bloomquist, Lorraine C., Professor of Physical 
Education, 1985, 1967. 

Bonner, Jill C., Professor of Physics, 1981, 1976. 

Boothroyd, Geoffrey, Professor of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. 

Boothroyd, Jon C., Professor of Geology, 1986, 
1975. 

Bose, Arijit, Professor of Chemical Engineering, 
1992, 1982. 

Boudreaux-Bartels, Gloria F., Associate Professor 
of Electrical Engineering, 1988, 1983. 

Boulmetis, John, Associate Professor of 
Education, 1991, 1977. 

Boyle, Edmund, Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1990, 1988. 


Bradley, Terence M., Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
and Biochemistry, 1989, 1983. 

Brady, Susan A., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1989, 1982. 

Bridges, Christine, Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1988. 

Briggs, Josiah M., Professor of History, 1975, 
1969. 

Brittingham, Barbara, Dean, College of Human 
Science and Services and Associate Professor 
of Education, 1986, 1973. 

Brown, Christopher W., Professor of Chemistry, 
1976, 1968. 

Brown, James H., Jr., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1980, 1958. 

Brown, Phyllis R., Professor of Chemistry, 1980, 
1973. 

Brown, Richard, Professor of Materials and 
Chemical Engineering, 1991, 1981. 

Brownell, Winifred E., Professor of Speech 
Communication, 1988, 1971. 

Budnick, Frank S., Professor of Management 
Science, 1982, 1971. 

Bullock, Robert C., Professor of Zoology, 1990, 
1974. 

Bumpus, Marguerite, Professor of Education, 
Emerita, 1981, 1969. 

Burbank, Patricia M., Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1982. 

Burke, Sally F., Associate Professor of English, 
1992, 1967. 

Burkett, John P., Professor of Economics, 1992, 
1981. 

Burroughs, Richard, Associate Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1989, 1983. 

Byrd, David M., Associate Professor of Education, 
1991, 

Cabelli, Victor J., Professor of Microbiology, 
1979. 

Cain, J. AHan, Professor of Geology, 1971, 1966. 

Caldwell, Marjorie J., Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition, 1992, 1972. 

Cameron, Lucille, Associate Professor, Library, 
and Dean of Libraries, 1982, 1970. 

Campbell, Josie P., Professor of English in the 
College of Continuing Education, 1985, 
1972, 

Campbell, Norman A., Professor of Pharmacy 
Administration, 1976, 1970. 

Cane, Walter, Associate Professor of English in 
the College of Continuing Education, 1974, 
1967. 

Cappello, Mary C., Assistant Professor of 
English, 1991. 

Carey, Steven N., Assistant Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1987. 

Carney, Edward J., Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics, 1974, 1967. 

Carothers, Robert L., President and University 
Professor, 1991. 

Carrano, Frank M., Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1975, 1969. 

Carroll, Leo, Professor of Sociology, 1982, 1972. 

Carson, Herbert, Assistant Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1986. 


Caruso, David A., Associate Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1992. 

Casagrande, Richard A., Professor of Plant 
Pathology-Entomology, 1989, 1976. 

Castro, Concepcion Y., R.N., Associate Professor 
of Nursing, Emerita, 1977, 1969. 

Ceo, Joseph S., Professor of Music, 1980, 1976. 

Cerny, Catherine A., Assistant Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1986. 

Chandlee, Joel M., Assistant Professor of Plant 
Sciences, and Biochemistry, 1988. 

Chang, Pei Wen, Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, Emeritus, 1982, 
1955. 

Chang, Rosita P., Codirector of the Pacific-Basin 
Capital Markets Research Center, and 
Associate Professor of Finance and Insurance, 
1988, 1982. 

Chartier, Armand B., Professor of French, 1988, 
1971. 

Cheer, Clair J., Professor of Chemistry, 1983, 
1968. 

Chen, Ching-Shih, Associate Professor of 
Pharmacognosy, 1991, 1987. 

Chen, Shaw K., Associate Professor of 
Management Science, 1992, 1986. 

Chichester, Clinton O., III, Associate Professor of 
Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1987, 1981. 

Cho, Bongsup P., Assistant Professor of 
Medicinal Chemistry, 1991. 

Clark, Dean, S., Acting Director, Program in 
Gerontology, and Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1988, 1984. 

Clark, Phillip G., Associate Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1987, 1981. 

Coates, Norman, Director of Institute for 
International Business and Professor of 
Management, 1971. 

Cobb, J. Stanley, Professor of Zoology, 1981, 
1970. 

Cohen, Greta L., Associate Professor of Physical 
Education, 1975, 1966. 

Cohen, Jerry L., Professor of Psychology, 1989, 
1980. 

Cohen, Joel A., Professor of History, 1979, 1965, 

Cohen, Paul S., Professor of Microbiology, 1975, 
1966. 

Cohen, Stewart, Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1978, 1972. 

Collyer, Charles E., Professor of Psychology, 
1991, 1976. 

Comerford, Robert A., Associate Dean of the 
College of Business Administration and 
Professor of Management, 1985, 1975. 

Constantinides, Spiros M., Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, and Biochemistry, 
and Director of the International Center for 
Marine Resource Development, 1974, 1968. 

Cooley, James W., Assistant Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1991. 

Cooper, Elizabeth A., Associate Professor of 
Management, 1985. 

Core, Karen L., Assistant Professor of Mechanical 


Engineering, 1991. 


GRADUATE FACULTY 109 


Cornillon, Peter C., Professor of Oceanography 
and Ocean Engineering, 1990, 1981. 

Cosgrove, Clifford, Professor of Food Science and 
Nutrition, Emeritus, 1974, 1953. 

Costantino, Robert F., Professor of Zoology, 
1978, 1972. 

Costigliola, Frank, Professor of History, 1985, 
1972. 

Croasdale, William, Professor of Education, 
1982, 1965S. 

Crocker, Walter A., Dean of the College of 
Continuing Education 

Crooker, Jeannette E., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education, 1967, 1955. 

Cuddy, Lois, Professor of English, 1989, 1978. 

Culatta, Barbara, Professor of Communicative 
Disorders, 1989, 1983. 

Dain, Joel A., Professor of Chemistry, 1973, 
1962. 

Daly, James C., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1983, 1969. 

Daniel, Charles E., Jr., Assistant Professor of 
History, 1968, 1967. 

Dash, Gordon H., Jr., Associate Professor of 
Finance, 1979, 1974. 

Datseris, Philip, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1989, 
1977. 

Datta, Dilip K., Professor of Mathematics, 1981, 
1967. 

DeAlteris, Joseph T., Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1989, 1983. 

Della Bitta, Albert J., Professor of Marketing, 
1981, 1971. 

deLodzia, George, Professor of Management, 
1975, 1970. 

DeLuise, Frank, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1979, 
1950. 

Dempsey, John D., Professor of Music, 1982, 
1973. 

Desjardins, J. Scott, Professor of Physics, 1976, 
1960. 

Dewhurst, Peter, Professor of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. 

Dholakia, Nikhilesh, Professor of Marketing, 
1984, 1981. 

Dholakia, Ruby Roy, Director of Research 
Institute for Telecommunications and 
Information Marketing, and Professor of 
Marketing, 1984, 1981. 

D'Hondt, Steven, Assistant Professor of 
Oceanography, Ph.D., 1989, Princeton 
University. 

Disney, Diane M., Director of Research Center in 
Business and Economics and Assistant 
Professor of Labor and Industrial Relations, 
and Management, 1988. 

Donnelly, Dorothy F., Professor of English, 1985, 
1965. 

Dudley, Michael N., Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy, 1988, 1983. 

Dufault, Marlene, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
1990. 

Duff, Dale T., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1975, 1967. 


110 


PERSONNEL 


Dufresne, Robert L., Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy, 1990. 

Dugal, Sanjiv, Assistant Professor of 
Management, 1991, 1989. 

Dunn, John, Associate Professor of Management, 
1990, 1983. 

Durbin, Ann G., Associate Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1982, 1980. 

Durbin, Edward G., Associate Research Professor 
of Oceanography, 1982, 1980. 

Dvorak, Wilfred P., Professor of English, 1992, 
1968. 

Dymsza, Henry A., Professor of Food Science and 
Nutrition, Emeritus, 1970, 1966. 

Eaton, Elizabeth Gale, Assistant Professor of 
Library and Information Studies, 1990. 

Ebrahimpour, Maling, Associate Professor of 
Management Science, 1990, 1984. 

Eddleman, William R., Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1988. 

Emery, Joy Spanabel, Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1984, 
1968. 

Englander, Larry, Associate Professor of Plant 
Pathology-Entomology, 1981, 1972. 

English, Catherine, Assistant Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1985. 

Eshleman, Ruth E., Associate Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1976. 

Estrin, Joseph, Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1980. 

Euler, William B., Associate Professor of 
Chemistry, 1988, 1982. 

Faghri, Mohammad, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1989, 
1983. 

Fasching, James L., Professor of Chemistry, 1979, 
1969. 

Fastovsky, David E., Associate Professor of 
Geology, 1991, 1986. 

Faust, David, Professor of Psychology, 1989. 

Feld, Marcia, Professor of Community Planning 
and Area Developmenrit, 1988, 1975. 

Feldman, Marshall, Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1987. 

Fernhall, Bo, Associate Professor of Physical 
Education, 1990, 1987. 

Ferrante, William R., Justin Smith Morrill 
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics, 1972, 1956. 

Findlay, James F., Jr., Professor of History, 1971. 

Finizio, Norman J., Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1975, 1963. 

Fischel, Anthony S., Assistant Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition and Microbiology, 
1990. 

Fischer, Godi, Associate Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1991, 1985. 

Fisher, Harold W., Professor of Chemistry, and 
Microbiology, 1968, 1963. 

Fitzelle, George T., Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, Emeritus, 1969, 1959. 

Florin, Paul Richard, Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1987, 1981. 

Forcé, R. Ken, Associate Professor of Chemistry, 
1983, 1975. 


Fortin, Jacqueline D., R.N., Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1985, 1975. 

Foster, Cheryl A., Assistant Professor of 
Philosophy, 1992. 

Foster, Howard H., Jr., Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1973, 1963. 

Fox, Paul J., Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1984, 1981. 

Fraleigh, John B., Professor of Mathematics, 
1978, 1962. 

Freeman, David L., Professor of Chemistry, 1988, 
1976. 

Frohlich, Reinhard K., Associate Professor of 
Geology, 1979, 1973. 

Fuchs, Henry C., Professor of Music, 1985, 1968. 

Futas, Elizabeth, Professor of Library and 
Information Studies, and Director, Graduate 
School of Library and Information Sciences, 
1986. 

Gamerdinger, Amy P., Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources, 1990. 

Garey, Marion, Associate Professor of Nursing, 
1985. 

Gates, John M., Professor of Resource 
Economics, 1982, 1969. 

Geiger, Marshall A., Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1991. 

Geletko, Sandra, Assistant Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 1990. 

Gelles, Richard J., Professor of Sociology, 1982, 
1973. 

Gerber, Leonard E., Associate Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1992, 1981. 

Gersuny, Carl, Professor of Sociology and 
Anthropology, Emeritus, 1977, 1968. 

Ghonem, Hamouda, Professor of Mechanical 

’ Engineering, 1986, 1981. 

Gibbs, Geoffrey D., Professor of Music, 1983, 
1965. 

Gilton, Donna, Assistant Professor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1992. 

Gititi, Gitahi, Assistant Professor of English and 
African and Afro-American Studies, 1991. 

Gitlitz, David M., Professor of Spanish, 1988. 

Glaze, Gary, Associate Professor of Music, 1991. 

Goertemiller, Christian, Jr., Professor of Zoology, 
1977. 

Gold, Arthur J., Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1988, 1983. 

Goldman, Mark I., Professor of English, 1970, 
1958. 

Goldsmith, Marian R., Associate Professor of 
Zoology, 1983, 1980. 

Golet, Francis C., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science, 1991, 1972. 

Goodman, Leon, Professor of Chemistry, 
Emeritus, 1970. 

Goos, Roger D., Professor of Botany, 1972, 1970. 

Gordon, William R., Jr., Assistant Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1991. 

Graham, Kathleen K., Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1992. 

Grandin, John, Professor of German, 1987, 1970. 

Gray, Donald J., Associate Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1987, 1980. 

Grebstein, Lawrence C., Professor of Psychology, 
1975, 1964, 


Greene, Geoffrey Walker, Associate Professor of 
Food Science and Nutrition, 1990. 

Greene, Helen Finch, Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, Emerita, 1985, 1971. 

Gregory, Otto J., Associate Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1988, 1982. 

Grigalunas, Thomas A., Professor of Resource 
Economics, 1984, 1971. 

Grilli, Stephan, Assistant Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1991. 

Gross, Ira, Professor of Psychology and Women’s 
Studies, 1983, 1967. 

Grossman, Mark, Assistant Professor of Labor 
and Industrial Relations, 1986. 

Grove, Edward A., Professor of Mathematics, 
1988, 1968. 

Grubman-Black, Stephen D., Associate Professor 
of Communicative Disorders, 1977, 1972. 

Gunning, Thomas J., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, Emeritus, 1973, 1961. 

Gutchen, Robert M., Professor of History, 1976, 
1964, 

Hammadou, JoAnne, Assistant Professor of 
Languages, 1988. 

Hammen, Carl S., Professor of Zoology, 1971, 
1963. 

Hanke, John W., Professor of Philosophy, 
Emeritus, 1983, 1966. 

Hanumara, R. Choudary, Professor of Statistics, 
1988, 1968. 

Hardy, Margaret, Professor of Nursing, 1985. 

Hargraves, Paul E., Professor of Oceanography 
and Botany, 1987, 1968. 

Harlam, Bari A., Assistant Professor of Marketing, 
1992. 

Harlin, Marilyn, Professor of Botany, 1983, 1971. 

Harlow, Lisa L., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1991, 1985. 

Harrison, Robert W., Professor of Zoology, 
Emeritus, 1965, 1949. 

Harps-Logan, Yvette, Assistant Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1989. ; 

Hartman, Karl A., Jr., Professor of Biochemistry 
and Biophysics, 1976, 1967. : 

Hartt, Kenneth L., Professor of Physics, 1983, 
1966. 

Hazera, Alejandro, Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1990, 1988. 

Hedlund, Ronald D., Vice Provost for Research 
and Service, 1989. 

Heikes, Brian G., Assistant Professor of 
Oceanography, 1988. 

Helms, Patricia A., Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1976, 1971. 

Heltshe, James F., Professor of Statistics, 1985, 
1973. 

Hennessey, Timothy M., Professor of Political 
Science, 1978, 1976. 

Heppner, Frank H., Professor of Zoology, 1979, 
1969. 

Hermes, O. Don, Professor of Geology, 1978, 
1968. 

Heskett, David, Assistant Professor of Physics, 
1988. 


Hickox, Charles, Associate Professor of Business 
Law, 1990, 1985. 

Higa, Misako, Associate Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1984, 
1977. 

Higgins, Mark, Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1989, 1988. 

Hill, Robert B., Professor of Zoology, 1975, 1968. 

Hills, Mathilda M., Associate Professor of 
English, 1977, 1970. 

Hirsch, Janet I., R.N., Professor of Nursing, 1983, 
1971. 

Holmes, Wendy B., Professor of Art, 1990, 1974. 

Honhart, Michael W., Associate Professor of 
History, 1991, 1971. 

Horm-Wingerd, Diane M., Assistant Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 1987. 

Hu, Sau-Lon James, Associate Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1991, 1984. 

Huebert, Barry J., Professor of Oceanography, 
1987. 

Hufnagel, Linda A., Professor of Microbiology, 
1986, 1973. 

Hull, Richard J., Professor of Plant Science, 1979, 
1969. 

Hume, Anne L., Associate Professor of Pharmacy, 
1991, 1985. 

Humphrey, Alan B., Professor of Management 
Science and Information Systems, 1992, 
1978. 

Husband, Thomas P., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1991, 1977. 

Hyland, Kerwin E., Jr., Professor of Zoology, 
1966, 1953. 

Jackson, Leland B., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1979, 1974. 

Jackson, Noel, Professor of Plant Pathology- 
Entomology, 1975, 1965. 

Jacobs, Dorothy, Associate Professor of English, 
1984, 1968. 

Jain, Kapil, Assistant Professor of Marketing, 
1989, 1987. 

Jarrett, Jeffrey E., Professor of Management 
Science, 1974, 1971. 

Jeffries, Harry P., Professor of Oceanography, 
Emeritus, 1973, 1959. 

Jensen, Marjorie E. (Munafo), Associate Professor 
of Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1992, 1980. 

Jensen, Patricia, Assistant Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, Emerita, 1978. 

Johnson, Eugene M., Professor of Marketing 
Management, 1975, 1971. 

Johnson, Galen A., Professor of Philosophy, 
1987, 1976. 

Joseph, Dayle Hunt, R.N., Assistant Dean of the 
College of Nursing and Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1991, 1973. 

Jouaneh, Musa K., Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering, 1990. 

Juda, Lawrence, Professor of Marine Affairs, 
1984, 1977. 

Kahn, Leonard N., Professor of Physics, 1992, 
1980. 

Kalymun, Mary, Assistant Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1974. 


Kang, Jun-Koo, Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1991. 

Karamanlidis, Dimitrios, Associate Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1990, 
1983. 

Kaskosz, Barbara, Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1987. 

Kass-Simon, Gabriele, Professor of Zoology, 
1990, 1973. 

Kaufman, Charles, Professor of Physics, 1983, 
1964. 

Kay, Steven M., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1990, 1980. 

Keller, Marjorie, Professor of Art, 1985, 1975. 

Kellogg, Theodore M., Associate Professor of 
Education, 1976, 1970. 

Kelly, Colleen, Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics, 1992, 1991. 

Kent, George E., Professor of Music, 1980, 1969. 

Kester, Dana R., Professor of Oceanography, 
1976, 1969. 

Ketrow, Sandra M., Associate Professor of Speech 
Communication, 1992, 1986. 

Killilea, Alfred G., Professor of Political Science, 
1980, 1969. 

Killingbeck, Keith T., Professor of Botany, 1990, 
1979. 

Kim, Chai, Professor of Management Science, 
1981. 

Kim, Chong Sun, Professor of History, 1979, 
1965, 

Kim, Hesook Susie, R.N., Professor of Nursing, 
1979, 1973. 

Kim, Thomas Joon-Mock, Interim Dean, College 
of Engineering, and Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1979, 
1968. 

Kim, Yong Choon, Professor of Philosophy, 
1979, 1971. 

Kincaid, Christopher R., Assistant Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. 

King, John W., Associate Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992, 1984. 

Kirschenbaum, Louis J., Professor of Chemistry, 
1983, 1970. 

Kislalioglu, Serpil, Associate Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1988. 

Klein, Maurice N., Professor of History, 1973, 
1964. 

Knauss, John A., Professor of Oceanography and 
Marine Affairs, Emeritus, 1962. 

Knickle, Harold N., Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1982, 1969. 

Knight, Winston A., Professor of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. 

Koske, Richard E., Professor of Botany, 1990, 
1978. 

Kovacs, William D., Professor of Civil 
Engineering, 1984. 

Kowalski, James G., Associate Professor of 
Philosophy, 1978, 1971. 

Koza, Russell C., Professor of Management 
Science, 1979, 1977. 

Krausse, Gerald H., Assistant Professor of 
Geography, 1975, 1973. 

Krueger, William H., Associate Professor of 
Zoology, 1973, 1964. 

Krul, William R., Associate Professor of Plant 
Science, 1977. 


GRADUATE FACULTY 111 


Kuhn, Ira A., Associate Professor of French, 1977, 
1967. 

Kulberg, Janet, Professor of Psychology, 1989. 

Kumaresan, Ramdas, Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1992, 1983. 

Kunz, Don R., Professor of English, 1982, 1968. 

Kupa, John J., Associate Professor of Community 
Planning and Area Development, Emeritus, 
1969, 1963. 

Ladas, Gerasimos, Professor of Mathematics, 
1975, 1969. 

Ladewig, James, Associate Professor of Music, 
1989, 1987. 

Lai, Gene C., Assistant Professor of Finance and 
Insurance, 1988. 

Lamagna, Edmund A., Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1982, 1976. 

Lardaro, Leonard P., Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1987, 1981. 

Larson, Roger L., Professor of Oceanography, 
1980. 

Latos, Charles, Assistant Professor of Economics, 
College of Continuing Education, 1977, 
1969, 

Lausier, Joan M., Associate Dean of the College 
of Pharmacy and Professor of Pharmaceutics, 
1986, 1971. 

Laux, David C., Professor of Microbiology, 1984, 
1973. 

Laviano, Andrew, Professor of Business Law, 
1991, 1978. 

Lawing, William D., Jr., Associate Professor of 
Industrial Engineering and Experimental 
Statistics, 1969. 

LeBrun, Roger A., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1983, 1977. 

Leduc, Edgar C., Professor of Political Science, 
1976, 1969. 

Lee, Chong-Min, Professor of Food Science and 
Nutrition, 1988, 1980. 

Lee, Kang W., Associate Professor of Civil 
Engineering, 1988, 1985. 

Leinen, Margaret S., Interim Dean of the 
Graduate School of Oceanography, Interim 
Vice Provost for Marine Affairs, and Professor 
of Oceanography, 1989, 1982. 

Lengyel, Gabriel, Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1971, 1966. 

Leo, John R., Professor of English in the College 
of Continuing Education, 1990, 1973. 

Lessmann, Richard C., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering, 1983, 1969. 

Letcher, Stephen V., Professor of Physics, 1975, 
1963. 

Lewis, James T., Professor of Mathematics, 1981, 
1969. 

Lindgren, Allen G., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1970, 1964. 

Liu, Pan-Tai, Professor of Mathematics, 1979, 
1968. 

Livingston, Carolyn, Assistant Professor of 
Music, 1989. 

Lo, Jen-Chung, Assistant Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1989. 

Logan, Patrick A., Associate Professor of Plant 
Pathology-Entomology, 1987, 1977. 

Long, John V., Jr., Professor of Education, 1979, 
1971. 


112 


PERSONNEL 


Lord, Blair M., Vice Provost for Academic . 
Programs and Services and Associate 
Professor of Finance and Insurance, 1981, 
1976, 

Lott, Albert J., Professor of Psychology, 1969. 

Lott, Bernice, Professor of Psychology and 
Women’s Studies, 1975, 1970. 

Loy, James D., Professor of Anthropology, 1984, 
1974, 

Luebke, Barbara F., Associate Professor of 
Journalism and Women’s Studies, 1989. 

Luzzi, Louis A., Dean of the College of ; 
Pharmacy, and Professor of Pharmacy, 1981. 

MacLaine, Allan H., Professor of English, 1962. 

MacMillan, Robert W., Professor of Education, 
1972, 1966. 

Malik, Surendra, Professor of Physics, 1974, 
1962. 

Malina, Marilyn J., Associate Professor of 
English, Emerita, 1977, 1967. 

Mallilo, Anthony T., Associate Professor of 
Resource Development Education, 1992, 
1982. 

Manfredi, Thomas G., Professor of Physical 
Education, 1988, 1982. 

Mangiameli, Paul M., Professor of Managemerit 
Science, 1992, 1977. 

Manteiga, Robert, Professor of Hispanic Studies, 
1988, 1976. 

Maranda, Lucie, Assistant Research Professor of 
Pharmacognosy and Environmental Health 
Sciences, 1991. 

Marcus, Alan S., Associate Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1977, 1969. 

Mardix, Shmuel, Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1978, 1970. . 

Marti, Bruce, Associate Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 1988, 1980. 

Martin, Celest A., Associate Professor of English, 
1984, 1979. 

Martin, Spencer J., Professor of Accounting, 
1980, 1970. 

Mathews, Francis X., Professor of English, 1977, 
1967. 

Matoney, Joseph P., Jr., Professor of Accounting, 
1983, 1973. 

Mattea, Edward J., Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy, 1980, 1974. 

Maynard, Brian K., Assistant Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1992. 

Maynard, Peter E., Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1981, 1971. 

McCabe, Thomas H., Associate Professor of 
English, 1974, 1965. 

McCarthy, Cheryl, Assistant Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1992. 

McEwen, Everett E., Professor of Civil 
Engineering, 1984, 1967. 

McGrath, Margaret, R.N., Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1989, 1985. 

McGuire, John J., Professor of Plant Science, 
Emeritus, 1977, 1962. 

Mcintyre, Richard, Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1992, 1989. 

McKiel, Charles G., Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources, Emeritus, 1974, 1960. 


McKinney, Wm. Lynn, Associate Professor of 
Education, 1984, 1972. 

McLeavey, Dennis W., Professor of Finance and 
Insurance, 1984, 1976. 

McMaster, Robert L., Professor of Oceanography, 
Emeritus, 1969, 1953. 

McNab, Gregory R., Jr., Professor of Portuguese, 
1989, 1971. 

McNamara, Michael, Assistant Professor of 
Finance and Insurance, 1988. 

Mead, Arthur C., Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1984, 1976. 

Meade, Thomas L., Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal, and Veterinary Science, Emeritus, 
1975, 1968. 

Mederer, Helen J., Assistant Professor of 
Sociology, 1986. 

Mensel, William L., Jr., Assistant Professor of 
English, 1973, 1969. 

Merenda, Peter F., Professor of Psychology, 
Emeritus, 1965, 1960. 

Merrill, John T., Associate Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1987. 

Meyerovich, Alexander E., Professor of Physics, 
1992, 1989. 

Middleton, Foster H., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, Emeritus, 1961, 1959. 

Millar, Richard I., Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1974, 1967. 

Miller, Carole F., Assistant Professor of 
Economics, 1988, 1986. 

Miller, Jean R., Dean of the College of Nursing, 
and Professor of Nursing, 1988. 

Miller, Robert H., Dean of the College of 
Resource Development, Director of the 
Cooperative Extension Service, and Professor 
of Natural Resources Science, 1989. 

Mitra, Shashanka S., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1965. 

Moakley, Maureen F., Assistant Professor of 
Political Science, 1992. 

Mojena, Richard, Professor of Management 
Science, 1981, 1971. 

Molloy, D. Scott, Assistant Professor of Labor 
and Industrial Relations, 1991, 1986. 

Montgomery, John T., Professor of Mathematics, 
1984, 1973. 

Morello, Joseph G., Associate Professor of 
French, 1979, 1968. 

Morin, Thomas D., Associate Professor of 
Hispanic Studies, 1980, 1975. 

Morokoff, Patricia, Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1990, 1987. 

Morrison, Kent, Dean of the Graduate School, 
1989. 

Mottinger, John P., Associate Professor of Botany 
and Zoology, 1974, 1968. 

Mueller, Walter C., Professor of Plant Pathology— 
Entomology, 1974, 1961. 

Muller, Gerhard, Professor of Physics, 1991, 
1984. 

Murray, Daniel P., Associate Professor of 
Geology, 1989, 1983. 

Napora, Theodore A., Assistant Dean for 
Students, Graduate School of Oceanography, 
and Associate Professor of Oceanography, 
Emeritus, 1972, 1958. 


Nash, Charles D., Jr., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1964. 

Narasimhan, Seetharama, Professor of 
Management Science, 1984, 1979. 

Navascués, Michael, Professor of Hispanic 
Studies, 1988, 1968. 

Nedwidek, Raymond A., Professor of Physical 
Education, 1976, 1965. 

Needham, Thomas E., Director, Drug Delivery 
Research and Development Laboratory, and 
Professor of Pharmaceutics, 1989. 

Nelson, David R., Associate Professor of 
Microbiology, 1988, 1982. 

Nelson, Richard G., Associate Professor of 
Education, 1978, 1972. 

Nelson, Wilfred H., Professor of Chemistry, 
1977, 1964. 

Neuse, Richard T., Professor of English, 1970, 
1956. 

Nichols, Edward, Professor of Industrial 
Engineering, Emeritus, 1960, 1959. 

Nightingale, M. Peter, Professor of Physics, 1991, 
1983. 

Nippo, Murn M., Associate Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 1982, 1972. 

Nixon, Dennis W., Associate Professor of Marine 
Affairs and Coordinator, Marine Affairs 
Program, 1987, 1976. 

Nixon, Scott W., Professor of Oceanography and 
Director, URI Sea Grant Program, 1980, 1970. 

Norris, Joanna Hanks, Assistant Professor of 
Microbiology, and Chemistry, 1987. 

Northby, Jan A., Professor of Physics, 1979, 
1970. 

Nunes, Anthony C., Professor of Physics, 1982, 
1976. 

O'Donnell, Leo E., Associate Dean of the College 
of Human Science and Services, and 
Associate Professor of Physical Education, 
1976, 1972. 

Ohiey, William J., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1991, 1976. 

O'Leary, John Louis, Associate Professor of 
Physical Education, 1976, 1957. 

Olson, Daniel G., Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering, 1987. 

Onorato, Ronald J., Professor of Art, 1990, 1977. 

Opaluch, James J., Professor of Resource 
Economics, 1990, 1979. 

Oppenheimer, Henry, Associate Professor of 
Finance and Insurance, 1988. 

Ordofiez, Margaret, Assistant Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1988. 

Overton, Craig E., Professor of Management, 
1981, 1969. 

Oviatt, Candace A., Interim Associate Dean of 
the Graduate School of Oceanography and 
Research Professor of Oceanography, 1982, 
1970. 

Owens, Norma J., Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy, 1989, 1982. 

Pakula, Lewis I., Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1978, 1973. 

Palm, William J., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1987, 
1970. 


Panzica, Raymond P., Professor of Medicinal 
Chemistry and Chemistry, 1986, 1976. 

Pascale, Alfred C., Associate Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, Emeritus, 1985, 1965. 

Pasquerella, Lynn, Associate Professor of 
Philosophy, 1991, 1986. 

Patric, Earl F., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science, 1974, 1969. 

Pearlman, Daniel D., Professor of English, 1980. 

Peckham, Joan M., Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science, 1990. 

Penhallow, William S., Professor of Physics, 
Emeritus, 1986, 1959. 

Peters, Calvin B., Professor of Sociology, 1991, 
1978. 

Peterson, John F., Jr., Professor of Philosophy, 
1979, 1964. 

Peterson, Karen J., Associate Professor of 
Chemistry, 1992, 1986. 

Petro, Nicolai N., Assistant Professor of Political 

_ Science, 1991. 

Pickart, Stanley J., Professor of Physics, 1974. 

Pilson, Michael E.Q., Professor of Oceanography, 
1978, 1966. 

Poggie, John J., Jr., Professor of Anthropology, 
1975, 1969. 

Polidoro, J. Richard, Associate Professor of 
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation, 
1975, 1969. 

Polk, Charles, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
Emeritus, 1959. 

Pollart, Gene J., Professor of Music, 1983, 1976. 

Pollnac, Richard B., Professor of Anthropology, 
1982, 1973. 

Poon, Calvin Po-Chuen, Professor of 
Envirorimental Engineering, 1975, 1965. 

Porter, Lambert C., Professor of French and 
Linguistics, Emeritus, 1981, 1961. 

Potter, Nancy A., Professor of English, Emerita, 
1963, 1947. 

Power, Jeffrey W., Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 1991, 1989. 

Prochaska, James O., Professor of Psychology, 
1977, 1969. 

Purnell, Richard F., Professor of Education, 1977, 
1970, 

Quina, Kathryn, Professor of Psychology, 1990, 
1978. 

Quinn, James G., Professor of Oceanography, 
1978, 1968. 

Rae, Gwenneth, Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies, 1982, 1973. 

Rahn, Kenneth A., Research Professor of 
Oceanography, 1983, 1980. 

Ramsay, Glenworth A., Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1978, 1973. 

Ramstad, Yngve, Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1988, 1982. 

Rand, Arthur G., Jr., Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition, 1975, 1963. 

Rankin, W. Donald, Professor of Music, 1979, 
1963. 

Ravikumar, Bala, Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1992, 1989. 

Rayack, Elton, Professor of Economics, Emeritus, 
1966, 1958. 


Reaves, RB, Jr., Associate Professor of English, 
1975, 1968. 

Recksiek, Conrad W., Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1980. 

Reilly, Mary E., Professor of Sociology, 1987, 
1973. 

Rhee, S. Ghon, Codirector of Pacific-Basin 
Capital Markets Research Center, and 
Professor of Finance and Insurance, 1989, 
1983. 

Rhoads, Dennis E., Associate Professor of 
Biochemistry, 1991, 1985. 

Rhodes, Christopher T., Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1975. 

Rhodes, Richard C. II], Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1987, 1982. 

Rice, Michael A., Assistant Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 1987. 

Richmond, Jayne E., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 1990, 1986. 

Rivero-Hudec, Mercedes A., Assistant Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1991. 

Roberts, Alison Wille, Assistant Professor of 
Botany, 1991. 

Roberts, Mark, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, 
1990. ‘ 

Robinson, Deidre E., Assistant Professor of 
Physical Therapy, 1991. 

Rockett, Thomas J., Professor of Materials and 
Chemical Engineering, 1982, 1971. 

Rodgers, Robert L., Associate Professor of 
Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1987, 1981. 

Rogers, Kenneth H., Professor of French and 
Linguistics, 1984, 1968. 

Rogers, Steffen H., Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences, and Professor of Zoology, 1991. 

Rose, Vincent C., Associate Dean of the Graduate 
School and Professor of Nuclear and Ocean 
Engineering, 1983, 1963. 

Rosen, William M., Professor of Chemistry, 
1982, 1970. 

Rosenbaum, Sarah, Associate Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1987. 

Rosengren, William R., Professor of Sociology, 
Emeritus, 1968, 1967. 

Rosie, Douglas M., Associate Provost, and 
Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus, 1972, 
1958. 

Rossby, Hans T., Professor of Oceanography, 
1975. 

Rossi, Joseph S., Research Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1990, 1985. 

Rothschild, H. Dorothy, Professor of French, 
1974, 1962. 

Rothstein, Lawrence, Professor of Political 
Science, 1985, 1976. 

Rothstein, Lewis, Associate Professor of 
Oceanography, 1989. 

Roush, Susan E., Assistant Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1991. 

Rowinski, Mark J., Director of Physical Therapy 
Program, and Associate Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1987. 

Roworth, Wendy W., Professor of Art, 1988, 
1976. 


GRADUATE FACULTY 113 


Roxin, Emilio O., Professor of Mathematics, 
Emeritus, 1967. 

Ruemmele, Bridget A., Assistant Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 1991. 

Ruggiero, Laurie, Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1992. 

Runge, igor, Assistant Research Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 1989. 

Russo, Francis X., Professor of Education, 1973, 
1966. 

Sadasiv, Angaraih G., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1976, 1969. 

Sadd, Martin H., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1984, 
1979. 

Saila, Saul B., Professor of Oceanography and 
Zoology, Emeritus, 1967, 1956. 

Schaffran, Jerome A., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 1977, 1971. 

Schilling, Jean-Guy, Professor of Oceanography, 
1974, 1966. 

Schmieding, Norma Jean, Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1990. 

Schmidt, Charles T., Jr., Director of Labor 
Relations Center and Professor of Industrial 
Relations, 1973, 1968. 

Schneider, Stewart P., Associate Professor of 
Library Science, 1974, 1964. 

Scholl, Richard W., Professor of Management, 
1990, 1979. 

Schoonover, Eric T., Associate Professor of 
English, 1980, 1962. 

Schroeder, Karen A., Assistant Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 1972, 1968. 

Schultz, Beatrice, Professor of Speech 
Communication, 1990, 1981. 

Schwartz, Seth R., Assistant Professor of History, 
1991. 

Schwartz-Barcott, Dorina, R.N., Professor of 
Nursing, 1992, 1975. ' 

Schwartzman, Sol, Professor of Mathematics, 
Emeritus, 1983, 1969. 

Schwazz, Stephen D., Professor of Philosophy, 
1979, 1963. 

Schwarzbach, Henry R., Professor of Accounting, 
1988, 1976. 

Schwegler, Robert A., Professor of English, 1991, 
1978. 

Seigel, Jules P., Professor of English, 1976, 1965. 

Seleen, Diane Rae, Associate Professor of Physical 
Education, 1982, 1971. 

Shaikh, Zahir A., Professor of Pharmacology and 
Toxicology, 1986, 1982. 

Shamoon, Linda Kaplan, Associate Professor of 
English, 1987, 1967. 

Shao, David M., Associate Professor of Industrial 
Engineering, 1976, 1969. 

Shaw, Richard J., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1976, 1970. 

Shea, Gail A., Assistant Professor of Sociology 
and Anthropology and Women's Studies, 
1975. . 

Sheets, Herman E., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, Emeritus, 1979, 1966. 

Shen, Randolph F., Professor of Management 
Science, Emeritus, 1977, 1966. 


114 


PERSONNEL 


Shimizu, Yuzuru, Professor of Pharmacognosy 
and Chemistry, 1977, 1969. 

Shisha, Oved, Professor of Mathematics, 1976, 
1974. 

Shoop, C. Robert, Professor of Zoology, 1974, 
1969. 

Shugar, Dana R., Assistant Professor of English 
and Women’s Studies, 1991. 

Shukla, Arun, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1988, 
1981. 

Sieburth, John McN., Professor of Oceanography 
and Microbiology, Emeritus, 1966, 1960. 

Sigurdsson, Haraldur, Professor of 
Oceanography, 1980, 1974. 

Siitonen, Leena, Associate Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1990, 1987. 

Sillanpoa, Wallace P., Associate Professor of 
Italian, 1989, 1983. 

Silva, Armand J., Professor of Ocean and Civil 
Engineering, 1976. 

Silverstein, Albert, Professor of Psychology, 
1974, 1963. 

Silvestri, Gino, Assistant Professor of History, 
Emeritus, 1969, 1965. 

Simpson, Kenneth L., Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition, 1972, 1964. 

Sine, Robert C., Professor of Mathematics, 1977, 
1971. 

Singer, Jay, Associate Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1983, 1977. 

Sink, Clay V., Professor of Management, 1982, 
1969. 

Skogley, Conrad Richard, Professor of Plant 
Sciences, Emeritus, 1970, 1960. 

Smayda, Theodore J., Professor of Oceanography 
and Botany, 1970, 1959. 

Smith, Nelson F., Professor of Psychology, 1975, 
1965. 

Sodhi, Manbir S., Assistant Professor of 
Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering, 
1991. 


Sonstroem, Robert J., Professor of Physical 


Education, Health, and Recreation, 1980, 
1969. 

Spaulding, Malcolm L., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1983, 1973. 

Specker, Jennifer L., Associate Professor of 
Zoology, 1988, 1984. 

Spence, John E., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1974, 1962. 

Sperry, Jay F., Associate Professor of 
Microbiology, 1983, 1977. 

Starkey, James L., Professor of Economics, 1992, 
1967. 

Stauffer, Kenneth R., Assistant Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1979. 

Steeves, Edna L., Professor of English, Emerita, 
1980, 1967. 

Stein, Arthur, Professor of Political Science, 
1974, 1965. 

Stein, Karen F., Professor of English and 
Women’s Studies, 1992, 1968. 

Stepanishen, Peter R., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1982, 1974. 

Stern, Sydney V., Dean of the College of 
Business Administration, 1990. 


Stevenson, John F., Professor of Psychology, 
1989, 1973. 

Steyerl, Albert, Professor of Physics, 1987. 

Stineback, David C., Professor of English, 1982, 
1977. 

Strom, Sharon H., Professor of History, 1982, 
1969. 

Sullivan, Richard E., Associate Professor of 
Education, 1988. 

Sullivan, William Michael, Associate Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 1987, 1981. 

Sun, Ying, Associate Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1990, 1985. 

Sunak, Harish R.B., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1991, 1985. 

Surprenant, Carol F., Associate Professor of 
Marketing, 1988. 

Suryanarayan, E. Ramnath, Professor of 
Mathematics, 1973, 1960. 

Sutinen, Jon G., Professor of Resource 
Economics, 1988, 1973. 

Suzawa, Gilbert S., Associate Professor of 
Economics, 1981, 1971. 

Swallow, Stephen K., Assistant Professor of 
Resource Economics, 1988. 

Swan, M. Beverly, Provost and Associate 
Professor of English, 1981, 1974. 

Swaszek, Peter F., Associate Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1987, 1984. 

Swift, Elijah V., Professor of Oceanography and 
Botany, 1980, 1969. 

Swift, Judith M., Professor of Theatre, 1986, 
1971. 

Swonger, Alvin K., Professor of Pharmacology 
and Toxicology, 1985, 1971. 

Tabor, Amy, Assistant Professor of Labor and 
Industrial Relations, 1984. 

Taggart, David G., Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1989. 

Tate, Barbara, Ed.D., Dean, College of Nursing 
and Professor of Nursing, Emerita, 1983, 
1969. 

Taubman, Albert H., Professor of Pharmacy 
Administration, 1986, 1982. 

Test, Frederick L., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 
Emeritus, 1962, 1949. 

Thiem, Leon T., Associate Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1989, 1983. 
Thurston, Gary, Professor of History, 1984, 1966. 

Toloudis, Constantin, Associate Professor of 
French, 1977, 1966. 

Traficante, Daniel D., Professor of Chemistry and 
Medicinal Chemistry, 1991. 

Traxler, Richard W., Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition, 1971. 

Tremblay, George C., Professor of Biochemistry, 
1975, 1966. 

Trostle, Susan L., Associate Professor of 
Education, 1990, 1985. 

Trubiano, Mario F., Associate Professor of 
Spanish, 1984, 1979. 

Tryon, Jonathan S., Associate Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1977, 1969. 

Tsiatas, George, Associate Professor of Civil 
Engineering, 1991, 1988. 


Tucker, Wayne C., Research Assistant Professor 
of Ocean Engineering, 1991. 

Tufts, Donald W., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1967. 

Turcotte, Joseph G., Professor of Medicinal 
Chemistry, 1977, 1967. 

Turnbaugh, William A., Professor of 
Anthropology, 1983, 1974. 

Tutt, Ralph M., Professor of English, 1992, 1964. 

Tutt, Roberta-Marie Hard, Associate Professor of 
English, 1976, 1962. 

Twombly, Saran, Assistant Professor of Zoology, 
1987. 

Tyce, Robert C., Professor of Ocean Engineering 
and Oceanography, 1992, 1983. 

Tyler, Gerry R., Associate Professor of Political 
Science, 1984, 1966. 

Tyrrell, Timothy J., Associate Professor of 
Resource Economics, 1984, 1978. 

Urish, Daniel W., Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1991, 1978. 

Vaccaro, Richard J., Associate Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1988, 1983. 

Valentino, Dominic, Professor of Psychology, 
1991, 1973. 

Vaughn, Sue Fisher, Assistant Professor of 
English, 1972, 1966. 

Vangermeersch, Richard, Professor of 
Accounting, 1979, 1971. 

Veeger, Anne, Assistant Professor of Geology, 
1991, 1989. 

Velicer, Wayne F., Professor of Psychology, 1982, 
1973. 

Venkatesan, M., Professor of Marketing, 1988. 

Verma, Ghasi Ram, Professor of Mathematics, 
1980, 1964. 

Veyera, George E., Associate Professor of Civil 
Engineering, 1992, 1988. 

Viglionese, Paschal, Professor of Italian, 1988, 
1964. 

Vittimberga, Bruno M., Professor of Chemistry, 
1971, 1961. 

Vosburgh, William T., Professor of Psychology, 
Emeritus, 1973, 1965. 

Wacker, Margaret S., R.N., Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1988. 

Warren, David D., Professor of Political Science, 
Emeritus, 1967, 1953. 

Waters, Harold A., Professor of French, Emeritus, 
1969, 1962. 

Watts, D. Randolph, Professor of Oceanography, 
1988, 1974. 

Weaver, Thomas F., Professor of Resource 
Economics, 1992, 1971. 

Weeks, Richard R., Professor of Marketing, 
Emeritus, 1970. 

Weisbord, Robert G., Professor of History, 1973, 
1966. 

Welters, Linda M., Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1986, 1981. 

Wenisch, Fritz, Professor of Philosophy, 1980, 
1971. 

Wessels, Cathy R., Assistant Professor of 
Resource Economics, 1989. 

West, Niels, Professor of Marine Affairs, 1988, 
1976. 


Westin, Stuart A., Associate Professor of 
Management Science, 1989, 1983. 

White, Clement A., Assistant Professor of 
Languages, 1988. 

White, Frank M., Professor of Mechanical and 
Ocean Engineering, 1967, 1964. 

White, Sidney H., Professor of English, 1973, 
1966, 

Wichelns, Dennis G., Associate Professor of 
Economics-Marine Resources, 1992, 1986. 

Willey, Cynthia, Assistant Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 1992, 1987. 

Williams, Gloria, Assistant Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1989. 

Willis, George H., Professor of Education, 1981, 
1971. 

Willis, W. Grant, Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1990, 1987. 

Willoughby, Alan, Professor of Psychology, 
1974, 1968. 

Wilson, Mason P., Jr., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1976, 
1968. 

Wimbush, Mark, Professor of Oceanography, 
1990, 1977. 

Winn, Howard E., Professor of Oceanography 
and Zoology, 1965. 

Wishner, Karen, Associate Professor of 
Oceanography, 1986, 1980. 

Wolfe, Victor, Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics, 1991. 

Wolke, Richard E., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, 1981, 1970. 

Wood, Norris P., Professor of Microbiology, 
1972, 1963. 

Wood, Stephen C., Associate Professor of Speech 
Communication, 1989, 1992. 

Wood, Stephen W., Professor of Political Science, 
Emeritus, 1970, 1967. 

Worthen, Leonard R., Director of Environmental 
Health Science and Professor of 
Pharmacognosy, Emeritus, 1970, 1957. 

Wright, Raymond M., Associate Professor of 
Civil Engineering, 1987, 1981. 

Wright, William R., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1986, 1972. 

Yang, Qing, Assistant Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1988. 

Yang, Sze Cheng, Professor of Chemistry, 1990, 
1980. 

Yasuhara, Akio, Assistant Professor of Finance 
and Insurance, 1988. 

Yoder, James A., Professor of Oceanography, 
1992, 1989. 

Young, Betty, Assistant Professor of Education, 
1989. 

Zeyl, Donald J., Professor of Philosophy, 1984, 
1971, 

Zhang, Zongqin, Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering, 1991. 

Zia, Hossein, Associate Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1990. 

Zipkowitz, Fay, Associate Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1987. 

Zoski, Cynthia G., Assistant Professor of 
Chemistry, 1989. 

Zucker, Norman L., Professor of Political Science, 
1969, 1966. 


Adjunct Faculty 


Aaron, Roy K., Adjunct Professor of Biochemistry 
and Biophysics, 1988. 

Abrams, David B., Adjunct Professor of 
Psychology, 1986. 

Apostal, Michael C., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Civil and Environmental Engineering, 
1978. . 

Amold, Charles A., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Computer Science, 1981. 

Arthur, Michael A., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. 

Badorek, Diane L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1985. 

Balkovic, Edward, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1990. 

Banerjee, Pranab K., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Electrical Engineering, 1980. 

Barker, Barbara E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1988. 

Barrach, Hans-Jurgen, Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 
1990, 

Berner, Paul J., Adjunct Professor of Chemistry, 
1987. 

Bernon, Douglas B., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Psychology, 1992. 

Blazek, Julia E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1988. 

Bleich, Vernon C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1992. 

Bodammer, Joel E., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1990. 

Boekelheide, Kim, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1992. 

Buckley, P.A., Adjunct Professor of ; 
Oceanography and National Park Service 
Research Professor of Ecology, 1990. 

Buka, Stephen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1992. 

Burbank, Kenneth A., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Chemical and Materials 
Engineering, 1989. 

Campbell, James F., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 1992. 

Canick, Jacob A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Microbiology, 1988. 

Coduri, Richard J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Food Science and Nutrition, 1991. 

Colby, John J., Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1986. 

Cone, Donna, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1982. 

Crisman, Everett E., Assistant Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1989. 

Crouthamel, William G., Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1992. 

Cuomo, Frank W., Adjunct Professor of Physics, 
1987. 

Davis, Wayne R., Adjunct Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 1990. 

Dellaporta, Stephen, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Plant Science, 1982. 

Detrick, Robert S., Jr., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992. 


GRADUATE FACULTY/ADJUNCT FACULTY 115 


Donaghay, Percy 1., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. 

Drozda, Edward A., Jr., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Medical Technology, 1990. 

Duce, Robert A., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. 

Elmgren, S. Ragner, Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1987, 

Erickson, Bette LaSere, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 1981. 

Fisher, Douglas O., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1986. 
Fogarty, Michael J., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Oceanography, 1989. 

Frenzel, E. Grace, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1980. 

Garber, Carol Ewing, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Physical Education, 1991. 

Giambalvo, Cecilia T., Adjunct Associate 
Research Professor of Pharmacology and 
Toxicology, 1979. 

Gianquitti, Kathleen B., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Food Science and Nutrition, 
1986. 

Gifford, Dian J., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992. 

Ginsberg, Howard S., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Plant Sciences, 1990. 

Goodman, Louis, Adjunct Professor of Physics, 
1989, 

Groden, Gerald, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1981. 

Groden, June, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1982. 

Groffman, Peter M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Natural Resources Science, 1992. 

Gross, Laurence F., Adjunct Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1988. 

Guilmette, Thomas J., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 1992. 

Hachadorian, Charles, Jr., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Administration, 1981. 

Haebler, Romona, Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. 

Hale, Lynne Z., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1992. 

Haspel, Katherine C., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1985. 

Heelan, Judith S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1988. 

Hoffman, Raner, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1992. 

Howarth, Robert W., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1985. 

Hubbell, Richard F., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Mechanical Engineering, 1990. 

Hudon, Paul, Adjunct Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1988. 

Hudson, William E., Adjunct Professor of 
Political Science, 1991. 

Hyde, Mark S., Adjunct Professor of Political 
Science, 1991. 

Jackim, Eugene, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1980. 

Jandik, Petr, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Chemistry, 1991. 

Johnson, Douglas, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning, 1980. 


116 


PERSONNEL 


Jolly, Eric J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1989. 

Josephson, Edward S., Adjunct Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1986. 

Katz, Clifford H., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Zoology, 1991. 

Kavarnos, George J., Adjunct Professor of 
Chemistry, 1978. 

Keating, J. Michael, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Labor and Industrial Relations, 1987. 

Kenney, Margaret, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1988. 

Kimball, Marjorie G., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Medical Technology, 1988. 

Kitsos, Thomas R., Adjunct Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 1991. 

Klein-MacPhee, Grace, Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Fisheries, Animal, and Veterinary 
Science, 1989. 

Klyberg, Albert T., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
History, 1977, 1976. 

Knott, J. Eugene, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology and of Human Development, 
Counseling, and Family Studies, 1975. 

Kumekawa, Glenn, Director, Intergovernmental 
Policy Analysis Program, and Adjunct 
Associate Professor of Community Planning 
and Area Development, 1969. 

LaFazia, Leonard M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Medical Technology, 1990. 

Latimer, James S., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992. 

Leazes, Francis J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Political Science, 1991. 

Leco, Armand P., Adjunct Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 1978. 

Levinsky, Herbert V., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1988. 

Lewandowski, Anthony, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Medical Technology, 1983, and 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Microbiology, 
1988. 

Lubiner, Judith, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1992. 

Lukas, George, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1992, 

Lum, Susan C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Botany, 1992. 

Lundgren, Raymond G., Jr., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 
1975. 

Malcolm, Alexander R., Jr., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Oceanography, 1989, and 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 
and Toxicology, 1991. 

Manheim, Patt, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1988. 

Marshall, Keith, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1983. 

Mather, Thomas, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Zoology, 1988. 

Maxwell, Joseph A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1992. 

Mayer, Kenneth H., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Microbiology, 1988. 

Meglio, Franklin, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Medical Technology, 1980, and Adjunct 


Assistant Professor of Microbiology, 1988. 

Mehta, Shashikant R., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Microbiology, 1990. 

Messier, Richard H., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1982, 1977. 

Miller, Donald C., Adjunct Professor of Zoology, 
1979, 1975. 

Mitchell, Roger E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1989. 

Monkhouse, Donald C., Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1986. 

Monti, Peter, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1977. 

Omar, Mostafa M.M., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacognosy and 
Environmental Health Sciences, 1985. 

Opal, Steven M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Microbiology, 1988. 

Pallonen, Unto E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1990. 

Patton, Alexander J., Adjunct Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1989. 

Pell, Claiborne D., Adjunct Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 1982. 

Pesch, Gerald G., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992. 

Phelps, Donald K., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Oceanography, 1969. 

Profughl, Victor L., Adjunct Professor of Political 
Science, 1991. 

Pruell, Richard J., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1990. 

Reynolds, Charles C., Adjunct Professor of 
Industrial Engineering, 1982. 

Richardson, Roger, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Psychology, 1979. 

Rippey, Scott R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Microbiology, 1984. 

Roberts, Eric M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Botany and Plant Sciences, 1991. 

Roman, Charles T., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1990. 

Rubin, Robert V., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science and Statistics, 1989. 

Rudnic, Edward M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Pharmaceutics, 1988. 

Sado, Pierre A., Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1992. 

Schatz, Daniel J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1982. 

Schock, Steven G., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Ocean Engineering, 1990. 

Sebelia, Linda, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Food Science and Nutrition, 1989. 

Seifert, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Geography 
and Marine Affairs, 1982. 

Seymour, Charles, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1988. 

Shaw, Robert B., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1982, and Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1985. 

Sheff, Michael, Adjunct Clinical Professor of 
Medical Technology, 1987, and Adjunct 


Professor of Microbiology, 1988. 

Sherman, Kenneth, Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1977. 

Shonting, David H., Adjunct Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1987. 

Sorensen, Jens C., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1985. 

Stetsko, Greg, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1989. 

Stottmeier, Kurt D., Adjunct Professor of 
Microbiology, 1988. 

Strauss, Charles A., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Computer Science, 1992. 

Taylor, Suzanne, Adjunct Professor of Labor and 
Industrial Relations, 1987. 

Taylorson, Raymond B., Adjunct Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 1990. 

Thomas, Carol J., Adjunct Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1971. 

Tucker, Wayne, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1991. 

Thursby, Glen B., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Botany, 1987. 

Turner, Ruth D., Adjunct Professor of Zoology, 
1986. 

Watkins, William D., Adjunct Professor of 
Microbiology, 1987. 

Weyhing, Mary, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. 

Williams, David O., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Biomedical Engineering, 1977. 

Williams, Gloria K., Adjunct Instructor of 
Microbiology, 1988. 

Winsor, Davis S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area 
Development, 1985. 

Wood, David H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1988. 

Woodruff, Charles W., Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1986. 

Wright, Thomas E., Adjunct Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 1983. 

Younkin, Burrows T., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Microbiology, 1988. 





Clinical Appointment 


Fimbel-Coppa, Denise, Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1985. 


Academic Administrators, 108 

Academic and Social Codes, 13 

Accounting, 25 

Accreditation, 11 

Adding Courses, see Drop and Add 

Additional Fees, 21 

Address, Change of, 19 

Adjunct Faculty, 115 

Admission, 17 

Adult and Extension Education, 47 

Adult Education, 45 

Advanced Standing, 18 

Affirmative Action, 12 

African and Afro-American Studies, 105 

Agricultural Experiment Station, 8 

Animal and Veterinary Science, 53 

Animal Pathology, see Fisheries, Aquaculture, 
and Pathology 

Anthropology, 105 

Application Fee, 21 

Application Forms, 119 

Applied Engineering Laboratory, Chester H. 
Kirk, 8 

Applied Mathematical Sciences, 26 

Applied Music Fees, 21 

Art, 105 

Art History, 105 

Assistantships, 22 

Astronomy, 91 

Atmospheric Chemistry Studies, Center for, 8 

Audiology, see Speech-Language Pathology 

Audit, 19 


Biochemistry, 27 

Biological Sciences, 27, 28, 52, 71, 74, 91, 
103 

Biophysics, 27 

Biotechnology Center, 8 

Board of Governors for Higher Education, 
108 

Botany, 28 

Business Administration, 29 

Business and Economics, Research Center in, 
10 

Business Law, 31 


Calendar, 2 

Campuses, 5 

Carl Perkins Loan, 22 

Center for Atmospheric Chemistry Studies, 8 
Change of Address, 19 

Chemical Engineering, 34 

Chemistry, 36 

Child Development Center, 8 

Civil and Environmental Engineering, 38 
Clinical Appointment, 118 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 40 

Coastal Resources Center, 10 

College of Continuing Education, 5 
College Student Personnel, 58 
Combined Enrollment, 20 
Communicative Disorders, 100 


INDEX 


117 





Community Planning and Area 
Development, 41 

Comparative Literature Studies, 42 

Comprehensive Examination, 16 

Computer Center, Academic, 5 

Computer Science, 43 

Confidentiality of Student Records, 13 

Consumer Studies, 105 

Continuous Registration, Time Limit, 19 

Cooperative Program in History and M.L.LS., 
57, 62 

Cooperative Program in Public 
Administration and M.L.LS., 62, 93 

Core Facility, 8 

Course Codes, 25 

Course Numbering System, 14, 25 

Courses of Instruction, see appropriate 
programs 

Credits Earned Off Campus, 19 

Criminal Investigation, Laboratories for, 9 


Degree Candidates, 18 

Degree Programs, 6 

Degree Requirements, 14 

Dental Hygiene, 106 

Department Chairpersons, see Graduate 
Programs 

Design for Manufacture Research Center, 8 

Dietetic Experience Certificate Program, 54 

Dining Services, 13 

Disabilities, Students with, 12 

Dissertations, 16 

Doctor of Pharmacy, 85 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Requirements, 
HIS) 

Doctor of Philosophy Programs, 6 

Drop and Add, 19 


Economics, 44 

Economics—Marine Resources, 98 
Education, 45 

Educational Research, 45 

Electrical Engineering, 47 
Elementary Education, 45 

English, 50 

Environmental Data Center, 9 
Experimental Statistics, see Statistics 


Faculty, Alphabetical Listing, 108 

Faculty by Departments, see Graduate 
Programs 

Federal Aid, 22 

Fees and Financial Aid, 20 

Fellowships, 22 

Finance, 32 

Financial Aid, 21 

Fisheries Science and Technology, 53 

Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology, 52 

Food Science and Nutrition, 53 

Food Science and Nutrition Research Center, 
9 

French, 55 

Full-Time and Part-Time Students, 19 


Genetics, 106 

Geology, 56 

German, 61 

Gerontology, 56, 106 

Grades, see Scholastic Standing 

Graduate Assistantships and Graduate 
Research Assistantships, 22 

Graduate Council, 108 

Graduate Degree Programs, 6 

Graduate Life, 12 

Graduate School of Oceanography, 5 

Graduate Student Association, 12 

Graduate Study, 5 

Greek, 61 


Health, 87 

Health Services, 12, 21 

Historic Costume and Textile Collection, 9 

History, 57 

Home Economics Education, 106 

Housing, 12 

Human Development and Family Studies, 58 

Human Development, Counseling, and 
Family Studies, 57 

Human Performance Laboratory, 9 

Human Science and Services, 60 


Identification, Required, 19 

Indebtedness to the University, 21 

Industrial Engineering, see Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Institute for International Business, 9 

Institute of Human Science and Services, 8 

Insurance, 32 

Intellectual Opportunity Plan, 19 


Intergovernmental Policy Analysis Program, 


9 
Interinstitutional Exchange, Rhode Island, 20 
International Applicants, 18 
International Management, 31 
International Sports Management, 31 
Italian, 61 


Jones Campus, 5 
Journalism, 106 


Labor and Industrial Relations, 60 
Labor Research Center, 9 
LANDSAT Remote Sensing Lab, 10 
Landscape Architecture, 106 
Languages, 61 

Late Fees, 21 

Latin, 62 

Latin American Studies, 106 
Libraries, University, 5 

Library and Information Studies, 62 
Linguistics, 62 


Management, 31, 32 

Management Science, 31, 33 

Manufacturing Engineering, 64 

Marine Affairs, 65 

Marine Programs, Office of, 10 

Marine Resource Development, International 
Center for, 9 


—— 


118 INDEX 


Marketing, 31, 34 

Marriage and Family Therapy, 58 

Marriage and Family Therapy Clinic, 8 

Master of Arts Programs, 6 

Master of Business Administration, 30 

Master of Library and Information Studies, 
62 

Master of Public Administration, 93 

Master of Science Programs, 6 

Master’s Degree Requirements, 14 

Mathematics, 67 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 68 

Medical Technology, 40 

Medicinal Chemistry, 70 

Microbiology, 71 

Mission Statement, 4 

Music, 72 


Narragansett Bay Campus, 5 
Natural Resources, 74 

New England Studies, 106 
Nonmatriculating Status, 18 
Nonthesis Option, 15 
Notice of Change, 13 
Nursing, 75 


Ocean Engineering, 77 
Oceanography, 79 
Off-Campus Activity, 19 
Ombud, University, 13 
Oral Examination, Final, 16 


PACAP Research Center, 10 

Part-Time Students, 19, 21 

Pass-Fail, see Intellectual Opportunity Plan 
Payment of Fees, 19 

Personnel, 108 

Pharmaceutics, 82 

Pharmaceutical Sciences, 70, 82, 83, 84 
Pharmacognosy, 83 

Pharmacology and Toxicology, 83 
Pharmacy Administration, 84 
Pharmacy Practice, 84 

Philosophy, 85 

Physical Education, 86 

Physical Therapy, 88 

Physics, 89 

Plant Pathology-Entomology, 91 

Plant Science, 91 

Political Science, 92 

Professional Degree Requirements, 15 
Professional Degrees, 6 

Program of Study, 14 

Programs, Graduate, 24 

Psychology, 94 

Public Administration, see Political Science 
Qualifying Examination, 16 

Reading Education, 45 

Reassessment of Fees, 21 

Recreation, 87 

Refunds, 21 

Regional Student Program, New England, 20 
Registration, 18 

Registration, Early, 18 


Registration, Late, 18 
Remission of Fees, 21 
Requirements, Degree, 15 


Women’s Studies, 107 
Work-Study Program, College, 22 


Research, 5 Writing, 52 
Research Competency, 15 Writing Center, 6 
Research Resources, 5 Zoology, 103 


Research Units, 8 

Resource Development Education, 47 
Resource Economics, 97 

Robotics Research Center, 11 
Russian, 62 


Satisfactory Academic Progress, Policy on, 23 

Schedule of Courses, 19 

Schedule of Fees, 20 

Scholarships, 23 

Scholastic Standing, 14 

Science Education, 45 

Scientific Criminal Investigation, 
Laboratories for, 10 

Sea Grant College Program, Rhode Island, 11 

Sea Grant Depository, National, 10 

Sea Grant Advisory Service, Rhode Island, 10 

Secondary Education, 45 — 

Services, 12 te 

SLS Loans for Higher Education, 23 

Social Codes, 13 

Sociology, 106 

Spanish, 99 

Special Awards, see Scholarships 

Speech Communication, 106 

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, 
99 


Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, 
Accelerated Bachelor’s/Master’s Option, 
100 

Stafford Loan Program, 22 

Statistics, 101, 107 

Student Association, Graduate, 12 

Student Employment, 23 

Study of Information Science, Laboratory for, 
10 

Summer Session, 19 


Teacher Certification, 102 

Textile Performance Testing, Laboratories for, 
10 

Textiles, Clothing, and Related Art, 101 

Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
102 

Theatre, 106 

Theses and Dissertations, 16 

Thesis Option, 15 

Thin Film Laboratory, 11 

Transcripts, 21 

Transfer Credit, 18 

Tuition, see Fees and Financial Aid 

Tuition Scholarships, 22 

Tuition Waiver for Senior Citizens, 20 

Tuition Waiver for the Unemployed, 20 


University Aid, 23. 
University Loans, 23 
Urban Affairs, 107 
Urban Field Center, 11 


Veterans’ Benefits, 23 


Water Resources Center, Rhode Island, 11 


University of Rhode Island 
Graduate School Application Information 





Thank you for your interest in the University of Rhode Island Graduate School. The information provided below is designed to ensure that your application 
receives the earliest possible consideration. The application for financial assistance is on the reverse side of this sheet. If you wish to be considered for 
financial aid, please be sure to enclose this sheet with your application for admission. 


To apply for admission to graduate study, please send application materials to: 


Graduate Admissions Office 
University of Rhode Island 
Kingston, Rl 02881-0809 


PLEASE DO NOT send application materials to academic departments or to faculty members, Before your application can be considered, all materials 
must be received by the Graduate Admissions Office. 


Application Materials Required for Consideration: 1) Two completed, signed, and dated copies of this application; 2) two official transcripts from the 
Registrar's Office of each undergraduate and graduate institution attended sent directly to the Graduate Admissions Office from the issuing institutions; 
3) three letters of recommendation as outlined in item 12 on the admission application; 4) a$30 nonrefundable application fee—check or money order— 
payable to the University of Rhode Island (please do not send cash); 5) where applicable, two official copies of standardized test scores (GRE, GMAT, 
or MAT) (see item 10 on the admission application and the Graduate Bulletin for specific requirements). 


Test Scores: For programs that do not require test scores (GRE, GMAT, or MAT), applicants may submit test scores to enhance the application. However, 
adecision may be made without the scores if an application is completed before the scores are received. The Graduate School will not accept test scores 
(GRE, MAT, or GMAT) earned more than five years prior to the term of admission. If your test resuits exceed the five-year limit, you must retake the 
examination. 


Application Deadlines: The general deadlines for receipt of applications and supporting documents are: 


April 15 for September and Summer Session admission 
November 15 for January admission 


PLEASE NOTE: Certain graduate programs have earlier deadlines which are published by program in the Graduate Bulletin. Some programs do not have 
entry for the January term and are so identified in the bultetin. To determine the exact application deadline for your program, please consult the Graduate 
Bulletin or contact the Graduate Admissions Office. The Graduate Schoo! cannot guarantee that applications completed after the deadline for receipt of 
applications and supporting documents will be considered. If applications received after the deadlines are considered, we cannot guarantee processing 
of the application for the desired starting date. Admission is offered for a specific starting date, and your application must be reconsidered if you 
subsequentty request a postponement of your starting date. 


Letters of Reference: Three letters of reference are required of all applicants to degree programs. Some certification programs require two letters of 
recommendation. Please consult the Graduate Bulletin for information regarding teacher certification programs or contact the Graduate Admissions 
Office. The Letter of Reference Forms attached to the admission application MUST be submitted along with the ietters of recommendation. In order to 
record the receipt of letters of recommendation prior to receipt of your application for admission, we ask that you record your SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER 
on the reference form. Please send the reference form to your referee requesting that it be returned with the recommendation. 


Program Offerings: The reverse side of the admission application form lists the graduate programs currently offered by the University. The program 
name and program code number must be entered on item 5 and in item 8, if applicable. 


The program list does not contain all specialty areas within programs offered. To determine the specialty areas for each program please consult the 
Graduate Bulletin or contact the graduate program director or department chairperson. For more specific information regarding specialty areas please 
feel free to contact academic departments. 


Admission: The dean of the Graduate School is the only person authorized to admit applicants to graduate study, waive any requirements, or notify 
applicants of the disposition of their applications. Communication from others must be considered unofficial and informal. 


Allapplication materials become the property of the University of Rhode Island and cannot be returned to you or forwarded to other institutions. Incomplete 
application material and material received from accepted applicants who do not register will be held for a maximum of two years and then destroyed. 


Admission to the Graduate School is based on academic qualifications and potential. The University of Rhode Island prohibits discrimination on the basis 
of race, sex, religion, age, color, creed, national origin, handicap, or sexual orientation, and discrimination against disabled and Vietnam era veterans. 


Residency: All Rhode Island residents and New England applicants applying for regional status must complete the Residency Affidavit on the preceding 
page and submit it with the application. Applicants who do not submit a Residency Affidavit will be considered out-of-state students for tuition 
purposes, if admitted. 


GRADUATE SCHOOL BULLETINS and/or additional forms are available. if you have any questions, please contact the Graduate Admissions Office. 


We will do our best to assist you in every possible way. 


12 University of Rhode Island Graduate School 
Financial Award Application FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 


This form should be used only by applicants seeking admission to 
the Graduate Schoo! who also wish to be considered for an award. 
To be eligible for any form of assistance you must first be admitted 
to the Graduate School. Please submit this form with your applica- 
tion for admission. 

Awards for scholarships and fellowships are made by the Committee on Fellowships and Scholarships from ranked lists of nominees submitted by 
department chairpersons. Graduate assistantship appointments are initiated by department chairpersons, and research assistantships are initiated 
by the Principal investigator of the grant involved. Financial need is a criterion for scholarships and the only criterion for loan awards, but is not a 
consideration for fellowships and assistantships. 


Indicate type(s) of award for which you wish consideration: 

















. Tuition Schotarships—Awarded to qualified students demonstrating financial need. L Yes mn) 
Fellowships—Awarded to Ph.D. candidates in recognition of achievement and promise as scholars. LI Yes [1 No 
Graduate School Diversity Fellowships—Awarded to individuals who demonstrably enrich the diversity LI Yes [1 No 
of the graduate student body. 

Graduate Assistantships—Awarded to provide teaching and research training sponsored by URI.. L) Yes [1] No 
Graduate Research Assistantships—Awarded to provide research training sponsored by a grant. , LI Yes [1 No = 
Loans—National Direct Student Loans, Work-Study. If you check this item, the URI Financial Aid Office LI Yes [1 No 
will send you information on how to apply. Foreign students are NOT eligible. 

Social SecurityNumber |_| | | LJ} iJ 1 J 

Program for which you are applying (see admission application): 

Names State Of Residency (Country if not U.S. citizen): 

Only applicants interested in scholarships and assistantships should complete the questionnaire below. 

Your estimated budget for the next 12 months (employment income should be after taxes): 

Income Applicant Spouse Applicant and Spouse 
Employment (summer and/or part time) $_ = SLC GL 
Support from family or parents $ $ $ 
Other (savings, etc.) $___s §$ $ 

TOTALINCOME $___—s $ $ 

Expenses (include spouse if spouse will also be a student) Name of schoo! spouse will attend 
Tuition and fees $ $ $ 
Books $ $ $ 
Equipment and supplies $ $ $ 
Rent or mortgage, including heat and utilities $ $ $ 
Food and household supplies $ $ $ 
Clothing, laundry, and cleaning $ $ $ 
Auto insurance premiums $ $ $ 
Other transportation expenses $ $ $ 
Medical and dental expenses $ $ $ 
Child care $ $ $ 
Annual debt repayment (include educational loans only if repayment has begun) $ $ $ 

. TOTALEXPENSES $ $ $ 

Financial Need (difference between total income and total expenses) $_  $_ §$ 

Loans outstanding to date (include installment loans on cars, personal property, and loans for educational purposes): 

Source : Amount Date Balance by month/quarter 

$C CGS / 
$ —____ $_______ $ I 
$ $ $ I 








Specify all dependency obligations: 

Scholarships or grants previously awarded: 

Source. ate Amount 
Source _ Date Amount 
Applicant’s signature. Cate 


University of Rhode Island 125 
Graduate School Application 


Applicant: To ensure that your application receives the earliest possible consideration, send all materials to the GRADUATE 
- ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Please do not send application materials to academic i al The standard deadline for receipt of 
; ompet applications is April 15; some programs have earlier deadlines. PLEASE PRINT 





=k 


. Social Security Number L_|_| | L1J [L111 starting date desired: © January19__ 1 June 19__ Cl September 19__ 


2. Name Se EE EEE EEE EE EEE EEE 
Last First Mil Previous or Maiden Name 
. Permanent | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Phone 
Address et Address/Apartment Number Area Code Number 


ee ee 


City or Town State Zip Code 


oo 


Stateoflegalresidence. = —C —“‘“‘(‘CSC*S*s:sSCS 


4. Current | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Phone 
Mailing Street Address/Apartment Number Area Code Number 
Address : 
City or Town i State Zip Code : 
5. Academic program desired (see reverse side). = CCCCCCCC“‘ONCCNC‘#éiRPEOM® CcOdle | | | | 


6 Objective: (] PhD _] MS C)MA C) MBA CL) MCP CJ MLIS () MMA CC) MPA CC) MOM CC) PMD CI TCP CL) GCP 
Expected registration: [_] Fulltime [) Parttime [1 atKingstonCampus [_] at College of Continuing Education 


Soe 


. Have you made prior application to the Graduate School? 1] Yes (] No Program (see reverse side) 
Code (see reverse side) | | | | Date. = CCCCCC#@SSpoossition Of prior application 
9. Colleges and Universities Attended. Please begin with your most recent enrollment and include all work completed at the University of Rhode Is- 


land, including continuing education, work taken in nondegree status, and specify if you are currently enrolled. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPTS must be 
sent directly to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE from the issuing institution. 


Estimated 
Name Office Use Only Dates Attended Major Degree/Credits Year Degree QPA on 
Awarded 4.00 scale 


10. The requirement of standardized test scores is specific to the academic program. See the Graduate Bulletin under the admissions requirements 
for the program for which you are applying. Please indicate below the date on which you took the specified test and your scores, if known, and 
ARRANGE TO HAVE COPIES OF THE OFFICIAL TEST REPORT SENT DIRECTLY TO THE GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. If you have not yet taken 
the test, indicate below the name of the test and the date on which you plan to take the test (THIS INFORMATION IS ESSENTIAL). The Graduate 
School will not accept test scores (GRE, MAT, or GMAT) that were earned more than five years prior to the term of admission. If your test results 
exceed the five-year limit, you must retake the examination. 


STS = See eg ty ee eee ee DALE 


GR ee | a | aes |e ee eA ee ee GMA oe ee eee |, 
Verbal Quantitative Analytical Advanced Score Percent Verbal Quantitative Total 


11. Citizenship (check one): [_] U.S. citizen (] Immigrant [) Nonimmigrant visa status number 
The information here is requested but NOT required. Information related to racial ethnic origin is gathered only to report accurate totals to the Office 
of Civil Rights in compliance with Title VI and Title IX of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. 
Date of Birth: |_, | , | , | Sex (J Female [) Male Married: (] Yes [1] No NumberofDependents 

mo. ay sy. 
(J Black (not of Hispanic origin) [1] Hispanic  [_] Asian or Pacific Islander 
[_] American Indian or Alaskan Native (_] Caucasian (not of Hispanic origin) 


126 42. Listthenames and addresses of three persons who know you, your work, and your talent for and interestin advanced study, whom you have requested 
to write in support of your application. Select your advisor and/or other faculty members (at least one academic reference), employers, or supervisors. 
DO NOT request letters from relatives, friends, co-workers, or others who have not supervised you in some professional capacity. Please read the 
instructions for letters of reference enclosed with this application, put your SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER on the reference form, and have your referee 
return the form and letter to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Be sure your PROGRAM CODE number is printed on the reference form. 











13. Indicate any original work or investigations, if published, and give complete references. (Attach reprint if available.) 


14. State the more important academic, professional, or business positions you have held since receiving the baccalaureate degree (if applicabie). 
Indicate the name of the institution or firm and the dates and type of employment. 

Present employer 

First prior 

Second prior 

15. Attach to this application TWO COPIES of a statement of purpose of approximately 300 words indicating your objectives in undertaking graduate 


study. In reviewing applications, considerable importance is placed on the applicant’s interest in and commitment to advanced study and professional 
improvement. 


signatlireokApplicdnt = ne ee ee ee = DSB 


(Please be sure that two official copies of your transcripts, statement of purpose, test scores, the $30 application fee, three letters of recommendation, 
as well as two copies of your application are sent to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE.) 


Academic Programs and Program Codes: Please copy exactly the program name and program code which corresponds to the program to which you 
are applying. Enter the name and code on line 5. {f you have previously applied to the Graduate School, enter the name and program code on line 8 
indicating the starting date you desired, and the action, if any, taken on your previous application. 


DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY CODE MASTER OF ARTS CODE MASTER OF SCIENCE (cont.) CODE PROFESSIONAL DEGREES CODE 

Apptied Math Sciences 027 ~— Audiology 063 Human Development, Counseling, and Business Administration (MBA) 370 

Biochemistry and Biophysics 008 Comparative Literature 042 ~—- Family Studies Executive MBA (370) 

Botany 009 Education Human Development Community Planning (MCP) 270 

Business Administration Education Research 516 and Family Studies 510 Library and information 
Finance and Insurance © 371 Elementary 517 Marriage and Family Therapy 511 Studies (MLIS) 940 
Management 374 Reading 518 College Student Personnel 512 Marine Affairs (MMA) 013 
Management Science 372 Secondary English 519 Counseling 515 Master of Music (MOM) 070 
Marketing 373 Secondary History 520 _ Labor and industrial Relations 946 Public Administration (MPA) 046 

Chemical Engineering 410 Secondary Languages §21 Manufacturing Engineering 441 

Chemistry 021 Secondary Math and Science © 522 Mathematics 031 Doctor of Pharmacy (PMD) 708 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 420 Adult §24 Mechanical Engineering and Applied 

Economics—Marine Resource 061 English 060 Mechanics 450 TEACHER CERTIFICATE CODE 

Electrical Engineering 430 French 071 Medicinal Chemistry 710 (Be sure to check TCP on front 

English 060 History 065 © Microbiology _ 007 —_ of application) 

Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology 233 Marine Affairs 012 Natural Resources 254 

Food Science and Nutrition 232 Philosophy 079 Nursing aS uel ae te 

Mathematics 031 ~—~ Political Science 080 Nursing: Primary Health Care 615 Nursery or Kindergarten 510 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied Spanish 078 Ocean Engineering 460 Physical Education 580 
Mechanics 450 Speech-Language Pathology 053  Qceanography: Biological 960 

Medicinal Chemistry 710 Oceanography: Chemical 961 

Microbiology = 007 MASTER OF SCIENCE CODE —Oceanographiy: Geological Be: Tae cate K oheecrea( NORD 

Natural Resources 254 Oceanography: Physical 963 of application) 

Nursing: Primary Heaith Care 605 Accounting 310 Pharmaceutics 705 pp 

Ocean Engineering 460 Animal and Veterinary Science 210 Pharmacognosy 720 Dietetic Experience (ADA) 232 

Oceanography: Biological 960 Audiology 064 Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 

Oceanography: Chemical 961 Biochemistry and Biophysics 008 Pharmacy Administration 750 

Oceanography: Geological 962 Botany 009 Physica! Education: General 580 

Oceanography: Physical 963 Chemical Engineering 410 Physical Education: Health 581 

Pharmaceutics 705 Chemistry 021 Physica! Education: Recreation 582 

Pharmacognosy 720 Civil and Environmental Engineering 420 Physical Therapy 565 

Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 — Clinical Laboratory Science 035 = Physics 047 

Physics 047 Computer Science 022 ~—«~Plant Science 236 

Plant Science 236 —_ Electrical Engineering 430 Plant Pathology~Entomology 237 

Plant Pathology-Entomology 237 _—‘Fisheries, Aquaculture, and Pathology 233 Psychology: School 018 

Psychology: Clinicat 016 Food Science and Nutrition 232 Resource Ecomomics 235 

Psychology: General Experimental 017 Geology 024 Speech-Language Pathology 054 

Psychology: School 018 Statistics 023 

Zoology 111 Textiles, Clothing, and Related Art 540 


Zoology 111